Planning Facilities for Athletics, Physical Education, and Recreation. Revised

DOCUMENT RESUME

ED 252 951 EA 017 461

AUTHOR Flynn, Richard B., Ed.; And Others TITLE Planning Facilities for Athletics, Physical Education, and Recreation. Revised. INSTITUTION American Alliance for Health, Physical Education, Recreation and Dance, Reston, VA.; Athletic Inst., North Palm Beach, Fla. REPORT NO ISBN-0-87670-095-4; ISBN-0-87670-096-2 PUB DATE 85 NOTE 278p.; For an earlier edition, see ED 179 548. Photographs may not reproduce clearly. AVAILABLE FROM Publication Sales, American Alliance for Health, Physical Education, Recreation and Dance: 1900 Association Drive, Reston, VA 22091 ($21.95 plus $2.50 shipping and handling for softcover edition; $26.95 plus $3.50 shipping and handling for hardcover edition; quantity discounts). PUB TYPE Guides - Non-Classroom Use (055) -- Books (010)

EDRS PRICE Mi'01 Plus Postage. PC Not Available from EDRS. DESCRIPTORS Accessibility (for Disabled); Adapted Physical Education; Athletic Fields; *Athletics; Building Design; Construction Needs; Elementary Secondary Education; Encapsulated Facilities; *Facility Guidelines; Facility Improvement; *Facility Planning; *Facility Requirements; Field Houses; Gymnasiums; Locker Rooms; Parks; *Physical Education Facilities; Playgrounds; *Recreational Facilities; Site Selection; Swimming Pools

ABSTRACT This newly revised edition is intended to serve as a practical tool for school administrators, physical education department heads, architects, planning consultants, and all others interested in planning new areas and facilities or checking the adequacy of those already in use. Chapter input was solicited from carefully chosen leaders in the field of athletic facility planning as well as from outstanding architects. Efforts were made to incorporate the most recent advances in facility planning and construction. Certain program areas, such as planning for the handicapped, were expanded, while outdated or irrelevant materials were deleted. The following topics are covered in separate chapters: (1) the planning process; (2) indoor facilities; (3) outdoor facilities; (4) swimming pools; (5) encapsulated spaces and stadiums; (6) service areas; (7) facilities for recreation, parks, and open spaces; (8) planning for the handicapped; and (9) trends in facility design. The book is illustrated with photographs and diagrams of the facilities discussed and selected references are cited at the end of each chapter. Ikppendixes include state requirements for school construction; checklists for building service, and security and safety planning; and supplementary photographs and figures. (MLF) I ,5 S

SCOPE OF INTEREST NOTICE The Eric fecdny hes stew ed that document for proem mg 1' to

In our judgment the document also of interest to the Clewing houses noted to the right hider trigshould reflect thew special points of VIVA,

U S. DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION NATIONALtr4srfrurEOF UM/CATION ELUCATtONAL RESOURCES INFORMATION CENTIR tERIC) XThn do, ument nas beer, rwurfoduced as let eN,,d (ta th- de"Alf, 0,(7,9804000.1 (xv(pIldio1(,) .1 Mara wows rIaf teen made to wnprove epf Out 10,00 LI ',flay

po.nts of 'op.* or opmons stated in this doeu mint do not nea essar,iv represent official PRE posiiw of p04,, y

"PERMISSION TO REPRODUCE THIS MATERIAL INMICROFICHE ONLY HAS BEEN GRANTED BY

TO THE EDWATIONAL RESOURCES INFORMATION CENTER (ERIC)."

ryy ..erers_AID

Ong

_.- THE ATHLETIC INST and AMERICAN AWANCE r HEALTH, PHYSICAL EDUCATION, RECREATION and DANCE PLANNING FACILITIES for ATHLET SAL EDUCATION and RECREATION

REVISED 1985

The Athletic Institute American Alliance for Health 200 Castlewood Drive Physical Education, Recreation, and Dance North Palm Beach, FL 33408 1900 Association Drive and Reston, Virginia 22091

3 COVER PHOTOS:

FRONT COVER TOP: The Stephen C. O'Connell Center at the Universityof Florida was completed in December a 1980 ata cost of $14.3 million. It supports practically all indoorsports activities in its 296,000 square feet.

CENTER: Picture taken on July 9, 1984 of the firstevent to be held in the New Hoosier Dome in Indianapolis. The game featuring the U.S. Olympic Basketball Team versus the NBA All-Stars.Attracted more than 67,000 fans, setting a record for the most people to witness a basketball game. The 60,961seat Hoosier Dome was ccnstructed at a cost of $65 million and is now the home of the Indianapolis Coltscir the National Football League. Photo by R.B. Flynn.

BOTTOM: Many consider the Natatoriumon the campus of Indiana University-Purdue University at Indianapolis to be the finest facility of its kind in the world. Completed in 1983at a cost of $22 million, the state-of-the-art facility includes a 50-meter nine-lane competition pool, an 18-foot-deep diving pool withone, three, five, seven-and-one-half, and ten meter platforms, and a 50-meter six-lane instructional pool witha moveable floor. Several national and international competitions have been held here, including the 1984 AquaticOlympic trials. Photo by Indiana University-Purdue Univer- sity at Indianapolis ( IUPUI).

BACK COVER: Natatorium at Indiana University-PurdueUniversity at Indianapolis ( IUPUI). Photo by IUPUI.

All rights reserved. No part of this publicationmay be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording,or otherwise, without the prior written permission of the publishers.

Printed in the United States of America

Library of Congress Catalog Card Number 84-72630 ISBN 0-87670-096-2

Planning Facilities for Athletics, Physical Education and Recreation 4 FOREWORD

At the meeting of the Board of Directors of the American is one illustration of the growing national interest in health, Alliance for Health, Physical Education and Recreation inphysical education and recreation activities. Much of the Washington, D.C., in April, 1945, favorable action was taken research and attention devoted to facility planning and con- on a proposal by Caswell M. Miles, AAHPERD Vice-President struction during the past three decades has been due to the for Recreation, that a grant be obtained to finance a national increased leisure time in our society and a growing realiza- conference on facilities. Subsequentiyea request for $10,000 tion that recreation and especially physical activity, is a fun- to finance the first facilities workshop was placed beforedamental human need essential to the well-being of all Theodore P. Bank, president of The Athletic Institute. At a people. later meeting of the Board of Directors of The Athletic In- The Athletic Institute and AAHPERD Council on stitute, the project was approved and the money appropriated Facilities, Equipment, and Supplies initiated the 1979 revi- to finance the first workshop. sion of the Guide following a careful review of the 1974 edi- Thirty-eight years have elapsed since the printing of thetion. A blue ribbon Steering Committee was appointed and first Guide which resulted from the first workshop atEdward Coates of Ohio State University, and Richard B. Jackson's Mill, West Virginia, in December, 1946. Since thenFlynn of the University of Nebraska at Omaha, were selected there have been 14 printings of the Guide. as co-editors and contributing authors. Professionals well The second workshop was held May 5-12, 1958, at theknown for their expertise in facility planning and construc- Kellogg Center for Continuing Education at Michigan Statetion were invited to assist in a complete rewrite. University in East Lansing. The second workshop, be the This, the 1984 edition of Planning Facilities for first, was financed by The Athletic Institute. The 1956 edi-Athletics, Physical Education, and Recreation represents tion of the Guide, which resulted frnm the second workshop, a continuing effort on the part of The AthleticInstitute and has been widely used in planning and constructing facilities.AAHPERD to keep the text current and relevant. Richard B. The 1963 edition was prepared by the third workshop,Flynn of the University of Nebraska at Omaha, was selected which was financed jointly by the AAHPER and The Athleticto be editor and contributing author. Flynn, recognized as Institute and was held January 15-24, 1965, at the Biddleone of the leading authorities in planning facilities for Continuing Education Center, Indiana University inathletics, physical education, and recreation, has contributed Bloomington. to the planning of facilitiesfor schools, colleges, Two years later, April 29-May 8,1967, another workshopmunicipalities, industry, military, and private clubs. Chapter was held at Indiana University. Among those invited wereinput was solicited from carefully chosen leaders in the field a number of outstanding college and t *al personnelas well as from outstanding architects. Efforts were made engaged in planning and conducting pri ns of athletics,to incorporate the most recent advances in facility planning recreation, outdoor education, and piloical and healthand construction. Certain program areas, such as planning education. In addition, invitations were extended to a numberfor the handicapped, were expanded while outdated or ir- of specialists responsible for planning and constructingrelevant materials were deleted. facilities for these programs. These specialists included city Since, over the years, so many professionals have con- planners, architects, landscape architects, engineers and tributed to th:s book, it does not represent any one person's schoolhouse construction consultants. or organization's viewpoint. It does represent the composite At the 1974 facilities committee meeting, five membersknowledge of many experts. AAHPERD and The Athletic In- were assigned the task of restructuring the Guide in suchstitute are grateful to all who contributed to past editions and a way that it would serve as a more practical tool for schoolespecially those who participated in the latest revision (see administrators, physical education department heads, ar-page iv). chitects, planning consultants and all others interested in planning new areas and facilities or checking the adequacy of those already in use. Jack E. Razor, Executive Vice President During recent years, there have been many new American Alliance for Health, Physical Education, developments in facility planning and construction. These Recreation, and Dance have been due to a number of factors. The need for improving education, recreation and fitness opportunities for the Dustin Cole, Executive Director youth of the nation has been highlighted by many groups. The Athletic Institute The fine work of the President's Council on Physical Fitness

Planning Facilities for Athletics, Physical Education and Recreation iii ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

We are indebted to the following authoritative sources Contributors of illustrations, charts, and/or facility for permisc;on to reproduce material used in this edition of profiles included in the Appendices and/or used in the PLANNING FACILITIES FOR ATHLETICS, PHYSICALtext: EDUCATION. AND RECREATION: Architects: Aquatic Consultants, Inc.; The Architects' The Council of Educational Facility Planners, Interna- Collaborative inc.; CSHQA Architects/Planners; Curtis and tional, for permission to reprint material from the "State Re-Davis Architects; DAF INDAL Ltd.; Richard Dattner Ar- quirements Survey for School Construction K-12, 1981", chitects; Davis, Brody and Associates; The Eggers Group prepared by the Committee on Architecture for Education. P.C.; Fannirv/Howey Associates Inc.; Graham/Meus, Inc.; The Department of the Army for permission to use Harry Green Associates Ltd.; Hastings and Chivetta; Heery- various line drawings in the chapter on "Outdoor Facilities." Fabrap; Holabird and Root; Hoskins, Scott, Taylor and Part- The National Swimming Pool Foundation, for permis- nersInc.; IBG International;Lamp, Rynearson and sionto reproduce drawings from its 1983 DesignAssociates; The Lowing Group Inc.; Mott, Mobley, McGowan Compendium. and Griffin, P.A.; Herbert S. Newman Associates, AIA, P.C.; The National Collegiate Athletic Association for permis- Pfoller Herbst Associates, Inc.; Schaefer and Associates sion to reproduce specifications from selected 1984 P CAA P.A.; Skidmore, Owings, and Merrill;Daniel F. Tully rule books. It is understood that these specifications art sub-Associates Inc. ject to annual review and change. Others: Astro-Ice, Skate USA; Athletic Business The CNGA, for permission to reproduce drawings from(formerly Athletic Purchasing and Facilities); Bowling Swimming Pools A Guide to Their Planning, DesignGreen State University; Duragrid Inc.; Emory University; and Operation. David Griner, The Ohio State University; Hope College; In- The Federation Internationale De Natation Amateur, fordiana University-Purdue University at Indianapolis; The permission to reprint its swimming rules. Journal of Physical Education, Recreation, and Dance; National Spa & Pool Institute, for use of its 1983 Swim- Lake Forest School District; Loyola University of Chicago; ming Pool and Spa Industry Survey. Lyon Metal Products Inc.; Monsanto Corp.; National Parks Major Contributors: Margaret Aitken, Western Service; Texas Tech University; U.S. Air Force Academy; Washington University; Edsel Buchanan, University ofU.S. Naval Academy; the University of Arkansas; the Univer- Nebraska at Omaha; Gerald P. Carlson, University ofsity of Florida; the University of Nebraska at Omaha; the Southwest Louisiana; Mich lel Crawford, University ofUniversity of Rochester; Westroads Racquet Club, Omaha, Nebraska at Omaha; Richard Fleishman, Richard Reishman Nebraska; the YMCA Association of Metropolitan Milwaukee, Architects, Inc.; Milt Gabrielson, Nova University; Claude E. Inc., North Surburban Branch. Rogers, Leisure Concepts and Design. Special appreciation is also extended to the editorial team and contributors who cooperated in the preparation of Special thanks are extended to two of these individuals:the 1979 edition. These individuals are noted on page iv. of Dr. Milton Gabrielson, for a complete rewrite of Chapter the 1979 text edition. IV: "Indoor and Outdoor Swimming Pools." Lastly, the editor would like to thank Ray C,Iszek of the American Alliance of Health, Physical Education, Recrea- Dr. Michael Crawford, for a complete rewrite of Chaptertion, and Dance. and Frank Maradie of The Athletic Institute, VIII: "Planning for the Handicapped." for their ongoing encouragement and support during all phases of preparation of the 1985 edition of Planning Other Contributors:MiltonCostello,P.E.; JoeFacilities for Athletics, Physical Education and Crookham, Musco Mobile Lighting Co.; Dan E. Gruetter, Recreation. University of Alabama; Armond H. Seidler, University of New Richard B. Flynn. Ed. D. Mexico; Todd Seidler, University of New MeAico. Editor and Contributing Author

iv Planning Facilities foethletics, Physical Education and Recreation TABLE OF CONTENTS

24 CHAPTER I: THE PLANNING PROCESS 1 Space Relationships 24 What is Planning? .1 Corridors and Foyers ...... 1 Stairways 24 The Need for Planning 25 1 Exits and Doors Basic Considerations 25 Athletics and Physical Education I Teaching Stations . 28 Recreation 2 Surface Materials 2 Floors 26 Guiding Principles 26 Overall Principles 2 Walls Ceilings 27 Renovation/Construction Principles...... 3 . 27 Site Considerations 3 Sound Control and Acoustics Sound Insulation 27 . 3 Architectural and Structural Considerations . 27 Educational Considerations 3 Materials for Acoustical Treatment Electrical Systems 27 ...... 4 Community Considerations 28 Estimated Cost 4 Illumination 4 Measurements of Light ...... 28 Planning Facilities ...... Important Lighting Considerations 29 Community Involvement and Interagency Cooperation . 4 .6 Fire-Alarm System 30 Planning Stages...... 30 Aims and Objectives .6 Program-Signal System . . 30 Specific Factors to be Considered in the Planning Process. .6 Electrical Service Controls .... 6 Services for "ppliances and Other ElectricalEquipment .31 Steps in the Planning Process 31 Climate Control ...... Educational Planning ...... 6 7 Security 32 Survey and Evaluation of Existing Facilities . 32 The Team Approach to Planning .8 Security Features of Construction I I Security of the Building .... 32 Writing the Program .

. 33 The Role of the Program Specialist . 13 Security and Safety of Participants . . 33 13 Planning for Specific Programs . The Role of the Consultant . 14 Elementary School Indoor Activity Areac 34 Selecting the Architect . 14 Location 34 Starting to Work . 14 Teaching Stations for Physical Education 34 Pre-design Planning 35 Schematic Design 14 The Gymnasium 15 Auxiliary Teaching Stations 36 Design Development 36 Construction Documents 15 Surfaces 15 Storage 36 Bidding 36 Construction Phase 15 Shower and Dressing Rooms Programming for Construction of a Playroom 36 Additional Services 15 Adapted Teaching Station . . 37

. .15 Planning Factors . . . .37 Areas and Jurisdictions for Planning 1 7 Secondary School Indoor Activity Areas 18 Teaching Stations . . . 37 The Neighborhood .38 The Community 18 Variety of Teaching Stations 18 Secondary School Gymnasium . 38 The City or School District . .18 Size and Layout .. 38 Large Units . 18 Walls and Ceilings . 38 The Park-School Concept . 38 18 Floors . Community Park - School. . 39 Outdoor Education-Recreation Complex . 19 Lighting . . 19 Windows 39 The Community Room 39 Planning Units for Colleges and Universities .19 Folding Partitions .21 Fixed Equipment 39 Planning Participants 39 Selected References . 22 Spectator Seating Traffic Conrols 39 40 CHAPTER II; INDOOR FACILITIES 23 Foyers . 23 Lecture Rooms 40 Site Selection 40 Pedestrian Traffic Circulation .24 Maintenance-Equipment Storage

Planning Facilities for Athletics, Physical Education and Recreation Spectator Rest Rooms 40 Considerations 71 'Concessions 40 Types.. 71 Other Factors 40 Evaluation Criteria ...... 72 The Auxiliary Gymnasium . .40 Communications ...72 Adapted Area 40 Service Facilities 72 Gymnastics Area 41 Special Consideration in Outdoor Lighting 72 Dance Area 41 Distance . 72 Other Indoor Facilities 41 Weather Elements . 72 College/University Indoor Activity Areas 41 Safety...... 73 Teaching Stations . . 41 Housing for ...... Controls 73 Indoor Space ...... , 42 Field Sports 73 Enrollment Relationships. 42 General 73 Gymnasiums (Main Area) . 42 Baseball Field 73 Principles of Planning and Construction . 42 Softball Field ...... 76 . . Location ...... Field Hockey . 77 Guidelines for Determining Needs . 43 Flicker Ball ...... 77

Gymnastic Area ...... 45 Football Field . . 78 Weight Training/Body Conditioning Room . . .46 Dimensions and Descriptions 78 Wrestling and Martial Ms Area.. 46 Lacrosse ...... _79 MuftiPurpose Activity Ares 47 Rugby so Multi- Purpose Game Area ..47 Soccer. so Racquetball/Handball Courts .47 Speedball ..81 Squash Courts . 49 Team Handball 81 Fencing Area .49 Court Sports 82 Indoor Tennis Facilities ...... 50 General 82 Indoor Archery Range . 50 Orientation . . 83 Indoor Rifle Range . 51 Surface ...83

indoor Golf Practice Area ...... 51 Drainage . .83 Dance Facilities and Equipment.... 52 Court Markings 83 Modern Dance and Ballet Area 52 Dimensions 83 Folk and Social Dance Area .53 Safety Areas . 83 Badminton . 54 Backboards and Baskets 83

. Other Indoor Facilities . 54 Fencing . 83 Research and Testing Laboratories . . .54 Handball ..83 General Considerations . . 54 Shuffleboard . .84

Teaching and Research . .55 Tennis . 85 Individual Laboratories.. 56 Space 85 Shared Service Facilities. 57 Surfaces . . . . 85 Facilities for Research 58 Factors to Consider in Selecting a Tennis Court Surface. 86 Suggestions for Purchasing Equipment 58 Classification of Tennis Court Surfaces (as established by Office Space 59 the U.S. Tennis Court and Track Builders Association) 86

Mobile Laboratory . 59 Platform Tennis . . 87 Specific Laboratory Facilities ..59 Construction Suggestions . 87 Measurement and Evaluation . 59 The Backstop .. es Ehomechanics (Kinesiology) 59 Track and Field es

Human Performance Laboratory . 59, Track Layout . se Motor Learning and Psychology of Sports 60 Marking . ..88

Check List for Facility Planners Relating to General Indoor Drainage.. . es Facility Features 60 Field Events es

Selected References .63 Steeplechase . se The High Jump 88

CHAPTER III: OUTDOOR FACILITIES 64 The Pole Vault . . es

. . Site Evaluation ...... 64 The Long Jumpt and Triple Jump . es General Considerations . .64 Throwing Circles 88 Specific Considerations . 65 The Javelin so

Planning Guidelines . .67 Archery . . 89 Safety Factors in Site.. .67 Selected References 92 Orientation . 67 Site Development 67 CHAPTER IV: SWIMMING POOLS Grading . . 68 The Process Involved in Planning and Construction Drainage . .68 The Planning Committee ..... Fencing . ,68 Setecti,:n of the Architect/Engineer Walkways . . ..69 Preparation of Preliminary Plans and Cost Estimates . Landscape Design 69 Preparation of Construction Document (or Project Manual)

Utilities and Electricity . 69 Bid Request Parking 69 Supervision of the Project .

Surfacing .69 Acceptance of the Project . Turf . 69 Pool Design and Planning Features Soils . .70 Program Requirements . .

Masonry 70 Establishing Priorities . Concrete .70 Shape and Dimensions of the Pool Asphalt 71 Depth of Water and Bottom Contours

Synthetics 71 Construction Material. vi Planning Facilities for Athletics, Physical Education and Recreation

S Interior Basin Finishes .. 99 Locker-maims 130 Overflow Systems 99 Floor Catering 130 The Hydraulic System 100 ScorebOOrel 130 Chemical Treatment of Water 101 Combined Skate Shop and Pro Shop 131 Water Temperature 101 and Sound System 131 Diving Facilities 101 Check L for Encapsulated Spaces 131 Pool Lighting 102 Selected IZ 1 Deck and Lounging Areas ...... 102 Locker Rooms and Bathhouses 102 CHAPTER VI: SERVICE AREAS 13.3 Refreshments 102 The Locker Room . . . .133 Safety Features 102 _133 Pools for School and Colleges 105 Locker Room Size ...... 139 Elementary School Pools 105 Ceilings and Lights 134 Junior High and Senior High School Pools 106 AftceSsOries in College and University Pools 106 Color . . .135 . 135 Recent Innovations in Pool Design and Equipment 107 Saunas/Steam Rooms...... _ Summary los Facilities for Lockers and Showerswe . .136 Check List for Use by PlanningCommitteelthd Owner 108 Supervision 136 Ruling Bodies of Competitive Swimming and Diving 110 Shower Rooms .136 Selected References 110 Location Size...... 1134 CHAPTER V: ENCAPSULATED SPACES AND STADIUMS 111 Installation ..137 General Planning Considerations 111 Shower Heads ...... 137 Location 111 Doors 138 112 Wafts 138 Fieldhouses. . . Location and Size 112 Ceilings 139 Fieldhouse Encapsulation 113 Poona ....139 Systems Construction 113 Ventilation ..139 Geodesic Dome 114 Tweeting Room .139 115 Toilet and Lavatory 139 Fabric Structures . . .. Tension Structures 115 Lockers . . 140 Examples 116 Basic Locker Room Systems 140 Air-Supported Structures 116 Individual Dressing Lockers ...... 142 Examples 116 Dressing Locker and Box Storage System 143 Small Air-Structures 117 Box Locker System ..144 117 Tote Basket System 144 Advantages . .. . Disadvantages Construction . ....145 New Ideas 118 Special Features of Elementary Locker Rooms .14e 118 . ,146 Wooden Domes . The Athletic Team Locker Room Examples .. 119 Storage Rooms ...... 147 Conventional Design 119 Supply Issue Room .147 Fieldhouse Floors 119 Out-of-Season Storage and Repair . .147 Lighting. Heating and Ventilation 119 Gymnasium Storage Room . 147 Bleachers and Balconies 119 Community Recreation Storage 148 Accommodations for Public Events 120 Audio-Visual Equipment Storage ..148 Entrances and Exits 121 Outside Field Storage ...... 148 121 Athletic Team Storage Room . . .148 Service and Auxiliary Units ...... 122 Custodial Areas 149 Storage Space ...... 122 Laundry ...... 149 Stadiums ...... Seating Caperity 122 Location 149 149 Design 122 Size ...... 122 Equipment .150 Site and Location ......

. 150 Seating Decks and Supports ...... 123 Physical Features . ... Treads and Risers 123 Walls 150 Deck Walls and Railings 124 Ceilings and Lights. . .150 Sight Lines 124 Floors . . .150 Seating Arrangements 124 Utilities ...... 150 Lighting and Electrical Facilities 124 Training Rooms . .150 Communication Facilities 124 Location ..150 Developing Space Beneath Stadium 125 Physical Features 151 Field Surface 125 Layout .151 Additional Accommodations for Public Events . .125 Equipment 151 Provisions for Future Expansion 126 Trainer Offices and the Physical Examining Room 152 The Ice Arena 126 Storage Section .152 Building Size 126 Facilities for Faculty and Staff' 152 126 Administrative Units . .152 R e f r i g e r a t i o n ...... Energy Conservation . 128 Essential Administrative Facilities 152 128 Administrative Offices . . .152 Ice Hardness ...... 153 Rink Floor ...... 128 Faculty Offices Double Rinks 129 Secretarial and Clerical i...... Offces ...... 153 Dehumidification . 129 Audio-Visual Storage ..153 Heating 129 Conference Room 154 Dasher Board and Protective Screening 130Selected References ...... 154

Planning Facilities for Athletics, Physical Education and Recreation vii CHAPTER VII: FACILITIES FOR RECREATION, PARKS, Outdoor Laboratories ...... 183 AND OPEN SPACES 155 Nature Content ..183 The Planning Process for Parks and Recreation..... 155 The Site ..183 Master Plan Concept 155 The Building .183 Community Imolvement ..... 156 Interpretive Centers . . . 184

Planning Considerations for Urban Areas .156 School and Community Gardens, Farms, and Forest . ..184 Multiple Use .157 Display Gardens. 184 Eliminating Architectural Barriers . 157 Tract Gardens . ..,184 Indoor Community Areas and Facilities. .157 Farms 185 Use of Planning Units 157 Forests 185

General Recreational Buildings.. .157 Outdoor Skiffs and Sports Areas . .185

The Neighborhood Center. 158 NaturalMINIS ...... , 186 The Community Center . 158 Other Outdoor Areas 186 Multi-Purpose Room ...... 158 Camps and Camping...... 188 Gymnasium 158 Program Facilities - What to Expect .187 Locker and Shower Rooms ,158 Day Camps ...187

Stage and Auditorium 156 Group Camps . 187 Arts and Crafts Room.... 159 Family Camps .187 Game Room ...... 159 Selected References...... 188 Kitchen . . . 159 Lounge and Lobby. .160 CHAPTER VIII: PLANNING FOR "fHE HANDICAPPED 190 Office .160 Accessibility and Attitudes . . . .190 Storage Areas 160 Litigation and Legal Liability. . 192 Club or Classrooms ..... 160 Legislative Foundation 192 Photography Room 160 Design Guidelines . i 93 Music Room .161 Modifications and Adaptations 195 Auxiliary Gymnasium. .161 Physical Education Facilities.. 196 Instructor's Office...... 161 Recreation Facilities 196 Checkroom 161 Playgrounds 196 Specialized Recreation Buildings 161 Outdoor Recreation Facilities.. 197 Art Center .161 Suggestions for Trail Construction 199 Pre-School Center 161 Aquatic Facilities. . . 200 Senior Citizen Centers 161 Therapeutic Pools ...... 200 Swimming Pool (Natatonum) 161 Mufti- Purpose Pools .201 Teen Centers .161 Considerations for Construction of New Aquatic Facilities 203

Other Specialized Facilities . .161 Financial Considerations . . .203 A Check List for Indoor Recreation Facilities .162 Guidelines for Community Action. . 204 Outdoor Facilities and Open Space. 162 Questions and Suggested Standards for Outdoor Standards ...... 162 Recreational Facilities 205

Park and Recreation Ayes.. . 163 Selected References 207 Playlot/M in i-Parks 164

. Location. Size. and Feat; '-es . 164 CHAPTER IX: TRENDS IN FACK.ITY DESIGN 209

Play Structures and Areas . . .165 Overview ...... 209 Small Games Courts.. . 166 Legal Requirements and Educational Legislation 212 Kinds of Play Areas 166 Curricular Trends and Activity .212 Playgrounds and Play Areas 167 Environmental, Economic, and Aesthetic Factors 213 The Neighborhood Park . . 167 Use of AleAquifer. . . 213 Community Parks and Reynolds.. 168 Other Natural Resources 214 City-Wide or District Parks .. . .168 Construction Trends and Variables for Conservation 214 Special-Use Areas and Facilities 168 Aesthetics and Flexibility... .215

Bicycle Facilities and Pathways . 168 Technological Advances and Equipment . .215

. . Bridle Paths and Rings .169 Computers ...... 216 Exercise Trail ..... 170 Ideas for Planning Facilities. 216 Orienteering .170 Selected References 219 Alpine Slide. . .170 GolfCourses ..172 APPENDIX A Marinas . . 172 State Requirements for School Construction 220

Roller Skating . 173 APPENDIX

Ice Skating 173 Building Service Checklist. 224 Ice Hockey .,173 APPENDIX C

Curling ...... 173 Security and Safety..... 225 Performing Arts Areas . 173 APPENDIX

Archery Range (Recreational) 174 Water Polo: F i e l d of Play. . 226

Snow Sports . .176 APPENDIX E Ski Courses 176 Athletic Related Facilities 227

. , Cross-Country Skiing . . 176 APPENDIX F Coasting, Sleighing, Toboganning...... 176 Use of Facilities 228 Snowmobiling ...... in APPENDIX 0

Areas for Outdoor Education/Recreation ...... 177 Valuation fo Facilities 229 Considerations in Selecting and Developing Sites . 177 APPENDIX H Size . in Metric Conversion Tables 230

Site Charaoeristics . 181 APPENDIX I ...... 231 Special Features .181 Supplementary Photographs and Figures viii Planning Facilities for Athletics, Physical Eclucatin and Recreation 10 TABLE OF ILLUSTRATIONS

CHAPTER I Page Num Pape 3-20 One-wan Handball Court. 83 Participants included in the planning process. 4 3-21 Tfwee-wall Handball Court. 84 1.1 85 1.2 A sample planning model for physical facilities develop- 5 3-22 Slitiffleboted Court. ment 3-23 Tennis Court Layout. 86 The planning process 6 3-23A Chart comparing veriouf amnia court surfaces. 87 1-3 89 1-4 Example of a comprehensive school survey 7 3-24 Layout of 440-yard running track. 90 1.5 Education specifications 7 3-25 thruLayout details for weight events, including shtA put. 1-6 Facilities survey and evaluation chart 9 3-29 hammer and discus throw. 91 1-7 The development program in the design process 16 3-30 thruLayout details for high jump, long jump, triple jump, 1.8 Who is involved in the planning process 20 3-32 pole vault and Ohioan throw. Factors influencing the Planning of Facilities 21 1.9 CHAPTER IV CHAPTER II 4-1 Inground swimming pools by region and type. 94 1977-1983 95 2.1 Checklist of factors in site evaluation 23 4-2 Inground pools and Spas/Hot tubs 97 2-2 The number of teaching stations is increased by the 25 4-3 Recommended pool specifications. use of divider nets. 4-4 Some typical pool shapes. 98 98 2.3 Suggested indoor surface materials 26 4-5 Separation of pools. 99 2-4 Levels of illumination for specific indoor areas 28 4-6 NCAA standard diving facility dimensions. 2-5 Illumination levels for indoor tennis courts. 29 SUPPLEMENTARY PHOTOGRAPHS 2-6 Student Recreation and Aquatic Center 30 Canadian City swimming pool, Cambridge, Ontario. 100 2.7 Elementary school gymnasium also designed for com- 35 Non-intemested year round swimming pool. 101 munity recreation programs. 50 meter pool with two movable bulkheads. acoustic 102 2-8 Multi-purpose gymnasium with suspended track 43 treated walls, wet classroom, plus many other func- 2-8A NCAA Basketball diagram 43 tional features. 2-9 NCAA Volleyball Court dimensions 44 Suggested Lifeguard chair location. .103 2.10 Wall graphics color large areas such as a gymnasium 45 University of Arkansas new pool includes towers for 104 2.11 Weight training/body conditioning rooms increase in 46 diving and a bulkhead for diving well separation. popularity Y.M.C.A. pool in Kitchener, Ontario has many out- 104 2-11A Warm-up/stetching area within body conditioning room 46 standing features including a slide and a jacuzzi. 2-110 Wrestling area at the U.S. Naval Academy 46 Y.M.C.A. aquatic facility in Encinitas, California. 105 2-12 Wrestling mat located in a practice room equipped 47 A fish design on pool bottom. Century Community 106 with padded walls for safety. Also NCAA wrestling mat Centre, Crampton, Ontario. layout. Natatorium at the U.S. Air Force Academy. 107 2-13 Dimensions of a Racquetball Court. 48 Natatorium at the U.S. Naval Academy recently corn- 107 2-13A Use of a glass viewing wall, 48 pied 2-138 Use of glass back wall and upper observation room. 48 2-14 Squash Court dimensions. 49 CHAPTER V 2-15 Fencing Court dimensions. 49 5-1; 1A Multi-purpose pavilion at Boston State University. 112 2-16 A golf-fencing-archery room. 51 5-2; 2A Exterior and interior views of satellite recreation build- 113 2-17 Commercially produced golf training device. 51 ing at Ohio State University. 2-17A Nets are pulled out for easy conversion to golf prac- 52 5-3: 3A Hyperbolic paraboloid design for the Lifesport Center. 114 tice and fencing lanes. NW' ht College. Reading, Pennsylvania. 115 2-18 Dance studio uses natural lighting attractively. 53 5-4; 4A Into. , Ind exterior views of Laverne College student 2-19 Modern dance and ballet dance area. 54 and aroma center. 2-20 Badminton Court dimensions. 55 5-5; 5A University of Northern Iowa Unit Dome. It has a cable 116 2.21 Space needed for selected indoor activities. 55 suspension system combined with an air support 2.22; 22AClassrooms plar:ned for different classes. 56 system. 2.23 Planning of laboratories 57 5-6: 6A The Hubert H. Humphrey Metnoclome 117 2-23A; B Planning of laboratories 58 5-7 Remodeled Munster High School Fiekihousein 119 Munster, Indiana. CHAPTER IN 5-8 The Welsh-Ryan Arena at Northwestern University. 120 121 3-1 Relationship diagram for outdoor athk' 0 65 5-9; 9A Two interior views of Idaho State Mini Dome. 3-2 A good example of a comprehensive air,. 'complex 66 5-10 Exterior view ^f the fieldhouse and hockey rink at 126 to serve both the high school and the community, Massachusetts Institute of Technology. 3-3; 3A Photographs before and after turf installation. 70 5-11; 11A NCAA Approved Ice Hockey layout. 129 3-4 Levels of illumination currently recommended for out- 72 5-12: 12A Exterior and interior views of the Ice Arena at Bowling 130 door sport areas. Green State University. 3-5 Baseball Diamond layout. 74 3-6 Layout at home plate. 75 CHAPTER VI 3-7 Little League diagram. 75 6-1 Spatial relationships in locker area. 134 3-8 Pony League diagram. 75 6-2 Sauna provides relaxation opportunities for users. 135 3-9 Babe Ruth League diagram. 75 76 6-3 Locker suite traffic flow. 136 3-W Softball Diamond layout. Location of locker and showers. 136 Softball complex in Montgomery. Ala. 77 6-4 3-11 6-5 Various arrangements for flexible showers. 137 3-12 Field Hockey layout. 78 6-5A Individual lockers and showers. 137 3-13 Flicker Ball Field layout. 78 79 6-6 Example of center post shower system. 138 3-14 Intercollegiate Football Field layout. 138 The Lacrosse Field of play. 79 6-7 Shower head types and arrangements. 3-15 6-8; 8A Shower room at the University of Windsor. Ontario. 138 3-16 Soccer Field layout. . 80 6-9 Drying areas with tile floor and walls, and wall mounted 139 3-17 Speedball playing field layout. 81 82 hair dryer. 3-18 Team Handball Field layout. 6-10; 10A Shower and lavatory facilities for the handicapped. 140 3-19 Team Handball Goal Details. 82 Planning Facilities for Athletics, Physical Education and Recreation ix

-1 Figure Page Figure 8-11 Page Various combined storage-dressing locker arrange- 141 7-21 Floor plan of large overnight camp unit. 186 ments. 6-12 Dressing locker and box storage arrangement separ 142 CHAPTER VIII ating the clothing storage and dressing. 8-1 Alf facilities should be planned, designed, andcon- 194 6-13 Dressing locker and box stomp equipment combining 142 structed so that they are accessible to everyone. the clothing storage and dressing areas. 8-2 An adapted physical education laboratory. 6-14 195 Single ties lockers. 143 8-3 Wall-attached parallel walking bars. 195 6-14A Rectangular box lockers. 143 8-4 Example of a playground design accommodationso 196 6-15; A; Four different styles of lockers to accommodate dif- 144 that individuals with various physical/orthopedic condi- B; C ferent users. The benches allow for easy maintenance lions can use the facility fully. and maximum space utilization. 8-5 A wheelchair vita course station. 197 6-16 Use of moveable bovines in locker room. 145 8-6 The design of cabins and other outdoor facilities should 6-17 19'3 Dressing bench arrangements. 146 include a ramp so individuals in wheelchairs and on 6-18; 18ACombination of locker systems. 1"6 crutches can use the facilities. 6-19, 19AService center makes towel distribution easy. 148 8-7 A camping area which permits wheelchair users to take 196 8.20 Suggested laundry room layout. 149 an active part in programming. 6-21 Suggested layout for primary athletic training room. 151 8-8 An example of a tow -grade hard aurfaca trail providing 199 6.z2 Auxiliary training room layout. 151 accessibility to all users. 8-9 A therapeutic design used exclusively for pie-school 200 CHAPTER VII handicapped and retarded children, 7-1 Raven Oaks Recreation Center. 155 8-10 A multi-purpose pool is made accessible for the dis- 201 7-2 Table Tennis layout. 159 abled by the addition of a ramp. 7-3 Bi lhards and Pocket Billiards (Pool) layout. 159 8-11 At Camp Bradford Woods, Indiana University. allusers 204 7-4 The Tenneco Employee Center, trair'ng and health162 can take advantage of ah areas. facility. 7 -5 Platform Tennis layout. 163 CHAPTER IX 7.6 Layout of Bocce court. 164 9-1; 1A Three indoor tennis courts converted to a nautilusarea, 210 7-6A Horseshoe Pitching layout. 164 a jogging track, a dance floor and a baaketballArolleybali 7-7 A typical elementary school playground. 165 area. 7-8 Hopscotch Court layout. 166 9-2; 2A Available rooftop space can support activities such 211 7-9; 9A Synthetic grid surface (before and after) 167 as tennis. 7-10 Bicycle facility planning process. 169 9-3 School makes effective use of roof. 211 7-11 PARACOURSE, outdoor exercise trail. 170 9-4 Hyperbolic paraboloid roof system with a 130 foot 213 7-12 The big thrill riding the Alpine Slide at'Broinley, Vt. 171 clear-span in:yr.-if', 7 13 Baylor University Marina. 172 9-5; 5A Oaklawn itary School in Monticello, Indiana 214 7-14 Curling layout. 173 was rehovatec 1963 to incorporate solar tec,anology 7-15 Arct,ery Range layout. 175 in order to reduce energy costs. 7-16 Half curt tennis in lin,ited back yard space. 177 9-6 Carpeted floors and wafts are used in gymnasium. 216 7-17 Skeet Field layout 178 9-7 Hockey demonstration at Madison Square Garden on 217 7-18 Combination Trap and Skeet Field layout. 179 synthetic ice. 7-19 Small bore rifle and carbine range. 180 9-8 Small games room with a climbing wall 217 7-20 Trap Field layout. 180

Football Rules Ice Hockey Rules LaCrosse Rules Men's Basketball Rules Men's Water Polo Ruh's Men's and Women's Swimmingand Diving Rules Volleyball Court Rules Wrestling Rules

Reprinted by permission of the National Collegiate AthleticAssociation from the 1984 Rules. Specifications subject to annual reVew andchange.

2 X Planning Facilities for Athletics, Physical Education and Recreation CHAPTER I The PlanningProcess

What is Planning? specialists, administrators, facilities and 15% of the school clientele groups, and building dollars are invested in Planning is the process by representatives from policy-making physical education. which people determine how to bodies. Obviously, the, need for sound proceed from their present planning and justification of situation to-s-desirqd future physical education, recreation, and situation. In some fashion, the The Need for Pkonning athletic facilities is imperative. planning process involves Such facilities may limit, enhance, recognizing needs, then searching Today, we face a rapidly or expand the educational for and selecting the appropriate changing environment. The programs they house. The quality means to fulfill those needs. interplay of social, political, of the facilities depends upon the Planners develop detailed economic and technological forces thoroughness and vision of the understanding of needs based on affects all institutions. Scarcity of original planning activities. If current conditions and projections resources in the face of facilities for physical education, of future needs. Searching for and ever-increasing demands, and recreation and athletics are to be selecting.means are conditioned spiraling costs, have had a dire justified economically, then time, by available technical knowledge, effect on institutional budgets. effort and money must be invested resources, and other limiting Education has been affected by in planning. The end result will be factors. Attention to execution of these trends which have usherect the provision of better facilities at plans is important also. Finally, in "the age of accountability," less cost for broader participation review of a plan's execution requiring justificatiol of by program users. determines whether the plan has expenditures both for existing and succeeded in fulfilling needs or new programs ane facilities. whether it is necessary to plan Educators and zither planners BASIC CONSIDERATIONS again. must We this reality. Planning is an interactive Education claims a large piece Before considering the planning process which recurs at different of the tax dollar. Perhaps the of areas and facilities essential for levels of detail and breadth of costliest of all education services athletics, physical education, and scope. For example, one plans the and facilities are those related to recreation, it is important to broad characteristics of a facility, physical education, recreation, and understand their basic aims and down to the exact location of athletics. It is not unusual for 25 to objectives. electrical outlets. 50 percent of the total construction cost of any new high school to be Participation of those affected is Athletics and Physical Education a key feature of a successful spent on the physical education planning process. Participation plant. An Educational Facilities The aim of athletics and provides much needed information Laboratory report provides a physical education is to help and a greater acceptance of a further analysis of costs, indicating people live healthy, satisfying, and plan and its results. Participants in that the average enclosed heated energetic lives by developing and a planning process should include area at the high school level maintaining optimum physical such persons as program devoted 22% to physical education efficiency, by developing useful

The Planning Process knowledge and physical skills, by GUIDING PRINCIPLES most efficient and economical way acting in socially useful ways and Overall PrIncOles in meeting changing needs. by enjoying wholesome physical Educational and recreational recreation. All efforts in planning should agencies should have master Physical education is the proceed on the basis of sound plans which are regularly science and skill of movement. All guiding principles, as follows: evaluated and reorganized to meet types of sports and activities are Physical education/ needs of the present and the used to develop the strength, recreation/athletic (PERA) future. endurance and coordination facilities should be developed Many people do not understand essential in both work and play. and coordinated as a part of the need for large expenditures in Through activities, youths and the total school master plan. physical education. As a result, adults are taught the physical Facility design must take funds may not be readily approved skills needed for performing daily into consideration the for expensive facilities and work, conditioned through exercise long-range future needs for equipment. Physical educators and sports for the maintenance of the building and be planned must demonstrate the need mental and physical health, and as a functional segment of through careful planning, and taught the skills that form a part of the total anticipated building. present a well-organized plan for leisure pursuits. Physical education and proposed facilities in justifying the A school activities program athletic personnel should be needs of the program. includes participation in involved in the early Without long-range planning, appropriate activities for all pupils, planning. buildings become outdated before a wide variety of intramural Educational consultants their 40-50 year life expectancy. activities, and, at the secondary should be invited to Long range planning should school level, a broad program of participate in the planning include the following interscholastic athletics for those and to evaluate the work of considerations: of above average athletic ability the planning group. and interests. 1. A copy of the-master plan The facilities should be for future expansion. designed for flexibility in 2. Data related to order to provide for a full developmental trends in the program of activities. Recreation community (including demographic Facilities should be located and other sociological data). in areas that are easily The primary function of 3. rhe current master plan for available to students, but recreation is the enrichment of future development of the provide isolation from other living by enabling individuals to community. instruction. find adventure, fellowship, a sense 4. A topographical map of the Safety and healthful of accomplishment, the enjoyment area surrounding the community. of beauty, and the joy of creating, environment should be given 5. Detailed information all of which contribute to human prime consideration in facility design. concerning property adjoining a happiness. Through recreational school that might be available for programs, people develop interests Planning must be realistic acquisition. in the light of the financial and skills that enable them to 6. Folders of clippings, situation of the community. make constructive use of leisure, pictures and detailed drawings of contributing to proper physical and The above list is hardly other facilities that relate to future mental health, safety, good complete. Each institution must needs. citizenship, confidence and determine those guiding principles 7. An annotated bibliography character development. that best fit its own situation. of up-to-date references relating to Recreational activities include It should also be noted that physical education facilities. games and sports, music, dance, success or failure in the 8. A cumulative list of common arts and crafts, drama, social construction of facilities is the errors of design and construction activities, nature and outing' direct result of planning. Mistakes with details of where they can be activities, hobbies, and service in construction are costly, and can seen and studied. projects. The comprehensive handicap programs for which the 9. Blueprints of all existing recreational program affords facility was designed. Because of outdoor and indoor facilities. people or all ages, backgrounds, new and changing programs, the 10. Accurate information related and interests the opportunity to building needs of institutioas are to length of seasons, rainfall, engage in a variety of activities. often not satisfied in the original temperature range, winds, soil Trained leadership and desirable construction phase. Long-range composition and drainage. conditions assure enjoyment and planning is imperative to facilitate 11. Information relative to benefits. the expansion of facilities in the various means and sources of

2 The Planning Process raising money. surrounding the facility, and the surfaces, roof drains, and 12. Sources of planning aids for potential reorganization or skylights? facility development. consolidation of schools in the e. What is the condition of Long-range planning requires district. An objective and flashing, gutters, and much time spent in the searching, professional assessment of downspouts? evaluation, and coordination of whether to renovate an existing f.What is the condition of information and ideas. Specialists building is necessary for the doors and windows? in the field of health, physical school board to make a good g.What is the condition of education, recreation, and athletics decision. The board should obtain door hardware and panic should serve as consultants and the services of an architect and an devices? be involved in the long-range engineer to determine the h. What are the location, planning of their programs and structural soundness of the number, type, and facilities. Program specialists must building and to consider the condition of plumbing be included on the long-range matters of fire, fire safety, planning fixtures? planning team. redesign potential, and probable i. What is the condition and cost. The Professional School capacity of the present Planner should work closely with water supply, sewage Remwation/Construction the architect in matter of lines, and drainage Pr IncOles educational adequacy. systems? j. Is the present HVAC The institutional administration system adequate and has the responsibility of making The following questions are energy-efficient? the wisest use of existing school examples of the kinds of questions k.What is the condition and buildings. In meeting this to be answered in developing a adequacy of lighting and obligation, it is necessary to data base for board power distribution consider the feasibility of considerations: systems? renovation and retrofit of existing I. Do the existing light buildings. Renovation is defined as fixtures provide adequate the rehabilitation of an existing 1. Site Considerations illumination in all areas? building including the a.What is the general m. Are stairways, circulation rearrangement of spaces within condition of the grounds patterns and exits the building. Retrofit is the and the location in adequate? addition of new systems, items, relation to the student n. What is the riresent features, materials, and equipment population? condition of t( alarms to a facility not available at the b.Are there sufficient play and intercommunication time of construction. areas? systems? Four factors must be considered c.Are there provisions for in evaluating the feasibility of adequate on-site parking? 3. Educational Considerations renovation and/or retrofit: d.Are vehicular drives well a.Is the building now 1. Adequacy of the. site. located for safe ingress meeting the needs of the 2. Architectural and structural and egress? curriculum? adequacy of the building. e.Are the existing utilities b.What is the current 3. Meeting present and future on or near the site inventory of rooms and educational requirements. adequate to provide the their sizes? 4. The estimated cost needed services? c.Are laboratories compared to the cost of a new 2. Architectural and Structural adequately served by facility. Considerations required utilities? Each of these factors must a.Are there signs of d.Is the library adequate to be evaluated in detail both deterioration of footings, house the required book individually and collectively. A final foundations, or piers? collection and to provide decision should be based on b.Are structural members media and related careful analysis of all the factors adequate and in services? rather than on any one or two. serviceable condition? e.Are food service facilities Also, it would be helpful if some c. Is exterior masonry adequate to meet present realistic determination of the sound? Are there and projected needs? expected life of the facility could structural cracks, water f. Are physical education be determined. Variables affecting damage, cr defective areas usable or capable this question would include mortar? of being retrofitted if enrollment projections, growth and d.What is the condition of required? development patterns of areas the roof and roofing

The Planning Process 3 5 4. Community Considerations maintaining an older education facilities have caused a.Will the renovation of the building justify renovation agencies to operate independently building be consistent instead of constructing a of one another. This isolation has with present zoning new facility? resulted in public agencies being requirements or policies? d.Could the existing facility accused of duplicating facilities b. What are the plans for be sold or leased to a and programs, and fritteringaway the area served by the private entity to help community resources. school as projected by defray gie cost of new city or area planning constriction? Traditional planning has often agencies? e.If the amount of meant statistical planning or c.Is the school building on construction time hardline planning. Decisions have or eligible for placement becomes critical, which resulted from taking given sets of on the register of historic method could be data and projecting the program buildings? completed in the least and facility needs. Other types of amount of time, planning are "political" planning 5. Estimated Cost renovation or new and "grass roots" planning. The a. What is the cost of construction? former is a decision-making construction needed to method used to influence certain bring the facility up to PLANNING FACILITIES segments of the population. The present-de standards? latter frequently evolves from b. What is I. a cost of new Community Involvement and negotiations with these segments constry don to provide Interagency Cooperation for certain programs and services. comp- (able space? Traditional methods for planning These are giving way to new c.Willie increased cost of recreational and physical methods of participatory planning..

Whether elected officials, administrators, representatives from other agencies, community members, students, program participants or taxpayers, all must be concerned with the well-being of the community. Further, each has much to offer to a planning process which can result in the development of programs and facilities which are needed, desired, and supported. Figure 1 identifies the many participants included in planning a school facility. Whether planning for a university physical education complex or for a rural community center, the needs and desires of those who are to be served, those who serve, and those who must provide financial support for the project, are of utmost importance. The following considerations must be observed:

Improved coordination and delivery of services. Improved opinions toward public institutions. Facilities which reflect the needs and desires of the Figure1-1 community. Participants included in the Panning Process Accountability-efficiencl,

4 16 The Planning Process One method in which the above ment needs ass& rigent administrators, citizens and can be accomplish'd is through 6. Develop a series of task others work together for participatory planning. The steps forces in each of the major priority the development of in conducting a participatory areas. The task force should be common goals. planning process are listed below: chaired by a community member, Citizen involvement from 1. Develop a steering committee and agency representatives should beginning to end. that includes inter-agency be assigned to the appropriate Hard -line statistical representatives of elected officials, task force. Each task ferce is to information used to its administrators, community examine the ramifications of each maximum benefit. representatives, and other priority area. Input into decision-making, pertinent individuals. This group 7. The steering committee, after rather than reaction to s:ould be dkversified to insure weighing the task force decisions made. representation of as many recommendations, should develop The possibility of segments and opinions of the alternative solutions for meeting duplication of services, community as possible. the needs and desires of the programs and facilities is 2. Develop procedures for community. limited. identifying the needs and desires B. Each task force reports its Maximum use of of the community, as well as what findings. The steering committee community resources and the community is willing to reports the alternative solutions other potential funding support. Preferably, this is done by based on the recommendations of sources is provided. the steering committee. the task force. The meeting Communities and agencies 3. Develop a data base of concludes with the identification of work in cooperation rather demographic, programmatic, the preferred aftematives. than in isolation. facility, financial, and other related 9. Preferred alternatives are Improved communication information. Most communities submitted to policy boards of is achieved between haYe three or four planning public *agencies for approval. If groups and total departments from which data can changes are made, or there are community. be obtained. other limiting factors which were Increased understanding of 4. Compare survey results and not anticipated, repeat the last two the needs and desires of statistical information to determine steps. the community and program and facility priorities. The advantages of participatory increased community 5. Conduct public hearing(s) to planning includes: understar,;,ing of public obtain community input to supple- Elected officials, institutions results.

Figure 1-2

A SAMPLE PLANNING MODEL FOR PHYSICAL EDUCATION FACILITIES DEVELOPMENT FOR A SCHOOL

[Board realises need Daveiop educational ..)k,but doesn't accept specific* ICommunity meetingsI '''' Preliminary Idea ismade known to on ides* piannMg -administration3* and 8900ft levy other teachers to pass Methods of IBeene I_ 4.financing ENO] investigated Prellininary approval Wee: for feasibility study Administration by administration Now Facility presents report to Make finances! nr Board o4 Education the Board of Ed. Fermanentcommittee Future needs imingsments established liPecifically Baud *sways* (Pass WO 1_2,1 proiect toDais on need is j [Zviplans gathered 14 approved 'Physical ed. teachers determine kind el rhweedliel curriculum for Financial levy IsIIill School is built future successful and occupied

Sibs selection woo-committee If minor facility improvement Involves small financing Reference: Planning Physical Education and AMIetic Fecifitles In Schools by Kenneth Penman; John Wiley & Sons. Mew York 1977

The Planning Process 5 1 / Improved support, relation to the educational New systems approaches credibility, and objectives. Four specific objectives to building. understanding is achieved. have been endorsed by the Development of new American Alliance for Health, construction materials. Physical Education, Recreation Health needs of PLANNING STAGES and Dance for its programs: participants. The planning committee must be To develop and maintain able to demonstrate the need for a maximum physical proposed facility. Much of the efficiency. Steps in the Planning Process preliminary data should already To develop useful have been gathered by the knowledge and physical Aside from costs, perhaps the long-range planning committee. skills. most significant variable in Figure 1-2 offers one example of To act in socially useful establishing the need for facilities an interesting planning model. It ways. is the philosophy that shapes the includes the various stages To enjoy wholesome form of each community's required for planning any new physical recreation. education. Facilities must be facility, such as a public high compatible with that philosophy. The planning committee must seek school. While some appropriate Specific Factory to be modifications would be necessary answers to questions such as: Is it Considered in the Planning a traditional system, or does it for a college or recreation agency, Process the diagram provides important encourage experimentation? Are A number of specific factors and useful insights as to the the schools run independently of which have significantly influenced complexities involved in the other public agencies or is and altered concepts of facility planning stages. The boxes with cooperation encouraged? Is the planning, development, and heavy lines indicate those stages community able to pay for quality in which it is particularly important construction must be considered in education? Is there general new physical education facilities. support for sports programs? for physical educators to become These include: involved. Figure 1-3 displays the steps in Enrollment trends. the planning process. District consolidations of Answers to these and many Alms ernd Objectives schools. other questions can help A planning committee must Present and proposed predetermine what can be realize that it is curriculum and programs. expected for a program and related programs which dictate the Innovative methods of facility. A district-wide survey is planning of facilities. Therefore, all instruction. the initial step for the planning facilities should be justified in Soaring construction costs. committee, and can serve as an important source of essential data Figure 1-3 in providing answers (Figure 1-4). THE PLANNINGPROCESS It will also provide other important information such as attitudes, interests, desired curriculum, and projected enrollmersts. Survey committees should include several members of the physical education or recreation staffs. Once the survey is completed, the planning committee can proceed with Devlop Team Concept appropriate action, including Define assignment of program specialists to specific subcommittees.

Educational Planning This phase requires the specific, detailed cooperation and contributions of the physical education and athletics staff. Educational planning is Detailed Report characterized by four distinct

6 18 The Planning Process elements of responsibility: Establish the details of the curriculum and specific activities for the various program needs, including instructional areas, clubs, intramurals, and athletics. Calculate the number of teaching stations needed considering enrollment, requirements, and other factvia. Develop room and other space specifications (considering such factors as locations, locker facilities, storage, services, size and shapes). Compile the Educational Specifications (Ed Specs). This is the final phase, and will require the cooperative efforts of all the sub-committee program ,specialists. EdSpecs are prepared for the architect as a guide. (Figure 1-5) These are essential to describing the learning activities that will occur, the numbers, groupings, and nature of the people Figure 1-4 involved; the space Example of a comprehensive school survey relationships, the interrelationships of instructional programs; major items of furniture and equipment; minimum and standard dimensions and markings; and any special environmental provisions required for learning and efficiency.

SURVEY AND EVALUATION OF EXISTING FACILITIES Educators must ensure that physical education and athletic facilities adequately support the curriculum and the enrollment load of their institutions. The step is to survey existing fat ility spaces, areas and features col -*ming their number, size, composition, and location, The data should be compared to Figure1-5 accepted standards. This Education specifications

The Planning Process Li 7 evaluation may reveal and enrollment. The standard deviations from national inadequacies which need to be for walls, ceilings, drains, standards deemed rectified. In order for the etc., is usually verbalized appropriate due to local administration to make a decision (see example). Facility situations or curriculum; or to to modify existing facilities or to spaces which are indicate the unacceptability of construct new facilities, and to recommended by national the national standard if local approve the necessary funding, it standards may be listed, conditions or experience so must be proven conclusively that even though the institution warrant. the improvements are needed. does not have them. Make Space does not permit a Sound data is required to support notations in subsequent complete presentation of a and illustrate the case. columns to show whether this Facilities Survey and Evaluation The architect, with the item is or is not needed. For (hart for all areas, spaces, and assistance of the planning team, example, a swimming pool courts likely to be surveyed, nor to should ensure that an planning may be recommended but list all the subfeatures of them. conforms to state and local not needed since an adjacent The example serves as a suitable requirements and to accepted community pool is available. guide in making up such charts. If standards. The standards are Or a dance room may not a number of schools in a district meant to be guides, but there may exist but the curriculum are to be surveyed and the results be appropriate deviations due to indicates that a dance room compared, a common chart could the local curriculum or situation. is needed. be developed with code numbers The physical education program Column (3): From the survey, assigned to: (a) each area, space specialist can be most effective in list the data found for each or court; (b) dimensions, square ensuring that accepted standards space, area, or feature. footage or numbers; (c) specific are met for both present and Column (4): Compute the sub-features. Thus the data could projected needs. percent of the standard found be computerized to facilitate The survey and evaluation in the space surveyed. Do handling and comparison. should be conducted by the most this for both the present The Facilities Survey and knowledgeable and experienced situation and for the Evaluation Chart may also be used members of the professional staff, projected future program and in planning a new facility. The in consultation with the people enrollment. spaces, together with their most directly involved with the usa Column (5): Compute the computed sizes, numbers and of each space or area. Outside percent needed to meet the features, based on national consultants may also be of standard, present and standards, as applied to the local assistance to ensure the projected. situation, would be charted in thoroughness of the survey and Column (6): Compute the columns (1) and (2). The plans evaluation. It is recommended that amount or number needed to then would be drawn up to a Facilities Survey and Evaluation meet the standard, both for incorporate these standards both Chart be used. The sample chart the present program and for the present and for the (Figure 1-6) displays the following: enrollment, and for the anticipated programs and Column (1): List each space projected program and enrollment. If the work to be done or area, with the specific enrollment. involves remodeling or adding to features of that space or area Column (7): Conclusions are an existing facility, a survey and sublisted. drawn and marked indicating evaluation should be made of the Column (2): Using existing whether or not the space, existing facility. national standards, or in area, or sub-feature is some cases, state standards, adequate now and for future compute the size or number projections: which the standard indicates 7.1 Adequate for present THE TEAM APPROACH is applicable to the program and enrollment. enrollment and curricular 7.2 Adequate for projected TO PLANNING situation of the institute being program and enrollment. Depending on the extent and surveyed. List this figure for 7.3 Inadequate for present complexity of the project, some each corresponding space or program and enrollment. form of team planning will be area in Column 1. These 7.4 Inadequate for projected needed at each stage. It is seldom applied standards should be program and enrollment. that the best results ever evolve expressed in two ways in Column (8): The Remarks from a one-person planning Column 2: for the present column may be used to operation. The various steps program and enrollment, and record comments concerning outlined below would be for the projected program the area; t' explain appropriate for any facility project.

8 20 The Planning Process Figure 1-6 Facilities Survey and Evaluation Chart

NOW = PRESENT PROGRAM AND ENROLLMENT FUTURE = PROJECTED PROGRAM AND ENROLLMENT 8 _ 3 4 5 6 7 CONCLUSJONS % % AMOUNT OR REMARKS SPACE NATIONAL STANOARD SO FT NUMBER WE OUR SPACE IS SURVEYED AS APPLIED TO THE OR OF STANDAR) Of STANDARD NEED TO MEET OR SPECIRC SITUATION SURVEYED NUMBER WE HAVE WE NEW STANDARO ADEQUATEMAOEOUATE FEATURES WE WINO THE - HAVE NOW FUTURE NOWFUT NOWWT. SPACE FUTURE NOW MIRE NOW WM*

EXAMPLES

GIRLS' LOCKER ROOM a 600 sq. ft.1200 sq ft (1) AREA 2400 sqII 3000 sqft 1800 sq. ft 75% 25% 40%

BOYS' SHOWER ROOM b 45% 11 18 (1) SHOWER HEADS 33 7/ 40 a 67% 55%

SMOOTH IMPERVIOUS (2) WALLS MARIM

(3) et ADOITIONAL FEATURES

TENNIS COURTS c 52% 6 13 NUMBER 20 25 12 48%

(2) FENCING REAR 12fl HIGH ALL 12 FT _ , SIDES 10FT HIGH

(3) at. ADENTIONAL FEATURES

SOFTBAI L RIOS -- 8 A0010 FUTURE (1) NUMBER NO PRESENTNATIONAL 2 . ENROLLMENT ST 1 1

(2) SUE (EACH) 275' a275' EACH 310' a 300' 100%

(3) at. MOTIONAL FEATURES

a NATIONAL STANOMID 20 SO. FT PER STUDENTAT PEAK LOAD EXAMPLE NOW 120 STUDENTS a 20 SO FT = 2400 SO. FT FUTURE 150 STUDENTS 70 SO FT = 3000 SO FT

b NATIONAL STANDARD: 10 SHOWER HEADS FOR FIRST 30PEOPLE. ONE HEAD FOR EACH MOTIONAL 4 PEOPLE AT PEAK WAD EXAMPLE NOW (120 STUDENTS) FOR FIRST 30 = 10 FOOS 120 - 30 = 90 + 4 = 23 AMORAL HEADS = 33 TOTAL SHOWER HEADS

FUTURE (150 S1UDENTS) FOR FIRST 30 = 10 HEADS 150 - 30 = 120 + 4 = 30 HEADS = 40 TOTAL SHOWER HEADS

POPULATION c UNIVERSITY NATIONAL STANDARD ONETENNIS COURT PER 400 STUDENTS OF APPLIED STUDENT FUTURE 10,000 STUDENTS (AS P) = 25 COURTS EXAMPLE NOW 8000 STUDENTS (A.S P) = 20 COURTS 400 400

9 The Planning Process 21 1. Conceiving the idea at the universities, school systems, and of the campaign will depend upon iksic Program Lovell. A particular recreation departments can be the impression that the school unit within the whole physical quite complex while others are system, the athletic program, and education, recreation, athletics relatively simple. In some perhaps the recreation program, (PERA) area may develop an idea situations, Step 2 may be the final have made with the public. Any for a new facility or for facility step in gaining approval. Often system which can demonstrate a improvement. Before exploring the there is an intervening step which recurrence of successful building idea with its parent division, it requires an overall planning projects can also demonstrate a should first carefully think through committee or board to evaluate a continuous public relations the need and feasibility. If the idea proposal. If this group looks program to its public. is a new swimming pool, unit favorably on a PERA project, one personnel should be prepared to of two actions usually results. It 5. Preparing the Program defend the idea before colleagues, may be that the PERA project Statement for the Architect. giving the reason for priority over committee is allowed to present its Once a project has been approved new tennis courts, auxiliary facility proposal for final approval. for detailed planning by the gymnasium, a baseball facility, or If, on the other hand, the overall highest authority in the system, a other possible facility needs. planning committee is expected to team needs to be established to Usually, there is a period when make a presentation, this accumulate and systemize all a facility need is evident before it committee needs to include information that would be valuable actually is planned. During this personnel from the PERA to the architect in designing the period, the personnel most directly committee in order to ensure facility. The team normally would related to the proposed facility making the best possible consist of a representative from should begin an informal public presentation. In the latter case, the the PERA division, a member of relations campaign to colleagues presentation needs to be the highest planning unit in the who eventually must approve such well-integrated, showing the system, perhaps one administrator, a proposal. highest priority of the project, not and a principal from the only when compared with other architectural firm to give direction. 2. Presenting the idea to PERA projects, but more Higher Authority. After the Each of these individuals, importantly, when compared with originating personnel have particularly the PERA other projects in the system. convinced its PERA division that representative, will depend on Consu!ting firms offer special other personnel to furnish desired its project should hold the highest services in educational planning. priority, a planning team data, but this smaller committee is These services can be representing the total division responsible for accumulating it and comprehensive or of a specific should be selected to review the preparing a final coherent and nature, depending on the client. initial proposal and modify, systematic format. Some institutions employ such approve, and expand on the firms to assist in their more various phases of it before 6. Program-Oriented Team to presenting it to the higher complicated development plans. Work With the Architect. The authority. Quite obviously, group that ultimately does most of representation on the planning 4. Establishing a Public the work, and/or makes most of team should include personnel Relations Team. Steps 4 and 5 the crucial decisions, is the from the group that originated the can be started simultaneously if planning committee of the PERA proposal. the project is to be presented to division. It is this group that has In the meantime, long before the public for approval. The the responsibility of reacting to the submitting a finished proposal to a Steering Committee should have architect's initial concepts and higher authority, an unofficial the single responsibility of schematic drawings. It will need to awareness and enlightening accomplishing this goal. All the coordinate the planning within the program can begin with higher facts should be furnished to various components of the facility administrative personnel. This can conduct a program for the various (Note Item 7). In addition, the consist of informal "dropping of media and personnel in order to planning committee will need to ideas," or forwarding copies of create a favorable public reaction react to many last minute related materials. The PERA prior to any voting. It should be questions dealing with division should be alert to any noted that a last minute publicity interpretation, proposal change, higher authority who might be campaign to gain approval seldom and possible deletions. There sympathetic to the project. is successful unless it has been should be an understanding with preceded '..)y a conscientious the architect that no changes in 3. Cooperative Effort to on-going public relations program. plans will be made without first Prepare Proposal to Highest If the project is a swimming pool having the input of the committee. Authority. Some colleges/ for the school system, the success It is recognized that some

10 22 The Planning Process decisions take an immediate In the case of PERA projects, old and new combined. answer arid the chaimar, of the the above approaches (1-5) are Consider all indoor and planning committee will have to listed in a descending order of outdoor facility needs. make some of these decisions preference. By far the most Be aware that the location alone, often over the telephone. productive planning team of facilities will affect the Crisis decisions should be kept to approach is the one identified as program offered. a minimum. the Joint Planning Team. Such an Distribute the initial rough approach best assures the correct draft of the document to all 7.Sub-Unit Teams in More defining of the problem before the contributors for review and Complex Facilities.It is to the specific planning is begun. It comment. advantage of the builders to have provides an excellent personnel the most knowledgeable people mix for challenging and extending The organization for writing The plan with the architect any unique concepts. In addition, it can features or areas of a facility. For Program may vary. An acceptable provide an opportunity for way of dividing up the work load is example, if a physical education increased cooperation between the to establish a number of complex is being rAanned that various parties concerned_ contains gymnasium, pool, sub-committees, or sub-unit teams. wrestling room, dance studio, and Each person serving on a total service areas, sub-committee presumably is an sub-committees should be WRITING THE PROGRAM expert in his area. One suggested sub-committee structure follows: established for each. The Program is a written 1. Adapted Sub-committees should be description of concepts and 2. Administration encouraged to think "big." objectives; organizational structure The architect's role is to relate 3. Aquatics and function; interrelationships of 4. Individual and Dual Sports these plans with the reality of the education activities, other Program Statement and plan 5. Dance institutional activities or functions, 6. Games and Outing Activities accordingly. Often, the planning or community education functions; 7. Science unit will not have the necessary and the proposed total future use 8. Self-Testing and Combatives specialists for the sub-committees of the facility. It should be written structure. In such cases, it may well in advance of selecting the 9. Service Areas become the responsibility of one architect. It is a statement that will 10. Team Sports member of the planning committee be used to communicate the to gain the necessary information. needs of the school program to The team approach at any level the architect and the central Sample Outline of the Program may be more time-consuming but planning committee. This Part I. Objectives of the School results in better planned facilities. document has a variety of names. When using this planning process Some architects call it The Programs: A. Instructional (Professional someone at each level has to be Program. Some educators call it and Service) given the ultimate responsibility for The Educational Specifications. communicating suggestions to the Others call it The Building B. Intramurals next highest level. Program. By whatever name it is C. Adapted called, this important statement D. Athletics (Interscholastic In summary, there are a number should be written in an organized and Intercollegiate) of different approaches to E. Club sports manner. organizing the planning team. F. Community-School These approaches are often programs identified as follows: Some guidelines for writing The G. Others 1. Joint Planning Team Program include: (Administration, Faculty, Write concisely. Architects, Consultants, State the optimal as well Students, Community). as the minimal program Part II. Basic Assumptions to be 2. Faculty Planning Team. needs. Addressed: 3. Outside Consulting Team. Make sure the project is A. Facilities will provide for a 4. Central Staff Planning rooted in fiscal reality. broad program of Team (Large District). Conduct a critical instruction, adapted, 5. Superintendent and evaluation of the current intramurals, athletics, club Architect. programs to determine if sports, and others. 6. Capital Improvement new programs should be B. Facilities will provide Planning Division emphasized, old ones equitable areas for boys (Recreation). should be eliminated, or and men, and girls and

The Planning Process 23 11 women. B. Intramurals D. Archery area C. Facilities will provide for C. Athletics E. Wrestling gym use by students, staff D. Club F. Main dance studio faculty, and family of the E. Adapted G. Street -shoe usage room school community. F. Community-School H. Handball-racquetball D. Existing facilities will be G. Others courts programmed for use. H. A priority listing of I. Squash courts E. Facility expansion programs J. Others possibilities will be provided for in the planning. F. Outdoor facilities should Part V. Preliminary Data Relative Part VIII. Service Facilities: be located adjacent to the to the Proposed New Facilities: A. Locker rooms indoor facilities. A. The existing indoor B. Shower rooms G.Writers of The Program will facilities square footage C. Toweling areas address themselves to the broken down by area D. Toilets for locker area administrative and staff (equipment, storage, E. Equipment and supply needs. training room, etc.) storage areas B. A priority listing for the F. Custodial storage areas proposed new indoor G. Athletic training rooms facilities. H. Laundry Part III. Trends Which Affect C. The existing outdoor Planning: facilities broken down by A. A re-emphasis of physical area (football field, track, education for the etc.) handicapped. D: A priority listing for the Part IX. Projected Use of Present B. The club sports movement. proposed new outdoor Facilities C. The Community Education, facilities. or "Lighted School," E. The community facilities movement. being used as resource or D. The surge of new adjunct facility areas for Part X Space Relationship non-competitive activities present programs (golf (relationship each has to others.) being added to the courses, trap range, rifle curriculum. range, bowling alleys). E. Expanding intramural and athletic programs. F. Sharing of certain facilities Part XL Equipment list (all by boys and men and girls Part VI. Space Needs and movable and fixed items identified and women (athletic Allocation in the Proposed New in the document.) training rooms, and Facilities: equipment rooms). A. Main gymnasium G. Coeducational physical B. Spectator seating education and C. Lobby or .concourse co-recreation D. Administrative offices H. Emphasis on individual F. Faculty offices exercise programs. F. Conference rooms I. The weight training G. Laboratory classrooms movement. H. Other considerations (wall J. Federal and state docks, acoustical legislation (PL 94-142, PL treatment of certain areas, 503) etc.) K. Systems approach in I.Others design and construction. L. New products. VII. Purposes and Uses of Auxiliary Space Areas: Part IV. Explanation of Current A. Exercise therapy area and Proposed Programming: B. Multi-purpose gym A.. Instructional C. Golf area

12 The Plenninci Procest. 24 THE ROLE OF THE activity, and added as an THE ROLE OF interschool sport. If this is the PROGRAM SPECIALIST top program priority, the THE CONSULTANT The program specialist is an budding of a suitable Until recently, the profession has individual actively engaged in a teaching area would be the given little attention to the area of program as a teacher or coach. top facility priority. facilities in the professional He is the one who will use the State trends which are preparation of teachers, coaches, facilities, and consequently, is relevant to facilities planning. and recreational specialists. As a knowledgeable about the uses and Synthetic surfaces, all consequence, when a facility problems of facilities and should weather tracks, coed athletic project is undertaken, professionals be given opport!'nities for input training rooms, coed classes, frequently are ill prepared. Time into facility planning. programs for the does not permit acquisition of the The chief contribution of handicapped, total community necessary background. program specialists may well be use of school facilities and Additionally, the architectural firm the written specifications they help rapid development of sports assigned to the project may be develop. These specifications, clubs are some examples. designing its initial PERA facility. It called The Program, serve to Identify, study, and becomes apparent that competent communicate ideas to the architect recommend desired traffic assistance is needed. and centres planning committee. patterns for various The consultant in physical Program specialists do not individuals and groups, education and athletic facility design facilities. This is a function including spectators. design is frequently a professional of architects and engineers. Identify, study, and in the field who teaches a course However, determining the number recommend proper space in facilities *wising. This of teaching stations needed to relationships for various individual Is usually familiar with serve the instructional, intramural, indoor and outdoor facilities. recently constructe6 facilities in athletics, club, adapted, and other Within the locker room the country and is aware of the programs should be a complex, the laundry space, latest innovations in design, responsibility of program equipment storage space (in materials, and concepts. specialists. Selections of materials season and out of season), The consultant can make a such as hardwood maple floor issue area, athletic training valuablo contribution. He can and/or synthetic floors, lighting area, and sauna may be so suggest to the planning committee requirements, acoustical treatment, arranged that coed use is the names of successful architects and maintenance problems are all feasible. Duplication of and the location of examples of legitimate concerns of program personnel and equipment can their work. He can assist the specialists. be avoided by dual usage. planning committee in developing The objectives which program Point out errors of design, Edtematives and establishing specialists should achieve are: space relationship, traffic priorities. The role as a Communicate the school patterns, safety, supervision, knowledgeable expert from the program purposes, need for isolation, accessibility, outside enables the consultant to facilities and facility plans to flexibility, exert considerable influence in all appropriate persons and departmentalization, validity, favor of the project. public whose understanding and aesthetics. An important contribution is as and support are vital to Provide the architect and the liaison between the architect secure the needed facilities. planning committee with and the planning group, Ascertain the various size examples of facilities that particularly when the architect has of teams, classes, and meet desired needs. difficulty in relating with the groups which will use the If the sites are too distant professionals. There are times facilities as well as for visitation, slides or when each has difficulty in requirements or official rules pictures may be taken as understanding the needs of the for sports and games. illustrations for the architect other. It is important for both Explore the and planning committee. parties to realize that the resultant multiple-purpose uses which Point out areas that represent facility must reflect the concerns of are made possible by the quality as well as those that the other. The selection of the new or expanded facilities. represent minimal professional consultant may be Help establish a priority list quantitative standards. one of the most significant steps of program needs. For Point out the special toward constructing a functional example: A staff agrees that considerations necessary to facility. tennis should be taught in allow the handicapped full Another source of consultant the instructional program, use of the facilities. assistance is the commercial introduced as an intramural

The Planning Process 13 agency established specifically to Because of training, education, The first meetings are critical. A. assist school districts, colleges and experience, the architect can constructive pattern of positive and universities, and recreation be of great assistance to the client accomplishments should be departments with the solutions to in each of the three stages of established. The planning team facility problems. These firms have every building project decision, should outline specific and the capabilities of providing design, and delivery. When comprehensive program complete consultant services, from selecting an architect, the basic requirements, determine sizes, program through construction. considerations are: designate functions, and delineate They will also provide any number 1. He should hold membership operational patterns. Meetings of singular services such as broad in the American Institute of should be scheduled regularly, the bate data gathering; writing the Architects. committee should follow agendas, educational specifications; and 2. He must be licensed to and notes should be taken, kept, assisting with acoustic, lighting, or practice in the state where the and reviewed. air handling problems. facility is to be erected. The architect will develop and 3. He should have an excellent revise increasingly detailed reputation in the field, be able to drawings as the meetings . SELECTING furnish references, and be able to progress. To ensure steady THE ARCHITECT show proof of completion of similar progress, it is essential that the projects. drawings be developed A building efficiently and 4. The firm should be in close progressively, each with more comfortably designed can evolve proximity to the construction site detail than the last, without only from a well-coordinated team so that no less than weekly hanging the basic concepts. The effort. The team should consist of visitations could be assured. lot sic concept developed in individuals well versed in the facts 5. Superior supervision preliminary drawings should be and realistic objectives. The capabilities should be available evaluated very carefully. architect is only one member of through the firm. The professional duties the' the team, and the earlier he can The three basic methods of architect is involved in are: begin working with the planning selecting the architect are: Pre-design planning team, the better. 1.If a state-supported Schematic design Selecting the right architect is institution, the architect may be Design development not a simple matter. Important appointed by the State Building Construction documents considerations are knowledge, t'ommission. Bidding experience, personality and ability 2. The architect may be Construction to establish rapport. The clients selected by a direct appointment. The architect's role during each should interview prospective 3.If a private institution or of these phases is as follows: architects, view their work, inspect public school system, the architect buildings they have designed, and may be selected by comparison Pre-design Planning confer with other clients they have from a group of prospective served. Ideally, the entire planning schitects. Serve as a member of the team should participate in the planning committee in the capacity After the selection of the of a consultant or adviser on the selection of an architect, asking architect, a contractual agreement questions to confirm the firm's architectural possibilities and will be completed and signed. This limitations. competency and compatibility with legally binding contract will be the their objectives. official AIA document B141 (a Schematic Design A detailed description of standard form of agreement educational specifications should between the client and architect). With the assistance of the be given to the architect. The educational planners, translate the specifications are stated in written program into a graphic narrative form and include representation of a building plan. suggested dimensions. spaces STARTING TO WORK Analyze the relationship of needed in the facility, relationships Once the architect is selected, spaces diagrammatically, taking in special features of the facility, the whole team can be assembled. into consideration access of and the purposes of the facility The team should be representative various areas by students and the that will also be included in the but not so large as to be unwieldy. public. proposed budget. The primary It should include the architect, the Study the site, its topography, purpose of the 6coicational firm's designated associates, its relationship to the community document is to describe to the perhaps a consultant expert in the and to traffic patterns, and the architect in clear detail every requirements of the problem at availability of utilities. activity to be conducted in a hand, and the school or Determine how the site might be proposed facility. community team. developed.

14 The Planning Process 26 Determine what types of and representative of the client to It should be added that it is buildings we most appropriate for outline the project and discuss essential that drawings be the site and the program. operating procedure. understood. Often people have Review applicable codes and Issue bulletins and change great difficulty interpreting laws and determine their effect on orders to accomplish changes drawings and are too embarrassed the design. requested by the client or required to ask for aid. Explanations should Make cost studies of the project. by field conditions. be thorough, even if they seem Provide opportunities for Make periodic visits to site to agonizingly basic. thorough analysis and discussion monitor progress of work. Three-dimensional models can of strengths and weaknesses of Issue the client certificates of help to increase comprehension of plans, and reach decisions with payment. the relationship of wall heights to educational planners on how well Interpret requirements of the room volumes. Model furniture or the plan satisfies the requirements contract when questions are miniature figures can contribute to of the program. raised. appreciation of room sizes. Present the approved schematic Reject work which fails to meet As the drawings progress and design for approval. requirements. the total idea of the actual building Establish the date of develops, specific materials and Design Development "Substantial Completion" and the finishes should be chosen. The date of "Final Completion." committee should view either Develop the basic design. representative samples or actual Prepare sketches of elevations Additkmal Services installations of like materials. and models to establish tne visual There are a number of The more each team member character of the project. knows before actual construction Specify building materials and additional services the architect may perform as required or as begins, the fewer surprises and mechanical and electrical systems. less potential for disappointment. Develop equipment and furniture requested by the client. These arrangements to specificiations. services require prior authorization Prepare a detailed cost estimate from the client, and the architect is end final plans for the planning paid for them in addition to the PLANNING FACTORS team and proper authorities to basic fee. Some of these services review and approve. are: The guiding principles Figure 1-7 illustrates the Make measured drawings of associated with creating a master development program in the existing construction when plan are: Every community needs design process. required for planning additions or areas and facilities for physical Construction Documents alterations. education, athletic, and Revise previously approved recreational programs. These Prepare complete working drawings, specifications, or other programs, which are essential to drawings and construction documents to accomplish changes the well-being of all people, cannot specifications. not originally initiated by the be effective unless a wide variety Review and update earlier cost architect. of indoor and outdoor facilities is estimates. Prepare change orders and provided. supporting data where the change Every community requires a Bidding in basic fee is not commensurate master plan based on a study of Assist the client in obtaining with the services required. its needs. Preparation of this plan bids and awarding contracts. Prepare documents for is the primary responsibility of Determine with the client how alternate bids requested by the established governmental and the project will be bid and what client. educational planning agencies. contractors will be qualified to bid. Provide detailed estimates of Provisions for a system of Answer questions for bidders construction costs. properties required for physical and clarify any aspects of the Provide consultation and education and recreation must be construction documents. professional services concerning included in the master plan. Provide copies of specifications, replacement of work damaged by The type, location, and size of documents, and drawings for fire or other causes during essenial areas and facilities must contractors, owners, and others construction. be related to the total community who may need them. Provide interior design work pattern. These conditions vary in Assist client in preparation of or other services required in residential areas of different types contract. connection with selection of and densities and are affected by furniture or furnishings. the location of thoroughfares, Construction Phase Provide services as an expert business and industrial districts, transportation lines, and other Call a meeting with contractor court witness.

The Planning Process / 15 PRELIMINARY SURVEY OF DESIGN ESTIMATE OF DEVELOPMENT DESIGN FUND-- RAISING CONCEPT SCOPE & COST POTENTIAL PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT

ACTIVITY ANALYSIS ADJUSTMENT OF I I FUNDING GOALS I I I IF NECESSARY I PREPARE BROCHURE I STATEMENT AL i ERNATE ORGANIZE MEDIA SURVEYS I OF GOALS APPROVED SCHEMES SCHEME CAMPAIGN I 4". CON- 1". FUND FACILITIES CEPTUAL SURVEY RAISING PROGRAM GRAPHICS BUDGET ESTIMATES ..PROGRAM DESIGN Ihoo 0 PLANS, RENDERING, ESTIMATES i MODEL, ETC. TRAFFIC STUDY ZONING PROCESS

OOOOOOOOO ORGANIZE INPUT FINANCING PLAN SCOPE OF PROJECT ZONING ANALYSIS IDENTIFY PLANNING OPTIONS CONFIRMED OR ADJUSTED

PLANNING STUDIES

THE DEVELOPMENTPROGRAM IN THEDESIGN PROCESS Figure 1-7

LEGEND 2S OWNER ACTIVITY 29 ARCHITECT/PLANNER & CONSULTANTS OWNER'S CONSULTANTS NOT DRAWN TO A TIME-SCALE natural barriers. example, an ice facility can be sociologists, and professional staff Areas and facilities should be made so flexible that it fails to can play major roles in overall planned in relation to the social adequately support a hockey pro- planning. and4conomic characteristics of gram. Spectators refuse to come An assigned architect may have the community. The feasibility of because of inferior or inadequate a limited background in a specific providing specific programs in a seating, limited security, PERA project. An architect usually particular locality is influenced by inadequate ticket area, or poor feels confident to build any the interests and financial concession arrangements. project. However, most PERA resources of its total population. Cost of construction is only one projects are unique and Areas and facilities should be important financial consideration. background in this area is often planned with due regard for the Thy operating and maintenance lacking. The PERA divisions full potential use of available costs of a facility must be should provide the architect with physical resources. Plans for considered. It is possible to obtain sources of information specific to acquisition and development can funds to construct the new facility these facilities and the names of he justified as economically sound and then discover that there is no specialists that can be used. only if they are related to an way for the planning unit to obtain Available sources of property inventory of comparable resources the needed funds to operate and and funding should be explored, in the community or region. maintain the addition. evaluated, and used when Duplication of facilities and Close cooperation among all appropriate. Tax funds are a overlapping of services is thereby public and private agencies primary source, but large numbers avoided, and a maximum return concerned with th;-, development of facilities have been acquired or from expenditures for areas and and operation of tficilities designed built with gifts from individuals, or facilities can be expected. for athletics, physicel education, organizations. Localities should Areas and facilities should and recreation is of utmost take advantage of state and accommodate programs that serve importance. Cooperation involves federal funds available for the interest and needs of all the not only school, park, recreation, planning and for acquisition and people. Consideratior mould be and city planning agencies, but improvement of school and recrea- given to the special needs of all also re-development authorities tion areas. ages and both sexes. Resulting and public and private housing Widespread publicity, sound programs should comprise a wide agencies, among others. An interpretation, and public range of activities. In view of the interagency planning committee discussion facilitate the increasing proportion of the can be an effective means of implementation of facility plans. population in the aged and retired achieving cooperative action. Appropriate authorities, community group, special consideration of All interested organizations, groups, and the public-at-large senior citizens needs is desirable. individuals, and groups should need to be fully informed if Facilities should also make it have an opportunity to share in acceptance and support are to be possible for handicapped citizens the planning of areas and facilities achieved. to participate in most aspects of intended for public use. Wide physical education and participation in the consideration recreational program. of proposals requiring the AREAS AND - Plans for areas and facilities expenditure of public funds for JURISDICTIONS FOR must conform to state and local areas and facilities gives people PLANNING regulations and, as much as an opportunity to express their possible, to accepted standards desires and needs and helps Publicly-owned facilities are and practice. Planning groups assure their support of the projects principally under jurisdiction of two should become familiar with fire, and use of the areas and facilities. types of local authorities school building, electrical, sanitary, and Individuals who are qualified to districts and departments of parks other pertinent codes and make give expert advice in planning and recreation. Other public and sure their plans conform to them. facilities should act as advisors. quasi-public agencies provide such Unnecessary expense may be School, park, and recreation facilities as libraries and incurred in making construction department personnel can raus'ums. Privately-owned changes required to meet official contribute materially to the facilities, such as churches, approval. determination of features to be settlement houses, health clubs, Maximum flexibility of design is included and can offer valuable tennis centers, athletic clubs, and encouraged to accommodate suggestions for their design, and youth clubs also contribute to the future needs. There is a danger development. Individuals with public service. that this car be practiced to the professional training and technical Comprehensive programs and point where it harms the primary competence, such as landscape services require that indoor and mission of a new facility. For architects, architects, engineers, outdoor areas and facilities of

The Planning Process 17 many kinds, shapes, and sizes be botanical gardens, which cannot organized programs of athletics, available throughout the year. be provided in each neighborhood recreation, and physical education. Each area and facility has a and community, are typical It combines the neighborhood special function and serves city-wide areas. In small localities recreational a..la and the specific uses. These areas and comprising one community and a elementary school site, and the facilities are classified below single high school, city-wide community recreational area and according to function, and their planning is comparable to planning the secondary school site. sizes are determined by the nature for a single community as The park-school is an example of their services and the number described above, although some of cooperative action between of people to be served. facilities commonly provided in school and municipal authorities. It Understanding of this classification larger city-wide areas are included. involves a joint agreement as to is essential to effective planning. School districts vary widely in the location, development, and use size and population, but of properties to be designed for district-wide school planning the school athletic and physical The Neighborhood involves primarily neighborhoods education program and for the The neighborhood is a and communities. Some of the recreation of both school and residential area usually served by large school districts provide community groups. Since the an elementary school. A typical district-wide facilities for an park-school concept is based on neighborhood for planning outdoor education-recreation the desirability and economy of purposes would be an area complex, interscholastic activities, dual use, it is important that plans three-fourths of a mile to a mile consolidated educational be developed jointly by both square and containing about 6,000 programs, and some type of school boards and municipal to 8,000 people. post-high school center or authorities responsible for park Population densities of community for day pupils. and recreational services. neighborhoods vary from a few In order to protect the interests thousand to many thousands per Large Units of the cooperating authorities and square mile. There is also a wide The county or the region, which to assure the most effective variation in the number of children. is a geographic area that application of the park-school plan, Because many residents live sometimes includes part of more a formal agreement should be within a short distance of the than one county, is inzreasingly signed by both agencies, school or playground, they walk to used for recreation planning. Many specifying respective responsibility it and tend to use it frequently, of these planning units are located for the purchase, development, often for shorter periods than in close to a metropolitan area and operation, maintenance, and the the centers planned for a larger include both the city and the use of the facilities. geographic unit. surrounding region. Others are Although the park-school primarily rural in nature and are concept has won wide acceptance in recent years, separate school TheCommunity composed of unincorporated areas. Planning on a regional or sites and municipal recreational The community is a section of a district basis lends itself to the areas are still being acquired in city, primarily a residential area. It nrovision of extensive properties many communities. While one usually represents the service area usable for family outings, winter reason for the continuing of a high school, contain3 a and water sports, and other separation may be lack of business center, and commonly activities requiring large land and knowledge of the concept, more constitutes a section of the city water areas. frequently it is because the school measuring two or three miles or municipal authorities fail to across. It can be thought of as a recognize the advantages and "community of neighborhoods" The Park-School Concept economy of the plan or are because it is usually composed of Before the various types of unwilling to subordinate their three to five neighborhoods. properties that are commonly prerogatives under a cooperative included in comprehensive plans program. are described, the current trend The City or School District toward providing areas that serve The area designated as the city, both education and public 1. Community Park-School town, borough, or village lends recreation deserve special The community park-school is itself to the provision of areas and mention. an area in which are located a facilities for use by the entire The park-school as described is junior or senior high school and a population of the political the recommended type of major variety of recreational, physical subdivision. Major parks, golf facility in the neighborhood or education, and athletic facilities courses, camps, museums, and community for day-by-day use in designated for both school and

18 The Planning Process community use. It should be help to make it an ideal meeting key administrators, a centrally located and provide a place for civic and social member of the governing parklike environment. If it contains organizations. The community board, faculty a senior high school, it requires room may be used during the day representing the various more acreage than if it is for adult club meetings, or casual divisions within the associated with an elementary or recreational activities. In the institution, and students. junior high school, and its service evening, it may be used for adult Policy recommendations radius is appreciably greater. classes or as a meeting place for of this committee give Many of the people using such community groups. Frequently, the direction to plant centers, especially those with a community council, made up of development committees, senior high school, reach them by representatives of all groups in the the president, and the automobile or public transport. neighborhood, meets in the governing board. The function of this area is community room to discuss 4.Institutional Plant similar to that of the neighborhood programs for the area served by Development Committee - park-school. While the the school. or Office. In many neighborhood park-school contains institutions of higher an elementary school and primarily learning, such an office serves children, the community Planning Units for Colleges may exist. Often it park-school contains a secondary and Universities consists of a vice school and serves primarily young president and one or two people and adults. The geographic The following includes the in-house architects. They area served by the community various components that may be will question ideas as to school is larger and needs more involved in the planning of any multiple uses, area to provide for interscholastic college/university PERA facility. architectural blending, athletics, spectator space, and The degree of complexity varies internal building extensive parking. according to the type of institution principles, and campus and scope of the project. sources of energy. A 1.Governing Board. This person may be 2. Outdoor Education-Recreation body will need to give the designated as project Complex final approval for the director for a A land area or a cluster of project. Within the board, campus-wide facility. The acreages suitable for more there may be two or PERA planning extensive outdoor three individuals committee will need to education-recreation programs, responsible for checking clear many ideas through owned by the school district, city, on all building proposals. this office. or township, is an important Members of the PERA 5.Office of Building and adjunct of the park-school. Such a division are likely to be Grounds. The complex should be located as near called before this latter Superintendent of this the city as possible, yet should group. office and/or a include some of the following: a 2.State Planning Division. If representative will often residence camp; extensive nature the college or university sit on or with the planning trails; primitive area for outpost is state supported, there committee or the camping and exploration; an will usually be a planning architect. It is the outdoor skills and sports center; division in the state responsibility of this office plots for forestry and wildlife capital which becomes to see that the building management; and pioneer and involved. This division codes are followed, modem farms. normally determines if the maximum use is made of facility meets all the state present energy sources, codes. There may be a energy conservation is 3. The Community Room state appropriation included in new facility The community room is probably committee that will need plans, and campus most representative of the to give approval to the beautification is community park-school program in project. maintained. that it is designed specifically to 3. Institutional Policy 6.Architectural Firm. If the meet community needs. The Committee. In some project is of any community room should be at institutions, this is a magnitude, the least as large as a regular standing committee for architectural firm will classroom. Kitchen facilities, planning specific have its own team including stove, refrigerator, educational programs. working on the project. cupboards, tables, and chairs, This often is composed of This often includes the

The Planning Process 32 19 principal architect, the conceivably it could be a architect. Normally, this principal engineer, and member of the committee will be headed related specialists. The university's planning by either the dean or planning committee will committee. Someone director of the division, meet with the from the'PERA division the athletic director, the architectural firm as a would be a member of physical education whole or with individuals the committee and serve director, or the director of from the firm, as the as chairman of the campus recreation. There need dictates. PERA's planning will be a representative 7.Project Coordinator and committee. In many on the committee from Committee. The instances, PERA's each of the areas having coordinator of a PERA personnel with a a direct interest in the project may be a higher particular interest and Project. administrator, such as the expertise, may be asked 9.Area Specialists. Much of vice president. More to be on the committee. the detailed planning will likely, it would be the 8.PERA Planning be done by dean or director of PERA, Committee. The sub-committees that Of it could be someone academic discipline has a report directly to the from the office of the planning committee which PERA planning physical plant. If it is a works directly with the committee. These higher administrator, the architect and is sub-committees should individual would most responsible for have one or more likely come from the coordinating all plans, meetings with the office responsible for requests, or changes that architect so that he has a institutional facility transpire between the clear understanding of development, although discipline and the their requests. Different Figure 1-8 WHO IS INVOLVED IN THE PLANNING PROCESS Planning College/ Elementary/ Community/ Unit University Secondary Recreation

Governing Board Board of Regents School Board City Council

State Planning Coordinating Board State Board Outdoor Recreation Division of Education Planning Department

Institutional Campus Space General Planning City Park & Policy Committee Committee Committee Recreation Board

Institutional Plant Office of New Office of Facility Capital Improvement Development Construction Planning & Planning Division Committee/Office Construction

Office of Buildings Building Main- Office of Operation Parks & Recreation and Grounds tenance and Utilities & Maintenance Maintenance Division

Architectural Firm Same Same Various Professional Consultants

Project Coordinator Member from Office Member from Office Member from Capital and Committee of New Construction of Facility Planning Improvement Planning & Construction & Division Designated Specialists

PERA Plannning Director, College, Director of Physical Director, Parks and Committee School, Department; Education & Safety Recreation New Construction Committee

Area Specialists Sub-Committee Sub-Committee Sub-Committee Structure Structure Structure (Staff Planning Specialists)

20 33 The Planning Process facilities will have planning unit for the three areas dimension to most of the different emphasis areas (college/university, committees through their which will need special elementary/secondary schools and representation. The same is true attention. recreational facility) may differ of community organizations and widely. The basic function of the agencies that may use the facility planning unit, regardless of the after its completion. PLANNING PARTICIPANTS area, will be remarkably similar. Planning facilities for athletics, The accompanying chart (Figure Too often the planning physical education, and recreation 1-8 suggests appropriate levels of committee of the discipline, requires attention to a series of planning units for the public together with the architect, willdo complex relationships and school sector and community all of the detail planning. They involvement of numerous experts. recreation commission analogous cannot be experts in all areas, and Numerous factors can influence to college and university planning many refinements that a the planning required to design authority. Referring to the chart, sub-committee can point out get and construct an appropriate the operational procedures and lost. facility(Figure 1-9). planning methods for each Students can add a positive

Figure 1-9 Factors Influencing The Planning Of Facilities

Factor Relevance to Planning

Institutional Policy Relative emphasis on particular programs, current and future: *Intercollegiate, *Intramural, *Physical Education, *Corrective, *Research, Recreation, *Administrative Organization of above programs.

Interactive Programs Joint activities with other Institutions or community groups may enable sharing of activities.

Attitudes and pew-option of participants Increasing awareness of and interest In sports and physical fitness. Growing popularity of specific sports, such as running and tennis.

Activities with similar spatial demands Opportunity for multi-purpose activity areas.

Participation by women Increasing participation In a wider range of sports. More co-ed activities. Need to demonstrate parity between mews and women's programs, funding and facilities.

Characteristics of User Population Need for accurate classification by age, sex, role in institution, in-residence vs. commuting,enrollment in academic programs.

Climatological Days/year that activities can take piece out-of-doors. Increased load on indoor facilities in inclement weather.

Intercollegiate Programs Traditional strengths in intercoilegiate competition. Justiflcation for dedicated space, e.g., arenas, for specific sports.

Intramural Programs Scope of activities. Probable trend for wider range of sports, more co-ed sports.

Physical Education Programs Ratio of mandatory to voluntary programs. Curricular trends. Enrollment trends. Instruction in classroom or lecture hall format. Need for corrective programs. Interface with cultural programs, e.g., dance.

Recreation Programs Existing and projected user groups. Scope of activities. Outreach to community.

Scheduling Seasonal patterns. Weekly hours available, each facility Daily schedules. Utilization of available time. Implications of schedule adjustments on staffing and operating costs.

Technology Opportunities for Improved space utilization through new technologies. e.g., rpose synthetic playing surfaces, air-supported structures.

Space criteria for activities and Floor areas, with overruns and clearances. Minimum vertical clearances. adjacencies support areas

Special Events

Provision for Spectators Institutional policy. Justification for fixed seating. Implications on physical planni. g, e.g., code requirements, security, traffic.

The Planning Process 21 34 Facilities designed for athletics, necessary to adequately plan a directly linked to the quantity and physical education, and recreation facility that is structurally sound, quality of planning that occurred at contain many unique aesthetically pleasing, the onset. The desired outcome areas/features demanding special technologically updated, energy should then be a facility that consideration. Planners must be and cost-efficient, and responsive successfully facilitates the aware of the human resources and to program needs. The success of programs it was designed to multitude of printed materials any building project usually can be accommodate. SELECTED REFERENCES A Guide for Planning and Construction of Edition. Philadelphia: W.B. Saunders Com- Strives to Clarify - Not Change- the Public School Facilities in Georgia pany, 1976. Roles of the Architect, Contractor and Physical Education Facials*. Manta: DeChiara, Joseph and Calendar, John, eds. Georgia State Department of Education, Owner." Architectural Record. (April Timer -Saver Standards for Building 1977): 67-68. Office of School Administrative Services, Types. 2nd Edition. New York: McGraw- 1976. "Making Physical Education and Recreation Hill, 1980. Facilities Accessible to All:Planning, Architect's Handbook of Professional Prac- Ezersky, Eugene M. and Theibert, P. Richard. tice. Statement of the Architect's Services Designing, Adapting." Washington, D.C.: Facia*: in Sports and Physical Educa- American Alliance for Health, Physical Volume 2. Washington, D.C.: The Ameri- tion. St, Louis: The C.V. Mosby Company, can Institute of Architects, 1974. Education, and Recreation (AAHPER), 1976. 1977. Aston. Dudley and hey, Charlotte. Dance Finci, David L. "How to Plan Your New Athletic Facilithrs. Washington. D.C.: American Mittelstaedt, Arthur H. "Preparing HPER Pro- Facility." American School and Univenii- fessionals to Deal with Facilities and Equip- Association for Health, Physical Education, ty. 53 (November 1980): 47-48, 50-52, 54. and Recreation, Council for Facilities, ment." Journal of Health, Physical Fink, Ira and Body, David. **Developing a Education, and Recreation. 45 (October Equipment and Supplies, 1972. Sports and Recreation Master Plan." Plan- 1974): 22-23. Bass, Alan M. Physical Education Facilities. ning for Higher Education. 11 (Spring Moriarty, R.J. "PERT Planning for Physical EducationalFacilities Review Series 1983): 1-16. Educational Facilities." CAMPER Journal Number 14. Eugene, Oregon: Oregon Uni- Flynn, Richard B., ed. "Planning Facilities." versity, February 1973. (Canadian Association for Health, Physical Journal of Physical Education, Recrea- Education and Recreation). 39 (July-August Blaicher, John W. "Design Directions: Making tion, and Dance. 54 (June 1983): 19-38. 1973): 33-37. Less Into More." Parks and Recreation 13 "Timely Topics in Facility Penman, Kenneth. Planning Physical Educe. (May 1978): 34-35. Planning." Journal of Physical Education non and Athletic Facilities in Schools. Brewster, Sam F. Campus Planning and Con- and Recreation. 51 (June 1980): 25-37. New York: John Wiley and Sons, 1977. struction, Physical Foci fates for Univer- Flynn, Richard B. "Sequential Planning of Physical and Health Edtratlon Facilities for sities and Colleges. Washington, D.C.: Facilities on a Landlocked Campus." Jour- Secondary Schools. Toronto, Ontario: The Association of Physical Plant Adminis- nal of Physical Education and Rectos- Department of Education, Toronto, Ontario trators of Universities and Colleges, 1976. non. 45 (April 1975): 23-24. Ministry of Education, 1975. Bronzan, Robert T. New Concepts in Nann- "The Team Approach to Physical Recreation Facilities: A Report. ing and Funding Athletic, Physical Edu- Facility Planning." Athletic Purchasing New York: Educational Facilities Labs., cation and Recreational Facilities. St. and Facilities. 5 (June 1981): .12-26. Inc., April 1973. Paul; Phoenix Intermedia, In.)orporated, Gans, Marvin. Sequential Steps in Planning Planning a Site for Physical Educe- 1974. Facilities for Health, Physical Education, tion/Athlatie/Recreational Programs Bucher. Charles A. Administration of Health Recreation, and Athletics. Unpublished (Guide No. 2). New York: The Eggers and Physical Education Programs, in- Dissertation. University of Utah. 1972. Group, P.C., Architects and Planners, eluding Athletics. 8th Edition. St. Louis: Guide for Planning Educational Facilities. 1080. The C.V. Mosby Company, 1983. Columbus. Ohio: Council of Education Planning a Development Program for Christiansen, Monty L. Park Planning Hand- Facility Planners, 1976. Physical Education/Athletic/Recreation book. Fundamentals of Physical Plan- Gwynn, Susan K., Editor. Guide for Mann- ning for Parks and Recreation Areas. Facilities (Guide No. 3). New York: The Ing Educational Facifities. Columbus, Eggers Group, P.C.'. Architects and Plan- New York: John INi;ey & Sons, Inc., 1977. Ohio: Council of Educational Facility Plan- ners, 1980. Community School Cantons Boo ides. New ner, International, 1976. Planning Educational Facia**. Opelousas, York: Educational Facilities Laboratories. Harman, Jerry J. and Hirsekom, Robert. Ad, Inc., 1978. Louisiana: Hamilton and Associates, Ar- minor's Guide to School Construc- chitects, 1983. Crompton. John L. "Formulating New Direc- tion, Remodeling and Maintenance. First Schwanke, Dean. "Physical Education, tions with Strategic Marketing Planning." Edition. New York: Parker Publishing Com- Recreation and Athletic Facilities." Jour- Parke and Recreation 18 (July 1983): pany, 1975. nal of Physical Education and Recrea- 56-63. 66. Hawkins, Harold L. Appraisal Guide for Curtis, James P. "A Team Approach to tion. 51 (June 1980): 62-63. School Facilities, Midland, Michigan: Theunissen, William, "Planning Facilities- Designing the Recreational-Educational Pendell Publishing Company, 1973. the Role of the Program Specialist." Jour- Complex." Council of Educational Higher Education Facilities Planning and nal of Physical Education and Recrea- Facilities Planners Journal 21 (Jan.-Feb. Management Manuals. Boulder, Colorado: tion. 49 (June 1978): 27-29. 1983): 16-19. Western Interstate Commission for Higher U.S. Department of the Army. Navy, and Air Dahnke, Harold L.. and Others. General Sup- Education, 1971. Force. Planning and Design of Outdoor port Facilities. Higher Education Facilities Jubenville, A. Outdoor Recreational Plan- Sports Facilities. Stock No, 008-020 Planning and Management Manual Five, - ning. Philadelphia: W,B. Saunders Com- 00588.6, October, 1975. Revised. Boulder, Colorado: Western In- pany, 1976. U.S. Department of Housing and Urban terstate Commission for Higher Education, Keller, Roy J. Modern Management of Development. "ANSIA 11 7.1(1977), May 197 t. Facilities for Physical Education. Cham- Specifications for Making Buildings and Daughtrey, Grayson and Woods, John B. paign. Illinois., Stipes Publishing Company, Physical Education and Intramurals: Facilities Accessible To and Usable by 1973. Physically Handicapped People," 1977, Organization and Administration. 2nd Kombuft Esq., Arthur R. "Document A201

22 Tho PlanningProce4 35 CHAPTER II Indoor Facilities

Included in this chapter is information relative to athletic and CHECKLIST OF FACTORS IN SITE EVALUATION physical education indoor facilities REG/ORAL FACTORS Precipitation 1. Demographic factors Prevailing winds for elementary school, secondary 2. General character of region (rural, in- Climatic extremes school, and college/university . dustril, residential) 8. Zoning Regulations "wets. 3. Distance to competitors in sports events Pemitted use 4. Traffic and transportation Paridng /Factors common to indoor 5. Potential for recruitment Setbacks, buffers /facilities for all levels are HeigM limitations discussed as well as features LOCAL FACTORS Allowable coverage 1. Character of environs (urban, sub,. an) Procedures designed specifically to support 2. Community acceptance 9. Access programs at the elementary, the 3. Accommodations for visitors From principal roads secondary, and the collegiate 4. Character and quality of adjacent struc- From local streets LIME Traffic capacity of streets levels. Whereas the planning S. Civic services (tire, police protection, Ability to accept additional volume chapter emphasized that facilities health care) Pedestrian routes and crossings are to facilitate programs, this 6. Access Truck and bus access chapter describes some of these 7. Traffic & Transportation Emergency access Access from major highways and 10. Security Considerations indoor programs. Numerous local streets figures are included which offer - Existing traffic volumes & patterns SITE UTILITIES detailed specifications required in - Public transportation 1. Sewerage 8. Climate Capacity of municipal system the planning for selected indoor Location of sewage lines activities. A checklist relating to FEATURES OF THE SITE Pole on-site plant 1. Acreage 2. Electric power general indoor facility features is Must be adequate for buildings, park- 3. Water also incluued as an aid to those ing, playing areas, etc. For buildings responsible for planning indoor Additional acreage for expansion For site sprinklers facilities for athletics, physical 2. Shape For fire protection Generally rectangular usually best 4. Storm drainage education, and recreation. shape 5. Energy sources Acute angles or odd shapes may be 6. Telephone wasteful of space 7. Solid waste disposal 3 Topography Generally level terrain desirable ECONOMIC FACTORS SITE SELECTION Consider extent of earth-moving in 1. Acquisition costs adapting to steep slopes 2. Taxes Program specialists, architects. 4. Soil & Subsoil 3. Financing 5. Vegetation 4. Development costs engineers, and others should work 6. Drainage together in the selection of a DEVELOPMENTAL CONSTRAINTS Essential that site be well-drained 1. Resta-1Iva zoning desirable site for any new Possible recharging basin 2. Easements construction. Some factors that Method of disposing of runoff 3. Covenants Environmental regulations 4. Other legal constraints must be considered in selecting a 7. Climate site are: 5. Community assistance Proximity to classrooms Figure 2-1 Pedestrian traffic patterns The Eggers Group P.C. Architects & Planners

Indoor Facilities 23 36 Motor traffic movement classrooms, and study rooms; Corridors and Foyers and parking space providing for ease of building In large buildings, athletic and Soil conditions and supervision and separation of instructional units should be drainage various units where necessary; accessible from at least two Availability of utilities ,enhancing efficient and safe passageways leading from the Relationship to other movement; and providing for principal classroom areas to health, physical education, future building expansion. prevent traffic congestion during recreation, and athletic Special circulation problems change of periods. facilities created by intramural, recreation, Provision needs to be made for Proximity to housing and spectator programs should be heavy traffic from the dressing Physical education, athletic, and included in the traffic control room or the locker suite to recreation facilities are often the study. The placement of service, playfields. The designated corridor largest on campus. Space is activity, instructional, and widths should be clear of all essential to permit the architect to spectator areas should provide for obstructions, including the swing use creative design ideas. Avoid efficient means of supervising of locker and room doors. All locating a facility on a site too those using the facilities. equipment, such as heating units, small to allow for design options or drinking fountains, fire for possiule additions. Because of extinguishers, and telephones, the size of these facilities, should be recessed. Each corridor attention must be given to making Space Relationships should terminate at an exit or them compatible with surrounding The relationship of activity stairway leading directly to a point structures. areas, instructional areas, and of exit. Ideally, a major indoor facility for service areas to the placement Public rooms, including physical education, athletics, and and size of corridors, lobbies, gymnasiums used for large public recreation should be erected as stairs, and doors needs careful groups, should be designed with close as possible to both the consideration. Spectator spaces entrance foyers. The size of the student living quarters and the should be separated from the foyer will depend on the seating center of the academic teaching swimming pool and pool deck capacity. The planning o; this area area. Probably no other campus areas, gymnasium floor, and other should. include consideration for facilities will be used as much by activity areas. Entrances to the ticket sales, public telephones, an as many students. If large seating area should be direct from information desk, and a spectator activities are to be the outdoors or from corridors or cloak-room. The foyer should be included in the facilities, the site foyers without requiring travel accessible to public toilets for men must allow for auto access and through locker rooms or across and women. Often, it is advisable parking. pool decks or gymnasiums. It is to provide cutoff gates so it will Figure 2-1 presents a checklist also important that traffic to and not be necessary to supervise the of factors to be considered in site from the locker room not cross the entire building when specific areas selection. gymnasium floor. are not in use. The individual components of PEDESTRIAN TRAFFIC the locker room areas should permit entrance to, and exit from, Stairways CIRCULATION each area without cross traffic in Buildings of two or more stories Building location is a most wet and dry areas. The location of should have no fewer than two important consideration in traffic toilet rooms in relation to the stairways, located at the extremes. circulation and control. A careful swimming pool and to outside All stairways should be of study of the relationship of the facilities should be given careful fire - resistant construction, and all proposed structure to student consideration, especially with main stairways should lead directly housing, academic buildings, and reference to public use. to grade exits. Two-lane stairways the community will provide Units within the building which are recommended, and they valuable information relative to require truck delivery service should have a clear width to placement of primary and should be grouped to reduce the conform with the local fire code. secondary entrances and exits. number of delivery points. Delivery Stairways should be divided into The foremost purposes of of supplies should be planned so runs of not more than sixteen, nor planning for traffic circulation and there is no traffic or delivery less than three risers. Risers control include: minimizing through locker rooms or across should not exceed 61/2 inches, and congestion in corridors, stairwells, gymnasium floors. A loading dock treads should be at least 101/2 locker rooms, and spectator areas; is desirable. In multi-storied inches measured from riser to minimizing the disturbance of structures, elevators should be riser. The rounded nosings of all students and staff in offices, provided. treads and landings should have

24 / Indoor Facilities nonslip, flush surfaces. Abrupt provided with a removable center shoes. over-landing nosing should not be mullion so that each door will While minimum widths of used. operate independently; at least corridors, stairways, and exits are Circular or winding stairways one such opening should be a determined by local codes, these should be avoided. Nonslip ramps minimum of 36 inches wide. Every areas should be considered in the are desirable to compensate for room should be provided with exits light of maximum use of the minor differences in levels in floors as prescribed by the Building Exits building's facilities. Stairways and and to accommodate the special Code, and all outside doors should exits are most important in needs of the handicapped. be equipped with panic hardware. preventing traffic congestion and Adequate stair aisles must be The doors to rooms where should, in most cases, be wider provided for all bleachers of more combustible material is kept than code requirements. than three rows, whether movable should be constructed in or fixed. accordance with Fire Underwriters' specifications. Exterior doors and TEACHING STATIONS Exits and Doors all doors in damp areas, such as the swimming pool area, laundry The unit of primary importance Exits should be located so at rooms, shower rooms, and is the room or space where least one exit, or stairway leading dressing locker suites, should be teaching occurs. All other parts of to an exit, will be within 100 feet heavy-duty and moisture-resistant. the school plant are, in a real of a doorway of every room If exterior doors cannot be sense, secondary. In physical designed for occupancy. Every recessed, they should be education, therefore, the floor should have at least two protected against the weather by determination of the number and exits, remote from one another, projections, overhangs, or soffits. character of the teaching stations and additional exits as prescribed Outside entrances should be is basic to the planning process. by the National Fire Protection provided with mud and dirt grates The term "teaching station" is Association formula in the Building or mats for cleaning the mud and used to identify any room or spa:* Exits Code. Exits should be dirt from shoes. One method where one teacher can instruct or located for convenience as well as which has proved satisfactory is supervise the teaming experience for safety. It is important that the the use of a grate-covered recess of a class or group of students. number of exits and their locations about six feet long and the width For instance, a gymnasium would be properly related to the seating of the door opening, placed so constitute a teaching station and if capacity and the space in the persons entering the building must divided, could provide two or more gymnasium or swimming pool. walk across it with both feet. teaching stations. Swimming All doors should open outward, Consideration should be given to pools, auxiliary physical education with the entire door swinging free the size of the openings in the teaching stations, and dance of the door opening (side-hinges). grate to prevent accidents to rooms are examples of other kinds Double exterior doors should be persons wearing high-heeled of teaching stations. The number of students accommodated by a teaching station is controlled by the nature of the specific activity as well as the size of the facility. Institutions will vary as to the timing of peak load and consequently, as to when the required number of teaching stations is needed. Colleges and universities with a large professional preparation program and/or a required program for the general student body will usually have the greatest need during the regular instructional hours. Other schools may find the greatest .NI need for different teaching stations Iif'.-"IlOr '4101 pa*. during the after-school hours when athletic teams are practicing or when an extensive intramural Figure2-2 program is in operation. Schools in The number of teaching stations is increased by the use of divider nets at the George a climate which has a long cold Hales, Jr. Sports Center on the campus of Loyola University of Chicago. season will have a greater need

Indoor Facilities 25 38 for extensive indoor facilities. synthetic material. Classrooms, (PVC's) and polyurethanes. The The number of teaching stations corridors, offices, and like areas PVC's are primarily prefabricated required is dictated by enrollment, may be grouped together for while the polyurethanes are either policies pertaining to instructional common surfacing. poured in place or produced in physical education, average class Special activity areas require factory prefabricated sheets which size, diversity of program, number different treatments. For example, are adhered down on the site. In of periods in the school day, and a dance gymnasium that is used general, the polyurethanes other uses of the facilities. Folding for instruction in modem dance possess most of the desirable partitions and dropnets can be should have a finished treatment characteristics sought in a floor effectively used for flexibility and which will allow the dancers to surface. The long term differences to increase the number of teaching slide or glide across the floor. In in the maintenance costs between stations. other areas, such as basketbal! synthetics and wood seem to be Planners should be aware that courts, the finish should be of a negligible. indoor facilities for physical nonslip nature. In general, classrooms, education, athletics, and recreation Flexibility, durability, and cost corridors, and offices have been are difficult and costly to expand are three criteria that have been satisfactorily surfaced with some at some future date. The ultimate instrumental in seeing synthetic type of tile, such as asphalt, vinyl, enrollment potential should be surfaces challenge hard wood vinyl asbestos, rubber, or linoleum. researched by school planner. The floors for installation in activity Consideration should be given to anticipated enrollment five to ten areas. Synthetics take the form of the use of carpeting in offices, golf years after completion of synthetic grass surfaces or as course locker rooms, and other construction should serve as a smooth or roughed nongrass appropriate areas. basis for determining the required surfaces. The most popular number of original teaching synthetic surfacing materials can stations. Long-range planning is be classed into two types: Walls imperative to provide for the plasticized polyvinyl chlorides In addition to segregating logical and most economical Figure 2.3 expansion. The initial design SUGGESTED INDOOR SURFACE MATERIALS should make provisions for the anticipated construction. ROOMS FLOORS LOWER WALLS uPPER WALLS CEILINGS

SURFACE MATERIALS The selection of indoor surface materials becomes complicated because indoor facilities may be subject to hard usage and/or excessive moisture, and they must meet minimum standards in terms of acoustical and light-reflecting AMMAN storage Room 1 2 1 2 1 C

Cloasrooms 1 1 properties. Geographic location 2 2 2 1 C C

Clutwoom 2 1 1 and the availability of certain 2 ii 2 2 1 C C

Corr- eat.* Room 2 2 1 2 2 2 1 2 surface materials are factors to be f 4 Custochal Supply Room 1 considered. . . r Figure 2-3 is a guide to Deno s StudioSt 2 1 CC Drying Room (pomp , 1 2 1 1 1 suggested indoor surface 2 2 1 I 1 1 O y m n a s u m 2 1 1 materials. 2 2 2 2 CC HealthSelyce Una 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 1 1 Floors tjundry Room 1 2 1 2 2 2 1 Ci' I . I 1 Locker Rooms 3 3 2 1 1 2 At least three distinct types of 23 1 i i 1 2 C Notalori,sm 21 1 2 1 3 2 1 212'1 CC 1 floor surfacing are required in 1 1I I3 Mc es 2 2 1 1 , 2 1 facilities described in this chapter. t Rocs Gabon Room 2 I FF 1 1 . 1 Floors in service areas such as 2 1 2 2 C 1 . Snow Rooms 1 1 1 , 1 locker rooms, shower rooms, 3 2 2 2 2 2 SINICW- sclonly Room 2t 1 1 , 1 1 toweling rooms, and toilet rooms 2 I I C 1 Team Room 3 2 1 2 1 2 2 3 1 1 j 1 2 C require a surface impervious to To.let Room 3 2 1 1 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 moisture. In general, gymnasiums TowelsnoDrymo Room 3 2 1 1 2 ....LL 1 2 2 1 and other activity areas require Note The numbers111the Tao° oncbcate *et, SeCend, ano moo cooKe. C slOcstes the make ssDhflij L0011410, 10wortrxcfice Annatant* either a hard wood or a resilient 010.01e04Guahly

26 3; Indoor Facilities specific areas, walls should serve of an acoustical engineer. In each Machinery vibration or impact as barriers to sound, light, heat, room, attention must be given to sounds can be reduced by use of and moisture. In selecting wall reverberation time. This is the proper floor covering and/or by surfacing, considerations should influenced by the absorption and installing the machinery on floating be given to the acoustical reflection qualities of all surfaces or resilient mountings. "Sound properties of the material. In within the room. Hard surfaces locks," sucfras double walls or general, moisture-resistant walls reflect sound and produce doors, are needed between noisy with good acoustical properties are excessive unwanted reflection and areas and adjoining quiet areas. recommended. Most modem reverberations. Thus, the space Improper location of doors and gymnasiums have smooth surfaces may be "noisy." Soft or windows can create noise on the lower portion of the walls absorbable surfaces turn the problems. so they may be used as rebound sound into another form of energy It is imperative to pay attention surfaces. Rough-surfaced walls and can produce areas that are to the acoustical treatment of all collect dirt easily and are too "dead." Therefore, most areas areas. Gymnasiums, swimming to clean. Recently, there has been must have some materials with pools, and dressing-locker rooms a trend to color, murals, and sound-absorbing qualities in order are frequently neOected. graphics to add aesthetic appeal. to balance the sonic environment In locker rooms, shower rooms, for good hearing conditions. and toilet rooms, where high Materials for Acoustical humidity is often present, ;t is Sound insulation Treatment important to select wall sus facing Unwanted sound, or noise, may Care must be taken in the that is moisture-resistant and has be transmitted into the room by maintenance of acoustical good acoustical properties. Walls means of ventilating ducts, pipes, materials. Oil paint reduces the serving as barriers between and spaces around pipe sleeves. sound-absorbent qualities of most toilet-rooms, handball courts, The transmission of sound through materials. Surface treatment for squash courts, and other areas ducts can be reduced by the use different acoustical materials will where noise is a problem should of baffles, or by lining the ducts vary. The most common treatment have a minimum of sound with sound-absorbent, fire-resistant of acoustical-fiber tile is a light transmission. materials. The ducts may also be brush coat of waterbase paint. connected with canvas to interrupt Most acoustical materials lose their efficiency after several Ceilings the transmission through the metal in the ducts. Pipes can be covered applications of paint. Roof design, type of activity, and with pipe covering, and spaces in local building codes should the pipe sleeves can be filled. determine the ceiling construction. Sound can also be transmitted Ceilings should be insulated to through the walls, floors, and ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS prevent condensation and should ceilings. This can be reduced to a be painted to provide pleasing desirable minimum by the proper AND SERVICE aesthetics and to enhance light structural design and materials. In All electrical service, wiring, and reflection. Acoustical ceiling conventional wall construction, connections should be installed in materials are desirable in alternate studs can support the accordance with the requirements instructional and activity areas. sides of the wall in such a manner of the National Electric Code of Dropped ceiling panels susceptible that there is no through the National Board of Fire to damage by objects or connection from one wall surface Underwriters, and of state and individuals will require to another. This is sometimes local building codes and fire considerable maintenance. known as double-wall construction. regulations. False ceilings with catwalks The space inside the walls can be The capacity of each individual above them have been effectively filled with sound-absorbing electrical system should be designed to permit maintenance material to further decrease the determined accurately for the and repair of lighting and sound transmission. Sometimes obVious reasons of safety and ventilating systems. three or four inches of sand inside economy. Full consideration the walls at the baseboard will cut should be given to present and down the transmission future program plans when . SOUND CONTROL appreciably. Likewise, sound designing the electrical systems. AND ACOUSTICS absorption blankets laid over the The increasing use of The sonic, or audible, partitions in suspended ceiling electrically-operated equipment, environment is the most difficult construction can frequently reduce higher standards of illumination, phase of the total environment to the sound from one room to and special audiovisual equipment balance and requires the services another. should be anticipated.

Indoor Facilities 27 Ilkomination different lighting requirements. must be considered in relation to In addition to the amount of light Planning for electric illumination the brightness balance of all light in any given area, the quality of requires that each area be sources and reflective surfaces light is of equal importance. considered relative to specific use. within the visual field. Providing efficient illumination is The reflection factor is the complicated and challenging, and Measurements of Light percentage of light falling on a the services of an illuminating The footcandle is a surface which is reflected by that engineer are recommended in measurement of light intensity at a surface. In order to maintain a order to obtain maximum lighting given point. Light intensity, brightness balance with a quantity efficiency. Gymnasiums, measured in footcandles, is one and quality of light for good classrooms, corridors, and other vital factor in eye comfort and seeing, all surfaces within a room specific areas have distinct and seeing efficiency, but intensity should be relatively light, with a

Figure 2.4 Levels of Rumination Currently Recommended for Specific Indoor Areas Area Footcandles Area Footcandles on Tasks ;n Tasks Adapted physical education gymnasium. 50 Squash 702 Auditorium Tennis 702 Assembly only 15 Volleyball SO Exhibitions 30-50 Weight-exercise room 50 Social activities 5-15 Wrestling and personal-defense room 50 Classrooms Games room 70 Laboratories 100 Ice rink 100' Lecture rooms Library Audience area 70 Study and notes 70 Demonstration area 150 Ordinary reading 50-70 Study halls 70 Lounges Corridors and stairways 20 General 50 Dance studio 5503 Reading books, magazines, newspapers.. 50-70 Field houses 80 Offices First-aid rooms Accounting, auditing, tabulating, bookkeep- General 50 ing, business-machine operation 150 Examining table 125 Regular Office work, active filing, Gymnasiums index references, mail sorting 100 Exhibitions 502 Reading and transcribing handwriting in General exercise and recreation 35 ink or medium pencil on good-quality Dances 5-503 paper, intermittent filing 70 Locker and shower rooms 30 Reading high-contrast or well-printed Gymnastics 50 material not involving critical or Archery prolonged seeing, conferring and Shooting tee 50 interviewing 50 Target area 70 Parking areas 1 Badminton 502 Storerooms Basketball 802 Inactive 10 Deck tennis 50 Active Fencing 702 Rough bulky 15 Handball 702 Medium 30 Paddle tennis 702 Fine 60 Rifle range Swimming pools Point area 50 General and overhead 50 Target area 70 Underwater' A Rowing practice area 50 Toilets and washroom 30 These standards have been developed by a panel of experts on facilities for 2Care must be taken to achieve a brightness Nance and to eliminate health, physical education, and recreation after careful consideration of the extremes of brightness and glare. activities involved_ In all instances, the standards in this table arc equal to, or Sliculd be equipped with rheostats. exceed. the standards which have been recommended by the Illumination 4Must be balanced with overhead lighting and should provide 100 lamp Engineering Society, American Institute of Architects, and National lumens per square foot of pool surface. Council Or. Schoolhouse Construction. Courtesy of Illuminating Engineering Society of North America

28 Indoor Facilities 41 Figure2-5 IlluMination Levels for Indoor Tennis Courts

Minimum mounting height from floor

Indirecte Class of play IES current recommended Direct practice footcandles (lux) Between base tines Behind Indoor maintained in services See noted and outside, lines base lines

Recreational 20 (220) Clubd 30 (320) 23 ft 16 ft 13 ft Professional 50 (540) m) (4.9 m) m) Exhibitions 100 (1100)

atiniformity ratio of 2.0 to 1.0. "Spacing (spacing-to-mounting height)-2.0 to 1.0 between rows. cSpacing (spacing-to-distance from ceiling)-2.0 to 1.0 between luminaires in a row. dMay be increased for commercial considerations. matte rather than a glossy finish. areas as those containing goals or least two and one-half times the The footlamberi is the product of targets, and to place dimmers on amount of light that incandescent the illumination in footcandles and the lighting in spectator areas. lamps give for the same amount of the reflection factor of the surface. Supplementary light sources current used. They are frequently For example, forty footcandles should be shielded from the eyes used in old buildings to raise the striking a surface with a reflection of participants and spectators in illumination level without the factor of fifty percent would order to provide the proper oristallation of new wiring. produce a brightness of twenty brightness balance. Mercury-vapor lighting is most footlarnberts (40 x .50 = 20). Transparent, nonbreakable, expensive in terms of initial These brightnesses are necessary plastic protective covers will installation. The overall cost of when computing brightness protect lighting units in activity mercury-vapor lighting, however, is differences in order to achieve a areas where balls may be thrown. cheaper than incandesixint balanced visual field. Vapor-proof lighting units are lighting. The primary objection to recommended for damp areas, mercury-vapor lighting is the bluish such as toilets, showers, the color. However, when incandes- important lighting dressing-locker suite, and the cent lighting is used in addition to Considerations swimming pool. Locker room lights mercury-vapor, a In addition to the quantity and should be spaced to light the highly-satisfactory lighting system quality of light from the various areas between lockers. results. kinds of lighting systems available,' Incandescent, fluorescent, Night lights which burn additional factors to consider in mercury-vapor, and sodium-vapor continually are recommended for the selection of an electrical lighting systems are most gymnasiums, swimming pools, illumination system are commonly used in gymnasium handball courts, squash ,:ourts, maintenance, repair, replacement, buildings. The incandescent light and other indoor activity areas. and cleaning. is instantaneous, burns without Lobbies, corridors, and some The ideal lighting fixture has sound, and is not affected by the classrooms should also be both an indirect and a direct number of times the light is turned equipped with night lichts. These component, throwing surface light on or oft. Incandescent lights and lights are extremesy important for on the ceiling to give it about the fixtures are considerably cheaper safety and security purposes and same brightness as the lighting in initial cost, are easier to should have separate controls. unit itself. change, and the lamp, within Provisions for outside lighting There is less need, however, to limits, may be varied in size within should be considered. Exit lights provide high-ceiling areas with a given fixture. must follow the prescribed codes direct-indirect fixtures. In Incandescent fixtures, however, of the local community and the gymnasiums, swimming pools and have excessively high spot state. Electrically illuminated exit similar activity areas, an even brightness and give off lights, clearly indicating the distribution of light is required to considerable heat, a problem direction of exit to the exterior, permit the individual to see quickly when high levels of illumination should be provided: over all exit and distinctly in any part of the are necessary. doors from gymnasiums, combined room. It is advisable to provide Fluorescent lamps have the auditorium - gymnasiums, supplementary lighting on such advantage of long life and give at multi-purpose rooms, and other

Indoor Facilities 4 .) 29 rooms used for assembly significant saving in energy cost. offices. Secondary controls purposes; over all exit doors from may be Artificial lights also generate placed in other administrative units the building; and at the head and considerable heat and by reducing of the facility. foot of exit stairways. All exit the amount of artificial light (heat), Program signals should be lighting should be on special a skylight and light sensor system circuits. independent of the fire-alarm would have a significant impacton system and should not be usedas Emergency (white) lighting saving in air-conditioning cost. a fire-alarm system. systems should be provided for Such a system has an Program signals usually include: exits (including exterior open approximate theoretical saving spaces to which the exits lead) in buzzers or chimes in the projected to reduce air classrooms; bells in corridors, gymnasiums, multi-purpose rooms, conditioning cost by one-half and pool, gymnasiums, fields, and and other places of assembly or lighting costs by one-third. large group activity. This lighting dressing-locker suites; and large should be on a special emergency gongs on the outside of the building. In many instances, circuit. All controls should be Fire -Alan System located so as to be under the signals placed strategically incor- supervision of authorized persons, Electrical fire-alarm systems ridors rather than in individual and all other aspects of the should be separate and distinct classrooms are adequate. Electric installation should meet the from all program-signal or other clocks should be included in all signal systems, and should be indoor areas in the program-signal specifications prescribed by the designed to permit operation from system. Underwriters Laboratories, the convenient locations in corridors Building Exits Code, and state and local fire laws and regulations. and from areas of unusual fire hazard. All fire-alarm systems Electrical Service Controls A variety of trends in lighting should meet the specifications The entrance for electrical systems have developed in prescribed by the Underwriters service should be installed to conventional structures. One Laboratories and by state and ensure the safety of the students system utilized primarily skylights local fire laws and regulations. and is supplemented with and building personnel. When practicable, it should be located at conventional artificial light. In such the side or rear of the building, a system, a light sensor assesses Program-Signal System away from heavy traffic or play the light level coming through the Gymnasium buildings can be areas. skylight in the working area just wired for a signal system operated above the floor. At this point, the Main service panels with main by a master clock or push buttons service switches, meters, and sensor signals that information to from the main administrative main light and power panels the artificial light system to shine from 0 percent to 100 percent of the wattage capacity, depending upon how much light is coming through the skylights. The sensor in this system can raiseor lower the intensity of the artificial light to an acceptable and predetermined candle power dependent on the activity. 1:stallation of skylights plus a light sensor system will add an additional construction cost, but this installation will reward the institution with energy conservation and cost saving. In addition, considering that without the utilization of a light sensor system, a facility's lights would be required to be on full-time whenever the building was occupied. Also, a high percentage of the total kilowatt hours used in a facility are conventionally designed for artificial lighting. A skylight and Figure 2-6 In the Student Recreation and AquaticCenter on the Texas Tech University Campus. light sensor system will accruea natural light augments inside lighting.

30 Indoor Facilities 43 should be located so as to prevent which require careful analysis and for economy of operation, flexibility entrance by anyone except those planning. The following are of control, quietness of operation, authorized. illustrative: and capacity to provide desirable Secondary control panels should Basic construction: motors thermal conditions. The design be placed for the convenient use to operate folding and location of all climate control of individuals who open or close partitions; blowers for equipment should provide for the facilities during hours of heaters and ventilating possible future additions. darkness or outside of regular ducts; exhaust fans in Since the number of occupants hours. Electric lighting and power gymnasium ceilings or in any given area of the building should be fully available to all walls. will vary, special consideration athletic, physical education, and Custodial and maintenance should be given to providing recreation facilities during hours services: receptacles for variable controls to supply the when the main offices and floor cleaning equipment proper amount of fresh air and classrooms may be closed. and power tools. total circulation for maximum The main distribution panel, all Dressing locker rooms: occupancy in any one area. secondary panels and all circuits wiring for hair and hand Specially designed equipment and should be protected by automatic driers and electric shavers. controls are necessary to ensure circuit breakers. A number of Lounges, kitchenettes, that climate control in some major spare circuits should be provided snack bars, and areas can be regulated and in panels for future use. concessions: outlets for operated independently of the rest Secondary panels, located in refrigerators, water or soft of the facility. corridors, halls, and similar places, drink coolers, electric All three mechanical systems should be of the flush-front type stoves, blenders, mixers, heating, ventilating, and provided with locks. coffee urns, and hot air-conditioning are interrelated Wiring for program-signal plates. and should be planned together. systems and communications Office suites: wiring for The services of a competent should not be in the regular individual air-conditioners, mechanical engineer should be service conduits. Switches in business machines, floor obtained, not only for design, but instructional rooms should be fans, and other mechanical also for making inspections during arranged so that lights adjacent to and electrical equipment. construction and for giving the interior wall may be controlled Laundry rooms: wiring for operating instructions to the independently of the lights washers, driers, and irons. service department. adjacent to the exterior wall. Pools: provision for Consideration should be given for underwater vacuum placing light switches at a height cleaners, pumps, and Some problems involved in the convenient for wheelchair users. special lighting. installation of heating, ventilating, Stairway and corridor lighting Gymnasiums: provision for and air-conditioning systems should be on separate circuits. special lighting effects, include: Three-way switches should be spot lights, and rheostats Maintaining a minimum provided at the foot and head of or controls to lower the noisy level stairs, near each end of corridors, illumination for certain Maintaining separate and near doorways of large activities. temperature control for classrooms, activity rooms, or Health suites: receptacles laboratory areas gymnasiums. This will permit and provision for Insulating all steam, hot control of the lights from two or audiometers visiontesting water, and cold water more points. Switches should be equipment, floor fans, and pipes and marking them located on the open side of air-conditioning units. with a color code entrances to all spaces in the Exhausting dry air through building. Switches also should be CLIMATE CONTROL the locker rooms and provided in projection booths to damp air from the shower control the lights in the rooms The engineering design of room to the outside used for spectator activities. heating, air-conditioning, and Providing a minimum of Remote control switches should ventilating systems should be four changes of air per have pilot lights. based on the technical data and hour without drafts procedures of the American Installing locking type Services for Appliances and Society of Heating and Ventilating thermostats in all areas, Other Electrical Equipment Engineers. The selection of the with guards wherever they type of heating, air-conditioning, may be subject to damage There are many needs for and ventilating systems should be Placing the thermostats for electrical wiring and connections made with special consideration highest efficiency

Indoor FaClitheS 4 ,4 31 Zoning the areas for night However, a good administrative component rooms against illegal and recreational use plan cannot completely accomplish entry is the first and mote logical Eliminating drafts on effective security if the physical consideration in terms of building spectators and partidipants layout does not lend itself to the protection. Good door framing, The geographical location of the attainment of such security. substantial doors, and heavy-duty proposed facility will dictate to hardware and locks hold up some extent the type of climate Security Features of against wear and abuse. In their control equipment selected for Construction long life and securing qualities, installation. Mechanical ventilation they constitute a reasonable is preferred over open windows. Entrance doors constitute the investment. In reducing Air-conditioning has been strongly first barriers against illegal replacement costs for materials recommended for southern intrusion. Open and descending and labor, the installation of good climates, but year -round use of stairways, walled entries, and hardware is economical in the long facilities makes air-conditioning a deep-set entrances should be run. desirable building feature in other avoided. The points of entrance to To reduce loss through areas. Special rooms such as buildings should be well lighted breakage and theft, the additional locker rooms, shower rooms, from dusk until dawn. The corners security factor of quality hardware swimming pools, and steam rooms of the buildings should have should never be overlooked at any need special consideration for floodlights which light the face of cost. the structure. So-called "vandal moisture and humidity control. A lock-and-key system, The rising cost of energy also is lights" should be installed and protected to make them developed with the help of experts an important operational in the field of building consideration. vandaiproof. Corridors which are continuous administration, will usually result in SECURITY and straight, providing unbroken a plan which considers some of vision, add qualities of safety and the following features: The athletic and physical security to the building, its A building master plan, education complex presents a contents, and its users. Corridors including a lock-and-key unique security problem. The are best lined up with entrance system facilities and the programs attract doors, providing a commanding Lock-tumbler adjustments large numbers of individuals who view of the doorway from the so that an area may have move at all times during the day corridor, and of the corridor from its own control and and week and through many areas the entrance door. There should authorization in different directions. be an attempt to avoid angular Area division (vertical It is reasonable to believe that corridors, and to eliminate niches division) by responsibility all students and visitors who come or cubbyholes. or usage for key to the building have a distinct The use of night lighting within assignment; or "level" purpo&e in coming and should be the building and at its entrances division (horizontal division) welcome. This is the type of will assist in protection against for key assignment; or a building which people enter vandalism and other forms of combination of both through many outside doors and undesirable conduct. Night lighting vertical and horizontal disperse to offices, classrooms, will require separate wiring and divisions dressing rooms, activity areas, and switches in order to maintain a A policy of not lending spectator galleries. There should desirable amount of illumination. keys is recommended. The be some plan for pedestrian Switches for such lighting should person to whom the key is control and for the handling of be key-controlled to prevent their assigned signs a pledge visitors. use by unauthorized individuals. A for no lending. The keys Security is accomplished in two building chart for day and night for the facilities should be ways: "on" and "off" lights should be identified by a Constructing the facilities developed. There should be distinguishing mark, and a according to a plan which additional directions for "on" and policy should be allows for maximum "off" at every switch, and such established with key security directions should be changed duplicators in the areas Adopting an administrative according to need. A key-station that they will refuse to plan for the direction and system for night-watch checking is duplicate keys carrying control of all persons using desirable. such identifying marks. the building A. annunciator system in The physical layout will facilitate which outside or other security but will not guarantee it. A Security of the Building doors of importance, such good administrative plan will help. Securing the building and its as swimming pool doors,

32 Indoor Facilities 4 5 may be connected to an be locked except when an go to change clothes. Toilet rooms electrically controlled instructor is directly in charge. should be away from direct view of system. Any door can be Providing storage areas sufficiently the lobby, and yet be in service connected in or out of the large to store all equipment for corridors rather than in isolated annunciator by a this activity is recommended. If parts of the building. lock-controlled switch at possible, a separate room, secure Stairs should be well lighted. In the door, or a switch at the from students and faculty, is most some cases, the edges of stairs annunciator. Thus, a door desirable. should be marked. Objects in the tampered with or illegally In viewing balconies, stairs building which may need to be opened after the should have handrails and lights at identified for safety or position annunciator is set for the the sides, or luminous may need to be color coded or "on" position will direct a reflectorizing material on the marked in some manner. In warning signal. The edges. Bleacher seats should have basement passageways and annunciator may be aisles and exits to allow rapid around motors and equipment, it is developed to work by a clearing other than to the playing important to mark corners, low light on a control box, the floor. pipes or beams, and safety zone sound at a control box, an Activity room floors should be areas. On main floors, it is alarm sound of general tree of objects or floor plates desirable to mark fire alarms and broadcast in the building, which set up above the floor level. extinguishers, some traffic lanes, or an alarm .system with Shower room and dressing and first-aid boxes, and to indicate signals directed to the room floors should be kept free of service and toilet areas with their campus security office. objects and obstructions which appropriate service designations The nature of the may cause foot injury. by door labeling or signs at door annunciator response Shower rooms stiou!d be top height. Designation of objects should be determined by equipped with towel bars to aid in can be accomplished by sainting whether it is wished to safety of those individuals using the objects or zones according to quietly apprehend the facility. Hot water available a color code. unauthorized persons, or if through shower heads should have it is desired to deter them a maximum temperature of 120°F. or frighten them away. Areas for vigorous activity, PLANNING FOR where combatives or competitive sports are engaged in should have SPECIFIC PROGRAMS Security and Safety of floor and/or wall covering to The task of the planner is to Participants protect the participants. No ascertain the indoor space Security and safety suggestions specifications of classifications are requirements of the school and the related to the use of specific given here, but every community for athletics, physical facilities o'dinarily found in a consideration is urged and every education and recreation and to gymnasium structure include: precaution should be taken. translate their needs into the All swimming pool doors are Doors to steam rooms and number, size, type, and location of to be locked unless unlocked by a dry-heat rooms should be capable facilities. person authorized to do so. When of being locked from the outside The planner should give a door is unlocked for a purpose, when the room is unsupervised. attention to the following general the individual unlocking the door is The door should have an concepts: responsible for the instruction plate by the door lock, The locker, shower, and drying accomplishment of that purpose. bearing directions to those who room area should be planned for Outdoor and some indoor pools have a key to unlock the dc sr. the safety, maximal use of space, may be connected with a sonar Steam room controls should be set comfort, traffic flow, security and detection system or a sound not to. exceed a maximum room the convenience of its users. amplification system which will temperature of 130°F. This control The involvement of all men and announce illegal use or entry. The should be tamper-proof. The women staff members who will be signal can go to one or several steam room should have a bar using the areas is important. The strategic control points. Swimming latch of the panic type development of a well-designed pools should normally be keyed (noncorrosive hardware) to make priority list should be established differently than other areas in the exit readily possible under any to see that the areas needed most structure. conditions, even if the door should will not be eliminated or expensive In a gyn..iastics gymnasium, be locked from the outside. extras added by a sudden impulse or where there are related Dressing room entrances should or strong lobby from a special gymnastic activities, the room, or be away from the main traffic and interest group. certain pieces of equipment must in the area where only participants To provide adequate variety in

Indoor Facilities 4 the physical education curriculum, principles would include Example: it may be necessary to plan more establishing priority use for the Number of classrooms of than a gymnasium. In a school for facility; giving basic consideration students school contains grades kindergarten through third grade to the primary age group using the K to 6, three classrooms for each only, a room smaller than a facility, allowing for use by grade level, or a total of 21 regular size gymnasium may be physically and mentally impaired classroom units. used, unless it is also a children, designing for the Number of physical education neighborhood center for adults. participants ahead of the periods per week per class one While a single facility may meet spectators, and remembering period per class for physical the instructional needs of the considerations for maintenance of education each school day during physical education program, the facilities. the week etwais five periods per additional space will be necessary week. if all students are to be given an Location Total number of physical opportunity to participate in an Elementary schools are often education class periods in school intramural and/or interscholastic week. There are five instructional program. more compact than other schools hours in the school day, and the To expand the basic program in and it is desirable to have the activity area apart from the length of physical education period physical education, it is desirable is 30 minutes. Thus, a total of ten to have such additional special classrooms to reduce noise disturbance. With the increasing 30-minute periods each school day facilities as bowling alleys, may be scheduled for physical swimming pools, and archery and use of such facilities by the community, consideration must be education, or a total of 50 periods rifle ranges. It may be possible for for the five-day school week. the school to obtain some of these given to accessibility from the parking areas. In addition, it The teaching station needs facilities through the cooperative would be calculated as follows: use of existing or proposed should be adjacent to the outdoor play fields. This allows for easier Minimum number of teaching facilities owned and administered stations equals 21 classroom units by some other agency. storage of equipment and increases the efficiency of the area times 5 periods per day, 50 As planning for recreation is periods per week, equals 105 considered, the entire school plant to be used as a neighborhood playground in the summer months. divided by 50 equals 2.1. becomes a potential space In the above situation, if one resource, and all units should be Teaching Stations for classroom section was dropped scrutinized and planned with Physical Education each week (bringing the total to recreational adaptability in mind. 20) then the need would be 2.0 Elementary school physical teaching stations. Therefore, education classes may be ELEMENTARY SCHOOL requiring physical education five organized by a number of periods per week in the school INDOOR ACTIVITY AREAS methods. The average class size used as example, would The elementary school physical is usually based on the number of necessitate employing two physical education program centers around pupils in the classroom unit. education teachers each hour of the teaching of fundamental Because of differences in pupil the day. movement patterns, rhythmics or maturation, physical education periods generally vary from 20 In many school systems the dance, games and sports, above situation would be too gymnastic activities, combatives, minutes for kindergarten and first grade to 45 minutes for fifth and idealistic.Morelikely only one self-testing activities, and aquatics. physical education instructor would The design and scopo of physical sixth grades, with the school average (for computation be available (either a specialist, or education facilities should reflect the classroom teacher, or a the activities included in the purposes) being 30 minutes per class. paraprofessional in collaboration elementary physical education with one of the other two). This curriculum. The formula for computing the number of teaching stations would then drop the number of A major consideration sessions per week for each fundamental to the planning of an needed for physical education in an elementary school is as follows: classroom unit from five to an elementary school indoor activity average of 2,5. One teaching area is the anticipated use by the Number of Physical station would handle this setup. community. Future years are Minimum Education penods Number of Number per week per class If only one teaching station can expected to see more and more Teaching =Classroom (Total number of be provided in the elementary community use of these facilities. Stations of school, then preferably it would be Several of the standard planning Students Physical Education Class Periods fn a a gymnasium. Despite the fact that principles apply particularly to the school week) some other type of auxiliary station elementary facility. Such planning might prove superior for instruction

34 Indoor FaCllitios 4 7 in the lower grades, the inter-school court, three volleyball self-contained classrooms would elementary gymnasium remains courts, six badminton courts, and only be used in the lower grades. the preferred facility because of its tour multi-purpose game circles. heavy use by both the upper Multi-purpose rooms and grades and the community. If the cafeteria-gymnasium combinations The Gymnasium school system and the community have been found to be most In planning the elementary were in need of an indoor impractical for physical education, school gymnasium, a minimum of swimming pool, this would be the especially from the standpoint of 100 square feet per pupil and a choice for a second teaching scheduling. Self-contained total of at least 4,000 square feet station. classrooms are restrictive in the is recommended. Spectator The next choice is an auxiliary types of activities that can be seating (if provided) and storage teaching station, sometimes called offered and have an additional rooms require additional space. a playroom. Particularly when disadvantage. Furniture must be Many of the general heavy community use is moved whenever activity takes considerations recommended for anticipated, another alternative is place. secondary school gymnasiums to build a larger gymnasium and If used, such classrooms must also apply to elementary school allow for dividing it by a folding provide an unobstructed area of facilities. (Figure 2-7) partition or dropdown nets. Such a 450 sq. ft., be of a nonskid The specific dimensions of the setup would provide four possible surface, have no dangerous gymnasium should provide for a teaching stations, two on each projections, and ideally have direct basketball court of 42 by 74 feet, side of the divider. This area access to an adjoining terrace, with a minimum safety space of would also allow for two basketball part of which should be roofed for six feet around the perimeter. An intramural courts, one basketball protection against rain. These area of 54 by 90 feet (4,860

Figure 2-7 The North Harrison. Elementary School gymnasium was designed to also community recreation programs.

Indoor Facilities 35 I

square feet) would be adequate. should be located so as not to open inward and be provided with The ceiling should be at least 22 interfere with other activities or so locks. Consideration must be given feet high. This space is adequate they may be easily moved out of to community use of the facility for activities normally included in the way. A storage room for and the storage of related the elementary school program equipment and supplies should be equipment. Ideally, there would be and will serve the community included. A section of wall can be a separate storage room for each recreational program. The equipped with hangers for mat of the programs. The storage gymnasium will be of a larger size storage. areas should have bins, shelves, if the decision is made to use it as Electrical outlets are required for racks, and hangers for the best a multiple teaching facility and the use of sound equipment. This utilization of space and the proper include a folding partition or room will, for the most part, be care of equipment and supplies. dropnets as part of the design. used by the lower grades and Space to store out-of-season should be accessible to those equipment is essential to prevent Auxiliary Teaching Stations classrooms. If the area is to serve loss or misplacement between If a second indoor physical the after-school recreational seasons. An outside entrance education teaching area is built it program for pupils or community assists in the handling of should be either a swimming pool groups, toilet facilities should be equipment that is used outdoors or an auxiliary instruction room. accessible. and/or in connection with a sometimes called a playroom. summer playground program. Swimming pools are discussed Surfaces elsewhere in this text. The Shower and Dressing Rooms The best floor surface to use auxiliary teaching station is most may depend upon the number of Although it has been standard practical when the main different teaching areas. The main practice not to include shower, gymnasium cannot fulfill all of the gymnasium area should have locker, and dressing room facilities school's needs for teaching in the elementary school, such stations. either a hard wood or synthetic surface. Wood, preferably maple, facilities are essential if the At least 60 square feet per is an excellent all-around surface, gymnasium is to be used for primary pupil, with a total although it lacks the durability and intramural-interschool competition minimum of 1,800 square feet of flexibility that might be demanded and community usage. The size, space, is suggested for this unit. A number of lockers, showers, and by extensive community use of the toilet facilities will be dependent ceiling height of 18 feet in the facility. Synthetic surfaces have clear is preferred, although lower on the extent of usage. If proven excellent for all normal ceilings may be used. One wall swimming pools are added as part game-type activities and also can should be free of obstruction to be of the school-community complex, better accommodate events that used for target and ball games or such facilities are a must. put additional stress on the floor, throwing practice. A smooth Provision for outdoor restrooms is such as setting up chairs, tables, masonry wall will provide an booths, etc. In an auxiliary desirable if the general public is adequate rebounding surface. If involved. included, windows should be of teaching station, carpeting is often used. It eliminates the use of breakproof glass or be protected Programming for Construction certain small wheeled equipment. by a shield or grill and located of a Playroom Tile is not recommended as a play high enough as not to restrict surface. Use of Playroom. This area activities. A special consideration is the should be suitable for preschool The auxiliary unit should be structure and material used in the and for grades K-3 for planned to accommodate limited ceilings. Ceilings should be fundamental movement activities, apparatus and tumbling activities, durable and resistant to including creative games and games of low organization, puncturing. rhythms, relays, stunts, and rhythmic activities, movement climbing and hanging activities. exploration, and other activities for Size. The area should be a the primary grades. Often a 25' Storage rectangle measuring approximately circle for circle games is located at Storage rooms are needed for 50 by 40 feet, providing 2,000 one end of this room, allowing for each of the different instructional square feet of space. permanent or semi-permanent areas. The room adjoining the Ceiling. The ceiling should be equipment at the other end. The gymnasium should be at least 200 acoustically treated, 14 to 18 feet equipment could include such to 300 square feet and should be high (all beams and supports items as climbing ropes and poles, directly accessible from the above the minimum height), with ladders, mats, stall bar 5, rings, gymnasium floor through a double suitable fixtures attached to the large wooden boxes, horizontal door without a threshold. For beams to support hanging bars, and peg boards. These safety reasons, the doors should equipment.

36 Indoor Facilities 49 Walls. Walls below 10 feet with wall-rebounding activities. *loud Motet d 705 SIAlems P110011 pit" WR should be free from obstruction. A Otherwise, portable chalkboards Tooduda Salaws perads PenodIper wu smooth concrete block sealed wrh can be used. 3500 epoxy paint works well. Above 10 Drinking Fountain. One should = 39 feet should also be free of be placed on a wall in the corridor The fraction is rounded to the obstruction, but made of acoustic just outside the door to the next highest number, making four or slotted concrete block. A wall playroom. teaching stations the mir!mum free from obstruction will provide Speakers. Two matched requirement. This number would practice areas for such activities speakers should be placed high on also afford some flexibility of class as kicking, striking and throwing, the wall or in the ceiling. Jack scheduling. and a space for the placement of plugs should be installed on each In computing teaching station targets and use of visual aids. wall to use for speaker input. requirements for the secondary Floors. A hardwood maple or Paint Walls should be painted school, the desired class sze must synthetic surface of good quality off-white or a very pale color. not be set so low as to require an provide the best floor for general However, murals, accent colors impossible number of teachers activity use. Both have advantages and designs can be used for and facilities, nor should it be so and disadvantages. The decision aesthetics. high that effectiveness is impaired. should be based on how the floor Other Items. If the building is An average class size of thirty with is to be used. Careful equipped with closed circuit TV, daily instruction is recommended. consideration should also be given two outlets should be provided for However, if the physical education to the location of lines and the receiver. There should be a classes meet only two periods or installation of equipment. separate entrance for recreational week, the total number of class Lighting. Fluorescent lighting use. The teaching station should periods per week in the formula should supply 50 footcandles on be isolated from other parts of the must be adjusted accordingly. building for evening functions. the floor, and a switch should be The next step for planners is to installed at each door. Light Adapted Teaching Station determine the degree to which the fixtures should be guarded to number of teaching stations for the prevent breakage. Local philosophy and program of instruction will meet Windows. If used at all, windows state/federal laws vary as to the the needs for voluntary recreation, should be placed on only one side inclusion of physically and extramural and intramural of the room to provide natural mentally impaired students in activities, and interscholastic light. They should be covered with regular physical education classes. athletics for girls and boys, as well a protective screen. Window sills A separate adaptive teaching as the possible use of facilities by should be eight feet above the station would be an ideal setup the community. The needs must floor. but any special program for such be based upon the season of the Electrical Outlets. Double-service students often has to be year representing the greatest outlets should be installed on each accommodated in the regular demand for facilities. wall. facilities (see Chapter 8). The following guide can be used Equipment Storage Area. At to determine the number of least 200 to 300 square feet SECONDARY SCHOOL teaching stations needed for should be provided for storage. INDOOR ACTIVITY AREAS activities other than the formal Cabinets and shelves should be program of instruction in physical installed. The equipment room education: should have a double door so Teaching Stations wide equipment may be moved in The type and number of indoor Minimum number of teaching and out easily. A telephone for teaching stations for a secondary stations, or fractions thereof, emergency use should be placed school depends on the number of needed for interscholastic-team in the equipment room. students and the specific program practice at peak load Mirrors. Three full-length mirrors of physical education and related plus should be placed at one end of a activities. In all situations, a Minimum number of teaching wall, side by side, for visual gymnasium is required. By stations, or fractions thereof, analysis of movement. determining the number of needed for intramural and Bulletin Board. Cork board teaching stations essential for the extramural activities should be hung on the wall near formal program of instruction, plus the entrance for posting materials planners will have a basis for Minimum number of teaching and schedules. calculating other needs. stations, or fractions thereof, Chalkboard. A chalkboard can Computation of the minimum needed for student recreation be wall-mounted to facilitate numerical requirement is achieved plus teaching if this will not interfere by the following formula: Minimum number of teaching

Indoor Facilities 37

1' stations, or fractions thereci, teaching stations but rather lack of to divide the area and provide two needed for community facilities to accommodate the teaching stations. recreation desired variety of activities. For a equals secondary school with 360 Wills and Ceilings The total number of teaching students, a divisible gymnasium The walls of the gymnasium stations needed for any specific will create an adequate number of should be of a material that is after-school period teaching stations for the program resistant to hard use, at least to "Physical education facilities for the of instruction in physical education door height. The finish should be middle school should follow the standards but may not meet the peak load non-marking and have a smooth, for secondary schools. requirement for after - school non-abrasive surface. All corners activities. The facility must be below door height should be To illustrate, assume a school planned and designed to serve all rounder;, and there should be no has two interscholastic squads, an program needs as adequately as projections into playing areas. intramural program, a voluntary possible. Lower portions (10') of the walls recreation group, and no Whenever a school's teaching should be finished with materials community recreational use of requirements are such that a basic that can be easily cleaned without facilities immediately after school gymnasium is inadequate, destroying the finish. An epoxy during a specific season. The total planners should consider special paint on cement block makes a needs are as follows: purpose stations, such as an durable finish. Required Teaching Stations auxiliary physical education The ceiling should be 24 feet to equals teaching station, a natatorium, or a the low side of beams or supports, 2 Interscholastic dance studio. with fixtures attached to the plus beams to support hanging 1 Intramural equipment. High ceilings are plus Secondary School Gymrtsshun expensive, and a natural method 1 Voluntary Recreation for cutting construction costs is to equals The building or portion of the minimize ceiling height. If this is in 4 Stations school that houses the gymnasium the area for basketball, volleyball, The need for four teaching should be easily accessible from gymnastics, badminton, or tennis, stations for the after-school classrooms, parking areas, and it can be a critical error. However, program must then be compared the outdoor activity area. This also in an auxiliary gym used for to the number necessary for the makes possible use of the facility wrestling, dance, combatives, formal program of instruction in after school hours pr during weight lifting, or table games, a physical education. If the weekends or holidays without 12-15 foot ceiling is acceptable. after-school needs are in excess of having to open other sections of All ceilings should be light in those for the regular periods of the school. color, and, if support beams are instruction, the additional teaching below the ceiling, they normally stations should be provided. are painted the same color as the Careful administrative scheduling Size and Layout ceiling or background. Contrasting results in maximum utilization of For general purposes, allow a colors have been used effectively, facilities. minimum of 125 square feet of but such color contrast may make usable activity space for each it difficult to follow the flight of an Variety of Teaching Stations individual in a physical education object. A wide variety of teaching class at peak load. The space Acoustical treatment of ceilings stations is possible, depending on requirements and dimensions of a and walls is important where the number of different activities gymnasium floor are significantly teaching is to take place. To get that would appropriately be influenced by the official rules the best results, at least two included in the physical education governing court games, adjacent surfaces should be program. Among the possible particularly interscholastic treated. Many types of acoustical types of indoor teaching stations basketball and the extent of treatment are available. However, that might be included are spectator seating. The minimum avoid those which will chip or gymnasiums, rhythm rooms, rooms dimensions required of a break when hit with a ball. for gymnastics, adapted physical gymnasium for basketball, education rooms, wrestling rooms, however, should be expanded, if Floors classrooms, swimming pools, necessary, to accommodate other The biggest decision that needs archery ranges, rifle ranges, and activities. In some instances, an to be made with respect to floors racquetball courts. entire gymnasium is not required is whether to go with hard wood or The problem for some schools is for an activity. Folding, synthetic surfaces. The not lack of an adequate number of sound-proof partitions can be used advantages and disadvantages of

38 Indoor Facilities a1 different surfaces has been Fixed Equipment surface so it may be used for ball discussed previously. Careful If suspended equipment is rebounding. consideration should also be given planned, provision for its The width of each seating space to the location of lines for various attachment should be made before should not be less than 18 inches. activities and floorplates for the ceiling is installed. Rollaway bleachers most standards or gymnastic equipment. Basketball backstops will need commonly allow 22-inch depths for special care in their installation to seats. The number of rows Lighting ensure rigidity and safety. All available in rollaway bleachers basketball backstops should be vanes, with 23 rows the maximum There are many types of lighting attached to ceilings or walls, and for standard equipment. In some systems which will produce the 50 swing-up or fold-up models should instances, bleachers with 30 rows footcandles needed for a good be used where the backstops can be obtained by special order. teaching and spectator area. For might interfere with other activities. Planners should investigate local television, the footcandles should In addition to the main court and state codes. be closer to 200 fc. and that basketball backstops, provision Balconies can be used to requires more sophisticated should be made for other increase the total seating capacity lighting systems. When selecting a backstops on clear sidewalls. beyond the maximum permitted at lighting system, compare initial Hinged rims that collapse when floor level. The space at both costs, annual replacement costs grabbed are recommended for levels should be considered as and operational or electrical baskets used for recreational activity areas when the bleachers expenses. Some are less basketball play. are closed. It may be desirable, in expensive to install but very ex- some instances, to provide less pensive to maintain or operate. In the interest of safety, such than maximum seating at floor suspension apparatus as bars, level so a balcony will be wide Windows rings, and climbing poles and enough to serve as a teaching ropes should be so placed as to station for specific activities. Windows should generally be allow sufficient clearance from Balcony bleachers can be installed avoided. When located to take basketball backstops and walls. If to telescope from the back to the advantage of the sun for solar wall apparatus is desired in the front so that in the closed position heat, the glare may cause serious gymnasium, a strip of metal or they stand erect, creating a divider problems. When windows are on hardwood firmly attached to the wall at the edge of the balcony. the north side, there is less glare, wall at the proper height is This arrangement affords partial but the loss of heat may be recommended. Wherever isolation of the teaching station significant. Vandalism is another necessary, floor plates should be and enhances the safety of disadvantage. installed for fastening movable participants. equipment such as horizontal bars Folding Partitions and volleyball standards. If mats Folding partitions make possible are to be hung in the gymnasium, Traffic Controls two or more teaching stations in appropriate hangers hung above Good traffic control should the gymnasium. They should be head level to avoid any head permit the efficient movement of power-operated, insulated against injury must be provided. students to and from the sound transmission and Rubber-tired mat trucks, which gymnasium, locker rooms, and reverberation, and installed to may be wheeled into a storage other related service areas. All permit compensation for building room, are recommended. For traffic arrangements for spectators settlement. The control should be safety reasons, padding should be should provide direct movement to key-operated. The design and installed on all walls in back of and from bleachers with a operation must ensure student baskets. minimum of foot traffic on safety. Partitions should extend gymnasium floors. Spectators from floor to ceiling and may be should have access to drinking recessed when folded. Floor tracks Spectator Seating fountains, refreshment counters, should not be used. A pass door The extent of the demand for and toilets without crossing the should be provided at the end of a spectator seating depends upon gymnasium floor. Steep, high partition. When partitions are each school and the community it stairways should be avoided. installed in gymnasiums with open serves. Modem design uses Ramps with nonslip surfaces might truss construction, the space power-driven folding or rollaway be substituted in appropriate between the top of the folding bleachers which require little places. Local and state building doors and the ceiling should be in- permanent space. If possible, the codes and standards of the sulated against sound outer surface of folding bleachers National Fire Protection transmission. should create a flat, wall-like Association should be consulted.

Indoor Facilities 39 Foyers spectators require rest room station. Three full-length mirrors Where finances and space will facilities. Rest rooms should be should be placed at one end of a allow, foyers should be placed so designed for proper light, wall, side by side, for visual they will serve as entries to ventilation, and sanitary care. analysis of movement. gymnasiums and wiN guide State health codes will influence spectators as directly as possible the number and location of rest to seating areas. Toilet facilities for MOMS. The Auxiliary Gymnasium men and women, ticket-sales Depending on the demands windows, ticket-collection Concessions placed on a facility for classes, arrangements, checkrooms, public after-school athletics, intramurals Concessions have come to be telephones, a and student and faculty recreation, considered a necessary service for refreshment-dispensing room with public gatherings. Appropriate more than one gymnasium may be counter, and lockable display case space and distribution as well as necessary. Careful program should be provided, opening adequate fixtures for concession scheduling will determine what is directly to the foyer. best in each situation. However, stands within the field should be planned. Since plumbing and most schools need at least one Lecture Room electrical services are already auxiliary gym. Room dimensions The lecture room provides available in the field house, the 'should be based on the opportunities for formal instruction, concession stand might be located anticipated uses with special conferences, chalkboard drills, as a part of or adjacent to the field attention to the need to staff meetings, movies, and so on. house. accommodate standard-size It may serve as a lounge for wrestling mats. lettermen, a social center for The other type of auxiliary teams after a game, and other Other Factors gymnasium closely resembles the similar uses. Provisions should be made for main gym except there is little or the installation of electric no need for spectator seating and Afakitenance-Equipment Storage scoreboards, a central sound and the floor dimensions may be public address system, picture smaller. A 75 by 90 foot gym will Two types of storage rooms are house two volleyball courts, three necessary for every physical projectors, radio and television equipment, high-fidelity equipment, badminton courts, three one wall education facility. The first is for handball courts, and space for storage of large pieces of and cleaning machines. Special consideration should be given to some gymnastic equipment. equipment needed in the gym, locating floor outlets for The auxiliary gyms can serve a items such as volleyball standards scoreboards and public address variety of other activities in the and officials stands, gymnastic systems adjacent to the scoring instructional, intramural, equipment, chairs, mats and score table. Wall outlets should be recreational, or interscholastic tables which, if left around the program, which cannot all be gym floor, are a safety hazard. installed near cupped eyes to permit special lighting as needed. accommodated after school in the This room should have easy main gymnasium. Some auxiliary access to the gym floor through Controls for gymnasium lighting should be conveniently located, gyms are large enough to be double doors (with no center post divided into two teaching stations. and no threshold). The room recessed, and keyed. Drinking fountains and cuspidors The characteristics of these should be planned to provide for facilities are similar to those in the current equipment and future should be accessible without causing a traffic or safety probler,.. gymnasium. A less expensive type expansion and should be keyed may have a ceiling as low as 12 with safety lights in case of power It may be desirable to provide a drained catch-basin, grilled flush feet. Such activities as wrestling, failure. tumbling, calisthenics, The second type of room with the floor, to care for splash and overflow. self-defense, and fencing may be needed is for the storage and conducted in such a room. repair of small equipment and Cupped eyes can be installed in supplies. Special bins, racks, all walls at approximately a 15-foot height and 10-foot intervals for hooks and nets, with a work bench Adapted Area for marking and minor repairs, decorating convenience. They may adds greatly to the efficiency of also be used for attaching nets Federal legislation requires that and other equipment to walls at the room. Ideally this room should special considerations be made for be located near faculty offices. appropriate heights. Bulletin the handicapped person. Schools boards and chalkboards should be must provide programs which provided where needed. If wall meet their special needs. The Spectator Rest Rooms space is available, such boards adaptive area therefore becomes All athletic events that attract may be provided for each teaching essential (see Chapter 8).

40 Indoor Facilities Gymnastics Ana 12 feet of unobstructed space specialized equipment and areas By planning in detail the extending perpendicular to their that may be provided in a main or equipment layout for gymnastics, long axis. Bars for interscholastic auxiliary gymnasium. Even with attachment hardware for floors, competition are commonly located careful planning, it Is difficult to waifs, and ceilings can be included as individual units. make adequate provisions without in the original design and some compromise. In some construction. The manufacturers of Dance Area activities, such as aquatics, the gymnastic equipment will supply very nature of the activity Few secondary schools have necessitates a separate facility. details for the attachment of their specialized facilities for dance. equipment as well as suggestions The natatorium is considered There is some indication, however, separately in Chapter 4. for floor plans or layout of the that specialized concentrations apparatus with proper safety (dance, sports, aquatics, areas. Preplanning results not only gymnastics) in teacher preparation in proper installation but also in is beginning to alter this pattern, COLLEGE/UNIVERSITY savings on the cost of doing the particularly in suburban areas and work at a later date. in certain consolidated school INDOOR ACTIVITY AREAS Storage of gymnastics districts. As these programs begin Colleges and universities in the equipment requires special to establish their value, obtaining United States are facing complex attention. A room adjacent to the facilities may be easier. pr iblems related to enrollment and gym with extra high double doors A minimum dance facility will economics. The magnitude of and no threshold is desirable. provide 100 square feet per these problems has made the Equipment left out or stored student, one dimension to exceed development of a master plan around the edge of the gym is a 60 feet; full length mirrors at a essential to college and university safety hazard and will shorten the corner for analysis of skill from two devekvment. Space requirements life of the equipment. Mat storage directions; a speaker system of various programs of the requires either a mat truck or designed to distribute sound institutions of higher learning have hangers. The use of light folding evenly throughout the room; a caused those responsible for mats will, however, alleviate some control system for record players master-plan development to of the storage problems. . and microphones; and practice request standards for facilities in Climbing ropes are attached to a barres on one wall at heights of 34 terms of square feet per student. height of 24 feet and drop to inches and 42 inches. For modern Standards in these terms are about three feet above the floor. dance, the floor should be of hard meaningful to campus planners, Apparatus may be attached to the northern maple which has been since relating standards to exposed beams. If the ceiling is sealed and then buffed with fine predicted enrollment results in placed below the structural abrasive. assured space for all disciplines members, the locations of Portable percussion racks made involved. suspended equipment should be in an industrial arts department The following standards are planned and eyebolts provided can solve the problems of storage recommended for consideration by during construction. Ropes should and efficient class and program those involved in planning college be placed five feet apart, allowing use. Portable mirrors, six feet tall and university facilities for physical one for each five students in class. and eight feet wide, can be education, intramural sports, The rings should be at least five mounted 18 inches from the floor intercollegiate athletics, and feet from the walls. End walls at on rollers and moved into the recreation. It has been estimated least 35 feet from the point of dance area if wall mounted mirrors by intramural leaders that the attachment will afford safety for are not feasible. Portable ballet extent of participation in physical the participants. Traveling rings barres of lightweight aluminum are recreation by graduate students is are supported from a height of 18 desirable when unobstructed wall 25 percent of that of to 26 feet and are located seven space is at a premium. undergraduates. Corr ^quently, it feet apart along a continuous line. Adaptive rooms, gymnastic is suggested that plani.ors add 25 Lines should be provided for rooms, weight training rooms, or percent of the graduate enrollment drawing ropes and rings not in use recreational game rooms may when computing space needs for to the overhead so as not to have spaces available for dance. recreational areas. interfere with other activities. Careful preplanning of new High bars require both floor and facilities suggests the possibility of Teaching Stations wall or ceiling attachments. combining two or more of these. Adjustable bars for class The space requirements are 8.5 instruction can be arranged in a to 9.5 square feet per student linear series. Bars vary from six to Other Indoor Facilities (total undergraduate enrollment). seven feet in length and require Some activities require They include: gym floors, mat

Indoor Facilities 41 areas, swimming pools, courts, areas would be in the planned for a university of 10,000 and the like (adjacent to lockers neighborhood of 40,000 square or mole students. If a college or and showers and within 10-minute feet. university has a definite enrollment walking distance of academic All other space in a building, ceiling, the building may be classrooms). including hallways, stairways, wall planned for this enrollment. If the thicknesses, lobbies, public toilets, enrollment ceiling is indefinite, bleachers for public use, custodial however, the structure should be space, and space needed for planned so additions to the Indoor Space service conduits of all types, is buildings are feasible. Universities A breakdown of indoor space spoken of by many architects as of 15,000 or more students may would include: "tare." By adding tare, ancillary, find it desirable to build more than Large gymnasium areas and net space, a rough estimate one gymnasium structure, each with relatively high ceilings of the gross footage of a building servicing an area of the campus. (minimum 22 feet) for plan can be computed. This figure basketball, badminton, is helpful in preliminary discussion Another factor that will affect the gymnastics, apparatus, of costs involved. type of building constructed is the volleyball and the like Other considerations with regard philosophy of the administration (approximately 55 percent to indoor space include enrollment concerning athletics and physical of indoor space). relationships and peak load after education. Many questions need to Activity areas with school hours. be answered before planning relatively low ceilings begins: (minimum 12 feet) for combatives, therapeutic Enrollment Relationships What will be the priority for exercises, dancing, usage, among athletics, physical When standards in/terms of education, and recreation. weight-lifting and the like square feet per student are used (approximately 30 percent Will all students be required as guides in college or university to take physical education for one, of indoor space). planning, it is natural to ask where Swimming and diving two, three, or four years? the computation begins. At what Will the required program pools (approximately 15 point, from ten students up. do the percent of indoor space). provide the students with a variety standards become meaningful? of opportunities to develop sport Racquetball/handball or Obviously, for a college of 200 squash courts (not skills? students, nine square feet per Is teacher education in included in percent student of indoor area for sports breakdown, however it has physical education to be part (. and athletics would be woefully the program? been recommended that inadequate. It would not even one such court is needed What responsibility does the provide one basketball court. college or university take for the for 800 undergraduate A university or college meeting students). physical education, recreation, and the space standards for 1,500 fitness of its faculty? students represents the minimum Also. investigation indicates that Will research in physical physical recreation space needs of education, health, and recreation a reasonable standard for any collegiate institution. As a determining the space needed for be an important aspect of the college Of university increases in program? lockers, showers, toweling rooms, size, these standards are equipment storage, supply rooms, What will be done to provide applicable regardless of facilities for an expanded program and offices associated with indoor enrollment. space is a square footage of campus recreation (including equaling approximately 40 percent intramurals)? of the play or activity area in a gymnasium facility. As an example Gymnasiums (Main Area) of how this figure may be used, The type and size of gymnasium assume that a building is being facilities needed for a given PRINCIPLES OF PLANNING planned to provide 100,000 square college or university will depend feet of activity space. In other upon many factors, including the AND CONSTRUCTION words, the square footage of the anticipated enrollment. A Indoor facilities for sports and swimming pool surface and deck gymnasium building planned to athletics should be planned so that and of all gymnasium floors, serve 2,000 students will, all activity areas will be available including high and low ceiling obviously, be considerably smaller to both men and women. Good areas, equals 100,000 square feet. than, and different in design and planning will permit easy access to The space needed for ancillary construction from, a facility. all areas ',Om both men's and

42 55 indoor Facilities women's locker rooms. This type attendant's window opening to the 4,000 students would be of planning permits the flexibility locker rooms. approximately 140 by 140 feet. necessary for efficient utilization Off-season storage rooms are (Use a rectangular dimension if and control. critically needed. The type of the facility will be heavily used for Roll-away ur folding bleachers equipment to be moved and stored spectator sports.) This size would should be used in order to use the will define the dimensions of the provide for one official and three available space efficiently. Most room and size of the doors junior-size (35 by 84 feet) colleges and universities can needed. Reserve storage should basketball courts, with adequate neither afforc: to invest large sums also be provided. space between the courts and of money nor give large areas of LOCATION walls. If desirable, folding . space to permanent seating that is If physical education and athletic partitions can be used to provide used only a few times each year. facilities are used by all the three practice gymnasiums, each The traffic patterns for a building students, the gymnasium facility 48 by 140 feet. For the basketball should be carefully studied. should be located conveniently courts, backboards that swing up Lockers, showers, and toweling near the academic buildings and to the ceiling are needed. since rooms should be centrally located student housing. Buildings used non-folding backboards would in the building so they may serve only for intramural and interfere with court usage for all activity areas Easy access intercollegiate activities may be activities such as volleyball and should be provided from the locker located farther from classrooms badminton. In order to increase room to the playing fields adjacent and housing. This is especially the number of other instructional to the building. true if the activities promoted in units, electrically controlled Storage rooms for equipment these buildings are scheduled. If partitions should be installed. and supplies should be carefully the building is to be used for If the gymnasium is to be used planned and functionally located. unscheduled participation of for intercollegiate athletics, seating These rooms should be of three students, however, the amount of must be provided for spectators types: use will vary inversely with the (three square feet per person). Central receiving storage distance from housing and other Portable folding bleachers, which rooms, to which all equipment and campus buildings. can be easily moved, are supplies are delivered and which recommended for seating. In should be accessible by truck. GUIDELINES FOR larger institutions, it may be Utility storage rooms adjacent DETERMINING NEEDS necessary to install roll-away to gymnasiums so bulky The physical education building bleacher seats in the balcony, equipment may be easily moved to should include one main which, when combined with the the floor and back to storage. gymnasium to be used for general bleachers on the main floor, will Overhead doors or double physical education class work, provide the required number of doors should be large enough to intramurals, and intercollegiate seats. permit free movement of heavy athletic activities. Ideally, the size The varsity basketball court equipment. of the floor for an enrollment of should be laid out lengthwise in Supply rooms with an NCAA BASKETBALLCOURT DIAGRAM

Figures 2-8; 8A

111CTANG4A/42 Da1/10049 tS 12 IIltf2 Moo MIX

1001441 4030414 2 NI IS Maw WOW it O NI 420 )2co1 WEI 42 of . ex.. SNOWS ...... 11111.-^". Oar SAWS OVIVON MINK

"11111111. ISINON Ival fl 40 01441 WOW

4p if W 440114ua1 MM01114kNi7

Pei Pk 4c, 11110 211 !3 000.1 15 fl 14 Stal 4 In..--I. 1,7le Ni .3 /am: I - 1I 22wI It f1 10 194041 10 W t70IOtw, WIN 0, Of CAGE O111 ato 12em Multi-purpose gymnasium with suspended track at the Ohio State University. 44 Mal. 741i 111/2144:2 YAM MO MAMA MIK 1QAM2 20M11 COMM, NINON LINKIN 14 .21 ese. eisma *MI MI 1311111 SF 10101/11121010 IMO CM MUM amilIS sou it twe / right)NCAA approved basketball court sit 'ems sseiift311 iS 00v., Me01 Al UT11,41 704143 I %CLUMP' kMK 701120 Af rota diagram (from 1984 NCAA Barketball Guide). ,DimowwwwwwwwiLmwwwwwwwwwwwwwwwwwiwwwwwmwommill4w110011411011101. MINIMUM of 3 FT (0.9m) SEMICIRCLE BROKEN LINES Preferably 10 ft. (3.05m) of unobstructed ' For the broken line semicircle in the free space outside throw lane. it is recommended there be 8 marks 16 in. (40.614cm) long and 7 spaces 14 in. (35.56cm) long. 43 In..k JU the center of the gymnasium. For connections, for reception and Unless the games are played inan the college game, the only transmission lines for television, arena which has unlimited ceiling acceptable backboard is a for timing and scoring devices, space due to seating needs, it is rectangle 6 feet (1.83 m) wide by 4 and for the operation ofa public difficult for an educational feet (1.23 m) high. The oottom address system, including institution to justify the cost ofa edge of the board must be stereophonic music. ceiling height in excess of 24 feet padded. The upper edge of the from the base of the ceiling basket rings must be 10 fee (3.05 Volleyball has been gaining in support beams. This height will m) above the floor. (Figure 2-8; popularity as an intercollegiate and 8A) conform to the needs for interscholastic sport. As power basketball competition. (If Where intercollegiate basketball volleyball has become the construction design would allow is played, there should be dominant style of play, proficiency support beams to be placed away adequate provision for has improved markedly. This has from the arena on each side of the sportswriters. A press box is created a real concern for floor where the ball is "set," in recommended if conditions permit. perimeter space needs and The placing of tables adjacent to preparation for spiking, the height adequate ceiling height to allow problem would be minimized.) playing courts is not a good optimum performance levels. (Figure 2-9) practice. Provision should be Height recommendations for top Of greater concern is the need made for telephone and telegraph flight volleyball is thirty feet. for adequate safety space at the

2' (80 CM) ANTENNA

18' (50 CM) MIN Figure 2-9 8 (20 CM) NCAA Volleyball court dimension. I 7' 11.5/8" (2 43 M) MEN 7' 4 -1(8" (2 24 MI WOMEN -1.11:111 2" (5 CM) CENTER LINE

3 CENTER FORWARD 9';(3 MI 59" ( 8 P.1) ATTACK AREA

4 LEF I rORWARD 29'6- (9 II49 2 RIGHT FORWARD z z

-4 4 r- 5 LEFT RACK m 6 CENTER BACK 1 RIGHT BACK it 2- (5 CM) SIDE LINE x-v- 3. 0 .....,__ 7 6 WOMEN -at-- 9'10- (3 14) SERVING AREA 7 0' HIGH SCH 2 9 6( 9 M )

6 6 REM SCH 2(5 CM) END LINE ".0

MOTE

--AD INDICATES POSITK)N OFLINESMAN WHEN FOUR ARE USED 0-- INDICATES POSITION OF LINESMAN WHEN TWO AREUSED 6.-0" 60' 0' MIN 60 0 6 022 6 7' 6- ... 7'6- 22 6- 6 0- OPTIONAL )f ,- 0- SERVICE LINE .. oz TAL 26'0 FOR REM 0 S-I. -DE-LINE :i 6 MINIMUM so A.._ -L T I CLEARANCE. ko 2 SCH GIRLS CENTER SERVICE I SIDE. LINE 1 I LINE & NE T------i,ir\crAREA I 0- I \ I o 1 I I c, Oa CENTER o 4 NOTE , i.oI ..., I z LINE & NET ALL LINES cn00- 0CEILING z1 l ARE 2 - -J1--20 MIN --'I I wiN0 C.) WIDE Z rn 0-. Z I _ I W I 0 I 3 MIN POST 4 MAX I

NE T' ATTACHED SCALE 1 32' 0' OUTSIDE COURT

44 Facilthes sides of the court to give players a sleepers are laid on edge. Maple this gymnasium should be chance to save errant hits without tongue-and-groove is the most determined by space requirements fear of colliding with bleachers and popular type of wood finish, but needed to accommodate the walls. A minimum of 12-15 feet for synthetic flooring is gaining apparatus and equipment to be competition-style play is popularity. Synthetic surfaces are installed, by space needs for recommended. either laid in strips over concrete performance in gymnastics, and by Another concern is free space or poured in a liquid state over a total school enrollment and beyond the end lines. Servers in concrete base. interest in gymnastics. Ideally, if high level competition frequently It is suggested that a glazed-tile spectators are to be stand about 12-15 feet behind the wainscot or a coat of epoxy paint accommodated the size of this base line. Reasonable justification be carried up to a height of seven gymnasium should be 120 by 90 for this extra space must be made or eight feet. From that point to feet, with a minimum ceiling height by facility planners responsible for the ceiling, the concrete or cinder of 23 feet. This height permits a overall educational programs. The block should be painted in a light clearance of 22 feet for the rope United States Volleyball color. climb and is ideal for hanging the Association has adopted the If an elevAted jogging track is various mechanical systems used International Volleyball metric constructea, it should be at least in gymnastics. Some have found it system for court dimensions. seven feet wide and 12 feet above desirable to install tracks on the Planners should be alert to the gymnasium floor, providing it ceiling supports to make it changes in court dimension. does not interfere with activities on possible to use trolleys for moving When an area is designed for the main floor. The surface should equipment and for attaching safety an activity that will require the use provide some cushion and good belts used in the instruction of of a piano, phonograph, or tape traction, with consideration given tumbling and vaulting. recorder, a space should be to banking the curves depending Floor plates for attaching provided for storing this on circular length. equipment should be recessed equipment. Electrical outlets to and flush with the floor. It may be provide current at all times will be necessary to reinforce the floor to Gymnastic Area needed for such equipment as install floor plates where tension is amplifiers. In addition to the main unusually severe. Wail boards Other audiovisual aids can gymnasium where gymnastic should be securely installed to the include still and movie projectors, meets, exhibitions, and other wall when equipment is attached daylight-projection screens, competitions are held before a to it. Apparatus suspended from television sets, a scoreboard, a viewing public, a separate the ceiling should be securely clock, chalkboards, and an gymnasium should be provided for attached to metal supports. (Figure intercommunication system. the permanent installation and 2-10) storage of apparatus and The ceiling should be Concrete is commonly used as a acoustically treated. Lights should base for constructing the floor of equipment and for instruction in gymnastics. The dimensions of be shielded. Doors should be the main gymnasium. Then constructed without a threshold and wide enough to accommodate the movement of equipment to other areas. The facility should be air-conditioned in accordance with standard specifications. Wall construction should be of the same materials as recommended for other gymnasiums. A common failure in planning is

A1111=1Nal to overlook the need for adequately and conveniently placed storage space for gymnastic equipmentIf multiple use of this equipment is expected, transportation carts and dollies should be provided. Specifications on size and installation of the various pieces of apparatus and equipment may be obtained from Figure 2-10 manufacturer. Ideally, the Wall graphics assist in giving color to large areas, such as the gymnastic roompainted here. gymnasium for gymnastics should

45 be equipped with the following types of items: side horse, horizontal bar, long horse, parallel bars, bucks, mats, sti!I rings, uneven parallel bars, balance beam, and other special apparatus. A gymnastic landing pit, 10 feet wide, 20 feet long, and 30 inches deep, filled with sponge rubber for use with parallel bars, horizontal bar, still rings, and uneven parallel bars is a desirable feature.

Weight Training/Body Conditioning Room Figure 2-11 This room should containa Weight training/body conditioningrooms have increased in popularity. The University of minimum of 2,500 square feet of Arkansas has provided a variety of exerciseoptions in its new HPER building floor space. Such space will provide a weight training area and space for the practice of official events in competitive weight lifting. The floor should be covered with a durable, resilient material, making it unnecessary to use weight platforms, which are essential to 4 protect maple or other wood flooring. (Figure 2-11; 11A) The weight-lifting area should be roped off and approximately 15 by 15 feet for the practice of official lifts. The rest o' the room may be 1. used for exercise with barbells, dumbbells, isometric cables, and the like. Several full length mirrors should be installed on the walls. Barbell and weight racks should Figure 2-11A be attached to the walls so that . evarm-uplstretching area within the body conditioningroom facilitates a complete exer- room may be kept tidy. cise program at the University of Nebraska, Omaha The trend is to have a room for weight machines and stretching, open to all students and requiring limited supervision. The use of free weights is then restricted to a separate room used only when supervised due to safety and security concerns. The recent interest in fitness has 4A. caused the general body At conditioning room (with exercise machines) to be heavily utilized, thus the size of this room should be adjusted upward depending on total student population.

Wrestling and Martial Arts Area : Figure 2-118 (Figure 2-118) This area is The wrestling area at the U.S. Naval Academy is spacious andwell designed.

46 Ilicioor Facilities t- designed for wrestling and martial Skirl-Purpose Activity Area at least six table tennis tables. A ceiling height of 12 feet is arts activities. The room should be The size of this room should be rectangular in shape, at least 50 x adequate. The room should be approximately 70 by 90 feet. A equipped with a public address 100 fet, and should be of sufficient floor for street shoe usage may be size to accommodate two square system and record player for needed in any size college or instructional and recreational mats, each measuring a minimum university with a variety of of 42 x 42 feet. The mats should activities, including social and program offerings. The floor most square dancing. This room should have 10-foot practice rings con- commonly used is hard maple, sisting of 3 rows of 6 circles to be accessible from the lobby or tongue and groove, conventional from a building corridor. It should each row for a total of 18 practice gymnasium flooring. Square rings. A satisfactory standard is 10 have small kitchen, facilities and a dance, folk dance, social dance, floor that can take hard usage. by 10 feet or 100 square feet per physical education for elementary student during peak usage based The handicapped should be teachers, marching and band considered in the planning. on 40-45 students per class. The practice, and similar activities can floor area not covered by the be conducted on such a floor. It regulation mats should be covered can meet the demands of such Racquetball/Handball Courts with carpet for classroom special college and community Suggestions for court instructional type atmosphere. The events as musical and dramatic ceiling should be of acoustic construction are the same for both productions, fairs, and carnivals. racquetball and handball. The material and should be a minimum The "make-up" room or "warming of 12 feet high. (Figure 2-12) recommended four-wall court is 40 room" for department and college feet long and 20 feet wide, with a The floor of the wrestling room outdoor programs can be housed should be constructed of or front wall and ceiling height of 20 in this area and can be served feet, and a back wall at least 12 covered with resilient material to through a door leading to a prolong the life of the mats. These feet high. corridor and immediately to the When more than a single battery materials may be rubberlock out-of-doors. products, other new developed cf 7acquetball/handball courts is to This activity room, when not resilient materials, or wood. be constructed, the batteries Concrete is not recommended. scheduled in some manner as should be arranged so the back The wall mats should be covered indicated above, can serve the walls of each battery are purpose of any regular gymnasium with resilient materials up to five separated by a corridor feet above the floor on all sides. if so planned in its equipment and approximately 10 feet wide and 8 floor markings. The floor may need Adequate lighting, heating, and feet high. A corridor located some extra maintenance for the forced ventilation are essential in immediately above and at least 12 this room. A wall type water hard use it will receive, but the feet high may serve an instructor fountain with a cuspidor should be desirability of the activities that or be used as a spectator galley. may be scheduled on it will justify present. A blackboard and bulletin Corridors and galleries should be board should be available as well the resultant wear. illuminated with indirect light. as a scale. An electric scoreboard The back wall of a single court Nulty- Purpose Game Area wall clock should be attached to need not be higher than 12 feet. the wall. A sound system should The intended use of a Shatterproof glass or plexiglass be present, with a wall pulley multiple-purpose room will may be used to enclose the machine and a takedown machine determine its dimensions. It should remainder of the back wall. Many included as basic equipment. be large enough to accommodate courts are satisfactorily used with

- -42' (12 8m) 46- -- 42' (12 8m)- ti 1 \Red 32' (9 8m) Square 32' (9 8m) Diameter, O ( Wrestbny Area \ Wrestling Area Ten Foot (3 Om) Circle with Starting Imes

Figure 2-12 At Sinclair Community College in Dayton, the wrestling mat is located in a practice room equipped with padded walls for safety. Official NCAA wrestling mat layout.

47 Figure 2-13, A B an open upper rear wall. Dimensions of a Racquetball Court. Use of glass viewing wall at University of Arkansas. Racquetball/handball courts may Use of glass back wall and upper observation room at Texas Tech be constructed of hard plaster, fiber board or laminated wood panels, concrete, shatterproof glass, or a nonsplintering durable wood. While plaster is sometimes recommended, maintenance costs may be high. Glass courts provide maximum spectator participation, but the initial cost may be prohibitive. Overall, a reputable panel system is probably the best alternative for selection of front wall, side walls, and ceilings. Floors should be hardwbod, as in standard gymnasium construction. r. Entrance doors should open - toward the corridor and have flush pulls and hinges. A small shatterproof window installed flush with the interior surface of the door should be located at approximately the eye level of an average adult male. Such fixtures as heat pipes, ventilating ducts, lights, and other mechanical equipment should not project into the playing area. Veidilating ducts and lighting fixtures are best installed flush MAL04,1:"I with the ceiling surface. A recommended method of 47, 74- turning the lights on and off in handball and squash courts is to install switches that are activated by the opening or closing of the door to the court. When the door is opened, the lights will turn off automatically, leaving only the night light to burn continuously. When the door is closed, lights in the court will turn on. Usually, a two to three minute delay occurs prior to the lights going off after the door has been opened. This OP O 16 prevents a disruption of lighting es during the brief time it takes for de" so players to exchange the court. r This system eliminates the possibility of the lights bein/ left on when the courts are not in use. However, the lights, when turned off. will come on instantaneously when new players enter the court and close the door. With this system, warning lights ;4 can be located outside each court 010, to indicate when a court is in use. A relatively new concept utilizes

48 Indoor Fei CI Iities 61 an annunciator (an electrically controlled signal board) to indicate to the building reservation/control center which courts are occupied at any one tine. Lights on the signal board are activated by the "trip" switch on each door as it opens or closes. Air-conditioning, or at least forced ventilation, is desirable for this area. For additional suggestions regarding racquetball club/court construction, refer to Chapter 7.

Squash Courts Squash is very popular in some localities and the number of courts should be determined by local interest. A singles court is 18.5 feet wide by 32 feet long and 16 feet high. A doubles court is 25 feet wide by 45 feet long and 20 feet high. (Figure 2-14) It is possible to install movable metal "telltales" across the front of handball/racquetball courts so they can be used for squash instruction purposes. The floors, END walls, ceilings, lighting, heating, ON GUARt) NARNoNC. and ventilation of squash courts Figure 2-15 L INE I1NES are similar to those of four-wall Fencing court dimensions. SAWN RE IRE AT racquetball/handball courts. te't I /ONE ENTER I oit Fencing Ares Fencing is often included in the instructional, recreational, and intercollegiate programs for both men and women. The field of play is a piste, or more commonly L1. MIM IM IM 3m )16 ;141 TM

I 3 3 referred to as a "strip" in the 5 la 10 E.., 7 6 7 410

United States. 14 Mt TENS A room 55' x 90' allows for four FEET 11 INCHES fencing strips 40 feet long and 6 NOTE: The width of the strip shall be a minimum of 1.8 meters (5'10") feet wide, with 15 feet between and a maximum of 2 meters (67'). The length of the retreat zone shall strips. These strips may be used be a minimum of 1.5 meters (4'11") and a maximum of 2 meters (67 ). for informal competition and For Foil and Epee, the metallic surface of the strip shall cover the en- instruction. Intercollegiate tire retreat zone. competition, however, requires a epee, a metallic piste must cover fencing targets should be either 52 foot length of floor area, with a the entire length of the strip, recessed flush with the wall or minimum of 18 feet between the including the extensions. placed above the seven foot level. strips. (Figure 2-15) Electrical outlets and jacks The fencing area should be a For instructional purposes, the should be placed at the rear of the well-lighted room with a minimum strip may be painted on a nonslip tournament strips to provide power ceiling height of 12 feet. The hardwood floor or synthetic for the electrical equipment. If installation of roll-away bleachers surface, or a rubber runner of permanently affixed wall for spectators may necessitate correct measurements may be laid scoreboards are provided, portable raising the ceiling height, and it on the floor and removed when score boxes are unnecessary. may also require an increased not in use. For the electric foil and Brackets or eyebolts for mounting capacity ventilating system.

IncienTFacilities 49 An equipment room should be considerations are discussed in allow an arrow :a penetrate at located adjacent to the fencing Chapter 7. least 20 inches without striking room and should be large enough any obstruction that would damage to store the weapons and the arrow. protective equipment used by ktdoor Archery Range A low cost innovative back stop classes. Sixty square feet is the has been designed using flattened minimal space required for storage Instructional and recreational cardboard boxes piled from floor and to accommodate a small groups need an indoor archery to ceiling covering an entire wall. cabinet work counter for the repair area suitable for practice during of equipment. Portable strips will inclement weather. (Figure 2-16) Targets are simply pinned to the cardboard and the arrows require additional space. An area 78 feet long is adequate for official ranges of 10, penetrate the cardboard 6 to 15 15, and 20 yards for indoor inches. indoor Tennis Facilities archery. The 78 feet includes 3 In a multi-purpose room, target feet for the target, 60 feet for the holders should be mounted on Tennis can be played indoorson range, and a 15 foot width is wheels or set in floor plates. The any firm surface of sufficient size required for 24 students. This area plates should be flush with the for a tennis court, especially where will accommodate six 48-inch floor when the target holder is court markings and a net are targets set 10 feet apart on removed. The backdrop behind the provided. Sometimes tennis court centers, or twelve 5-foot lanes for targets would be pulled to the side markings are placed on the indoor targets. A minimum ceiling or rolled overhead when not in general use gymnasium floor and height of 10 feet should be use. provisions are made for temporary provided between the shooting line In a multipurpose room, target placement of net posts, or the net and targets. holders should be mounted on is attached to rings inserted in the The floor in the archery area will wheels or set in floor plates. The wall. Another teaching aid is receive hard usage from street plates should be flush with the simply a solid color contrasting shoes and flying arrows. A floor when the target holder is line painted net height on a flat hardwood, tongue-and-groove removed. The backdrop behind the wall of the gymnasium which floor, with the boards running the targets should be pulled to the provides a rebound surface for length of the shooting area, is side or rolled overhead when not practicing one's strokes. Portable preferred. A durable synthetic in use. tennis courts might also be used surface may be considered as a Storage space for targets and in the gymnasium or field house. viable alternative. other equipment should be The composition of a synthetic The location of structural adjacent to the range. The size surface can be altered to offset features in the archery room and location of storage areas will the bounce of the tennis ball. A should be given careful attention. be determined by the type of surface constructed foi playing Obstructions ahead of the shooting targets used. Racks for hanging basketball usually proves to be too line, such as supporting pillars and bows and shelves for storing fast for tennis competition, but will overhead lights in a low ceiling, arrows should be included in a suffice for beginning instruction. should be recessed or otherwise storage area behind the shooting A few colleges have constructed protected from flying arrc'..s. The line. This location enables a a special indoor facility specifically area behind the target should be student to replace or exchange for tennis. If this is done, the covered with a backdrop to protect equipment while other students facility should include a minimum the wall and prevent arrow continue to shoot. of four courts, along with a tennis breakage. A large heavy run, or a The feasibility of installing drill area. Such a facility would commercially available nylon net automated lanes should be enable 16 students to play tennis, which arrows cannot penetrate, seriously considered. Several while other students use the tennis may be used. All doors and types of commercial lanes are drill area. This approach would windows in the area should be available. Automated lanes have demand frequent rotation of located behind the shooting line. lane dividers at the shooting line students. The same is true for tackboards and an automatic warning system If the courts are in a separate and chalkboards. to halt shooting in the event a building, it should be conveniently Targets may be affixed to the person steps in front of the located to locker rooms. backstop or placed on easels in shooting line. Electric target Consideration should also be given front of it. A variety of targets are returns bring the targets to the to a covered passageway between available including straw, shooting line so arrows can be the gymnasium and the tennis double-curl excelsior, and removed, and the targets can be building. styrofoam with composition adjusted for different shooting Ventilation, lighting, temperature centers. The target should be distances without altering the control, and other pertinent constructed and placed so as to shooting line.

50 63 Indoor Facilities Additional information concerning outdoor archery facilities can be found in Chapters 3 and 7.

Indoor Rifle Range A rifle range can be used for class instruction, competitive shooting, and recreation for both men and women. On campuses where a range within tile athletic and physical education complex is not deemed feasible, the ROTC units might be contacted for possible collaboration in constructing and financing a range. Figure Z16 A room 75' x 42' will A golf-fencing-archery room was included in the HPER building at the University of accommodate eight firing points, Nebraska, Omaha Archery targets are mounted directly on a flattened cardboard box wall or a class of 24 students. At least eight firing points are recommended on the basis of one point for every three members of a class. The National Rifle Association standard shooting distance for rifles is 50 feet, measured from the firing line to the target. The bulletstop should be 6 to 10 feet beyond the target. This space varies with the type of

installation. k A minimum of 15 feet is required behind the firing line for mats, scoring tables, rifle racks, and walking space. The ceiling should be 8 feet high in front of the firing points. This ceiling height reduces the amount of wall space that must be covered behind the backdrop, and facilitates the installation of target carriers. Each firing point should be at least 51/2 feet wide.

For specifications on construction of indoor rifle ranges, write to the National Rifle 1111.._ Association of America, 1600 Rhode Island Avenue, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20036.

Indoor Golf Practice Area Figure 2-17 Provisions can be made to Commercially produced golf training devices aid players accommodate golf instruction and in refining their stroke technique. practice indoors. Balls may be hit

11.1tit,s 51 t Ii

or, eF

?--"2""" INIMMoror

V Figure 2- 1 TA Nets are paled out for easy conversion to golf practice and fencing lanes are painted on the synthetic floor.

into a large durable nylon net or Rest rooms (remote from accommodate 30 students. If an canvas placed several yards in toilets and showers) area is to serve as an informal front of the hitting positions. Public lavatories theater and instructional area, it Driving cages may also be used. Therapy room should be between 4,800 and Hitting positions may be Storage spaces 5,000 square feet to accommodate established by placement of Construction rooms for both the class and the needs of practice mats available from golf costumes, props and sets, the theater section. supply houses. (Figures 2-17, 17A) and music (composing and A ceiling height of 24 feet is In addition, commercial golf recording) recommended for all dance areas. systems are now available that Custodial space Full height is essential for large compliment any Office space dance areas (over 2,400 square instructional/recreational program. Laundry and cleaning feet), and 16 feet is the minimum It is usually economical and facilities height for small dance areas. efficient to consider designing this Box office Dance activities require air area to accommodate other Parking area space between floor and activities when not used for golf Total facilities should be foundation as well as "floating" (i.e. archery, fencing, etc.). determined according to the floors for resiliency. Floors should amount of emphasis placed on be of hardwood, such as maple of Dance Facilities and Equipment various aspects of the dance random lengths, and The essential dance facilities curriculum. Considerations should tonve-and-grooved. They should and equipment should be supplied include classes needed and areas be laid with the grain going in one in sufficient quantity and quality to for individual work and for direction. The floors should not be provide for all dance activities in extracurricular and concert slippery and they should be the required and elective practice. Based on the design of constructed for easy cleaning. curriculum and in the the dance curriculum, facilities The finish should provide a extracurricular program. Particular should be considered in terms of smooth surface upon which attention should be given to teaching space, practice space dancers can glide with bare feet or adequate provisions for the and choreography, rehearsal soft sandals. Tung oil is program of professional space, performance space, considered by most to be a preparation (both the teaching research space, auxiliary space satisfactory finish; an alternative program and the performance and equipment, and classroom might be several coats of wood programs and to dance space. At least two distinct areas sealer. performance and observation. should be provided, one area for Walls should be smooth and Provision should be made to modern dance and ballet and one easily maintained. Consideration include the following units if the area for folk and social dance. should be given to having one dance facility is to be Modern Dance and Ballet Area unobstructed wall of neutral comprehensive: background for filming purposes. Locker-dressing room A minimum of 100 square feet To support ballet barres, stress Shower area per person is recommended. An factors of the walls should be Toilets area of 3,000 square feet will considered. Thin walls are

52 Indoor Facilities );) inadequate. should be capable of carrying a In such instances, it may be Incandescent light is preferable portable light board as well as necessary to use pipes for the to fluorescent light. Lights that phonographs, additional speakers, barres. The barre supports may be also serve as houselights during tape recorders, and projectors. screwed into recessed floor performances should be controlled Wall outlets should be convenient sockets just in front of the mirror, from wall switches as well as from to all areas. Television conduits thus facilitating the removal of the the light control board. should be installed when the barre and supports when not Consideration should be given to building is constructed. needed. (Figure 2-19) natural lighting. Large windows Temperature should be Custom-made percussion contribute to an aesthetically and maintained at 65-438 degrees. The cabinets Mounted on rollers are a psychologically desirable air thould be well circulated, and fine accessory. They may have a atmosphere. To avoid direct consideration should be given to carpeted top surface, slide-out sunlight, the best location for the use of natural air. Mechanisms drawers lined with felt for small windows is the north wall. for heating and circulating air instruments, and larger partitions Windows should be curtained so should be as nearly silent as to accommodate cymbals and the studio can be darkened for possible to avoid interfering with drums. Heavy sound equipment film showing and studio the quality of sound and its should be built in or placed on performances. When total reception. stands of table height equipped construction necessitates no Planning for a dance facility with rollers for ease of windows, the aesthetics may be should include consideration of transportation. Because moving improved by the use of color on accessories. Leaf-fold mirrors, affects the tuning of a piano, this the walls. (Figure 2-18) which can be folded for protection instrument should be placed on an Storage space for sound or curtained during performances, inside wall where it will not be equipment should be adjacent to may be installed along two subjected to extreme heat or cold, the dance area and locked. adjoining walls so that movement and it should be protected by a Storage rooms should have double can be analyzed from two suitable cover and lock. If it is to doors and a flush threshold for directions. Wall mirrors should be be moved frequently, the piano easy movement of such large installed flush with the wall and should be placed on a heavy duty equipment as a piano. Built-in raised 12 to 18 inches from the dolly. storage space for records, sound floor. Chalkboards and bulletin boards equipment, tapes, and musical Ballet baffes should be smooth are useful accessories. A instruments should be provided. in texture and be made of wood, glass-enclosed exhibit case for An area in the storage room where stainless steel, or aluminum. The photographs, costumes, costume instructors can listen to records minimum length to-accommodate plates, manuscripts, and other and tapes is highly desirable. This one dancer is five feet. Barres items may be installed near the area should have adequate from 42 to 48 inches in height dance area. acoustics, ventilation, and may be installed permanently; they Folk and Social Dance Area electrical outlets. should extend six to eight inches Heavy-duty wiring is essential from the wall. If necessary, barres An area of 5,400 square feet (54 for all dance facilities. Wiring may be placed in front of mirrors. by 100 feet is suggested) will

Figure 2-18 At the University of Vermont Dance Studio,natural lighting is used attractively.

53 hick accommodate a class of of Health, Physical Educationand alleys, ice arenas, etc.) isavailable approximately 60 students. Dance Recreation. areas are generally rectangular in Chapter 7. with a length-width ratio of Badminton approximately 3 to 2 (e.g. 90 by 60 feet). Ceiling height shouldbe Badminton is an individualand Research and Testing in proportion to the size ofthe dual sport utilizinga shuttlecock Laboratories room but never lower than 12 feet. and rackets. Tice activitymay be Research facilities to support An outside entrance intoa main included in programs forclass physical education, health and corridor of the building will provide instruction and intramuraland recreation are becoming for traffic flow of the relatively recreational competitions.It is an increasingly important in colleges excellent coeducational large groups using thearea. activity. and universities. A majority ofthe The court dimensionsare 44 by Floors as specified for ballet and research conducted by physical 20 feet for doubles and44 by 17 education professionals requires modern dance are necessary. An feet for singles. epoxy finish will enable the use of laboratory settings with special Posts should beset five feet, equipment. street shoes without damage to one inch high in the center of the floor. 'fications for the It is impossible to list all the Ines. The net Id be five tools that any individual investigator will need touse in research. A laboratory (ina sense) takes on the personality of whois in charge of the researchbeing conducted there. Its design often is dictated by the type of equipment to be used in it. Despite the wide diversity in research tools, there aresome rs facilities and equipmentcommonly used in laboratories for researchin athletics, physical education,and recreation. Some general considerations and some specific ,47 types of research facilitiesnow in 1' use or projected for the future follow (Figure 2-21)

Figure 2.19 General Considerations Mirrors, ballet banes. a smooth floor surface and a 24' high ceiling make this dancearea The nature of the educational ideal for teaching modern dance and balletat the University of Nebraska, Omaha. institution and its objectives and function will determine in large lighting, ventilation, acoustics, feet high at the center. Inindoor measure the type, number, size, sound equipment, storage space, or outdoor settings, multi-purpose and relative importance of wiring, and temperature control space may be used for courts. In research and teaching laboratories should follow those for ballet and such instances, the courtsshould for athletics, physical education, modern dance facilities. Racks for bein batteries of twoor more, and recreation. In junior colleges, coats and books should be with 1.5-inch paintedor taped or in four-year institutions in which installed either within the dance lines superimposedon other only service courses area or along the outside corridor are offered, appropriate areas. All sophisticated research laboratories wall. Bulletin boards, chalkboards, measurements are to the outside will seldom, if ever, be and display cases are highly required. oflines.It is recommended that However, laboratory experience desirable. additional space of fouror five feet may be desirable as a part of a For additional details concerning for the sidelines and eightfeet for course, and some testing the construction of dance facilities the ends be provided. (Figure equipment may be required for (i.e. principles for planning, dance 2-20) use in the gymnasium or on the production areas, auxiliary areas, Other indoor Facilities playing field. Furthermore,there etc.) readers are encouraged to are liberal arts colleges and other consult the booklet entitled Dance Information concerning the research-oriented institutions Facilities published by and planning of indoor facilities related whose undergraduate curriculums available from American Alliance primarily to recreation (i.e. bowling require that the student have

54 Indoor Facilities 44 research experience. In such 41,"'14 13 .16-6'4 6 4 -N- 13 institutions, it is not unreasonable i _l_ am to provide limited research SIDE BOUNDARYONE(SINGLES, SIDE BOUNDARYLINE (DOLIBLES1 facilities and supervision of selected research activities. SHORT SERVICE LONG.SERVICE LINE^. s7) LINE ----its A lack of appropriate laboratory on (DOUBLES ONLY) space and equipment for HIGH CENTERLINE' teaching/research has hampered BACK BOUNDARY many colleges from joining the LINE recent trend toward providing increased professional preparation 1 6 opportunities in non-teaching 5 areas, i.e. exercise science. (Figure 2-22; 22A) 44 0 13 -E/446 .54. 22 0' In colleges and universities 2 .6' 5.0.' BETWEEN COURTS offering professional preparation in SHORTSERVICE IIN LINE 0 o LINED FOR BOTH physical education or recreation, DOUBLES AND SINGLES ALL and especially in those with POSTwill R err=ow., MIMSINigill .1110 LINES IV:" WIDE graduate curriculums in these BACK IsOUND. LINE SIDE BOUNDLINE SINGLES areas, there is a greater need for SIDE BOUND LINE DOUBLES the development of research and SCALE: 1- - 32' teaching laboratories. Such Figure 2-20 facilities are required not only to Badminton Court Dimensions. provide experience and training for students but also to attract and Figure 2-21 retain capable research scholars. SpaceNeeded for Selected Indoor Activities. Activity Play Area Safety Space Total Area MicanaaneeWals Therefore, it is not possible to in Feet in FM' in Feet Height decide on a "per student" basis what kinds of laboratories or even, Archer) 5%60 I Se 5%75 12 in many instances, how many Badminton 20%44 6s. Sc 32%60 24 square feet of laboratory space should be provided. The character Basketball Jr. High instructional 42%74 to, Se 24 of the institution and the interest Jr. High interscholastic 50%8A 6%, Sc and ability of its faculty must be Sr. High interscholastic 50%84 6s, Sc 62%100 Sr High instructional 4%74 6s, Sc 5700 taken into account. Neighborhood E. SO% 42%74 tis, Sc 54%90 If health education is also Community Junior H.S. 50%84 els, Sc 621100 Community Senior H S 50%84 els,Sc 62%100 administratively housed in the CompetitiveCollege & Uniscrsity ti%94 (is. tie 62111() same unit or building as physical 18%62 :Is, 9e 24%14) education, then consideration must BOCCIC be given to special 1.ermng. ,;twripetitise 6%46 9s. he 18%52 instnictimal 400 4s. 6e 12%42 12 teaching/research laboratory needs 11,0xtball 20%40 of health classes and faculty. 20 Itacquelhall 201141 Teaching and Research 20 Years ago, small research Rifle tone pi 5%50 itto 20c 5,470 min, laboratories served as teaching 12 ShsaIlehcharsi 6%52 hs,2c 18%56 laboratories in the conduct of 12 SLIUJ %II {ft Sit12 16 various undergraduate and 24 graduate courses for professional Tennis MLA (doubles 1/(0() 4%, Se 26 %Si preparation. It is still necessary Hand 1(1%411 ,%, 10e 25%60 and desirable to use research Lawn (smsk.) 2708 Its, tic 51%120 0,1,145hIcs 3ht7H 12s. 21e 60%120 laboratories for presenting Paddle tsinplesl 16%44 co, Sc 28%60 occasional demonstration doubles 20t44 6%. Se 12%ttO Table (playing died) V21 experiments in the teaching of 24 classes. However, this cannot be a Volleslui! L'ompetit:.;. and adult 3000 hs. tie 42%72 frequent practice in a productive Junior High 30%50 hs, he 42%62 research laboratory, especially 5, 241,24 Cs. Cc 3606 when the classes contain more Wtt:01111r es iinprtnnCP than just a few students., Separate teaching laboratories Safely pass' et the %Hie of an area is indicated by a number followed by for end and "s" for side

Indoor Facilities 63 55 should be provided to handle approximately 2,000 square feet or increased research encouragement laboratory sections of various more, with a ceiling height of 22 from the administration, and courses. The same teaching feet, may function as another competition for university faculty laboratory cannot be used for teaching laboratory for conducting have all had a positive influence some of the laboratory sessions in other experiments. This facility is on the place of research. The a variety of courses, including useful for instructional purposes recent interest within the fields of tests and measurements, and for the student to gain physical education and recreation physiology of exercise, and experience in administering tests in developing a body of knowledge biomechanics. At least one such and taking measurements. Such a and the development and teaching laboratory should be facility should be free of expansion of graduate programs in available, equipped with stationary obstructions so that fitness or these fields have also created a lab tables containing gas, water, sport tests may be safely greater demand for research and electricity. Hoods for the administered. Walls should be flat, facilities and trained investigators. Bunsen burner, cabinets for without ornamentation or A sizeable proportion of some storing small pieces of equipment, equipment, to permit wall-volley faculties are now doing research and a connecting supply room are tests. Such items as chinning sometimes several faculty also essential. Closed-circuit bars, mats, and volleyball members sharing a common television receivers are desirable. standards should be available. interest or specialty. Prc. iisions The laboratory can be designed to As the fie'ds of physical must be made for this increased accommodate equipment used in education and recreation advance interest and emphasis conducting experiments with in maturity as disciplines, it is Joint appointments. in which a animals and human beings. pruoable that laboratory faculty member holds an Frequently, the teaching experience will replace some of appointment in more than one laboratory can be equipped with the course lectures, particularly at department, are increasing in durable, inexpensive, and easily the graduate level. This will number in the fields of physical serviced apparatus where students increase the need for teaching education and recreation. can carry on experiments labs as well as research labs. Provisions should be made for individually or in small groups. Graduate students should have some faculty members to do While such equipment may not considerable laboratory experience research in other departments, provide the degree of precision before they embark on collecting and conversely, members of other expected of sophisticated research data for a doctoral dissertation. departments may be expected to apparatus it is generally accurate use some of the physical enough to present desirable education'and recreation research principles. A space of individual Laboratories facilities. approximately 1,000 square feet, Several forces are acting to A related development is the with a 12-foot ceiling, is generally accentuate the role of the research organization in many large large enough to accommodatea investigator in colleges and universities of centers or institutes class of 2Q students. universities. The avaqability of for research that cut across A small gymnasium of .-funds, greater specialization, departmental lines. There are a

4.0424.0.00f Aftaft., 411* F 4

Figure 2-22, 22A A variety of classrooms should be planned for the different classesto be accommodated within a comprehensive HPER facility.

56 tic's 6 .1 number of advantages to such center. This may be a small room large centralized computer on the organizational setups, including housing a variety of equipment campus or even at other the cross-fertilization of disciplines items available for use by various institutions. Computer terminals and the sharing of elaborate faculty members, graduate or located in various buildings on the facilities and expensive apparatus. undergraduate students, and campus will be the most common In the planning of research nonacademic personnel. It may way of providing computer facilities for physical education and include card punching and sorting services at large universities. recreation, the existing as well as equipment, tabulators, collators, Punch cards or tapes will not have the proposed institutes on the and magnetic or punch-tape to be transported across the campus should be investigated. equipment. There may also be campus with the usp of this (Figure 2-23; 23A; 23B) computer terminals that connect arrangement. by telephone or other lines to a The installation of large Shared Service Facilities Although there is a need for individual research laboratories, some facilities lend themselves to shared use. A workshop supervised by a capable machinist or other skilled worker is an essential ancillary facility in institutions where considerable research is being conducted. If the research productivity of the physical education and recreation unit is sufficiently great, there is justification for housing and supporting this type of ancillary facility in this unit. If, however, research and laboratory teaching is done on a smaller scale, the facility may be shared by other units in the college or university, or such services may be purchased as needed. If a workshop is planned, 110v and 220v electric current with good ground connections should be made available. Oversized doors should be provided as well as a good ventilation system so that sawdust and other pollutants will not become a hazard or annoyance. Cupboards with locks should be in ample supply to store hand tools to prevent their being stolen or misplaced. Since considerable noise may be generated, the workshop should be isolated from other facilities where quiet work is being done. There should be a minimum of 80 footcandles of light on the task being performed. The room should be at least 500 to 600 square feet in size, with a ceiling height of 12 feet. Figure 2-23 Another unit that lends itself to Research in HPER has become more popular and sophisticated, thus careful considera- shared use is a data-processing tion must be given to the planning of laboratories. Photos continued on following page.

57 electronic computer equipment square feet or more, with a 12-foot different brand names. Before requires the installation of large ceiling. purchasing irge expensive units, electrical conduits, good ground A number of researchers and it is worth the time and effort to connections, and oversized doors. teachers have need for graphic investigate carefully the various A great deal of heat may be services for preparing materials for makes. The annual meetings of expected to be generated by the publication, for presentation at professional societies generally electronic equipment, so meetings, and for instruction. include exhibits by manufacturers individually controlled air Camera equipment that can of research equipment appropriate conditioning equipment is produce a 2 x 2 inch slide and to the particular area of necessary for maintaining the overhead transparencies in a investigation. Consultation witha temperature required. Space matter of a minute or two at little colleague in the same field who should be provided to permit direct cost should be provided. has used the equipment isa good access to each piece of equipment Duplicating equipment may also idea before a purchase is made. for servicing. Since considerable be housed in this facility. In considering particular pieces noise is developed when If the needs of the department of equipment, the following data-processing equipment is in are sufficiently large, a full-time or determination should be made: (a) operation, acoustic treatment of part-time employee may be if students or trained researchers ceiling and walls is essential. The required to prepare graphic division of the area into smaller materials. A room used for this are to use the equipment; (b) rooms with soundproof wall helps purpose should be well-lighted initial and annual servicing cost; reduce the noise problem. a minimum of 80 footcandles is (c) if the equipment is Regional electronic library recommended and should have electronically compatible with other services are being planned for large wall cupboards for storing equipment now in use or various locations in the United drafting and some camera contemplated (often it is more Stares. Provisions should be made equipment. A room with a economical to purchase units that for making use of this equipment. minimum of 400 square feet and a match others from the same 10-feet ceiling height will provide company so that the responsibility Facilities for Research sufficient space for the usual for servicing them rests with one requirements of this facility. company); (d) what power supply The dark room, for obvious is needed; (e) ease with which the reasons, should not have an instrum9nt may be calibrated, and outside wall with a window. Suggestions for Purchasing Equipment if other equipment is needed for Therefore, good forced ventilation the calibration; (f) portability of the is essential. The room should be The manufacture and sale of equipment; (g) what service the provided with running water, sinks, research equipment has becomea company is willing to provide and ample wall cupboards, anda very competitive business. As a where the service centers are generous supply of duplex result, there is frequentlya wide located; and (h) rie'se, vibration, electrical outlets (110v). The range of the same kind of and heat generated by the recommended room size is 225 equipment available under equipment. Unbiased answers to

Figure 23A Figure 238

58 71 these and other questions can measurement and evaluation is a necessity. High speed sometimes best be found by equipment effectively, the regular cameras whose frame rates vary having discussions with other activity areas must be planned and from 64 to several thousand researchers who have used such constructed in such a manner as frames per second are useful. installations. to facilitate the conduct of Special film readers and projectors research. For example, many skill should be provided in order that tests are administered with the use accurate measurements may be Office Space of some type of wall volley as a made. Mirrors may be used to Individual offices for the various part of a battery to measure skill reflect images. faculty members and graduate in a certain activity. Therefore, it is Equipment representative of the students involved in research important to construct the walls of type used in this kind of laboratory should be convenient to the a gymnasium so that present tests includes: various laboratories. The as well as those developed in the movement developing installation of one or more rooms future may be utilized. camera to be used for quiet work (e.g. Consideration should be given to 35mm SLR camera calculating, reading and writing) is the attachment of special high speed motion picture helpful. equipment to walls and ceilings, camera (motor-driven; such as jump boards, ropes, and 50-500 frames per second) strength-measuring devices. Grids stroboscopic equipment Mobile Laboratory could be painted on the walls of (including single and In planning research facilities, the gymnasium as well as on the multi-flash units with serious thought should be given to wail of a diving well in the strobolume and strobotac the development of a mobile swimming pool in order to parts laboratory. The trend to eliminate measure distance and height when force measuring devices laboratory schools makes the analyzing movement. (including individual strain consideration of a mobile A great deal of the research gauges and laboratory more urgent. equipment needs to be portable so multi - dimensional force Trailers, campers, trucks, and that it can be moved to the action plates) other vehicles even railroad areas. This means that proper videotape recorder with cars have been converted into electrical outlets and suitable two channels and playback mobile laboratories. Often the use acoustic treatment of these areas capacity of a field generator is necessary to must be planned in advance. oscilloscope provide current for operating These laboratories will contain electronic count .s mobile-laboratory equipment. It is the equipment that will be used at amplifiers compatible with surprising how much equipment the elementary, junior high, and measuring and recording can be compactly installed in a senior high school levels. Physical devices mobile facility. education teachers at these levels metal storage cabinets should be encouraged to make (approximately 18 inches use of some of this equipment on deep by 36 inches wide) the job. with locks Specific Laboratory Facilities computer terminal The information about Blomechanics (Kinesiology) Special simulated game areas laboratories listed in this section There are many areas in the may be constructed so that a true comprises only suggestions of how field of biomechanics in which picture of a performer in action may be studied. A miniature research facilities might be research may be conducted. The organized. Obviously, the type of research may range from running track may be developed, character and organization of the cinematography to human as well as other similar replicas of institution itself will be at engineering. If there is a playing areas. Nets and other important factor in determining physiology of exercise laboratory devices may need to be used to how facilities are to be organized available, experimentation may catch objects or to prevent them and administered. take place in which the equipment from traversing the customary from this laboratory is used either distance. Measurement and Evaluation jointly with the exercise Human Performance Laboratory Much of the so-called practical physiologist or separately by the or applied research will be kinesiology researcher. An area of at feast 40 by 40 conducted in the gymnasium, In cinematographic research feet, providing a minimum of 1,600 swimming pool, and other indoor (especially time lapse and high square feet of space, should be and outdoor activity areas. This speed), a room 30 by 30 feet, with provided for the exercise room for means that in order to utilize a ceiling height of at least 24 feet, human beings.

59 The most popular methods of telemetering apparatus (biomechanics) laboratories can be standardizing exercise in human electronic gas analyzers used in research in motor learning beings are a) by means of a Douglas or meteorological and psychology of sports. motor-driven treadmill, bicycle, or bags However, it is necessary to havea other ergometer; and b) step tests barometer separate room or facility, at least of various kinds. The exercise thermocouples 30 by 30 feet, with a 12-foot room should be large enough to submersion tank ceiling. accommodate all the needed computer terminal The arrangement of the equipment. There should be space Analytical Rooms. The number equipment in the room will depend for several technicians as wellas of analytical rooms will depend on the research underway at the for scientific instruments. upon the extent of the research moment. In any event, the Since some noise and vibration being conducted and the number electrical devices used should not result when the treadmill is of investigators involved. These be constantly moved or they will operating and some treadmills rooms should each be a minimum become unusable. are quite heavy it is well to of 20 by 20 feet, with a ceiling Some equipment that might be locate this room on the ground height of 10 feet. They should be included in a laboratory for floor, with provisions for reducing air-conditioned and contain the research in motor learning and noise. The treadmill should be benches, cabinets, sinks, fume psychology of sports includes: installed in a pit (and even on a hoods, and air, gas, and electrical Multichannel recorders, standard pad to help further reduce noise), current supplies usually found in electric clocks, interval timer, if possible, with space in the pit laboratories of this type. The steadiness units, muscle for servicing. typical kinds of equipment used in stimulator, eleCtronic counters, The room should be these rooms ineude chemicalgas variable power supply, electronic air-conditioned, with control over analyzer, pH meter, analytical kits, audio amplifiers, microphone, temperature within a plus or minus balance, still, spectrophotometer, audio oscillator, oscilloscope, 1' /2 degrees Fahrenheit and refrigerator or freezer, titrator, telemetry transmitter, telemetry control over humidity of plus or osometer, microscope, autoclave, receiver, voltage stabilizer, battery minus 5 percent. Electric current glassware, Bunsen burner, and charger, seashore test, magnetic (110v and 220v) should be desk calculator. tape recorder and storage cabinets supplied through numerous Additional Facilities. In many (metal with locks). outlets. A large thermopane departments, additional major observation window should also be facilities may be required. Because installed. research in exercise physiology is Check List for Facility Planners A room 20 by 25 feet with a closely related to research in Relating to General Indoor ceiling height of 12 feet to allow environmental physiology and Facility Features for walking, running, or ridinga nutrition, the following facilities bicycle up a grade on the may be needed: As an aid to those responsible treadmill, is generally sufficient. If Barometric chamber (with for planning facilities for athletics, the treadmill is not installed in a space for controlled physical education, and recreation, pit, the ceiling m iy have to be exercise) \, a check lis has been prepared higher. It is usually desirable to Hot room (with space for The application of this check list have connecting cables, including controlled exercise) may prevent unfortunate and voice communication, to a space Cold room (with space for costly errors. Note: Information adjoining the exercise room so controlled exercise) concerning the planning of general desirable data can be recorded Diet kitchen recreational buildings such as a outside the room. An alternate Flow-through water tank community center and specialized method of constructing a platform for studying energy recreational buildings (ie. art surrounding the treadmill may be metabolism during center, preschool center, senior more practical. The kinds of swimming and rowing citizen center, teen center, etc. is equipment found in the exercise Isotope storage, handling, available in Chapter VII. room, in addition to exercising and counting equipment apparatus, might include the In addition, animal exercise and General following: housing rooms may be considered. multichannel recorder 1. A clear-cut statement tape recorder Motor Learning and has been prepared on the (multichannel) Psychology of Sports nature and scope of the gas meters program, and the special Much of the research equipment requirements for space, cot found in psychology, physiology of spirometer equipment, fixtures, and exercise, and kinesiology facilities have been dictated by

60 indoor Facilities 7,1 the activities to be conducted. [ 14. All passageways are conveniently placed in locker 2. The facility has been free of obstructions; fixtures room areas or immediately planned to meet the total are recessed. adjacent thereto. requirements of the program 15. Facilities for health 32. Special attention is as well as the special needs of services and the first-aid and given to provision for locking those who are to be served. N emergency-isolation rooms are service windows and counters, 3. The plans and suitably interrelated. supply bins, carts, shelves, specifications have been 16. Buildings, specific and racks. checked by all governmental areas, and facilities are clearly 33. Provision is made for agencies (city, county, and identified. repair, maintenance, state) whose approval is 17. Locker rooms are replacement, and off season required by law. arranged for ease of storage of equipment and 4. Plans for areas and supervision. C.1 uniforms. facilities conform to state and 18. Offices, teaching 34. A well-defined program local regulations and to stations, and service facilities for laundering and cleaning accepted standards and are properly interrelated. Ll towels, uniforms, and practices. rl 19. Special needs of the equipment is included in the 5. The areas and facilities physically handicapped are plan. planned make possible the met, including a ramp into the 35. Noncorrosive metal is programs that serve the building at a major entrance. El used in dressing, drying, and interests and needs of all the 20. All "dead space" is shower areas except for people. used. enameled lockers. 1.] 6. Every available source 21. The building is 36. Antipanic hardware is of property or funds has been compatible in design and used where required by fire explored, evaluated, and comparable in quality and regulations. El utilized whenever appropriate. H accommodation to other 37. Properly placed hose 7. All interested persons campus structures. bibbs and drains are sufficient and organizations concerned 22. Storage rooms are in size and quantity to permit with the facility have had an accessible to the play area. [LI flushing the entire area with a opportunity to share in its 23. Workrooms, conference water hose. L*7 planning (professional rooms, and staff and 38. A water resistant, educators, users, consultants, administrative offices are covered base is used under administrators, engineers, interrelated. 17 the locker base and floor mat architects, program specialists, 24. Shower and dressing and where floor and wall join. Li building managers, and facilities are provided for 39. Chalkboards and/or builder) - a team approach. professional staff members tackboards with map tracks 8. The facility will fulfill the and are conveniently located. are located in appropriate maximum demands of the 25. Thought and attention places in dressing rooms, program. The program has not have been given to making hallways, and classrooms. been curtailed to fit the facility. facilities and equipment as 40. Book shelves are 9. The facility has been durable and vandalproof as provided in toilet areas. functionally planned to meet possible. I 41. Space and equipment the present and anticipated 26. Low-cost maintenance are planned in accordance needs of specific programs, features have been with the types and number of situations, and publics. considered. enrollees. [.7 10. Future additions are 27. This facility is a part of 42. Basement rooms, included in present plans to a well-integrated master plan. undesirable for dressing, permit economy of 28. All areas, courts, drying, and showering, are not construction. facilities, equipment, climate planned for those purposes. [ 11. Lecture classrooms are control, security, etc., conform 43. Spectator seating isolated from distracting rigidly to detailed standards (permanent) in areas that are noises. and specifications. basically instructional is kept 12. Storage areas for indoor 29. Shelves are recessed at a minimum. Roll away and outdoor equipment are of and mirrors are supplied in bleachers are used primarily. adequate size. They are appropriate places in rest Balcony seating is considered located adjacent to the rooms and dressinc rooms. as a possibility. gymnasium. 30. Dressing space between 44. Well-lighted and 13. Shelves in stcrage locker rows is adjusted to the effectively displayed trophy rooms are slanted toward the size and age of students. cases enhance the interest wall. 31. Drinking fountains are and beauty of the lobby.

Iii 1. hr, .;1;t1(,;; 61 45. The space under the achievement of self-potential, shower, drying and toilet stairs is used for storage. 59. Every effort has been MOMS. 46. Department heads' exercised to eliminate hazards. 3. Heating plans permit offices are located near the 60. The installation of both area and individual room central administrative office low-hanging door closers, light control. which includes a well-planned fixtures, signs, and other 4. Research areas where conference room. objects in traffic areas has small animals are kept and 47. Workrooms are located been avoided. where chemicals are used near the central office and 61. Warning signals - both have been provided with serve as a repository for visible and audible - are special ventilating equipment. departmental materials and included in the plans. 5. The heating and records. 62. Ramps have a slope ventilating of the wrestling 48. Conference area equal to or greater than a gymnasium have been given includes a cloak room, one-foot rise in 12-feet. special attention. lavatory, and toilet. 63. Minimum landings for 49. In addition to regular ramps are 5 by 5 feet, extend Electrical secretarial offices established at least one foot beyond the 1. Shielded, vapor-proof in the central and department swinging arc of a door, have lights are used in moisture chairmen's offices, a special at least a six-foot clearance at prevalent areas. room to house a secretarial the bottom, and have level 2. Lights in strategic areas pool for staff members is platforms at 30-foot intervals are key-controlled. provided. on every turn. 3. Lighting intensity 50. Staff dressing facilities 64. Adequate locker and conforms to approved are provided. These facilities dressing spaces are provided. standards. may also serve game officials. 65. The design of dressing, 4. An adequate number of 51. The community and/or drying, and shower areas electrical outlets are neighborhood has a "round reduces foot traffic to a strategically placed. table" for planning. minimum and establishes 5. Gymnasium and 52, All those (persons and clean, dry aisles for bare feet. auditorium lights are controlled agencies) who should be a 66. Teaching stations are by dimmer units. party to planning and properly related to service 6. Locker room lights are development are invited and facilities. mounted above the space actively engaged in the 67. Toilet facilities are between lockers. planning process. adequate in number. They are 7. Natural light is 53. Space and area located to serve all groups for controlled properly for relationships are important. which provisions are made. purposes of visual aids and They have been carefully se.Mail services, outgoing avoiGgince of glare. considered. and incoming, are included in 8. Electrical outlet plates 54. Both long-range and the plans. are installed three feet above immediate plans have been 69. Hallways, ramps, the floor unless special use made. doorways, and elevators are dictates other locations. 55. The body comfort of the designed to permit equipment 9. Controls for light child, a major factor in to be moved easily and switches and projection securing maximum learning, quickly. equipment are suitably located has been considered in the 70. A keying design suited and interrelated. plans. to administrative and 10. All lights are shielded. 56. Plans for quiet areas instructional needs is planned. Special protection is provided have been made. 71. Toiletssed by large in gymnasium, court areas, 57. In the planning, groups have ci.culating (in and and shower rooms. consideration has been given out) entrances and exits. 11. Lights are placed to to the need for adequate shine between rows of lockers. recreational areas and facilities, both near and distant Climate Control from the homes of people. 1. Provision is made Walls 58. Plans recognize the throughout the building for 1. Movable and folding primary function of recreation climate control - heating, partitions are power-operated as being enrichment of ventilating, and refrigerate -I and controlled by keyed learning through creative cooling. switches. self-expression, 2. Special ventilation is 2. Wall plates are located self-enhancement. and the provided for locker, dressing, where needed and are firmly

62 Inti,7or 4) attached. 9. All corners in locker where needed and are 3. Hooks and rings for nets rooms are rounded. flush-mounted. 0 are placed (and recessed in 2. Floor design and walls) according to court Ceilings materials conform to locations and net heights. 1. Overhead supported recommended standards and 4. Materials that clean apparatus is secured to beams specifications. easily and are impervious to 3. Lines and markings are engineered to withstand stress. 1 J moisture are used where 2. The ceiling height is painted in floors before sealing moisture is prevalent. [1 adequate for the activities to is completed (when synthetic 5. Shower heads are be housed. tape is not used). placed at different heights - 3. Acoustical materials 4. A coved base (around four feet (elementary) to seven impervious to moistureare lockers and where wall and feet (university) for each used in moisture prevalent floor meet) of the same water school level. areas. LJ resistant material used on 6. Protective matting is 4. Skylights in floors is found in all dressing placed permanently on the gymnasiums, being and shower rooms. C J walls in the wrestling room at impractical, are seldom used 5. Abrasive, nonskid, the ends of basketball courts because of problems in slip-resistant flooring that is and in other areas where such waterproofing roofs and the impervious to moisture is protection is needed. Ll controlling of sun rays. provided on all areas where 7. An adequate number of 5. All ceilings except those water is used - laundry, drinking fountains are in storage areas are swimming pools, shower, provided. They are properly acoustically treated with dressing, and drying rooms. E1 placed (recessed in wall). _1 sound-absorbent materials. 6. Floor drains are properly 8. One wall (at least) of the located, and the slope of the dance studio has full length Floors floor is adequate for rapid mirrors. 1. Floor plates are placed drainage. Li

SELECTED REFERENCES

Ashton, Dudley and trey, Charlotte. Dance Recreation 46 (April 1975): 2436. Mohouse, Laurence E. and Miller, Augustus Facilities. Washington, D.C.: AAHPER, "Focus on Facilitiesin T,Jr. Physiology of Exercise. 7th ed. St. 1972. Public Schools." Journal of Physical Louis: The C.V. Mosby Co., 1976. Astrand. Per-Olof and Rodahl, Kaare. Text- Education and Recreation 47 (September Northrip, John; Logan, Gene; and McKinney, book of Work Physiology. New York: 1976) Wayne. Dlomechanic Analysis of Sport.

McGraw-Hill. 1970 . "What's Happening in Dubuque, Iowa: Wm. C. Brown, 1974, Bronzan. Robert T. New Concepts in Plan- Facilities." Journal of Physical Education Penman, Kenneth A.Planning Physical ning and Funding Athletic, Physical and Recreation 49 (June 1978): 33-48. Education and Athletic Facilitiesin Education and Recreation Facilities. St. Franks,B. Don and Deutsch, Helga. Schools. New York: John Wiley and Sons. Paul: Phoenix Intermedia, 1974. Evaluating Performance in Physical 1977. Clarke,David H. Exercise Physiology. Education. New York: Academic Press, Research Methods Applied to Health, Physi- Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey: Prentice. 1973. cal Education and Recreation. 2nd ed. Hall, 1975. Gabrielsen, M.A. and Miles. C.M. Sports and Washington, D.C.: American Association Clarks, H. Harrison. Application of Measure- Recreation Facilities for School and for Health. Physical Education and Recrea- ment to Health and Physical Education. Community. Englewood Cliffs, New tion. 1973. Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey: Prentice- Jersey: Prentice-Hall, 1958. Safrit, Margaret J. Evaluation In Physical Hall. 1967. Hardy, Rex. "Improve Gym Lighting: Save Education. Englewood Cliffs. New Jersey: Crookham, Joe P. "Guidelines for Recreation Energy Dollars." Journal of Physical Prentice-Hall. 1973. and Athletic Field Lighting." Parks and Educe:ion, Recreation and Dance 54 Scott, Hary A. and Westkaemper, Richard B. Recreation 17 lune 1982): 23-26, 28 (June 1983): 27-29. From Program to Facilities in Physical Crawford, Wayne H. A Guide for Planning in- Larson, Bill and Cundiff, David. "Planning a Education. New York. Harper and door Facilities for College Physical Fitness Assessment and Teaching Lab." Brothers, 1958. Education. New York: Bureau of Publica- Journal of Physical Education, Recrea- U.S. Department of the Army, Navy. and Air tions, Teachers College, Columbia Univer- tion, and DLetr:e 54 (June 1983): 22-23. Force. Planning and Design of Outdoor sity. 1963. Mathews, Donald K Measurement in Physi- Sports Facilities, Stock No. 008 - 020 deVries. Herbert A. Physiology of Exercise. cal Education. Philadelphia: W.B. -00588-6, October, 1975. 2nd ed. Dubuque, Iowa: Wm. C. Brown Saunders, 1973. U S. Lawn Tennis Association. Tennis Cowls. Co. 1974 National CollegiateAthletic Association. Lynn, Massachusetts 11,0 Zimman, Inc, Ezersky, E.M and Theibert, P.R. Facilities in Selected 1984 Rules Guides for Various 1975. Sports and Physical Education. St. Louis: Sports. Mission, Kansas' NCAA, 1984. University of Illinois. Study of Needs and The C.V. Mosby Co.. 1976. Miller.Doris I and Nelson,Richard C. Recommendations for Health, Physical Flynn. Richard B, ed. "Focus on Facilities." Diomechanics of Sport, Philadelphia: Lee Education, Recreation and Athletics. Journal of Physical Education and and Febiger. 1973. Champaign: Stipes, 1961.

111C.1001' F. :1it 63 CHAPTER III Outdoor Facilities

The re-awakening of the public The intent of this chapter is to be considered: (1) the number of to the benefits of exercise and provide the facility planner with participants for any single space recreation for their general assistance in this process by and for the total area in a given well-being and enhanced quality of defining general criteria for site time span; (2) the number of life has created an increasing evaluations, planning guidelines, spectators for any single space demand on existing facilities and and specific criteria for various and for the total area; (3) the pressures for expanded or new outdoor facilities. This information special relationships of each area; facilities. Combined with a demand can be used to re-evaluate existing (4) the movement patterns of for a greater variety of activities in facilities as well as to plan for new participants, learners, and physical education and athletic developments. spectators; (5) the programs and increased support interrelationships of curricular and for women's interscholastic and extra-curricular activities; (6) the intercollegiate programs, these priority ranking of each space; (7) developments have created an SITE EVALUATION the equipment necessary for each acute shortage of outdoor facilities space; (8) the environmental for most educational institutions conditions for each space; (9) the and recreational organizations General Considerations projected future expansion of the across the United States. Facilities should be planned to facility; and (10) the predicted Outdoor facilities must also accommodate the activity. The changes in programs and compete with the increased activity is determined by the activities. demands for indoor facilities program purposes and upon the Areas developed for physical which, often through expansion to interests, needs, and capacities of education, athletics, and recreation accommodate their programs, the participants. The following often are the largest on any further reduce the available space criteria are important in campus. Space is essential to to provide needed outdoor determining specific activities and permit creative design ideas. facilities. the areas necessary for their Whenever possible, care should In planning and programming to successful conduct : (1) be taken to avoid locating a facility provide facilities to meet these adaptability (capable of being used on a site that restricts design increased demands, by either appropriately in given situations); options and, as a consequence, redevelopment of existing facilities (2) seasonableness (relevance to interferes with achieving the ideal or the development of new or weather and seasons in a program objective. Because of the additional sites, facility planners geographic area); and (3) size and nature of these areas, face the difficult task of developing progression (a part of the total attention should be given to a program that best addresses the program and leading sequentially aesthetic qualities and needs and creates the most to other skills and activities). compatability with surrounding functional facilities possible. The following factors then must structures and areas.

64 Outdoor Facilities Specific Considerations filling are extremely expensive, but education and athletic fields Most outdoor physical education fill from campus building should be easily accessible. activities require a level play area. construction can frequently be Isolation. Outdoor physical Sites that have irregular surfaces, used to raise sports field to a education and athletic facilities extensive brush and tree growths, more appropriate level. should be isolated from persistent and numerous large rocks and Good drainage is important. and unnecessary distractions. other obstructions are difficult and Physical activity areas that are Conversely, these facilities should expensive to prepare for athletic temporarily flooded after rains be located so their use does not fields. Some of these obviously will not afford maximum become a distraction for nearby characteristics can be useful in the use, nor will sites that drain classrooms and living units. development of certain kinds of slowly. Sandy soils offer excellent Integration. Outdoor facilities facilities. For example, they are drainage; a day base will require should be located strategically in essential for outdoor education the installation of engineered relation to one another and to activities and/or quiet areas. Trees draining. Rich topsoil will enhance other accommodating facilities. also act as wind breaks, provide planting and landscaping. Areas Adaptability. A site for outdoor shade, and aid in noise with extensive sub-surface rock facilities should combine qualities absorption. formations are expensive to grade, of permanence with those of Sound planning also takes into and inhibit the growth of other flexibility. These facilities should account the shape as well as size vegetation necessary for the be located and designed in such a of site to be developed. Care absorption of water. way as to permit ease anJ should be exercised with regard to Listed below are a number of economy in bringing about the orientation of the facility or area other important factors which merit alterations and changes that future with the sun. Most outdoor sport careful consideration in selecting a requirements may demand. areas should have their site: Expansibility. Plans for long-term longitudinal axis approximately Accessibility. The site selected efficient use of field areas should north and south. Grading and for the development of physical anticipate the possiblity of VEHICLES changes in the program through Figure 3-1 the years. In planning for these eventualities, it is necessary to locate field and court areas on sites which are somewhat larger than minimum requirements PARKING demand. It is also important that goal net posts, backstops, and other fixtures be planned in such a way as to permit rearrangement when necessary. In addition, CONTROL attention should be given to the multipurpose use of facilities. SPECTATORS CIRCULATION Another specific factor one must consider in Jite evaluation is the SEATING type of facility being planned. Both the neighborhood park-school and the community park-school are discussed below. PLAYERS PLAYING The neighborhood park-school is CIRCULATION the primary area in planning for education and recreation. It is a combination of a neighborhood LOCKERS elementary school and playground. It is planned in such a manner that all areas and facilities are used to meet the educational and PRACTICE recreational interests and needs of the people living in a neighborhood. It is essential that areas and facilities be cooperatively planned for the dual LATIONSHiP DIAGRAM FOR OUTDOOR ATHLETICS purpose of instruction and

65 C:11.1tcluor Fat.] lit)es d recreation and that the school and The community park-school is requirements are much greater, community recreational programs an area in which are located a and it provides facilities not be coordinated for maximum use junior or senior high school and a feasible in the neighborhood unit by the entire neighborhood. variety of recreational and physical because of the cost and needed The neighborhood park-school education facilities designed for space. The community park-school should service an area with a both school and community use. It with a senior high school needs maximum zone of one-half mile should be centrally located in the more area in order to provide for and a population of approximately community and provide a parklike scholastic athletics, spectator 4,000 to 8,000 people. Any environment. If it contains a senior space, and extensive parking. deviation in the population density high school, it requires more In communities where the (larger or smaller communities) acreage than if it is associated park-school plan cannot be put may mean a change in needs or with an elementary or junior h;gh into effect, separate sites are interests and thus may alter the school, and its service radius is required for the secondary schools service radius and/or acreage appreciably greater. (Figure 3-2) the junior and senior high required for this installation. Many people using such centers schools. A smaller site will serve The minimum area reach them by automobile or the needs of the school physical recommended for a neighborhood public transport. Relatively few live education, recreation, and outdoor park-school is 10 to 25 acres. close enough to walk to them. A education programs better than if As an illustration, this area portion of the area is usually the area were also expected to might be developed as follows: developed as a playground for the provide the recreational service for children living in the immediate the entire community. Acres neighborhood, while another The senior high school needs a School Building 1.5-3.0 portion serves as a landscaped larger site than the junior high Parking 0.5-1.5 park. school because the enrollment is Play lot and apparatus 0.5-1.5 The function of this area is usually higher and because of the Hard-surface game courts similar to that of the neighborhood greater space requirements of the and multi-use area 0.5-2.5 park-school. While the interscholastic athletic program. Turf-games field 3.0-6 0 neighborhood park-school contains Even though separate public Park area, incluoing space an elementary school and serves indoor and outdoor recreational for drama and quiet primarily children, the community facilities are provided elsewhere in activities 2. 0-5. 5 park-school contains a secondary the community, the junior and Buffer zones and school and serves primarily young senior high school plants should circulation 1. 5-3. 0 people and adults. The geographic be designed to facilitate Recreation service area served by the community community use when they are not building O. 2-0. 5 school is larger (usually consisting required for school purposes. Corner for senior citizens 0.3-1.0 of three or more residential One example of close Total 10.0 -25.0 neighborhoods). Its space cooperation between a

NMI ova [cm .id ..ONO //a. Sing. m

aeon 00.1 , O... .N4 to //

I. 1. e ,

Wikpree.. car*

s..eftral C 0 10 9 yaw rNfte 1 MO.

66 bor F. /I ties 7.1 municipality and the public school different age groups should be the outer edges of the school system is the installation of isolated. Shrubbery hedges, trees, property and along driveways and municipal tennis courts on school fences, concrete walls, or even parking lots provided there is property. The municipality's buildings have proven to be adequate fencing surrounding the recreation budget supports the effective barriers. It is important areas. Being placed along the cost of court installation while the that these areas be separated driveway or next to the parking lot school provides the land. The because different age groups play provides easy accessability for school retains priority for use different games at different levels proper entrance and exit of during school hours and courts are of intensity. With a high school spectatvehicles. If an athletic available for community use after soccer field located next to an event takes place during school school hours and on week-ends. elementary playground, an errantly hours, the event will not disrupt kicked ball chased by a student other classes. into the playground area full of Another important consideration PLANNING GUIDELINES elementary children could result in is security. It would be Safety Factors in Site serious injury. This possibility advantageous to place facilities could be easily prevented if the The first aspect of safety in and storage areas in places that field and playground has some selecting sites for physical are well lighted and easily type of divider to isolate the areas. education is to have adequate observed. This can be effective in Due to the obvious danger, no acreage to provide for safety in deterring vandalism and theft. play areas should be placed locating areas of activity. A alongside railroads or open water. planner should never increase the Orientation However, a high chain link fence risk of potential injury to students can be installed to separate the Courts and fields should be by using all available space for play area if such location cannot oriented to give protection to both activity areas and sacrificing area be avoided. players and spectators. It may not for safety. Before thinking quantity, Present and future environment be possible to get the best think safety. conditions should be taken into orientation of a particular court or Traffic safety around activity consideration when selecting sites field because such factors as areas is the most important factor for areas of activity. Locating topography, shape of the area, to be considered in selecting sites. outdaor activity areas adjacent to and location of other facilities may Outdoor play areas should be an industrial site is not desirable. dictate variations. located so there is no interference Being close to such an Outdoor courts and fields should with the traffic of pedestrians, environment causes unnecessary be oriented so players will not buses, automobiles, service distractions during class periods. have to face into the late-afternoon vehicles and bicycles. Driveways Another hazard of industry close to or early-morning sun. In should be planned to give direct activity areas is the factor of rectangular fields and court, the access to parking areas, and prevailing winds blowing pollutants long axis should generally be at should normally not bisect or over the fields. right angles to the late-afternoon parrallel play areas. If the sun's rays. Locate the sunset condition demands that areas be Activity areas should never be position at midseason of the sport bisected or parralled, fencing placed near utility wires or poles of and orient the field or court should be installed to separate the any kind. There should not be accordingly. play areas from the traffic excessive trenching for water On baseball, softball, and similar pathway. This will prevent loose drainage without protective fields, the general pattern of the balls from entering the pathway barriers. Sewage areas should be ball's flight covers an arc of more and prevent students from placed well away from activity than 90 degrees. Since the field wandering into the traffic. areas and gas lines should not run cannot be oriented to give equal Adequate driveways within the under areas of play. Utilities of any protection to all players and school area also provide easy kind are potentially dangerous spectators, a choice must be access to areas for emergency around activity areas and never made. Because the batter, pitcher vehicles. should be close to or encroach and catcher are in the most Walkways should provide direct upon a play area. hazardous positions, they should access between areas and All play fields (not varsity fields) be given first consideration. A line facilities. However, care should be should be located well away from through these positions should be taken to prevent interference with driveways, roads, or parking lots. the axis for orienting the field. activities or the creation of a School play areas should be close safety hazard. This restriction will to the school, directly accessible protect both pedestrians and from both the boys' and girls' Site Development participants from injury. locker rooms. Areas involving Problems which are commonly Different play areas used by varsity sports can be placed on present in site-development

OuttioorFdcilitics 67 projects are concerned with freezing, .urface drainage is commonly used insertion is grading, drainage, landscape also an im ant consideration in redwood strips woven vertically. design, fencing, and accessibility the of hard-surface All chain-link fencing should be to water and electricity. court areas installed with the smooth edges at the top. In special cases, however, Gradkrg Fencing it may be desirable to have smooth edges at both top and Fencing frequently required Outdoor physical education and bottom. A hard-surface mowing for many education and sports activities are best promoted strip about 12 inches wide may be on field and court areas that are sports areasfor security, safety, re, separation, placed under the fence to facilitate relatively level. However, the isolation, maintenance. To prevent balls noise abet t, wind screening, topography of available sites and from rolling under the fence (such the cost of filling and cutting often sun screens traffic control vehicular), and for as in a baseball facility) redwood make some terracing necessary. (pedestrian or pressure-treated boards may be the prot of participants, the attached to the bottom of the general pubf,spectators, and Drainage fence if it does not reach to the proPeftY. It is always necessary to provide In the case of baseball, field mowing strip. for a gradual slope of all playing H, soccer, rugby, The most common material used hockey, so for fencing of tennis courts is sites to assure the efficient lacrosse, and itennis, fences are removal of excess surface water. used to confine the ball to the chain-link fabric. This fencing should have a minimum height of A one-percent slope is playing area, iind thus enhance 12 feet along the rear lines of the recommended as maximum for turf the play of game and the ators. Unfenced courts and a minimum of 10 feet areas. For a stadium football field, enjoyment of be a 12-inch crown down the ball fields reduce on the sides. The courts should baseball and entirely enclosed. Where cost is a longitudinal axis on the middle of tential. the home-run major factor, the fencing may be the field is recommended. In lacrosse, Id hockey, soccer, placed along the rear of the For baseball, the pitcher's box and rugby, a fce three feet courts, with a 20-foot wing return should be elevated 10 inches beyond the e line of the playing on the sides. The fence fabric above the base lines and home field confines out-of-bounds plate. The slope from the pitcher's time lost in should be placed on the inside of balls and red the fence posts. Canvas or plastic box to home plate and to all base I. A 10 to 12-foot retrieving the wind screens, or redwood, plastic lines should be gradual. A fence on all sides of tennis courts or metal inserts should be installed one-percent drainage grade for the is recommen to confine balls on the windward side. outfield is recommended. and speed uplay. Some chars eristics of good Rebound walls are Large, hard-surface, recommended. They should be 12 ility, durability, multipurpose areas are generally fencing are st feet in height topped by 3 feet of sloped so that surface water is economy of m intenance, light fencing to reduce the number directed toward specific collection attractiveness, and effectiveness. points. It is recommended that for Among the m y types of suitable of lost balls. These walls should be located on the north end of the tennis, volleyball, badminton, and , wovenwire fencing avail courts so the players are not other net games the slope be from fencing of the chain-link type ness-11 gauge), facing the sun and so the wall's one side of the court to the other. (minimum thi shadow does not fall on the court A widely accepted standard for using H type circular line posts, nts. Chain-link where it would delay the drying of the finished grade for meets requir overnight moisture. Entrance gates hard-surfaced court areas calls for fencing is av liable in the standard should be located at the ends of a slope of one inch in eightfeet, and also in galvanized the courts to reduce cross-court as a means of providing adequate aluminum-coiated steel, surface drainage. A few plastic-coated steel and aluminum traffic. A gate at each end between each pair of courts is experienced tennis court alloy mesh. The new plastic contractors can flatten this coatings are smoother to the touch recommended. somewhat to one inch in ten feet. and come in a variety of colors. Where admission is charged, a Attention should be given to the Forest green is the most common fence with a minimum height of problem of subsurface drainage in color since it blends well with seven feet surrounding the the development of playing fields. grass and shrubs. The spectator structure and the This problem is generally peculiar appearance, security and isolation enclosed field is essential. to local conditions, and qualities of the chain-link fence Landscape architects often use consultation with a competent soils can be enhanced with the vines, shrubs or other plantings engineer is recommended. Due to insertion of wood, metal or plastic along fences to create an the hazards of damage from strips into the fencing. The most attractive appearance. Gates are

68 OutdoorFacilitieb S I necessary for spectator and Landscape areas in several locations, near the facilities which have the service entrances and exits. planned Landscaping = highest concentration of users. Admission gates should be located so as to improve the playing near the parking lots and other This will also make it easier to conditions. Shrubs, hedges, trees, blend the parking areas into the main approaches to the structure and vines can be used as including public transportation landscape. Where possible, windbreaks, background barriers, parking areas should be located stops. The number and size of spectator screens and ground entrances depend on anticipated near the perimeter andshould be cover. They also enhance the designed to not interfere with attendance. Exits should permit value of adjacent property and the crowd to vacate the enclosure normal pedestrian traffic. In the provide a better environment for it is within ten minutes. Twenty-two case of large parking areas, the enjoyment of the activity. necessary to make a study of the inches of linear exit space should Animportant duty ofthe be provided for each 500 traffic pattern in the surrounding landscape architect is to provide of spectators. At least one gate 14 area to facilitate the movement proper and well-designed entrance traffic to and from the parking feet high and 14 feet wide should drives, andparking and exit walks, area. be provided to accommodate areas for all playing areas. trucks and buses. The off-street parking areas Plans and specificationsfor should be hard-surfaced, and may landscaping plantings should be be used also for sports, free-play Walkways prepared at the same time as activities, driver education, Ali-weather walks should be those for the original site marching band maneuvers, and confined to a minimum in open development. This willensurethat other activities. Either post sleeves play areas and should be provided the plantings will be in keeping flush with the surface, or portable only where the foot traffic is heavy with the total development. standards will make it relatively enough to warrant. Circulation easy to conduct a variety of net walks serve as guideways to Utilities and Electricity games ir these areas. interesting features and may be of many kinds of surfacingmaterial No turf playing area can be Surfacing such as concrete, asphalt, brick, properly developed or maintained without an adequate water supply. There is no one surface which adobe, exposed aggregate will satisfactorily meet the needs concrete, loose aggregate, tile, Therefore, in designing a field area, it is recommended that an of all outdoor activities. Each stone or wood. Basic activity has its own surface considerations in the choice cf automatic sprinkler system be installed to reduce field requirements, which will dictate surface type include intended use, what type or types, of material can cost, ease of installation, maintenance. Electrical outlets should be be used. durability, appearance and In the selection of surfacing maintenance. Portland cement and available at all field and court areas. The number, size, and material for any outdoor area, asphalt best meet the certain qualities should be sought, requirements of heavily trafficked voltage should be determined by the requirements of field lights, including multiplicity of use, areas. durability, dustless and stainless, The walks should vary in width public-address systems, concession facilities, scoreboards, reasonable initial clart and in consonance with the traffic economy, ease of maintenance, density and should not cross and maintenance equipment. Consideration should always be pleasing appearance, through game courts or areas. To nonabrasiveness, resiliency and accomplish the desired circulation given to the location of a year-round usage.- of traffic, it may be necessary to telephone at all field and Cs;art areas. This is a safety precaution Obtaining the propersurface for use signs, pavement lines and outdoor areas continues fo be a fixed or planted barriers. The for emergencies, an aid and important time-saver for perplexinfj problem. Over the degree of slope, and subsurface years, however, there havebeen drainage should be given careful maintenance help, and a significant developments in consideration. Drainage tiles may convenience for players and spectators. surfacing. The various types of be used if necessary. surfacing materials are shown in In developments where it is Parking the accompanying table. impractical to service features and facilities with :frives, or from The need to provide or-street Turf adjacent street pavements, parking for automobiles is a major selected walks should be of consideration in the design of The advantages of using grass heavier construction and of ;acidities. Each parking space as a surface are its attractiveness, sufficient width to accommodate should be marked. k is often more resiliency, and nonabrasiveness, service-truck loads. desirable to construct parking and the fact that it is relatively

69 Chitcioor FaCI I i fres dust-free. Such a surface lends Types ofSurfacing Materials itself very well to activities that require relatively large areas, as Group Type most field games do. Earth Loams, sand, sand-clay, clay-gravel, Turf is difficult to maintain in fuller's earth, stabilized earth, soil- areas where there is intensive cement. usage. In some parts of the Turf Bluegrass mixtures, bent, fescue', country where watering is Bermuda essential, maintenance costs are Aggregates Gravel, graded stone, graded slag, high. Turf surfaces are not shell, cinders. Asphalt practical for most activities when Penetration-macadam, asphaltic con- the ground is frozen or wet, and in crete, (cold and hot-laid), sheet asphalt, addition, must be given time and natural asphalt, sawdust asphalt,vermiculite asphalt,rubber care to recuperate after heavy asphalt, cork asphalt, other patented use. It is now possible, however to asphalt mixes. have a complete turf installed with Synthetics Rubber, synthetic resins, rubberas- built-in moisture and temperature phalt, chlorinated butyl-rubber, min- control. (Materials Table and eral fiber, plastics, vinyls. Figures 3-3 and 3-A) Concrete Monolithic, terrazzo, precast. Masonry Flagstone(sandstone,limestone, granite, etc), brick, etc. Sods Miscellaneous Tanbark, sawdust, shavings, cotton- Among the difficulties seed hulls. encountered in the use of earth as a surfacing material are dust and the tendency to become rutted, which, in turn, creaw drainage problems and relatively high maintenance costs. These difficulties can be partially overcome by mixing the earth with sand. When this is done, the resulting surface is often less resilient and somewhat abrasive.

Natural soils can also be 0411111111.V. stabilized by the addition of .- asphalt, calcium chloride, resin, or cement, which are the most commonly used stabilizers. The use of stabilized soils is a possibility in many areas where Figures 3-3, 34 turf is impractical or cannot be With the installation of turf (below), weather and maintenance problemsno longer limit grown. the use of this field at Susan Wagner High School on Staten Island. Masonry Natural-stone slabs, or blocks, and manufactured brick can be used for such installations as walks and terraces, where I interesting and attractive patterns, colors, and textures are designed.

Concrete Portland cement concrete surface provide year-round and multiple usage. Installation costs are high, but maintenance costs are low and the surface is extremely durable.

70 Outdoor Facilities' 83 Asphalt surface; greatly expand the use of Types The common asphaltic concrete the area, not only for multi-use, There are three basic types of surface has many of the but for all students rather than synthetic surfaces in widespread advantages which are sought in exclusive use by athletic teams; use today under a variety of trade any surfacing material. It provides provide the opportunity for use names: synthetic turf, asphalt a durable surface which can be under all but the most adverse composition and plastic surfaces. used on a year-round schedule. weather conditions; are generally Synthetic turf (grass) is used on Maintenance is easy and regarded as safe as many of the those playing areas for games inexpensive. Such a surface can natural surfaces (the controversy (baseball, football, soccer, field also be used for many different OM this aspect of synthetic turf hockey, lacrosse, etc.) traditionally activities. When properly installed, has not been fully resolved); played on natural grass surfaces. the surface is dust-free and drains increase the effective use of an The various asphaltic surfaces and quickly. Asphalt surfaces can be allotted area; provide economic the newer plastic surfaces marked easily and with a relatively benefits through reduced acreage (polyvinylchloride or polyurethane) high degree of permanence. requirements; increased use and have found their greatest use on Asphalt also provides a neat decreased maintenance costs. tennis courts, tracks, and appearing, non-glare surface that Finally, many of the top regional, multi-purpose play areas. will blend well with the landscape. state. national and international events in some sports are Synthetic grass is a turfed Asphalt can be combined with a carpet made from polyvinyl variety of other materials to conducted on synthetic surfaces, providing for greater uniformity in r gond° or urethane plastic. It may provide a resilient or extremely be applied on a variety of hard surface. The use of such performance. Outdoor synthetic surfaces do subsurfaces, but asphaltic materials as cork or rubber in concrete is the more common. The combination with asphalt will yield have major disadvantages, some types more so that others. In composition of the subcarpet base a quite resilient surface. varies in thickness and resiliency, Aggregates such as slag or granite general the following should receive attention and depending upon anticipated use of will produce a firmer surface when the surface. Embedded in, or combined with asphalt. consideration. Initial costs are high, some bonded to, the subcarpet base are plastic fibers resembling grass. Synthetks types double or triple others, depending upon grading, The density and height of the The past 15 years has seen a sub-surface, installation process, blades vary with anticipated use. proliferation of synthetic surfaces and selected material. Installation of the combined fibers both for indoor and outdoor use. Maintenance, although and subcarpet base is generally Various names (synthetic, minimal in some cases, is accomplished from rolls five yards all-weather, artificial) have been necessary. When required, it is wide of appropriate length. It may applied to these surfaces. both costly and time-consuming. be bonded to the base or Originally, the synthetic surfaces Maintenance is reduced if stretched and anchored in place. were developed to provide measures are taken to reduce or Asphah Composition the all- pL'rpose, all-weather surface for eliminate vehicular and pedestrian numerous varieties of asphalt a variety of activities. More traffic and security measures are mixes, often in combination with recently, however, although many taken to reduce the possibility of cork, fiber, rubber, or plastic, are of the surfaces may have a vandalism and misuse. classified into two types those multi-purpose use, most are Aspects of the weather do with a cushioned surface and specifically designed for a affect the outdoor synthetic those with a non-cushioned particular type activity. The surfaces. Extreme temperatures surface. These surfaces require a prospective facility planner should may alter the resiliency of the base course (compacted stone, recognize that there are wide surface. The character of the gravel, or rough aggregate differences between the various composition may also alter over a asphalt), a leveling course (hot types of surfaces as well as short period of time either from asphalt mix, emulsified mix or cold production differences between temperature extremes or asphalt mix), and a surface course surfaces of the same "brand" ultra-violet exposure. Asphaltic (non-cushioned) or a cushion name to be used for different compounds may become brittle course (hot or cold mix). A color purposes. due to oxidation of the asphalt finish coat made from synthetics cement. (epoxies, neoprene, acrylic vinyls Considerations Limited research studies have or latex) is often applied to the Synthetic surfaces have several indicated a heat build-up on the non-cushioned surface to smooth it exceptional benefits. They provide surface which may affect the and give it color. The cushioned a consistently smooth and uniform performer. materials are color imprr jnated.

Outdoor Facilities 71 Lines are applied by use of a locabc,:ts at field level, and a direct lighting system. The nature of light synthetic paint, appropriate for that telephone connection should exist is such that it dissipates by the type of surface. between the field level and the square of the distance it travels. In Plastic Surfaces the two press box. other words, at a distance of 100 plas'. surfaces used in outdoor feet from the light source, the light setting include polyvinyl chloride Service Facilities intensity is 'reduced to 1/10,000 of (PVC) and an elastomeric Facilities for the dispensing and its source intensity at a distance of polyurethane. PVC has not proven storage of playing equipment 200 feet, the intensity will have totally satisfactory at this time for should be on or readily accessible dropped to 1/40,000 of its source outdoor use due to its reaction to to the site. These facilities should intensity. Figure 3-4 fists the sun's rays and resiliency include space for maintenance illumination levels recommended fluctuations caused by temperature equipment, and for benches, for outdoor facilities. The purpose changes. The plasticizer used in tables, and chairs, and rest rooms of the reflector around the lens is the PVC setting process also for men and women spectators. to take the light output and tends to exude through the top Plans for such areas should concentrate it into an appropriate surface. include consideration of the intensity and direct that intensity to A two-part polyurethane, laid in accessibility of dressing and a designated distant point. prefabricated sheets or shower facilities for home and monolithically applied on a suitable visiting teams, game officials, and Weather Elements base, provides a durable, coaches. In many situations, it has color-fast, and wear resistant been found more economical to Wind and air contaminants work surface with consistent resiliency. provide transportation to and from against the reflector in achieving The surface may be smooth or the playing site than to construct its purpose. The reflector is embossed, depending upon these facilities. exposed to the winds 24 hours a projected use. Lines are painted day every day of the year. with a synthetic paint as MisaNnment of the reflector by as recommended by the little as ten degrees through manufacturer. SPECIAL CONSIDERATION buffeting by the wind could reduCe the light level of an average high IN OUTDOOR LIGHTING school football field by as much as Evaluation Criteria Lighting of the outdoor athletic two thirds. That is, ten degrees of Criteria used to evaluate any of and recreational facility presents misalignment of the reflector could the outdoor synthetic surfaces three areas of specialized reduce the light intensity on the include initial cost, maintenance problems. They are distance, field from 30 footcandles to 10 and repair, durability, color, weather elements, and safety. The footcandles. Even more important, traction, impact absorption, first two elements, distance and movement of reflectors of even resiliency and consistency of weather, impact on and affect the smaller amounts could resiliency, effects of temperatures quality and therefore the dollar dramatically affect the quality or and sun, tensile strength, texture, value of the system that is being uniformity of the light, creating color stability and utilization. purchased. The third element, bright and dark spots on the field. safety, deals with a specialized Once a desired lighting level has Communications concern for participants and been selected for a facility, careful A simpie public address system spectators due to their direct attention should be given to the would be adequate for all events access to the electrical system design of the luminaire assembly other than a football game. A good and the specialized structures of (the lights and crossarms mounted ^ress box is needed at the football the outdoor lighting system. on the pole"' to determine that it c_.'adium. Each newspaper should has been designed and installed have As own working space, while Distance with components that will not shift television and radio personnel In the outdoor facility, the light and misalign with wind changes. need separate booths. A sources must be placed outside duplicating and processing area, the perimeter of the area to be Figure 3-4 telephones, a distribution and lighted. That means that light must Levels of Illumination storage area for food, and a deck be produced at a location Currently Recommended for photography should be sometimes several hundred feet For Outdoor Sports Areas included in the press box plans. from the area where the light is The main controls need tc be needed. Transmission of the light Sports Footcandles located in or adjacent to the public efficiently and effect'-.Iv over that Area on Task address system. Microphone jacks distance becomes a :al Archery 10 should be installed at strategic element in the succes the Badminton 10

72 Outdoor Fc3C1 hties Baseball 20 outfield Laboratory standards for FIELD SPORTS 30 infield equipment to be used at these Basketball 30 facilities, and the National Elec- Gandpnvi Cornball 30 trical Code should never be Sports fields in general require Field Handball 30 compromised. the greatest quantities of space in Field Hockey 30 Furthermore, consideration the outdoor facilities area. The Football 30 should be given to the fact that activities are conducted on large Golf Driving Range 10 these are minimum standards playing areas, and additional Handball 10 frequently established for more acreage is required for spectators Horseshoes 10 generalized electrical applications and circulation among activities. Ice Hockey 20 of residential, commercial, and The usability of the areas, in Lacrosse 30 industrial uses. Special safety particular after inclement weather, Rifle and Pistol Range 10. considerations may be necessary often requires substantial support Firing Line 20 due to the distances, multiplicity of utilities such as draining and Rugby 30 the structures, and exposure to irrigation, along with appropriate Skating 30 the public, particularly children. grading of the surface to provide a Soccer 30 It is important to remember that good and consistent facility. Softball 20 Outfield 30 Infield safety is an overhead expense and The surface material, generally Speedball 30 an effort that those involved in the turf, is critical to the use and Tennis 30 installation may try to avoid. Short success of the facilities to support Volleyball 20 cuts frequently will not show up in the intense use that the sport the operation of the system until activities demand. Air contaminants can cause the someone is injured. Accordingly, reflector surface to change by special care must be given to Baseball Field increasing diffusion and ensure that proper safety is The area required for a baseball decreasing total reflection. More designed into the system and that field should be 400 feet by 400 diffusion decreases the intensity the system is installed as feet, an area of approximately causing a reduced projection over designed. three acres. This will allow for a distance. Decreased reflection dugouts and bleachers as well as means more light energy is Housing for Electrical Controls the playing area. absorbed and less total light A vital part of any outdoor Its orientation may vary a little, energy leaves the face of the light. lighting system is the protective depending on where the field will Accordingly, luminaires should be and control equipment necessary be located and the time the games selected which are air and to make it function. The very will be played afternoon or water-tight except for a filtered nature of this equipment twilight. However, if possible, the pressure release port. represents a real hazard to anyone back point of home plate should not familiar with its operation and be set to point due south to Safety the characteristics of electricity. southwest. Another check is to In the outdoor system for The development of new light have the baseline from home plate athletic and recreational facilities, sources has resulted in more to first base run easterly. electrical power must be frequent use of high voltage for The official diamond is 90 feet distributed from the service larger outdoor lighting systems. on a side, with the dimensions entrance to the various structures Distribution systems of 240 and across the diamond 127 feet 3-3/8 around the perimeter of the field. 480 volts are common, and, in inches. There should be a The electrical system should be some instances, a primary minimum of 60 feet from home underground wherever possible for distribution system using 2,400 or plate to the backstop. From home safeti,.. Out of necessity, the wires 4,160 volts to strategically-placed plate, down the foul lines to the CORM out of the ground at each distribution transformers can be outfield fence, the distance varies. structure and must pass through justified. However, 320 feet should be a variais cor r,ecting boxes and Wherever such equipment is minimum. The shortest part of the switching uevices. located, the controls must be ball park is usually down the foul Because it is usually impractical adequately housed and padlocked. lines with the fence gradually to make these structures Where buildings or bleacher going out to reach its deepest inaccessible to participants and complexes are adjacent to the point in centerfield. spectators, it is important to use lighted area, consideration should A large frame backstop with a all reasonable cautions to protect be given to locating the controls sturdy wire fence should be against people coming in contact inside a control room where they located b0 feet behind home plate. with the electrical power. Minimum can be protected from This backstop should be a guidelines of Underwriter unauthorized persons. minimum of 20 feet high to help

Outdoor Facilities 73 keep the ball in the field of play. maximum safety. If a shorter fence should be taken into consideration. Attached to each end of the is used, be certain that no points Dugouts are too often built too backstop should be a fence at or other sharp obstructions extend small, with not enough head room. least four feet high, 60 feet from up above the top rail. All fence It is recommended that the end of the nearer foul line, and extending posts should be on the outside of one dugout be used for storage. to the outfield fence where they the playing area. The traditional dugout, sunk into join in foul territory at least 45 feet Dugouts, warning track, the ground to allow for spectator from the foul line. The outfield scoreboard, press box, auxiliary clearance, is costly because of fence shouldbeeight feet high for mounds, and other accessories drainage problems.

Figure 3-5

TURF

Ito (4, 3' LINE GAP

OPGQG 26' DIA. CIRCLE N4 0

011/ 3T-0- /MINIMUM GRANDSTAND ORFENCE LIMITS 60' FROM BASE OR FOUL

BACKSTOP

BASEBALL DIAMOND LAYOUT

74 Outdoor Facilities BEST COPY AVAILABLE Figure 3-6 Junior baseball facilities are similar to regular baseball, except that the playing area may be reduced, depending on t;e age of the participants. Some national W COMA organizations that sponsor junior baseball programs have modified silltraml the official rules to fit the needs of Of WIMP CIIIMIL the players. For example, the distance between bases is shortened as are the distance from home plate to the outfield fences and from home to the pitcher's -121.2111101,MONISM COMM - IMMO plate. For recommended LAYOUT ATPITCHER'S PLATE dimensions of Little League, Pony League, and Babe Ruth League see Figures 5, 6, 7, 8 and 9.

LAYOUT AT HOME PLATE KALE IN 11111 :trio I II s 2 II I

Figure 3-8 PJNY LEAGUE The degree of slope from a point 6" in front of the pitcher's plate to a point 6' toward home plate shall be I" to I; and such degree of slope shall be un(form. Figure 3-7 Figure 3-9 Bly's Baseball Field Diagram.

LITTLE LEAGUE V BABE RUTH LEAGUE

Outdoor Facilities 75 Figure 3.10 TURF

DIAMOND LAYOUT

FIRST BASE LINE Softball Field Fast pitch and slow pitch softball have enjoyed great popularitY From summer recreation programs to professional leagues, thousands of individuals play softball each year. Fast pitch has been added to the women's varsity programs in many high schools and colleges. Each yeir the best university and college women's teams play in districts and regionals which culminate in a softball world's series. Softball fields vary in types from LAYOUT AT HOME PLATE "cow pasture" variety to well-kept diamonds. The best fields have skinned diamonds with all grass, weeds and rocks eliminated. Three 8' 5- features which are common to all "class" playing areas are: good and careful maintenance. All three A well-kept diamond and outfield construction, proper soil structure, must be present for a quality field, give each player a chance to

76 Outdoor Facilities perform at the best of her or his ability. A good facility can be used earlier in the spring and made playable sooner after a rain storm. = For elimination of complicated

ground rules, it is recommended , 4111i div. Q.IN that the field be enclosed with a 4111. 0/10:76 fence approximately 8 feet in ffiff 41,0* height. The rule book states that the playing field shall have a clear and unobstructed area within a radius of 225 feet for males and

female fast pitch, 250 feet for 641, 4111111_ female slow pitch and 275 feet for male slow pitch from home plate between the foul lines. Outside the foul lines and between home p' Ate and the backstop, there should be Figure 3-11 an unobstructed area of not less This softball complex in Montgomery, Alabama is an example of the many such parks than 25 feet in width. that have been constructed in communities to save a growing number ofsoftball teams. The official diamond should have 60 foot base lines with A scoreboard adds interest for lines run 12 inches from the goal pitching distances as follows: Fast both spectators ai:d players. It line into the field. At the center of pitch, male 46 feet, female -- need not be elaborate but should each goal line is a goal 12 feet 40 feet: slow pitch, male 46 show results by innings. feet, female 46 feet. Layout of wide. The playing surface should be a the diamond is shown in Figure Field Hockey multipurpose turf or loam. This told For best all around orientation in should be crowned down the the northern hemisphere, the line The dimensions of the field are center, sloping one-fourth inch per from home plate through second 300 feet long and from 150 to 180 foot toward the sidelines for better base should point north-northeast. feet wide. A smaller field of 255 feet by 135 feet can be used for drainage. The field should be The field must also have a oriented so that play is in a north backstop erected not less than 25 younger players. and south direction. (Figure 3-12) feet behind home plate. The The field should be marked with two-inch white lines. There should The goals also have certain backstop should consist of three specifications. The goal posts panels 12 feet wide, one panel be four lines across the widthof should be two-by-three inches and centered on home plate, with the the field that divide the lengthof painted white. The goal posts are other two panels on each end the field into four equal parts 25 seven feet high, twelve feet apart, flaring out at an angle of 30 yards apart. The lines at each end and joined by a crossbar seven degrees with the center panel. are called goal lines.The line that feet above the ground. Six feet Each pant) should be 18-20 feet bisects the field is called the behind the goal line are two in height. The upright and cross center line. The other two lines six-foot post. The sides, back, and pieces of each panel can be made between the goal and center line top are enclosed by netting or wire from steel or wood. One and one are the 25-yard lines. Whenthe half inch galvanized wire mesh is field is smaller, the 25-yard lines mesh. stretched and fastened between should be 25 yards from the goals Flicker Ball the uprights on each panel. lines. Parallel to, and five yards The outdoor flicker ball field (Figure 3-11) from each side line, is a broken Softball fields must have 5-yard line. The space between shall be rectangular in shape, its adequate seating for spectators if the 5-yard and side lines is called length being 531/3 yards, its width interest in the sport is to be the alley. At each end of thefield 30 yards. Each goal shall be set 5 maintained. The bleacher area is a striking circle. The striking yards back of the end line, equidistant between the side lines, should be separated from the circle should be marked regulation playing field by a fence or rope. If size, which is 45 feet from each and parallel to the end line. The possible, position bleachers so goal post out to the side. The bottom of the hole in the flicker that spectators are not looking into "circle" part should have a 45 foot ball board shall be eight feet the sun. Players' benches with radius from each goal post. The above the ground. A free throw back rests should be provided for penalty corners are marked 30 line, 6 feet long, will be placed 30 each team and positioned at least feet to the side of each goal post feet in front of each end line 25 feet from each foul line. on the goal line. Thesepenalty directly in front of the goal. It is

77 tLic-mr. Fac..111 tics Figure 3-12- Field HockeyLayout(' 270'0 TO 300'0 75'.0" MAY BE 255%0 FOR GIRLS 4 in 5 YARD 510E LINE LINE 2' W. STRIKING "'CIRCLE ALLEY L PENALTY CORNER 4

0 51 4 4.4)- TO ti GOAL GOAL LINE SCALE' 91." -1'.0'

0 SCALE I" 120' -O'' suggested that game fields be laid out across the width of a practice football field as many as three Figure 3-13 flicker ball fields may be laid Flicker Ball Field across a regulation football field. (Figure 3-13)

130 YDS) GOAL Football Field Dimensions and Descriptions The football field is a level area, 360 feet long and 160 feet wide. It games are played during daylight hours or the field is used for practices, it should be oriented so that play is in a north and south

PENALTY SHOT LINE direction to insure that the sun does not shine directly into the eyes of the contestants. White lines, called yard lines, run across the width of the field every five yards, and lines called sidelines, run down the length of 5' each side. The goal lines run at each end of the width of the field CENTER LINE at 100 yards apart, with the end zones extending 10 yards beyond each goal line. The yard lines are PENALTY SOX CENTER JUMP CIRCLE numbered at 10-yard intervals from the goal lines to midfield. Two broken lines, called inbounds lines, or hash marks, run parallel to the sidelines. For college, hash 0 marks are 53'4" from each sideline, and for professional games, they are 70'9" from each sideline. -44 5' 0" In high school and college football, two goals posts, each 20 feet high, stand 10 yards behind each goal line. A crossbar ENO LINE connects them 10 feet from above the ground. The posts are 18'6" apart in high school games, and PLAYING FIELD LAYOUT 9 1 78 Outdoor Facilities 23'4" apart in college. dnQF Facilities should be provided for the press, radio and motion picture groups along with the public g ,->" address system, scoreboard ' GOAL) LIN( operators, spotters, scouts and ANON PYLON MITAILN other officialsordignitaries. The VIM UM* Mew IN MOOS press box should be located al afilite 14161.114111 opposite the 50-yard line, high in the west stand to eliminate direct sun glare. 6 The scoreboard should be Al., ffill 0 designed as an integral part of the WWI structure. For activities attracting a PYLON RECEPTACLES AT S INTERSECTIONS smaller number of spectators,

GOAL LINE mechanical or movable scoreboards may be more practical. (Figure 3-14) ENO ZONE DETAIL Lactusse or AT 24" EETEAvALS) W se " The inside dimensions of the UMST LINE /IP" END Lag lacrosse field for men are 330 by 180 feet. There are no definite DIAGRAMOF FIELD...... boundaries, but goals must be Figure 3-14 placed not less than 270 nor more NCAA approved intercollegiate football field (from 1984 NCAA Football Rules Book). than 330 feet apart. The minimum width is 159 feet. The goals lie on the 15-yard The Lacrosse Field of Play lines at each end of the field. SIDE LINE

110 YD 1100 53m) WING AREA

2" 15 DOun) 4"(10 16 cm) 2-- - IS Clec.1

LL.J YDS IS YDS 41. z YOS 40 IYOS /,5 3 72 rn1 IX SEW (.fib se,)

cn GOAL 0 AREA 0 20 YDS 0 N --- RADIUS 29m) aT 0 20- ZO YDS-- z 111329m) z LI 0 YDS YDS.1 r39140A (9 14m) 4111 00 IN MO MA ..... WING AREA

SPECIAL SUBSTITUTION AREA i YD(91m) ) rsoAcHEs it:Ls..I COACREA HES_T SIDE LINE A NOTE 5 YDS AREA IA. 6 YOS(5 49m) WO If OUP 0 OS aso4 i OFFSIDE iCENT1.9/ LINE- 4"10 ,ocn.)e"5511" A L L OTHER LINES 2" (S06,1 11111,1111.1 -or SEERULE 1 SECTIONS 41-I- 1(9%715 vitt 57:11 9 THROUGH i3 //TIMER'STABLE L -- OENCHAREAS Figure 3-15 NCAA approved lacrosse field (from 1984 NCAA Lacrosse Rules Book).

79 Outdoor Facilities 9 2 These goals consist of two square months. Be sure to allow for a two wooden or metal posts, posts six feet apart and joined at drinking fountain when positioning equidistant from the corner flag the top by a rigid crossbar six feet your pipes for field irrigation. and eight yards apart. A horizontal above the ground (all inside The rules state that the field of crossbar of the same material will dimensions). The wooden posts play must be rectangular and not join the uprights with the lower are two by two inches, painted more than 120 yards in length or edge eight feet from the ground. white. Netting of not more than less than 100 yards. The width not The width of the uprights and 1.5-inch mesh must be attached to more than 75 yards or less than crossbar will not exceed five the posts and crossbar and to a 65 yards. The recommended size inches or less than four inches. point seven feet behind the center for high school and college fields The goal will be painted white and of the goal. The net is firmly is 120 yards by 75 yards. Fields goal nets should be attached to pegged to the ground. A line, for elementary school age players the back of the goal posts. called the goal line, is drawn from should be smaller in size. Each end of the playing area post to post. The longer boundary lines are has a penalty area of 18 yards by Orientation, surface, and grading called touch lines, and the shorter, 44 yards and a penalty kick line are the same as for football. A five the goal lines. 12 feet from the goal line and or six foot barrier fence at least 10 The goal lines will be placed on centered between the uprights of feet outside the end and sidelines the center of each goal line with the goal. Using the center of this is recommended. (Figure 3-15)

44 Dit, .i.1 2 0r. .

:'s Rugby 44 7 44" CORNER ILAG 14.:6 46, CORNER Ff AG

11 6 .1., A rugby field differs in some GOAL AREA respects from a football field; 1 however, the game can be played without the addition or deletion of any football field markings. It is more desirable to have a properly marked rugby field.

Soccer Soccer fields should be laid out on the most level area of land available. In many high schools IOUCH HALT WAY INE TOUCH and colleges, the football field is iNf also used for soccer games. When this is done, portable goals are used and if possible, the width of the field is increased 10-15 yards. Preferably, the field should be grass and free of rocks, holes and other debris, with no obstacles on the playing area. The orientation of the field should be in a north-south direction. (Figure 3-16) The same consideration should be given to the soccer field as to all outdoor fields. The fields should 40, have subsoil tiling for proper OMR (TOW. 14Nf drainage and a top soil composition which enhances a IN( MA141%11140 tlyttltvt ix !Hi good growth of grass. 1,1141 PG.`IS AND 1#44 1111411A1 f [P1.4 Of (1.7()SSBA9 THE T1U,STAf 11111,1ST .14A: t 141 h 141 v, .4; Rubber-capped water outlets, and HE NO l I .0., THAN at ground level, should be spaced 4 .N2m) HIGH 4041, 4 14044141 IS .vt1C, at convenient locations throughout Figure 3-16 I.IN PT44 4.1 1§,,,IVt. A ,Ploif the playing area. By using these NCAA approved soccer field (from 1984 NCAA Soccer Rules Book). water outlets and a few lengths of -Cuintesv of NCA1 hose, the grass can be kept in good condition during the dry

80 ()uhickir penalty kick line, mark a 10 yard 1$0'-0" ISO Y05.1 area arc outside the penalty area and dosing on the penalty area line. This is the restraining line for \ OF NOS .N AREA penalty kicks. Also at each end of the field of play, two lines shall be NUT drawn at right angles to the goal M=ErACIM111111. line, six yards from each goal GOAL POSTS post. These tines shall be joined by a line drawn parallel with the goal line. The space enclosed by / these lines on mach end of the PENALTY KK.;, MARK field is called the goal area. In each corner of the field a quarter circle having a radius of one yard shall be marked inside W the field of play. Where the touch Z line and goal lines intersect, a metal sleeve shcdld be installed in RESTRAINING LINE the ground to h'Ild the corner flags. A half line will be marked out across the field of play. The center of the field will be indicated by a w suitable mark and a circle with a 0 co 10-yard radius will be marked around it. If portable bleachers are selected, they can be moved each season and used by different 2'4Y' sports. Spectator seating should be no closer than 15 diet from the ..1 h--- touch lines. Players' benches, and 4 a timer's table should be provided ig and placed on the same side of GOAL the field. These also should be at least 15 feet from the touch line.

Speedball Speedball is a vigorous team 81,-0" NI 81,-O" sport played on an area 180 by Goal Posts 300 feet. The game combines the skills of soccer and basketball. It requires goal posts, end zones, and a socc-ball. There are 7 to 9 players to a team. (Figure 3-17) The size of the field should be reduced for young players and/or 1,47" intramural activities. A multipurpose field or soccer field can be adapted to the game.

Team Handball Team handball is played in both indoor and outdoor facilities. Official games, however, such as the Olympic games and European or international championships, are GRADE played only in indoor facilities. The

Outdoor Facilities e1 9,1 recommended floor is hardwood The goal area is created by essential before construction (similar to basketball). The ceiling marking a line 9'10-1/8" (3m) long, begins. height is a minimum of 18 feet or 19'81/4" (6m) from the goal. To As a further savings, courts are 5.5 meters (m). each end of this line, a quarter usually constructed in groups or The court is a rectangle. The circle is added, with a radius of batteries of two or more. This length ranges from a minimum of 19'81/4" (6m) which has as its consolidates some of the safety 124'8-1/8" (38m), to a maximum center the front lefts of the goal

144'41/2" (44m). The width ranges (the inner back edge). r Mom cwasaIMA ^rill. .11...4 from a minimum of 59'2/3" 418mm), The free throw line (9m line) is a to a maximum of 7211/4" (22m). dotted line 9'10-1/8" (3m) from the i Courts are often made 20m by goal area line and parallel to it. 40m; however, if meters are being The line is made of paint or 2". used, 21m by 42m is most (5m) plastic tape, i.e, convenient for getting all 15cm 15cm (53/4"). measurements correct. 15cm 15cm 15cm The goal is in the center and The penalty mark is 23' (7m) behind the goal line and is fixed from the center of ',he veal and is and stable. It is 6'63/4" (2m) high, 3'31/3" (1m) long and 2" (5cm) CO' team* and 9'10-1/8" (3m) wide. Behind thick. the goal there is a net made of Metric conversion factor: 1cm= cotton or nylon. The goal posts .394"; 1 m = 3.281' (3'3-3/8"). Goal low heNrem goal posts and crossbar are made of squared (Figures 3-18 and 3-19) Am, and crysibor art metal wood 3.14" (8cm) thick. The goal or svo.i, painted ail srdo rn COURT SPORTS nmconfruslme colors Goals is painted with two contrasting Kill befirTnit'fied rngrvand Genre' wrrhltflokeari staitrifield colors. The corners are painted loves are ( 5 cm) wide and Pros p.m of the area Met. with two rectangles of 11.2" (28 The development of outdoor enclose cm) each. Each contrasting court areas represents a colored block on the goal post and substantial financial commitment to the use of space. Therefore, crossbar is 7-7/8" (20cm) long. Figure 3-19 location, orientation, and There are ten of these on each Team Handboom Goal Details. goal post and 15 on the crossbar. determination of need are

Figure 3-18 Team Handball Field.

131t (401A) \

r -e. wt 2 s 0

1 < gia I / t li ea 0 X or 4 o !i o --PENALTY MCA NARK

..J i;7; . 4 I O0 ---1.Ili

, ...... , O 4 I I 0 o IP 1 : [s... v 1to.fr 1 --e GOAL AREA UNE 16460 ,.., i e (sop) v, , ---FREE TNRCAF UNE -- ... *a s ..-' ALTERNATE SIONENTI ...... , AND SPACES 4. (Ise.) tow ... MOE10( i ...

82 Outdoor Ric-tittles areas required around courts. Dknensions Backboards and Baskets Multiple use of courts may also The dimensions for a basketball There are two popular types of be developed, but care must be court are usually determined by taken to avoid conflicts in uses. basketball backboards, rectangular the age grow which is to use the and fan shaped. The size of the Orientation facility. Recommendalions for each rectangular backboard should be age group are as follows: six feet by four feet and the size Basketball courts should be of the fan-shaped backboard is oriented so the baskets face one Bake Foul Lane Foul LH, fifty-four inches wide and thirty-five To flooliot another at approximately a 041. 0+174) Co141 Soo Hoglif ItiOth 8' 5 10' inches high. north-south direction. liknoloon, 74'0' Jr./St Ho 154'.50' 10' 12' 10' it is recommended that an Caw 94'860 10' 12' 10' Surface official iron basketball rim with an When constructing a court for a eighteen inch diameter be used. A smooth, hard surface is Chain nets may be used outdoors essential for playing the game of recreational area, it is recommended that the 84'x50' because they re more durable basketball, particularly the than the nylon or rope nets. dribbling aspeet., court be built. If the court is less than 74 feet in length, it should be The recommended surface is Fencing asphaltic concrete. It provides a divided by two lines, each parallel durable surface which can be to and 40 feet from the further end Although fencing is not used on a year-round schedule. lines. These lines would be used absolutely necessary, it can be a When properly installed, the as the ten S00011 lines. helpful addition. If finances allow surface is dust-free and drains the purchase of a fence, the quickly. Asphalt surfaces can be Safety Areas recommended type of fencing is marked easily and with a relatively When devising an outdoor an anodized aluminum chain-link high degree of permanence. The basketball court, tne following fabric. The desired height would asphalt surface also gives a safety areas should be accounted be ten feet. The fence fabric should be located O 1 the inside of neat-appearing surface that will for. blend well with the surroundings. Allow ten feet on all sides the fence poles and the poles The surface can also be colot.sd of the court, including the placed six inches to a foot onto find maintained inexpensively. area between two courts. the hard surface. Posts should be Portland cement concrete and Poles used to hold the in concrete 25% to 40% of the synthetic surfaces have also been baskets should be off the length of the pole above the used, but they are much more playing court, and surface. Doors should be provided expensive to install. The concrete extended out at least four which are large enough to allow surface may crack when f3et onto the court and maintenance equipment into the constructed in a cold climate, due padded. court area. to frost heave. If possible, there should be some absorbent material Handball Orsinage around the basketball pole Indoor handball (4-wall) is Drainage can be done many and the bottom of the discussed in Chapter 2. different ways, but it is backboard. Outdoor handball is either recommended that the court be 8" 25'-O 18'-O° 16-0" -16Ile slanted from one side to the other. 11)13 One inch of slant should be allowed for every ten feet of court. It would also be helpful it the court is elevated from the surrounding 46 1 $(7PAINTED area for drainage purposes. LINES Court Markings Lines should be permanently painted on the surface in contrasting color. These lines should be two inches in width. There strould be line markings for Figure 320 the boundaries for the court, the Onewall Handball Court. mid-court line, the center circle, ID a the foul lane area, and the three second line. 59 0

Outdoor Ric, !ittes 83 9 one -wail or three-wall. Both an be sides of all courts. The alley quartzlit floodlight would be played by two to four players on a should be at least 24 inches wide Installed at the base of the court smooth portland cement concrete and not less than 4 inches deep at next to the scoreboard or benches or asphaltic surface. Courts may mid-court, where a suitable drain at the base of the court. Overhead be constructed so as to allow one shall be installed. The alley, from lights can also be used, especially court on each side of the wall. It is both extensions of the base lines, In recreational areas. often desirable to locate the courts should slope down toward the Other equipment frequently used near soccer fields or tennis courts center of the court. The downward are wood 2"x2" backstops to permit soccer and tennis fall shall begin with a one inch installed (loosely) to prevent discs players to use the walls for drop in the first six inches, and from rebounding back onto the practice then gradually slope down to court and thereby eliminate the Dimensions for it e-wall mid-court. half-round being playedover. The handball court are: 16 nigh, 20' end of the court with a scoreboard wide by 34' long with 8'8" width Shuffleboard courts are shall be designated the Head and on each side and 11' ,s4. ;aced commonly lighted from poles the opposite end shall be known area to the rear. (Figure 3-20) erected outside the courts. A 20 as the Foot of the Court. (Figure Dimensions for three-wall inch hinged pole witha 1500 watt 3-22) handball are: 20' high, 21'8" wide by 40' long with 10' to the rear. The courts should be pitched DETAIL 'A'

away from the wall with a grade of --DETAILS 1" to 10'. The wall should be 8 to at' 12 inches thick and constructed of atinforced concrete. (Figure 3-21)

Shuffleboard FRONT %SALL.4.- The strffleboard court shall measure ,2 feet long and 10 feet NNE 0F roartives 0 wide. The actual playing area shall be 39 feet long and 6 feet wide, or r that area of the court from base line and from inside rise to both adjacent gutters. (Figure 3-21) SERVICE LINE Shuffleboard courts should be oriented north and south. A level, smooth surface is essential. SERVING ZONE

The courts are marked off by t7--- 7:- painting lines with a black dye, white road paint, or white acrylic SHOOT LINE stain. Lines will have a maximum width of one inch with a minimum width of 3/4 inch. The base lines -VtRTICAL UNE EXTENDING shall be extended to adjoining 3 UP WALL BOTH SIDES courts, or to 24 inches beyond A TO DEFINE RECEIVING sides of the court. The separation triangle in the 10-off area is 3 inches at the base, running to a SIDEMALL point in the direction of the scoring area. The outline of the legs of this triangle shall be1/4inch in _ v.-9" width, with a clearance of 1/2 inch at both the point and base. The ze-B' IS./GLE COURT) base of the separation triangle is -LONG LINE not marked. fi It is highly important that the area beneath the court be well-drained and the court properly u41 ir EDGE OF PAWPAW reinforced. A depressed alley must u41 Figure 3-21 be constructed between and at the Three-wall HanclIall Court.

84 Outdoor Facilities Figure 3-22 Shuffleboard Court

2- LEVEL CONCRETE SURFACE WITH BURNISHED FINISH / 4)14" 16 GAUGE WELDED STEEL FABRIC 3" CONCRETE SLABasoofl COURT SURFACE

-6" FILTER COURSE WHEN TYPICAL SECTION REQUIRED BY SOIL CONDITIONS

BASELINE EXTENDED 2'-0- OR TO NEXT COURT 4' 0

644.... BLACK DISCS I. ia.. HERE 5 4,4 --- DEAD LINES 0 b H EA D Mae6. 0 .....3FOOT iv 5 4 N. 0 YELLOW OR RED Discs Hum-

3.-0- 3' 0-r -6- 6'6 . 6 6' -6' 30- 3' 0" 30 30- 12'-0- 3-0- 3' ...... -0. 39.-0- 4.

52Cr 4.1 COURT LAYOUT

by having wall rebound areas Tennis out in two rows of four courts each or in a single line. When the and/or scheduling systems so that Space courts are laid out in one line, the half of the class would be taught A single, double court is 36 feet area of 47,960 square feet and its the tennis unit at one time. by 78 feet. There should be 12 perimeter is 1092 (including a It is recommended that courts feet of clearance on each side of center fence between the two rows drain from side to side. The U.S. the court and 21 feet of clearance of courts). Surface area and Lawn Tennis Association suggests between the baseline and the fencing is greater with the the slope for porous courts to be fence. This would mean that there arrangement of two rows of four 1" in 20' to 30'; and 1" in 10' for will be an area of 60 feet by 120 courts. non-porous courts. (Figure 3-23) feet for each court. The baseline A group or bank of eight courts fence distance remains constant was used merely as an example. Surfaces regardless of the number of In most private club installations, courts. If several courts are placed two courts for each battery is The court surface can be side-by-side, the courts may be preferred because of aesthetics, selected from more than 100 placed so that there are 12 feet reduced drainage problems, and available finishes suitable (in between adjacent sidelines. reduced traffic. varying degrees) for tennis courts. Considering a bank of eight tennis The number of courts planned The following classification of courts, an area of 47,520 square should depend on the specific surfaces by type and feet would be required (120 x needs of the school. If all courts characteristics is reprinted by 396). were in use, the eight-court facility permission of the United States For ease of construction and would serve 32 students. Large Tennis Association (USTA). More economy, courts are generally laid classes could be accommodated detailed information regarding

Outdoor Facilities 85 93 Figure 3-23 Tennis Court Layout tennis court construction is 10. Uniformity of Ball Bounce. 3.Grass available in the booklet, Tennis 11. Effect of Color on Glare and 4.Others (Dirt, Grit, etc.) Courts, published by the USTA Heat Absorption. and availavle from USTA 12. Drying Time after rain. B. Impervious Construction Education and Research Center, 13. Availability of Service from (one on which water does not 729 Alexander Road, Princeton, Court Builder. penetrate, but runs off the surface) N.J. 08540. 14. Color-Fastness of Surface and its effect on Ball Discoloration. 1.Non-Cushioned Factors To Consider in Selecting 15. Effect of Abrasive surfaces a.Concrete A Tennis Court Surface on balls, rackets, shoes and falling b.Asphalt (1) Hot Plant Mix 1. Player preference. players. 16. Effect of Lines on Ball (2) Emulsified Asphalt 7. 'Maintenance Cost and Mix Amount of Maintenance required. Bounce, Tripping Hazards, Maintenance of Lines. (3) Combination of Hot 3. Initial Construction Cost. Plant and 4. Surface on which Player Emulsified Mix can Slide or Not Slide. Classification of Tennis Court Surfaces (as established by the (4) Penetration 5. Length of time until Macadam resurfacing is required. U.S. Tennis Court and Track Builders Association) (5) Asphalt Job Mix 6. Resurfacing Cost. c.Others (Wood, etc.) 7. Softness of surface desired A.Pervious Construction 2.Cushioned Construction for Player Comfort. (one which permits water to a.Asphalt Bound 8. Surface adaptability for filter through the surface) Systems possible Other Uses. 1.Fast Dry (Fine crushed (1) Hot Leveling 9. Fast or Slow surface (see aggregate) Course and Hot glossary). 2.Clay Cushion Course

86 93 Outdoor Facilities Figure 234 Chart Comparing Various Tennis Court Surfaces. Wass MORI fled Itta As This OM osa Ike-- Is IWO NIL latildry teat la In Men Mhst isean Mil rolo bens SON One Maas Ms Type Cady Min lawfaslag Nee Ilanhisse tato& posaso Ni Nam NM iii Wail lawnWas Novae PIONS Yes one Fast Ory no no 10 as Nes sett Vial d yes green Iasi awaatased) Oa so los yes vase doom an* visit rod Yes Of vas ast no 5 Yr& tim soft 4$ saws slow maistasaa4 yes as yes las if tips

long 1.0 les cha no so 3 vas vas soft dry court yes rams slew immtanad) yes no yes yes two

Ms (4 4$ GM no ros 3 Yrs Pt soft yes vines slow mandaned) yes no yes yes if Wes

wool Glass no no indefinite yes soft olotkolek tin g gown slew ampler yes so grow so

Special (Porous 3fs wide concrete I yes no (01 calmed) vas had median yes vanity toot ya no ors no no no

UI-PIII IS UNN-CNSUBN[I

no Id 3 vas long if glossy w wide tasissis se Canova vic clamed) Of coated) yes hard cowl hash gassy sexily fast make= no vanes NO NO NO median *eh A y tin wide roe 4 no 4 Asphalt Rant Mu no no 5 ya vas herd coat finah pity yin* fast VeS coaxed alma NO no no ( Colored! feat;

wide no 4 no d Asphalt Job Ma no no 5 vas ass hard vanity fast gas caw* colored no ma no (Coe**)

Asphalt Pew mode no d hated Macadam no no 5 vas yes had shot 111f rawest fast yea coaxal 'no no "o

wide Wooden no no indefinite yes lung no variety fast yes no no no no

111111-11111113 MIMEO

slog if Most' no ant glossy wide Asphalt Bound no no 5 ws no soft Malt shod of Yve FOY vinery fast yes no no no yes no System /CAIRO grotty finish finish

*them no no MON Yes soft madam to shod yes gam fast yes no NO no AMR so

Synthetic Call* no se vanes 111 skit Yss mom fast VIM NO ON NO no no

wet shortest no Removal* no no vanes yes ' soft to Iowa Yes yang, fast yes no no SIPA is

asielersa of di 14.-patnia swam tea lo wry gam taws taw eta the nage* of was smarolo WayOwl mean Miry nod rawal ewe ------(2) Hot leveling should be allowed on each side blocks, evenly spaced, are Course and Cold and end for the foundation beams required for each beam. Beams of Cushion Course at the corners and at the locations wood should be waterproofed with (3) Cold Leveling of the uprights. This is to enable creosote. The planking fOr the Course and Cold them to project far enough to deck surface should be 2 feet x 6 Cushion Course furnish a base for the outer feet Douglas fir and should be b.Synthetic support of the uprights. Thus, the spaced from 1/8 inch to 1/4 inch (1) Elastomer total area needed for the apart to allow for drainage (2) Textile foundation beams is 68' by 38'. between planks. The comer c.Others Commonly used specifications call uprights are of 4 inch by 4 inch, for 4-Inch by 6-inch foundation and the intermediate uprights of 2 Platform Tennis beams across the base of the inch by 4 inch, all projecting 12 feet above the surface of the Construction Suggestions platform, resting on concrete blocks, set to allow a distance court, as previously indicated. In staking out the space for the between the beams of 4 feet from 60' by 30' surface, an extra 4 feet center to center. Four concrete

Outdoor Facilities 87 The Backstop among other things, peeling and immovable. The pit shall bea Around the platform are cracking. minimum of 4.88 meters wide and horizontal bars known as top rails Relay zones and staggers 3.66 meters deep. The pit should connecting the tops of the uprights should be located by survey. The be made of sponge rubber and and bolted to the insides of each. engineering firm responsible for have a height of 91.44 centimeters These rails are of 2 inches by 4 installation of the track and their (36 inches). The vaultingrunway inches along the sides. Thus, the surveyor should certify, in writing, must be at least 38.1 meters in rails to which the wire is fastened that measurements are exactly as length (45 meters is a desirable project inside of the uprights, by 4 required in the track and field length). Locate the pole vaultso inches at the ends and 2 inches at rules. Various colors may be used that the pievailing wind will be at the sides. The wiring covers all of for each set of markings. the vaulters' backs. the space around the platform The start and finish line for all except 12-foot openings in the. races run around the track should The Long Amy and Triple Jump be located approximately 15 center of each side, at least one of The minimum length of the which is closed with either netting meters from the bend of the first curve. A curve starting line for all runway of long jump and triple or light gauge wiring. This center jump is 39.62 meters, but 52 closure is intended to contain races not run in lanes must be included in the markings. meters is desirable if the triple errant balls. jumpers are to have sufficient All wiring should be attached Drainage runway. If possible, the location inside the uprights, running should place the prevaiNng wind at vertically and stretched in 6-foot, The track should shed water to the jumpers' backs, or to the side, widths from the top down to the the inside. Small curb openings but not head-on. tension rail below. permit the water to drain from the The landing pit shall be sand. It track. Since the area just inside is not less than 2.74 meters in Track and Field lane one is usually used for width and usually 10 meters long. The planning and design of warm-up and jogging, the drain The pit elevation must be identical most track and field facilities field ditch should be located about with the take-off board. include a multiple use sharing of 6 to 8 feet inside the track. The take-off board for the long spectator facilities. Many smaller jump must be at least one meter schools include the track in the FIELD EVENTS (four meters recommended) from football stadium with the field The Steeplechase the near edge of the pit and ten events located where space and meters from the far end of the pit. The steeplechase water jump orientation will permit. The take-off shall be froma will be located on the inside edge board 20 centimeters wide anti at Track Layout or outside edge of the track. least 1.22 meters long. The board Running surface off the track and must be immovable (Note: painting The planning of a new track and back again must be provided. If a take-off area on the runway does field facility or the remodeling of the water jump is on theside of not satisfy this rule). an existing one should begin with the track, a removed cu -11 be In the triple jump, the nearer a study of the International necessary. Plan for dra.,....ga and edge of the landing pit to the Amateur Athletic Federation rules locate water connection near the take-off board shall be 10 meters on track and field facilities. water jump pit. for high schoolers and 12.5 for National Collegiate Athletic collegiates. A 10.97 meter scratch Association and National The High Jump line could be used by the better Federation of State High School The high jump approacharea high school athletes and the Athletic Association rules on track younger collegians. and field facilities generally should provide 22 meters of level surface (21.3 meters required by conform to IAAF rules but should rule) from any angle within an arc Throwing Circles be consulted for possible deviation. (Figure 3-24) of 150 degrees. The arc should be Portland cement concrete is the of synthetic material, usually the recommended material for Marking same as the track. The high jump throwing circles. Brushing the pit must be a minimum of 4.88x concrete while it is setting An all-weather track should only 2.44 meters and of a composition produces small ridges which aid in be marked with a paint compatible to provide a safe landing (no preventing slipping. A band of to the surfacing. The best means bottom out). angle iron or steel is to be set of insuring this compatibility is to The Pole Vault flush with the concrete outside the use the paint recommended by the circle. track surface manufacturer. A The vaulting box must meet the The inside diameter of the shot non-compatible paint can cause, IAAF specifications and be put and hammer circles is 2.135

88 Outdoor Facilities meters. The diameter of the discus While the emphasis in this Archery-golf can be set up circle is 2.5 meter. The metal section is on outdoor instructional on a golf course or on circle shall be six millimeters in archery, additional information on existing large intramural thickness and two centimeters in indoor archery (Chapter 2) and fields. Dimensions can be height. The metarcircie must be recreational archery ((meter 7) established according to firmly secured and flush with the should be consulted. An outdoor available space, keeping in throwing surface. archery range layout is included in mind the importance of The discus circle should be Chapter 7. For added breadth to providing sufficient space located so the athletes throw into an archery program, consideration to insure the safety of the prevailing wind. should be given to the competitive participants and If the hammer is to be thrown, a rounds of various organizations. passersby. cage must be set up around the Those archery activities that would Competitive archery ring to ensure safety (the rule require special areas are: rounds. The variety of rounds varies greatly in books contain a recommended Field archery range design). distance, targets, and According to the National scoring. Consideration The Awe& Field Archery Association, should be given to Figure 31 illustrates the javelin a field course is denigned providing a range large throw layout and detail of the in units of 14 targets each, enough to accommodate javelin throw scratch board. requiring from 50 to 10 the FITA round. The acres per unit, depending Archery longest shooting distance on the terrain. Two units or for the MA is 90 meters Today, the teaching of archery 28 targets, compose a for the men's round. and competitive archery takes Round, the shooting To insure a safe range, space place both indoors and outdoors. distance ranges from 20 should be provided beyond the Indoor archery is discussed in feet to 80 yards. target line, free from stones and Chapter 2. Factors such as Clout shooting requires other substances that cause the weather, type of program, terrain, approximately 300 yards breakage of arrows falling beyond space, and costs are with the regulation the target. considerations to be taken into distance for women at 12Q If a backstop is used, it should account when developing an and 140 yards, and for be of a "see-through" type (i.e. a outdoor archery range. men 180 yards. 4,0 bE' 324.02' 146.01'

MCI O CUO111^\

START UNE l'immAH6 220 YD. DASH r 1,76Y1k./64101.21

O O

41. POOTSALI. max arr1 w. if me cog.NO. 14-06-02)

FACE OF COS

'START UM MT UNE 100YO.DAS1I IIMULEININUM 440 YARD DASH 1201(1). HOU. 300.00' SOO YARD DASH 13' 300.00' 440 YARD HURDLES WO YARD NUMMI 440 6 SOO YARD RELAYS sloyARD DASH 207.31' MARA OWLS RUN 220 YARD HUMUS Figure 3-24 Layout of 440yard Running Track Outdoor Facilities 89 lt+,2 Figures 3-24 3-24 3-27, 3-28 Layout cietaiki f o r weight events, includkv shot put, hammer and discus throw. (An detail drawings for track and field events providod by US Army Corps of Engineers.)

SECTOR PlAW MAIANIIIII 1100111

A THNOIHNO CASE IS NECOMINENOE0 FOR THE 011W3 AND NANNElt THROWINN (VENTS.

THE CAINE SHOULD SEr SHAKO IN PLAN, THE OW BM. Itr 1710 wrn 1ME ammo 111RU mom THE meow IS how BEING 19t0 I/4" OW MOE.

THE HEIGHT Of THE CASE SHOULDSE WA ve (4m).

SNOT PUT STOP SOAR° SECTOR FLAG (SNOT PUT1

SECTOR LINE 2'(Som) WIDE

otecoOMMOILIEDTWODIRING CAGE

SECTOR LAYOUT SHOT PUT a HAMMER THROW

SECTOR FL AG SHOT PUT 8 HAMMER THROW CIRCLE

THROWING CIRCLES T3 BEFORMED OF SAND IRON OR STEEL I /4" ( Gam) YMCA ANO90(TIGIon) HIGH SUNK FLUSH WITH THE GROUND OUTSIDE.

SECTOR LINE r(5cm) WIDE

r (Sam, A.- 14/4' R (125N)

SECTOR . LAYOUT -DisanTHROW

REGOINMENDLO THROWING CAGE-13 DISCUS THROW CIRCLE

90 Outdoor Facilities 10 3 Figures 32A 3.342 3-31, 3-32 Layout details for high jump (and long jump and trjole jump), pole vault and javelin throw.

I % \ Voms nessenRA041. maim on MAL INN INNAL WO M ANTMKNAL SWAM \ L t___ I ovum roeIs., Joe APFAN4ON . iii monCIIITTMarm. is 14-08.02 INWAT I art' \

team) JUMPING PIT NIIINO

INMOMM Wean" 124912102 11444404.011 INK

110111WAV HIGH 1$.5I LAYOUT

WAND To se Ph*TVO owe ANDgum rum; STN mum moo 12'-14/2!" temp we creel DETAIL - POLE PLANTING PIT FtEV. s' totel upswi

DETAIL - JAVELIN THROW SCRATCH BOARD ROSCALE

_ . tor- e* (.22n_mm,

MUMMY. FOR 01100111MINOID STIUCTLOAL OITA& SEE TOM01 COMIT MUM, 01Pt No 14 snuff OF 2

SCOOP WM, S. (P Moo oeCTON Puts

_effif-:** .1104.I Mok . . lux

11-W 3711._

Alk \----Nummorocumbutv Laveo 1960) met IMAMLI NIOR . Vegan 001 MOO

JAVELIN THROW LAYOUT

TANI017 00100 FVOI .11*, 147te142.20 Mt NW Imo no II7 r

b , UMW ZONC 0 ' g nusnur,IR Fon neenumen. mum/tin. omit sag Taal% CONIT. otTML. OW NO. 1e-C1-02.P1[ET I Or me DM, IMMO 110IPLS APOP Sege DON) COMBINATION - LONGJUMP aTRIPLE JUMP LAYOUT 'Thircorforanno YIN

Outdoor Facilities .104 91 nylon net) to enable the instructor debris from falling into the pipes range, cement or patio blocks, to have complete visibility behind when the range is not in use. bricks, or similar blocks can be the target line. Posts on which the Commercial movable target recessed into the ground to net is hung should be stands can also be used. Tripods indicate shooting positions. The approximately 25 feet apart. The can be used, although they are distance from the target face to net should be hung from a heavy more cumbersome to transport the shooting position may be wire (No. 8 clothesline). The and set up. In an outdoor range, painted on the face of the !Mock. recommended net height is 10 the tripods should be anchored. The Archery Manufacturers feet. Another idea for target stands is to Organization has designed a When shooting from beginning use track hurdles upside down sheltered archery range that distance (20 feet to 20 yards), and wire the matte to the legs. provides the maximum safety for a there should be a minimum of 30 Permanent targets can be cost comparable to a doubles yards clear behind the target if no installed in the following manner: tennis court. backstop is used. A hill is a Each target will require two natural backstop, but care should supports. The supports should be be taken to prevent anyone from approximately 6 feet long and can SELECTED REFERENCES wandering over the hill while class be of the following materials: is in session. 1-inch pipes, 21/2-inch cedar posts, When existing outdoor areas 2- by 4-inch wooden stakes, or Adra, Tom. "Inadequate Lighting How to serve several activities, an archery steel fence posts. Stakes should TripleIllumination and Save Money." range can be placed on one of Athletic Purchasing and Facilities 2 (April be driven into the ground 38 1978): 38. several school sites: football field, inches apart and to a depth of at Bureau of Outdoor Recreation. Outdoor practice field, hockey field, least 2 feet. An old rubber tire or 2 Recreation Space Standards. Washing- playground, or tennis court. by 4s should be placed on the ton, D.C.: United States Government Print- The overriding concern when an ground between the two supports. ing Office, 1967. Crookham, Joe P. "Guidelines for Recreation area of multiple use is used The bottom bale of excelsior or and Athletic Field Lighting." Parks and should be safety. To this end, straw should be placed on top of Recreation 17 (June 1982): 23.26.28. grass or dirt surfaces are the tire or 2 by 4s so that it does Delameter, James. Design of Outdoor Physi- preferable to hard surface areas. not rest on the ground. This cal Education Facilities for School and Community. New York: Columbia Univer- The type of target used is preserves the bales and eliminates sity. 1963. determined by the range and the arrows from sliding underneath. Graves, Charles M. "Siting Sports Facilities." round to be shot. Often the targets Two more bales should be stacked Parts and Recreation 11 (August 1976): need to be taken in at the end of on top of the first, and all three 21-22. 49. the day, requiring portable targets. bales should be banded together Hulverstxxn, J. Kip. "Recreation Complexes." Journal of Physical Education and When targets must be installed by using a banding tool or two Recreation 48 (November-December and removed for each archery straps of No. 8 wire. This is done 1977): 45-47. class, the movable kind is by completely encircling the bales IES Lighting Handbook. Fifth edition. New recommended. They can be set up and tightening the wire. If four or York: Illuminating Engineering Society of North America, 1961. in the following manner: five bales are desired, the target Lafferty, Robert E., III. "How to Apply Metric Pipes that are two feet long and supports should be within 6 inches Principles to Track Conversion." Athletic 11/2 inches in diameter should be of the top. Supports should never Purchalkig and Facilities 2 (April 1978): spaced 38 inches apart and driven extend higher than the tops of the 40-43. into the ground until the top end of bales. NationalCollegiateAthleticAssociation. Selected 1984 Rules Guides for Various each pipe is slightly below the When using the metal supports, Sports. Mission, Kansas: NCAA, 1984. surface of the ground. it is best to cover the surface of "Tender Loving Care for Athletic Fields." Prior to each class, the the supports with heavy rubber, American School and University 49 (June instructor and/or students can such as old car tires, bicycle tires, 1977). 0-10. "Track and Field Layouts." American School insert a pipe or stake that is 5 feet or rubber hose cut in half University 44 (November 1971): 26. long and 1 inch in diameter into lengthwise. To protect excelsior or Whalen, Joe. "Construction Today." Tennis each of the recessed pipes and straw bales from too much water, Industry 1 (May 1973): 5. secure the target matte to the the top bale should be capped Wilkens, Vern. "How to Buy or Build a Run- pipes or stakes by attaching two with a protective covering of ning Track." Athletic Purchasing and FaciSties 2 (December 1978): 25-27. wire loops on each side of the plastic or roofing paper. U.S. Departments of Army. Navy, Air Force. matt and sliding the loops onto the A shooting line can be indicated Planning and Design of Outdoor Sports pipes or stakes. by marking compound or with a Facilities. Washington, D.C.: United States If desired, the recessed pipes rope or measuring tape stretched Government Printing Office. 1967. (Refer to REFERENCES section in Chapter II. can have a threaded end so that a between stakes. The stakes INDOOR FACILITIES and Chapter VII. cap can be placed over the pipe should be placed directly in front RECREATION AND PARK AREAS AND opening. This will prevent rain and of each target. For a permanent FACILITIES.)

92 Outdoor Facilities CHAPTER IV Swimming Pools

The purpose of this chapter is to constructed or sold annually is design become difficult and often discuss the current state.of-the-art expected to remain at its present ,costly. How the planning process with respect to swimming pools. (1984) level of 85,000 pools a is managed will differ according to This will encompass innovations in year. (Figures 4-1; 4-2) the agency. The Y's and Boys' pool design and equipment, A major need which has become Clubs have excellent planning various operating procedures, and increasingly evident is the personnel at their national safety aspects related to both renovation or replacement of pools headquarters to assist local design and operation of pools. that were built thirty or forty years planners. On the other hand, The development and growth of ago. Some of the need for schools and municipalities rely swimming pools in the United modernization may be attributed to heavily on the architect they select States since the end of World War poor plannin; during the initial to design the pool. If an architect H has been nothing short of phase of development and more has never designed a pool he will phenomenal. The most significant often than not the desire to reduce need considerable help. Even in aspect of this growth has been the the cost of the pools by going the situations where the architect has introduction of low-cost pools for minimum cost route. Many older designed pools, he still needs homes and such other living units pools do not meet current safety advice from those who will be the as motels, hotels, and apartments. standards or program needs. users. Seven essential steps, in As of 1984, residential-type It is impossible to detail all the the order in which they should be pools represented about 80 information that goes into pool taken, are outlined below: percent of the pool market. planning. Readers are advised to use the list of references at the However, the rush to buy pools /, The Planning Committee appears to be subsiding. This is end of the chapter for additional particularly true of pools for information regarding specific A committee or some individual schools, colleges, municipalities, design and operating features of must be charged with the clubs, the Y's and Boys' Clubs. pools. responsibility for the preliminary These pools are typically referred planning of the pool. The following to as public pools. A recent trend items should be covered by the is to refer to the motel, hotel, and committee: apartment pools as "semi-public." THE PROCESS INVOLVED a) Determine the need. In the calendar year 1984, it is IN PLANNING AND b) Visit other recently expected that between 1,000 and constructed pools to see 1,200 public pools will be built in CONSTRICTION what they have done and the United States, and this number The process of planning a pool to learn their annual will gradually decrease with an involves all the activities and steps operating budget. expected leveling off number of which must be taken before c) Determine what activities between 500 and 600 pools construction can begin. Once the are to be accommodated annually. On the other hand, the contractor commences to dig the in the pool and establish number of residential pools hole for the pool, changes in which have priority. Then

Swimming Pools 106 93 FlgUrt 4-1 Inground Swimming Pools by Region: Historical Perspective

Ow. M. 1Der. 31. 1 Dor. M. Dm. M. Par. SE DSc M. 142.31, Dm M. D6te. 20, Pie, Si, Per. N.{-Dm. M. Dec. M.

1913 I 103* I MI* 191111* 1919* WM* 1971* 1919* 1979* 1971* 1911* RP* 1017#*

15.311191 DAM 14,11e 21.111 35.400 31,710 20,1120 24,114 MIN 111,7111

it cm 591.1100 510.900 994.510 542.770 107.370 475,070 447.650 425.050 05.900 261.101 62.401 - !I 0091904 -t 22.4188 15,11011 22,114 24.50 25,250 19.635 11400 KIM 11.980 sow Smadtv.ree

4100111441 j 350.425 310.025 3,20.225 294.425 271.735 245.235 219,913 280.350 1113350 122.150 00,550 5.900

11,110 7,760 12,750 11.11011 113111 9,1111 17.200

I 243,100 190.0011 120.900 15,000 Me1..c61 11 341.590 350.400 522.710 111,710 299.050fi206,300 275.15u 251,200 7,111111 20.111 ! 15.140 13,100111,11111 11.000 111.300 0,910 0,01 5.0$

2191.110 241.330 223.5313 211.930 200.050 109.700 179.100 109.300 562.400 130,200 102,100 21.900

20.7111 I 19,111 2130 1941$ I1A1 13,110 11.311 1,10e 11,111 10,700 11,710

1-1ceJa vim ono ! 20.100 Na 1130 244.200 224.1013 201.000 194,000 114,500 !74.700 125.990 03.200 10.100

20,s11 14.211 impsmat 131310 12,400 13,195 14,210 11.910 22,711 21.4110

.ceticsm 461.825 441.125 427.121 4041.653 388.595 175.295 362.095 149.100 115.100 247.500 156.350 17.700 _ 4 4- -4

, 75,1111 1111,100 , 117,510 1115,400 1414,540 114,311 114.100 11.510 54,210 77,111 110,960 --

131,4114 10.1011 11)TAI 11 1,180 440 1 2.2221.444) 2.100 .44o 2.03.540 14/27.000 ! 1.812 700 1.701,600 1.614.600 1.530.400 1,153.300 904.241)

- lop memsrnor poi. hadi dun* p.m rem f . larem fismsbert rr oraio8480.4 math ct1 Dow I iermal kwatInwolo im19e4e61. tow 1042 Inground Swimming Pools by Type: Historical Perspective

1 1 Dor. 31, Der. 31,I DK. 31, I Dec. 31. Qr, II. Oyer.31. I Pair. 31, 094. 31. Da. 31. Oar. 31. j Oar. 51. pa. 31. Da. II. ' 1979* 1971* 5117 1997 1947* 190 1912* 1918* j 1914* 1979* 19711 1977* 976* +- --1-- 4-

, 9,550 ; ; 9.111 ! 3,110 2.525 3.005 4,150 N4el. 04.641, , 3.590* 3,0111 4,095 3.570 4.350 i apnmam, . : .) 400 : 193,150 154,000 112,200 4 .w,1.om4t1own 222.0151 151.485 :15,45> 711,160 317.790 203.440 199.660 196.115 4' 4 t ! ! 5,1151 : 7,3111 7,150 1 4.000 1,775 2.035 t nnnialeat 3.311 1,700 , 3.1165 3,511 4,450

! 1 , litititutM1. I ' i I 115.700 51.300 7,700 1 . 510.140 170.5111 173.710 146.000 t anti 211) 241 197,915 I 196,245 192.370 188.410 106,360 - -

! 71.000 01.01 ! 57,411 77,7100 06,400 104.111 1 12.440. 91,480 111,4111 105.5110 RJR

: 1141.118) 175 7(11 17,411 2,500 RcuSenIssi 1.916,15011112.050 1./29.250 1.631,0141 1,510,100 1,424,90011,321,600 1,241.2(1) 1.16.1,500

77.1110 7101/ ; 94,111111 1143111 $oma 11041. 01n5e. ; 10.400 141.540 114.3118 1114,110

113,1110 1.155,300 1 WM MO 10,100 101 Al 2 331 ott ! 2 ,22e ,440 1 2,140,060 2,014,440 1,827 .000 1,012,700 1,700.600 1.014,600 1.530 400

304 (Cl Dna NV glearlarrpooh Own &cop p.a., Kan 1N . valoiem4 - -....._.-....-

SOURCE: NATIONAL SPA ARO POOL INSTITUTE 1953 SWIMMING POOL AND SPA INDUSTRY SURVEY 94 Swimmi Loy Pools 1 07 I

Figure 42 Total Combined Unit Sales: Inground Pools and Spas/Hot Tubs: 1977-1983

350,000 0 MISpy/ Hot nabs 325,000

300,000

215,000

250,000

225,000

200.000

175,00-0--

150,000'

125,000

100,000

15,000-4

50,000

25,000

1977 1978 1979 1980 1981 1982 1963

Inground Pools Spas/Hot Tubs Total Combined Unit Sales

1977 : 94.000 54.000 148.000

1978 : 104.100 85.000 189,100

1979 : 114.300 110,000 224.300

1980 : 108.540 100.000 208.540

1981 : 105.400 125.000 230.400

1982 87.500 125.000 212.500

1983 1 10,000 220,000 330.000

SOURCE: NATIONAL SPA AND POOL INSTITUTE 1983 SWIMMING POOL. AND SPA INDUSTRY SURVEY

Swimming Pools 95 .0S prepare a statement of the construction and equipment. guarantees directly to the owner of requirements for each These plans should be carefully at least two yews guaranteeing activity. reviewed by all concerned. the water-tight integrity (no d) Study alternate sites for Suggested changes are best made leakage) of the pool tanks the pool with a view at this junction in the planning including appurtenances should be toward existing physical process. The planner's checklist obtained. and utility conditions that located at the end of the chapter will affect construction should be used during the review costs. of the plans. POOL DESIGN AND e) Obtain and study all state PLANNING FEATURES and local laws, regulations, 4. Preparetion of Construction There are a number of decisions and ordinances that apply Document (or Project Manual) to the pcol. which must be made during the f) Review the standards and These include the working plans planning process which will guidelines for pool design which the contractor will use to directly affect the design of the and operation promulgated build the pool. The Project Manual pool. An attempt is made to by the pool industry and will include a set of indicate not only trends in design professional organizations. "Specifications" in addition to the but what is considered to be the A list of the agencies legal and administrative provisions owner's optimum project design which have published ' for the construction. These should program. standards or guidelines for be carefully checked by the either design or operation committee. Program Requkernents of pools is listed at the It is imperative that every end of the chapter. 5. Bid Request conceivable activity that will be g) Outline all safety features Once the construction plans conducted in the pool be to pt, incorporated into the have been approved, a request anticipated in order that'the pool pcol's design. goes out in various forms and requirements of each be h) Sur-;es: to the proper methods inviting contractors to bid incorporated into the pool's autnrot! what the on the project. A bid time of not design. In addition, some comnoitee considers to be less than one month should be consideration as to possible future the qualifications needed established. The lowest bidder pool activities should receive by the person who will usually (although not always) is attention. For example, at the direct the operation of the awarded the contract to construct initial stage it may not be pool. the pool. considered desirable or necessary i) Be prepared to work with to include a ten-meter diving the architect/engineer. tower. If such a tower is ever to be 6. Supervision of the Project constructed, a water depth of 17 2. Selection of the Architect! Supervision of the construction feet must be incorporated into the Engineer is a responsibility of both the initial design othenvise no tower architect and the contractor. It is desirable to interview can over be added. Establishing several architects/engineers before However, the owner (school or the program requirements is a agency) should have someone function of the Planning making a selection. The designated to check the progress Committee with the help of a candidates should be advised of construction from time to time. during the interview that they will Program specialist. The idea, of course, is to assure For the guidance of planners, be working with the Planning that the construction is done in the typical activities conducted in Committee or an individual strict accordance with the plan pools are listed on next page assigned to the project. The and specifications previously program requirements and other (Figure 4-3) with their approved by the owner. recommended specifications. They information developed by the are not listed in any order of committee should be transmitted in report form to the 7. Acceptance of the Project .priority. architect/engineer. When construction in every Establishing Priorities detail has been co7ioleted, the Following the identification of 3. Preparation of Preliminary owner along with the architect and activities a discussion of relative Plans and Cost Estimates the contractor make a final priorities must take place. That is, It is the responsibility of the inspection of the pool. If satisfied which activity or activities have the architect/engineer to prepare the that the pool meets all highest priority? The requirements preliminary plans along with specifications, the owner officially of these activities must then estimates of the cost of accepts the pool. Written receive the greatest attention.

96 Swimming Pools FIGURE 4-3 RECOMMENDED Inevitably, there will be need for ACTIVITY POOL SPECIRCATIONS compromise. It is because of this INSTRUCTION for pre-school Water 6" to X" deep and ability dilemma that the multiple pool children to raise water temperature to concept has emerged as the best &3°F solution. However, the multiple pool complex costs more, SWIMMING INSTRUCTION for Water 3'6" to 6'0" deep with occupies greater space, and is various age groups and water temperature of 82° to more expensive to operate. It is swimming abilities 84°F usually a safer facility. It is far RECREATIONAL SWIMMING for Should have a minimum of 50-80 easier to achieve this concept in all ages and abilities pefvent of pool water under 6'0". outdoor pools than indoor COMPETITIVE SWIMMING for See rule books for competitive natatoriums. organized swimming teams swimming by appropriate ruling body: US$ NCAA, FHSAA, and FlNA Shape and Dhnensions of t1Pool SPRINGBOARD AND See rule books of governing PLATFORM DIVING for bodies USD, NCAA, FHSAA, and It is here where the decision competition and recreation RNA must be made whether to build one pool or a complex. The trend SYNCHRONIZED SWIMMING for See rules for synchronized in community outdoor pools where clubs and team competition swimming. space is seldom a problem is towards construction of an aquatic SCUBA INSTRUCTION for Any portion of pool for individual and club members preliminary instruction and water complex with a minimum of three at least 12' for advanced pools and preferably four. These instruction. pools would be: a) Main Pool used for LIFE SAVING AND WATER Must have both shallow and deep general recreational and SAFETY for groups and water for instruction. instruction in swimming individuals and competition. WATER POLO for competition See rules governing water polo b) Deep Water Well for competition. springboard and tower diving and other activities SPECIAL GROUPS such as No specific requirements. One or requiring deep water such elderly, scouts, police, etc. more sets of large, recessed as scuba diving, built-in steps with handrails is synchronized swimming preferred and life saving. HANDICAPPED instruction and Need to provide m9ans for c) Familiarization Pool recreational swimming handicapped people to get into often referred to as the the pool. Ramps and hoists are "kiddie pool" or "wading the most common methods. pool" where children Deck-level pool construction is an below the age of six increasingly favored design become introduced to idiom. water. d) Training Pool where RESEARCH Most important is need for children as well as adults underwater observation room learn to swim. with electric outlets. Ideal is one The separation of pools is room located in deep well pool, strongly recommended as opposed and another in shallow com- to combining all activities in one petitive pool on the side 10 feet pool, which inevitably leads to a from the end of the pool. conflict in scheduling. (Figure 4.4; CANOE AND BOAT Large 50 meter pools are 4-5) INSTRUCTIONS and for preferred demonstrations Depth of Water and Bottom Contours POOL PARTIES Areas for dancing, lounging, and Recommended depths and eating. A small band shell is a bottom slopes for each of the very desirable addition. pools listed above are:

Swimming Pools 97 1 a)Main Pool:3'10" to 6'0" deep b)Deep Water Well:13'0" constant depth when diving stands up to 3 meters are to be installed 17'0" constant depth when a 10 meter tower is desired. c)Familiarization Pool:6" to 30" deep d)Training Pool:2'6" to 4'0" deep The listed depths satisfy the requirements and specifications held forth by the ruling bodies for swimming and diving. Whena single pool is to be constructed, further details apply andprogram requirements should be consulted. Anumber of swimming coaches have come out in favor of all deep pools (8'0" and deeper) for cc inpetitive swimming. They believe it makes for a "faster pool." This is questionable, and one must consider the effect such greater than usual depths haveon other aspects of the overall aquatic program. Appendix includes Several official layouts for pool designs.. Bottoms of pools should always be uniform in their slope. The "hopper bottom" concept in the diving portion of the pool is not recommended because it is Figure 4-4 Some typical pool shapes.

LENGTH: 25m. 2 54cat Figure 4-5 or TS41 tin- 22.11950t Nit DT H 601t 141288m eight 7tt -2 13411 MOO"

/ DE PTH

in 4t t1 219m in diving Ott 3 96m

INd 4itted.dto' bottom of pool

98 Swimming Pools 1 1 1 deceptive to the diver. Simla.ifv, painting is started the pool will surface. This is a questionable the "spoon-shaped bottom' in the have to be re-painted at least practice since in water depths of deep end has been determined to every three years depending again 16 to 17 feet it is difficult to see beunsafe because recreational on the quality of paint used and its anyone lying on the bottom. Tank divers seldom enter the water at application. The epoxy coatings acuity, the ability to adequately the pool's deepest point. (Figure appear to be more successful than and safely see the tank interior is 4.6) paint All Indoor pools shouldbe unreasonably compromised unless finished with white ceramic tile, a hilly definitive (150-200 f-c) ConstructionAfaterfal preferably "square edge" with underwater lighting design is Most shells of public pools are flush struck joints, which to this employed.Allinterior pool walls constructed with reinforced date remains the classical and bottoms should have bottom concrete, either poured or applied permanent swimming pool finish. lines and wall targets preferably in by pneumatic pressure (referred to Pools which were constructed 50 black. All outdoor pools which as "gunite"). Steel and aluminum to 60 years ago still have the tile have a plaster finish should be have also been employed in pool which was installed when the pool covered during the off-season to basin construction. Fiberglass was built. There have been a few protect the finish. molded pools have been pools that have used black or dark manufactured forusein small blue tile, particularly in diving Overlies, Systems pools, primarily for homes and pools. Divers claim that it gives There are a variety of overflow motels. The most prevalent them Jotter visibility of the water's systems incorrectly referred to as material used in residential pools is vinyl, both for above-ground and B I-- in-ground pools. With vinyl, 100 however, unless extreme care is 71 C0075 exercised, a useful life of only five -- P11.1441E1 PL limuf 1 C-10 years should be expected. Jo_ Well-laid concrete pool shells 0 containing a well-designed number of steel reinforcing rods has a life B of at least 40 to 50 years, and is considered W be the best type of construction.

0*C.TUP,81L.'ff C 1434 nSOf AMMA CROY T ICAR Interior Basin Finishes

Pool basin finishes are classified MONIMUM S-(ANDARD 1-1191111 34/11111 11111111411111.74.111111 1611111111 as: coatings (paint), tile, plaster, DMNG FACILITY SP21$41109119681191/1911PILAT/6111PUTf011 DIMENSIONS 18'0%1"ll'or I" 18's5' 11'i I' le'srl" and natural. Thick-set ceramic tile Adoption by NCAA in 1969Nos memopoi ow'Uow Ivo , lowpions Imo ...... _ ; which is slip resistant is the best. 00.,VI 4'4.IO'10(PT740,70rIPT1CMS,MP( .4,0/S1D(PTN A carefully approved and applied -...... -.... .- FROMPt L.44404441 6' w 5' 5' 9' trueing (or "scratch") coat should BACK TO PfX.P *.48 I ..NAM I. -44 I. Ye, it 42.1 it O. BACK 10 4'1. A14 (AAA be first applied to the roughened poll, ti V St 1 014 5' 5' andcleanconcrete shell. Next ,,Me., I. hot 7 NOM PI 1 011MI 1 fir 12' 14' 10' 17' 10 Pf fOf MAL f Alonf comes white marbledust-cement ..., ,,«.., op., 14 /.0 it707, , FROMPt41417.At 1 8' 8' plaster finish placed over trued, b to AO JAC f 110 fl 'MAO 1 It 12' 17 ell... ON.. i 7 Ws, - -0. cleaned, and roughened concrete f flf MA PA LOMA f in F.,N )1 *Al IAvi At, 29' 34' 34' 36' 45' surfaces. Troweled raw (natural) .----A--- Al AM, 1 m mAf (Miff, 16' 16' concrete is used in many outdoor II AT, /0' SOW" ii. V:: :1 IffMA,f/f/71' 4.' 'AM' ' . c . . . , .4 Woe e07, 14 M., ., Me. pools to reduce cost. The -4.-... ----..-. r 41 14: A41,..:4)141Hoe:1,p ( 1 ANf 1 pt 8' 16' ir 16' 9'12' 9' 12' 18'12' "plaster" finish, which is made 171 .1, Oli.1 e..1,a ,11011,111,, pt100,...,.A.,if Am, from white cement with a granular t r. fR 07,f 0.,7t Af, 16' 16' 16' 16' 19'12'16' 12' 20' 12' .4' *44A('' 44f'f"VAN rf mm, .4 ...,,40,..,,.,,..,..., .1 rpm,f. w..f I am,m mf "Alm component such as marbledust, .--1 ....- ...... -0- ...... - ...... , .---- I :*;,,fl.04AA f ff A' f ',. MOM ' 12 13' 14' 19' 17' will have to be resurfaced about 110.1 PAPA, ..,/mr 14 491.1 H 4, -. PO,' AVf IA41 I off f''f4 . tf 20'109'?I'11'9"20'11'9"2W every eight to ten years depending R A...,;;, AA4 AO 111 Pi I A A A 1 13'40'14' I ^ A " . . .fffe.1 . ' M . .1.0 119P ,446.11.4 4.1Ifh, on thecare itis given, and the 3- --. -. , 4- ,T Aa.,fANC, fff Pt.., ,/ Er 12' 10'11'9"12'11.9-13'11'9"14'14' 1-11 "'w.' y f fff Af14 ,;(* II0, iftftit pool water chemistrybalance. if*. .141... 101at. 1717.,.146.7.4.,,....,,..k.,ow... ,.,v., i.---...0111(14A 1.4 12,111, Id7 73111 A;7,, ."- Ordinary "plaster lime"is never 4 404'11/110,17 A, 1 4 7,,17 f f 1:2 1 2 12 1.2 1:2 used in a pool plaster finish. 14 fnfiI 440' 4" ' Painting of pools should be done only as a last mod. Once Figure 4-6

Swimming Pools 122 gutters. They are the: Skimming of the water surface Ca "dge type filters are a) Perimeter overflow system must be uniformly level and composed of permeable cylinders often termed the "Rimflosv" or continuous during operation. of fibrous material which traps deck-level pool. particulate matter as the water b) Roll-out overflow sometimes passes through. They may be referred to as "open gutter," first The Hydraulic System cleaned by backwashing, or by introduced by the YMCA in the All pools must be equipped with removing and cleaning the early 1930's. a recirculation and filtration cartridge. c) Recessed gutters of which system. Filters fall into three Diatomaceous earth (D.E.) filters there are a great number of general classes: sand, remove particular matter as the different designs. diatomaceous earth (D.E.), and flow passes through a thin layer of Any overflow system must serve cartridge-type filters. Rapid-flow D.E. which is held by water the primary function of an and high-rate sand filters and pressure against a woven cloth or absoktely level skimming rim for cartridge filters are of the pressure metal mesh element. When the the pool surface water. system variety. Diatomaceous layer of media becomes clogged, The next essential feature of earth filters can be of either the the filter is cleaned by sluicing the any overflow system is the pressure or vacuum system type. elements with water until the necessity for storage of water that Each system includes a pump media is washed away. A fresh is displaced by swimmers. This is for moving the water and piping to layer (precoat) of D.E. is then accomplished in one of the , take the water from the pool and placed on the elements and the following ways: pass it through the filter and filter Is returned to service. During a) A surge trench located in treatment units before returning it the filter cycle, the element the deck of the pool to the pool. Local and state coating is kept porous longer by usually integral witn the sanitary codes must be consulted the addition of small amounts of overflow coping. for requirements. diatomite slurry to mix with the dirt b) Deep recessed gutter with In the sand filter systems, water from the pool. a capacity to impurities are held on top or within In all cases, flow -rates and filter accommodate the the media bed. A coagulant floc sizes should be calculated to displaced water in may be used to remove extremely produce a minimum turnover rate conjunction with a small particles. The system is of six hours. Exceptionally heavy separ;-,te surge tank. cleaned by reversing the flow and use may require a turnover rate of c) A preformed steel backwashing the bed. four or five hours to insure compartment system which in piace of a larger (fully adequate) surge trench employs an overload pump to remove excess water from the flooded gutter and return it directly to the pool. d) A balancing tank system where a tank is located below the deck or in the filter room to hold displaced water. Water is then withdrawn from the tank as needed to maintain the proper water level in ti the pool. The basic requirement of any overflow system is to accept water displaced by swimmers. The returning of the water is a function of the filter pumps. Any other pumps increas.: the operating energy costs. The pool itself should never be used for surge storage since the rim should overflow constantly at all times. Cambriote, Ontario, Canada City Swimming Pool

100 Swimming Pools IJ. maximum water clarity in main water are chlorine, bromine, and surface of the water at nigh" pools. Wading pools are usually iodine. Chlorine comes in a variety reduces hes* loss. It is strongly designed for a one hour turnover. of forms and compounds, namely recommended for use with outdoor The most innovative filter system gas, liquid, powder, and tablets. pools, although a more efficient is the "regenerative cycle D.E. For larger pools chlorine in the system for removal of the blanket pressure filter" which has form of a gas is the least is needed. The actual heating of stainless steel flexible mesh expensive and liquid the most pool water by the sun has proven ,elements. No backwashing is expensive. Other disinfecting to be successful. Employing solar needed. This is accomplished by agents which have been tried with energy to heat pool water appears flexing the steel element, thereby varying degrees of success are to be the direction to go in the knocking off the D.E. which is then ultraviolet radiation and silver future. Even though the initial cost reformed onto the element. salts. may seem high, the equipment will Another term to describe this The equipment or apparatus likely be amortized in 3 to 4 years. process is the word "bumping." It used to feed the chemicals into is accomplished by merely pushing the pool water must be of high Diving Facilities a button. quality. The trend in water The most efficient way to The automation of the fitter treatment is towards automation provide diving facilities is the system and chemical treatment of where it is unnecessary for an construction of a separate diving water is readily accomplished and individual to do anything but check pool often referred to as the "deep is expected to be greatly perfected gauges. Readings are water well." It is so-called because in the future. Planning of new automatically taken and chemicals it also accommodates other pools should seriously consider added as needed. activities which require deep automation. water. Most major pools today Water Temperature have separate diving pools. Chemical Treatment of Water Water of 80°F is most desirable Planners should refer to rule Swimming pools would not be for comfortable swimming. Even in books of the various governing able to operate if the water were warm climates a heater is bodies for detailed specifications not chemically treated in order to necessary for maintaining a proper for diving facilities and equipment, make it safe for human use. Two temperature. Pool heaters are the depth of water, springboards, elements must be controlled manufactured by several diving stands, towers, separation first is the pH (hydrogen ion companies. They employ either between equipment, and pool concentration) or the acidity of the gas, oil, or electricity for the dimensions for safe diving. It is water; second is the bacteria heating. Solar collectors for pool strongly recommended that at count. Boards of Health have heating are cost-effective and can least one low springboard (one-half established rigid standards for be successfully employed in many meter from the water) 10 to 12 pools along with specific locations. The use of so-called feet long be provided along with requirements for testing and "solar blankets" has helped the competitive types and length recording data. The most common reduce the cost of heating water boards. This will give young agents used in the disinfection of because the blanket placed on the children a facility in which to

Pool at Texas Tech University can be covered in cooler months for non- interrupted year- round swimming

Swimming Pools 101 1 1 4 acquire the basic skills of diving space varies greatly between machines, along with an area for before being placed on the one- indoor and outdoor pools. Outdoor eating, is desirable, if not and three-meter high boards. pools require much more space essential, to the success of Planners should remember that around them than indoor pools. outdoor pools. This trend is being

. when a diving tower (5 to 10 The main reason is obviously that extended to more and more indoor meters high) is contemplated, the people add sun bathing to their pools. depth of the pool must be swimming activities at outdoor increased to 17 feet. pools. Studies have shown that in Safety Features a well-planned pool only 20 to 25 percent of the patrons will be in Safety is no accident. It must Pool Lighting the pool at any one time. The rest receive careful consideration by Any pool which is to be used at are lounging or eating. The most planners, architects, and operators night must have adequate lighting recent trend in outdoor pool of pools. Many people have been both in and around the pool. Very planning is to provide grassed confronted with litigation as a few pools today have good areas for lounging which reduces result of an accident in their pools. underwator lighting systems. The the amount of concrete deck Lawyers inevitably look for areas major source planners should refer needed around the pool to of negligence both in the operation to in determining requirements accommodate the traffic of of the pool or any defect in the are: swimmers. Furthermore, grass is pod's design. Listed below are a) The Illuminating cornslde._ cooler than concrete. some essential safety principles, procedwes, and policies which should be adhered to in the process of designing the pool and in its operation: Rules governing pool use must be conspicuously posted at all points of entry to the pool. Special rules should be developed and posted for use of such facilities as diving boards, slides, towers, and the use of toys particularly flotation devices in the pool. Water slides should only -4_ be located at the deep end of the pool (minimum 9°O'' Go% deep). la A lifeguard should be on duty at all times that the University of Nebraska, Omaha has 50 meter pool with two movable bulkheads, acoustic treated walls, wet classroom, generous storage areas, plus many other functional features. pool is open even in situations where the only Engineering Society Locker Rooms and Bathhouses people using the pool is an organized class with an (Underwater and Pool The details of planning locker Area) instructor. rooms and bathhouses are In areas of the pool which b) Article 680 of the National discussed in another chapter in Electric Code (for safety) contain less than 5'0" of the book. One fact that should be water, signs and warnings c) The ruling bodies for kept in mind is that people using competitive swimming and should be placed at the outdoor pools in the summer seem edge (coping) of the pool diving. to prefer to come to the pdol in A minimum of 60 footcandles of which state "SHALLOW their bathing suits. Therefore, less WATER NO DIVING." illumination is recommended for dressing area is needed. Other area lighting around outdoor pools, In shallow water, training facilities, such as toilets, should be pools with depths of water while 100 footcandles is suggested planned to accommodate peak for indoor pools. 4'0" and less, signs pool loads. should be painted on the edge of the pool stating Deck and Lounging Areas Refreshments "DANGER SHALLOW The requirements for deck A snack bar or vendng WATER NO DIVING."

102 Swimming Pools 115 30' PC 60'

30' X SO'

50 AilIC 76°

41!X75'

4®"X75' 50144 X 75'

5014 X 7W

AlliataMMGL._ lAMC3UAR C.,....2 (::::=3- SHALLOW ENO - 5' ()Less .g.LIA I R Lacan.Qua Wm=-OECP END- s'OR OAEATER SCALE, I"w 40c- Ou - LOCATIONor LareouAnoCHAIR Swimming Pools 103 116 Where springboards and ever extend into the pool. accidentally step off the platform diving is provided, Instead they should be board he will not fall to the the depth of water and recessed into the wall at a pool deck. other related depth of 4'0". Spacing between measurements must Springboards should be horizontal guard rails of conform to the rules of the mounted onto a concrete diving stands should not USS, NCAA, or the bed at least 4'0" wide so exceed 12", and the guard NFHSAA. that if a person shopld rails Id extend at least The "hopper-type" bottom 'N should never be IMINEllwar constructed in the diving well of a pool. Similarly, the "spoon-shaped" bottom which has only one deep point should not be constructed where springboards are to be installed. Starting blocks for competitive swimming should be installed in the deep end of pools unless' the shallow end of the pool is at least 6'0" deep. Adequate lighting, both underwater and in the pool 1.1111111-.-_ area, must be provided to assure the safety of users. Clarity of pool water is essential. People have drowned in pools where their bodies were not visible from the deck of the pool because of the The new pool at the University of Arkansas includestowers for diving ard a bulkhead N water's turbidity. for diving well separation. Depth markers at least 6" high must be placed both on the interitx wall of the pool and on the edge or coping of the pool at every variation in depth of one foot. Never consider the a. minimum standards for pools promulgated by state governments or the pool industry to be the proper

level to achieve in .111111111k- planning a pool. Minimums often become obsolete very quickly. ti

Ladders which hang on AZ. the edge of a pool and extend into the water represent hazards to Sr k* swimmers. All ladders 11mPqralb. i--atk& should be recessed into the pool wall. The D.C. Kaufman Family Y. M.C.A in Kitchener, Ontariohas many outstanding features No safety ledge should including a slide and a Jacuzzi.

104 Sw immi ng Pools 12" over the edge of the circulation system is over-crowding of pool pool, with 24" preferred. essential to the health and over-exposure to the Steps leading up to a safety of patrons. Daily sun 3-meter board or tower are operating records must be unsupervised use of safer than vertical ladders. maintained. flotation devices by All metal springboards The most hazardous areas children should have some kind of of any pool are the deep No public pool should ever protective material on the portion, or diving well, and place responsibility on end to reduce or prevent decks of pools if they are parents for the supervision serious injury if a diver permitted to become of their children. Parents strikes the board. slippery. may not be qualified to All equipment used in and The most dangerous assume this responsibility. around the pool should be activities and conditions inspected daily or on some associated with pool use regular basis to assure are: POOLS FOR SCHOOLS that the equipment is diving into shallow AND COLLEGES usable. Any equipment water (less than 4'0") found to be defective swimming underwater Pools for schools and colleges should be secured until particularly after are invariably different from typical repaired or replaced. hyperventilating community pools. They will vary An emergency plan should horseplay according to the educational level be developed and unsupervised use of to be served and the school's understood by all who scuba equipment enrollment. Here are some have any responsibility for head first descents considerations for planners: the pool so that no time is down water slides lost when an accident young children using. Elementary School Pools occurs. Everyone m ist 3-meter springboards Two types of pools may be know what his function is playing folk w-the-leader planned for elementary schools. during an emergency. off springboards The first is a training pool which is Proper daily maintenance games such as tag and primarily for teaching young of the pool's water and sharks and minnows children to swim. It can be, and usually is, an all-shallow pool ranging in depth from 2'6" to 4'6" to 5'0". The minimum recommended size is 20' x 50', while the preferred size is 25' x 60'. The second type is the "school-community pool" which is larger and creeper to accommodate teenagers and adults in evening and weekend swim programs. Minimum recommended size is 20' x 60'. The preferred size is 30' x 75'. With many communities confronted with vacant classrooms because of decreasing enrollments, the possible conversion of some of these empty classroom spaces for swimming t pools should be considered. Portable above-ground pools, which may be purchased for as little as two to three thousand dollars are available and offer elementary schools a real potential. A note of caution: these Natural light and a removable roof highlights this aquatic facility at the North Coast portable pools should only be YMCA, in Encinitas, California. placed in areas located on the

Swimm ing Pools 105 1 I S ground floor. Because of the have exclusive use of the pool single, large, centrally located pool weight of the water they must rest during the school week and the or several small pools strategically on a concrete slab. On the other city takes over its operation on placed throughout the campus has hand, it is possible to also place weekends and summer months. confronted colleges and in-ground pools in vacant Sometimes the use by the public universities for some time. The classrooms that are on the ground is extended to evenings during the answer appears to be increasingly floor. The floor will have to be school week. in favor of the large complex. removed and the ground Factors that support the trend excavated. This plan is more College and University Pools towards single large pool costly but far more permanent, The swimming pool is emerging complexes are: since the portable pool cannot be on many campuses as the focal Students seem to enjoy expected to' last more than ten point of the college's recreation being a part of a large years. The minimum program. A recent trend is the group in a recreation recommended size for in-ground setting involving swimming. pools is 16' x 24', and the partial or complete financing of the college pool from student activity Larger facilities provide the preferred size is 20' x 40'. fees. opportunity to include Without a doubt the most supplemental facilities Junior High and Senior High such as lounge areas, School Pools important development in college and university pools has been the sunning decks, tables for There is little difference between move towards the construction of eating or socializing, sauna the junior and senior high pools. 50-meter pools and often multiple baths, and other Both should be designed to permit pools, with facilities for diving and recreational facilities. a comprehensive aquatic program, training provided separately from The use of the university's including use of the pool by the the main pool. The pools at the outdoor pool by summer public. However, in many cases it University of Texas, Indiana school graduate students is not possible to construct the University at Indianapolis, the U.S. and their families. size pool desired became of cost. Naval Academy, and the University It provides the faculty and Obviously, even a small pool is of Florida are excellent examples. their dependents with an better than none. Suggested pool The question of whether it is enjoyable aquatic facility. sizes are: more desirable to construct a The large pool complex provides opportunities for Feature Minimum Desirable holding major swimming Size 30' x 75' 45' x 75' championships, water Shallow Water 3'0" 3'6" shows, demonstrations, Deep Water 5'0" 12'0" and pageants. Ceiling Height 16'0" 18'0" The large pool permits the aquatic director to If possible, the high school pool that is to serve the total aquatic needs of the community should provide a separate "well" or pool for diving and other deep water activities. This deep water well may also be provided by designing the pool in an "L" or "T" shape. Some provision for spectators should be included either by construction of a balcony, through use of roll-a-way bleachers placed at deck level, or by constructing permanent stands on one or two sides of the pool. An approach to obtaining pools for schools which has merit is the joint planning and financing of the pool by both the school board and the local city council. The one arrangement which has proven A fish design on the pool bottom of this pool at the Century Gardens Community Centre successful is where the schools in Brampton. Ontario.

106 Swanrnmg Pools schedule several different to conventional wall inlets activities or classes in the for the return of water into pool at the same time. At the pool. least three or four separate Tile tube is an innovation teaching stations may which employs a PVC flat easily be accommodated in tube with hundreds of a 50-meter pool. small holes as the bottom racing line in competitive RECENT INNOVATWNS pools. The idea is to IN POOL DESIGN distribute the water as it enters the pool on a much AND EQUIPMENT greater scale. There are a number of new Low and short developments in the design of springboards (10 to 12' diallagy11111W- pools and in the equipment used long) installed 1/2 meter in them. Some have been around above the water in the for a few years but have failed to diving wells of pools as a achieve the level of acceptance training device for young that they deserve. Limited space children and other does not permit a full discussion beginning divers. of each item. Architects and Bottom targets in front of planners are urged to give careful each springboard to study of them to determine which, provide divers with an if any, they should incorporate in underwater reference Natatorium at the U. S Air Force Academy the proposed pool. point. uses wall graphics to highlight large wall Bottom inlets as opposed Black or dark blue space. bottoms in diving wells for the purpose of providing divers with greater visibility of the water's surface. This is a questionable move since it also reduces visibility of the bottom and what might be down there. Solar heating of pool water to help reduce or eliminate high fuel cost 4111 01. 410 /Mb (oil, gas, electricity). Solar blankets for use with outdoor pools to -040po. reduce the heat loss ,_ during periods the pool is

. 1-1151.1im- not operating. It also a prevents people from using fr the pool when it is closed. -Z.° - .: Color and murals on walls Vft, to decorate indoor -.1 4 . natatoriums.

ft_411,_ Rimflow gutter systems (level-deck pools) with accompanying surge trench located in deck. The Paddcck SCRS-ASR gutter system made of stainless steel. Regenerative cycle filter wt. system which practically eliminates ad for The U. S. Naval Academy incorporates many of the latest features inits recently completed diatomacec... earth, natatorium.

Swimming g Pools 107 lowers labor cost, and Ramps and hoists in who do not care to swim. eliminates conventional pools provided to permit manual backwashing of Co-generation facilitiesare the handicapped people hallmark of these forward designs fitters. entrance and exit from the High rate sand filters which include restaurants, snack P001 bars, bowling alleys, handbaill speed up the filtering Saunas, whirlpools and racquetball courts, exerciserooms, process. Some people steam rooms included as have raised questions and gyms. The recreationcoupler supplemental facilities provides a cafeteria of relative to their adjacent to the pool for effectiveness. opportunities for the passive use by swimmers. recreator integrated into lifestyle Variable depth bottoms There have been some and living essentials suchas created by use of hydraulic interesting pool Innovations inthe lift systems provides shopping and banking. past which for one reasonor Innovative in terms of opportunity to have another never caughton. Some of shallow water for teaching technology as well as philosophy, the major ones are: heat rejected for the ice-making of young children. Natatorium structure Movable bulkheads which equipment of an ice rinkmay be constructed on a track used to heat the swimming pool. permit a large rectangular which enabled this pool to be divided into Solar intake from the passive complete budding to be features on the south side is several different length removed,thereby creating pools to accommodate transferred to cooler officeson the an outdoor pool. north side. diving, 25 meter and 25 Diving stands placedon yard pools, and, if needed, It is interesting to note that hydraulic lift, thereby some of the major hotel and motel a shallow water instruction permitting the board's area. chains in this countryare height to be adjusted from beginning to Incorporate these Carpeting of decks is one to three meters. used mostly with outdoor concepts, such as the Holidome,a Sliding glass doors development by Holiday Inns. pools. Must get approval of constructed as one wall of State Health Departments. Thoughtful and thorough the pool building which planning of new aquatic facilities Many will not approve when opened providesan because of the difficulty of into exciting and lifestyle-oriented indoor-outdoor concept. recreation complexes and leisure keeping carpet in sanitary Joining an indoor and condition. centers can continue to provide outdoor pool to permit safe and satisfying recreational Covers to prevent pool swimmers to have access use when the facility is not opportunities for swimmers of all from one to the other. It is ages, abilities, and interests. open. Made of nylon or a novelty and costly to other plastic material. heat the outdoor pool in Skylights rather than side the winter. Check List for Use by Planning windows in indoor pools. Committee and Owner Eliminates glare on water SUMMARY Plannftg Factors surface usually caused by windows on the side walls. Although swimming is the 1. A clear-cut statement number one recreation activity in has been prepared on the Automation of filter room America, the United States lags is now available with nature and scope of the far behind Europe and Japanin program and the special technology to provide the development of comprehensive complete automation of requirements for space, aquatic facilitiOs at the community equipment, and facilities filters and chemical level. It is not uncommon to finda treatment of water. Cost is dictated by the activities to be pool in a city in Germany, France, conducted. high for good systems, but England, or Holland which is not 2. The swimming pool has will save money in the only self-supporting but, througha long run. been planned to meet the plan of memberships and fees, is requirements of the intended Steps placed along the amortized in three to five years. entire wall of diving pools program to be conducted as The main difference is that the well as special need. under the boards. This I. 2 pool is located in a center which 3. There are other facilitates the diver's exit offers patrons a wide variety of from the pool. recreational facilities nearby activities. While the pool is the for the convenience and Doubling surface lines to focal point of the complex, other enjoyment of swimmers. reduce wave action during recreational opportunities are swimming meets. 4. An experienced pool available to members of the family consultant, architect, or

108 12j Swimming Pools engineer has been called in to 8.If the pool shell contains deep enough and directly advise on design and concrete finish, the length of below surface land anchors, equipment. the pool has been lox:Teased and they are on a separate 5. The design of the pool by three inches over the circuit. reflects the most correct "official" size in order to 23. There is direct access knowledge and experience permit eventual tiling of the from deck to the underwater regarding the technical basin without making the pool observation room. aspects of swimming pools. Ei become too short 24. There is a tunnel around 6. The pool plans reflect 9. The width of any the outside of the pool or a the needs of handicapped moveable bulkhead has been trench on the deck permitting persons. considered in calculating total ready access to pipes. 7. All plans and pool length. 25. There is adequate specifications meet the 10. Consideration has been acoustic treatment of walls and regulations of both state and given to an easy method of ceilings of the indoor pool. local boards of health. moving the bulkhead. 26. There is adequate 8. Provision for 11. Provision has been overhead clearance for diving accommodating young children made for the switch to metric (16 feet above one and three has been considered. distances. 0 meter boards, 11 feet above 9. Consideration has been 12. All diving standards and 10 meter platforms). given to provide a room or lifeguard chairs have been 27. Reflection of light from area near the pool suitable for properly anchored. the outside has been kept to a movies and lectures. 13. Separate storage spaces minimum by proper location of 10. The site for the outdoor have been allocated for windows or skylights. pool is in the best possible maintenance and instructional 28. All wall bases are coved location (away from railroad equipment. to facilitate cleaning. tracks, heavy industry, trees, 14. A properly constructed 29. The wall and ceiling and dusty open fields). overflow gutter extends around insulation are adequate to 11. Adequate parking space the pool perimeter. C3 prevent "sweating." ' has been provided. 15. The gutter waste water 30. Proper subsurface has been piped and valved to drainage has been provided. 0 Design return water to the filters or 31. An area for sunbathing 1. The bathhouse is waste. has been provided for the properly located, with entrance 18. Where skimmers are outdoor pool. to the pool leading to the used, they are located so that 32. The lights are placed far shallow end. they are not on walls where enough from the outdoor pool 2. The locker rooms or competitive swimming is to be to prevent insects from bathhouse are large enough to conducted. dropping into the pool. accommodate peak loads. 17. The proper pitch to 33. Diving boards or 3. The area for spectators drains has been allowed in the platforms are oriented so that has been separated from the pool, on the pool deck, in the they face north or east. pool area. overflow gutter, and on the 34. The pool is oriented 4. There is adequate deck floor of shower and dressing correctly in relation to the sun. space around the pool. More MOMS. 35. Wind shields or space has been provided than 18. Inlets and outlets are breakers have been provided indicated by the minimum adequate in number and in situations where heavy recommended deck/pool ratio. 11 located to ensure effective winds prevail. 5. The swimming ?ool circulation of water in the pool.Ti 36. Lounging for swimmers manager's or director's office 19. There is easy access to has been provided. faces the pool and contains a the filter room to permit the Safety and Health window through which transport of chemicals and provides a view of the entire other supplies. 1. The pool layout provides pool area. 20. The recirculation pump the most efficient control of 6. There is a is located below the water swimmers from showers and toilet-Ir.hower-dressing area level. E3 locker rooms to the pool. next to the office for 21. The 2. Toilet facilities are instructors. recirculation- filtration system provided for wet swimmers 7. The specifications for has been designed to meet separate from the dry area. competitive swimming set forth anticipated future pool loads. 3. There is an area set by ruling groups have been 22. Underwater lights in end aside for eating, apart from the met. racing walls have been located pool deck.

Swimming Pools 109 122 4. There is adequate deep prominently displayed. SELECTED REFERENCES water for diving (minimum of 22. Warning signs are 12 feet for one meter, 13 feet Battennan, CHarles. The Techniques of placed where needed andon Swingboats' Diving. Cambridge, Massa- for 3-meter boards, and 17 such equipment as diving chusetts: MIT Press, 1988. feet for 10 meter towers). boards and slides. LJ Coates, Edward and Flynn, Richard B., eds. 5. Adequate space has 23. Starting blocks are Planning Facniees for Athletics, Physic*, been provided between diving Education and Recreation. Washington, placed in the deep end of pool D.C.: AAHPERD and The Athletic Institute, boards and between the diving (Min. depth 6 ft.). 1979. boards and sidewalls. 24. There is a telephone in Conferences for National Cooperation in 6. Recessed steps or the pool area with numbers of Aquatics. Lifeguard Training Mont an. New removable ladders are located rescue and emergency York: Association Press, 1984. on the walls so as not to Dawes, John. Design and Planning of Swint. agencies. ming Poole. Boston: CS Pub. 1979. interfere with competitive 25. Emergency equipment Gabrielsen, M. Alexander, ed. Swimming swimming turns. CJ including a spineboard has Poole: A Guide to Their Planning, Design 7. There is adequate been provided. EJ and Operalon. and Edition. A project of the provision for life-saving Council for National Cooperationin 26. The steps leading into Aquatics. Fort Lauderdale: Hoffman Put* equipment and pool cleaning the pool have a black edge to cations, 1975. equipment. make them visible to Gabrielsen, Spears, and Gabrielsen. Aquatics 8. The proper number of underwater swimmers. Handbook. 2nd Edition. Englewood Cliffs, lifeguard stands have been New Jersey: Prentice-Han, 198F'. 27. Bottom drain covers are Graves, Charles M. "Making Community provided and properly located. 0 securely fastened to prevent Swimming Pools Profitable." Patios and 9. All metal fittings are of their removal by children. El Reasadon 17 (Awn 1902): 30-34. non-corrosive material. 28. The diving stands are Hunsaker, D.J. "Designing a Natatorium." 10. Underwater lights are equipped with guard rails Journal of Physical Education, Remo- tion, and Dance 54 (June 1983): 20, 21, 38. the 12-volt type,and all metal which extend at least one foot 1E9 Lighting Handbook. 5th Edition. New in the pool area is grounded to over the water. York: Illuminating Engineering Society of a ground-fault interrupter. 29. Water slide is located in Noah America, 1981. 11. Provision has been water at least 8 feet deep. Lee, Dr. Sammy. Diving. New York: made for underwater lights. Atheneum, 1979. 30. The deck is made of Lifeguard Training. Washington, D.C.: 12. The gas chlorinator (if non-slip material. El American National Red Cross. 1983. used) has been placed in a Minimum Standards for Public Swimming separate room accessible from RULING BODIES OF Pools. Washington: National Swimming and vented to he outside. El COMPETITIVE SWIMMING Pool Institute, 1977. 13. A pool heater has been 1884 NCAA Men's Water Polo Rules. Mis- AND DIVING sion, Kansas: National Collegiate Athletic included if pool ;s in northern Association (NCAA), 1984. climates. USS (United States 1984 NCAA Men's and Womsn's Swimming 14. Automatic controls for Swimming, Inc.) and Diving Rules. Mission, Kansas: Na- water chemistry have been 1750 East Boulder St. tionalCellpgiate Athletic Association Colorado Springs: CO 80909 (NCAA), OW, considered. Perkins, Philip H. Swimming Pools. London: 15. Proper ventilation has Elsevier Publishing Co., Ltd., 1971. been provided in indoor pool. E USD (United States Diving, Inc.) Rachman, George. Diving Compiete. London: 16. There is adequate 901 West New York Street Faber and Faber, Ltd,. 1975. underwater and area lighting. 0 Indianapolis, IN 46202 Safety In Aquatic Activities. Monograph ii8. Washington, D.C.: American Alliance for 17. There is provision for Health, Physical Education and Recreation, proper temperature control in NCAA (National Collegiate 1900. the pool room for both water Athletic Association) Suggested Ordinances and Reguistions and air. P.O. Box 1906 Covering Public Swimming Pools. New Shawnee Mission, KS 66201 York: American Public Health Association, 18. The humidity of the pool 1981. room can be controlled. Swimming and Water Safety. Washington, 19. Sand and grass have NFHSAA (National Federation of D.C.: American National Red Cross, 1968. been kept the proper distance State High School Athletic Thomas, David G. Swimming Pool Operators away from the pool to prevent Associations) Handbook. Washington, D.C.: National 11724 Plaza Circle Swimming Pool Foundation, 1972. cuttings and dirt from being Torrey, John and Clayton, Robert, Aquatic transmitted to the pool. Box 20626 Organisation and Management. Min- 20. A fence has been Kansas City, MO 64195 neapolis: Burgess Publishing Co,, 1982. placed around the outdoor U.S. Department of Health, Education. and pool to prevent its use when ANA (Federation International De Welfare. Swimming Pools: Safety and Natation Amateur) Disease Control through Proper Design the pool is closed. and Operation. Atlanta: HEW Publication 21. Rules for use of the 2000 Financial Center No. (CDC) 76-8319, Public Health Service, pool have been developed and Des Moines, IA 50309 Center for Disease Control, 1976. U.S. Lifesaving Association. Lifesaving and Marine Safety New York: Association Press, 1981. 110 123 CHAPTER V Encapsulated Spaces and Stadiums

The term "encapsulated space" purposes as convocations, and projected physical education, by definition refers to surrounded, concerts, mass meetings and athletic, club or recreational encased, or protected space. In rallies. If located near educational programs; maintenance common usage, the term has facilities, they are also used for requirements; tournament and come to refer to any sport building instructional purposes. mass meeting requirements; and or relatively large enclosed space, Too often, single purpose landscaping and parking needs. including fieldhouses, domed facilities are not cost efficient and Ultimately, architectural design stadiums, natatoriums, ice rinks, they become liabilities rather than should take into account the arenas, tennis centers, assets. Many large spaces, survey findings as well as general auditoriums, and warehouses. This constructed primarily to serve an terrain, regional building styles, chapter wiN be limited primarily to athletic team, become financially practicality, diverse materials, and analysis of the fieldhouse and self-supporting only by serving a aesthetics. stadium, with a brief review of the variety of other events. The The plans and specifications large physical education/recreation continual emergence of new must conform both to state and center. synthetic materials, improved local regulations and to accepted Fieldhouses were first building techniques, and changing standards and practices. The constructed in the United States to program needs complicates the building committee must meet storage needs near outdoor selection of an appropriate u: iderstand its role; to coordinate, sports fields. In inclement weather, athletic/physical education/ approve, recommend, support, it was a natural step to move recreation facility. Certainly the challenge, advocate and deny. It is practice periods for outdoor sports trend is to construct multi-purpose a task with many ramifications. _under the roof and anta_the dirt _. _buildings with the flexibility to When an institution has floors of the fieldhouse. As the adapt to a number of diverse determined that more space is structures became more needs. More than ever before, needed for current or. projected sophisticated, dirt floors became facility planners are exploring a programs, exploratory meetings unacceptable, and flooring multitude of avenues to respond to are essential for determining what surfaces were added which the need served by the traditional to build and how to build it. included wood, asphalt, urethane, fieldhouse. Remember that the technology is and artificial turfs. Designers available to build whatever can be began to include locker and team envisioned, and, in the early rooms, full plumbing facilities, GENERAL PLANNING stages, aN ideas are valuable. offices, and spectator accommodations providing wider CONSIDERATIONS indoor recreational and To ensure that the facility will LOCATION instructional usage. meet the intended needs of users, The location of the facility must Stadiums are built more whether students, faculty, take into consideration specifically for exhibition purposes professionals, or the general accessibility, drainage, aesthetics, with mass seating. In addition to public, a preliminary study should landscape and topography, competitive athletic events, these include a survey of existing property lines and easements, structures are often used for such facilities and resources; present utilities, ecological and biological

Encapsulated Spaces and Stadiums 111 124 conditions, parking, and security. paved access roadway leading to common in the northern latitudes. The facility should be accessible the building, are necessary. When Time and acceptance of low-cost to those who use it most admission is charged for parking, construction has made it difficult frequently. Therefore, it usually a fence with a minimum height of to differentiate between the should be located near dormitories seven feet surrounding the gymnasiums built in recent years and physical education buildings. spectator structure and the and the fieldhouse of earlier The facilities open to spectators enclosed field is essential. Gates decades. Historically, the should be easily accessible to the are necessary for spectator and gymnasium was a small enclosed public and, at the same time, service entrances and exits. area for indoor sports surrounded separated from other buildings. An Admission gates should be located by the main school stru-ture. analysis of the anticipated near the parking lots and other Today it is a large expanse pedestrian traffic flow in the main approaches to the structure. located in a wing of the building or building will pay enormous The number and size of the in a separate building. In many dividends in terms of efficient entrances depends on the cases, the gymnasium and supervision and lower projected and potential fieldhouse have become maintenance costs. attendance. Exits should permit synonymous. Facilities should be located to the crowd to vacate the enclosure Typical education functions permit expansion. Attention should within 10 minutes. Twenty-two performed in the fieldhouse also be given to the slope of the inches of linear exit space should include instruction in the physical land outside the buildings to be permitted for each 500 education program; practice for assure surface drainage. spectators or as specified by local intercollegiate athletics; intramural, Engineering features for building code. At least one gate 14 interscholastic or intercollegiate foundations, reinforcement, feet high and 14 feet wide should competition; informal play; drainage, pumps, and valves be provided to accommodate horseback riding; exhibitions; should be carefully assessed. trucks and buses. commencement exercises; The facility should be located in registration; and final attractive surroundings and should examinations. Community uses be pleasing in design. The design FIELDHOUSES may include concerts, exhibits and should be functional rather than Today, the building most mass meetings. (Figures 5.1; 1A) traditional. It is possible for an commonly known as the architect to plan a building that "fieldhouse" is a structure that will be modem and functional but encloses a large sports area for Location and Size still blend in with the existing physical activities that do not Some institutions may wish to architecture of an area. An effort warrant an expensive, monumental plan a fieldhouse in connection should be made to locate the school structure. Instead, the with a stadium or arena. In this structure away from industrial and activity area is enclosed by case, consideration should be congested areas. low-cost construction. The given to combining the two Adequate parking areas structure, a competitive necessity structures in such a manner that adjacent to the facility, with a in cold weather climates, is the back wall of the stadium may

Figure 5-1, 1A The multi-purpose pavilion at Boston State University supports a variety of events.

112 Encapsulated Spaces tand Stadiums Figure 5-Z2A Exterior and interior viers of satellite recreation building at OhioState University. serve as one of the sidewalls of the population likely to use the to fit tightly, can be replaced when the fieldhouse. Such a plan may facility simultaneously. indoor track meets are not in have interesting possibilities, both The minimum length of the session. from the standpoint of economy fieldhouse should accommodate at Thus, the size of the facility and effective development of the least a 60-meter straightaway for depends in large part on the kinds areas under the stadium. track, plus sufficient distance for of rictivities it will house and the If the fieldhouse is needed for starting and stopping. A wide door number of participants. class instruction on a campus, the at the end of the straightaway, to Dimensions of the activity area preferable location is adjacent to permit competitors to run outside should not be less than 150 by the main gymnasium budding and the fieldhouse, will prevent injuries 250 feet. The practical number of natatorium. If space is not and eliminate a psychological square feet per person is available in proximity to the hazard where space is limited. Six determined on a sliding scale. gymnasium, the fieldhouse will lanes are desirable. Field level Under normal circumstances, a effectively service the intramural entrances for the public should be college of 1,000 students requires activities and intercollegiate sports, sharply limited to prevent collisions 18 to 20 square feet per student, even though it is constructed in a between runners and other while for a large :nstitution the peripheral area of the campus. It individuals. The track size should figure decreases to 12 ter, 15 should, however, be placed in an be compatible with the demands square feet per student. area contiguous to athletic fields of competitive running events. The height of the structure will and free from critical parking The area surrounded by a be determined by thr: number and problems. one-eighth meter track can include location of the balcolies to be A recent innovation on some the following facilities: a regulation provided. The fieldhnuse must be large university campuses are basketball court (or several able to accommodato crowds satellite fieldhouses, developed at basketball cross - courts), tennis effectively and safely. pert several locations on campus courts, long jump, high-jump and when many different 'typos of contiguous to the dormitories or pole-vault runways and pits, and a activities are schedulti.4.. living quarters. This makes shot-put area. It is preferable to recreational areas immediately isolate the shot-put area at one Fieldhouse Ericapsult4!ion available to the students and end of the building. Portable pit eliminates the need for locker boxes can be brought within the The encapsulation of vast room facilities at the site. Locating track oval for shot-put, surface areas to accomrrodate facilities "where the students are" high-jumping and pole-vaulting multipurpose field layout:. has promotes recreational participation during meets attracting spectators. created the opportunity to develop and reduces parking problems at The minimum width required to a variety of construction the central area facility. (Figures house a baseball infield is 125 techniques. Tensile structures. 5-2; 2A) feet. systems engineered buildings with The size of the fieldhouse modular capabilities, geodesic should be determined by careful If the facility serves a variety of domes, and air-suppdtled study of the present and future activities, it may be desirable to membranes are examples of needs of programs in athletics, locate the long jump/triple jump pit building designs that have been physical education, and recreation; in one corner. If a 4ynthetic floor successfully used in fieldhouse climatic conditions of the area; surface is used, space efficiency development. existing facilities; and available can be increased by cutting out a funds. Consideration should be portion with a sand pit beneath it. Systems Construction given to the size and make-up of The cut out portion, which needs The term "sy terns

Encapsulated Spaces and Stadiums 113 construction" commonly refers to 3. Integration of individual begun on a foundation of buildings consisting of building subsystems into a generalized knowledge. The pre-designed, pre-engineered, coordinated building system. specific needs can be determined factory-constructed units shipped 4. Testing of components (or at a later date without sacrificing to the site for installation. The subsystems) to assure that they efficiency in either the design or IL/man usually refers to these satisfy performance standards. construction processes. The buildings as prefabricated or One begins, always, by necessary beginning drawings for modular buildings. These buildings describing the way in which a the systems portion of the project offer a wide range of possibilities facility must work. Then portions of can be issued as soon as basic for exterior and interior design. the project are isolated for open, design decisions are reached. This Systems building was introduced competitive bidding, creating a enables the architect to apply fast in the United States in 1962, and, series of solutions, or subsystems. track scheduling. Consequently, interestingly enough, schools were It is a condition of each solution those parts of the building which major clients. The one-level that it must integrate with all the require the most time, such as sprawling schools that dot so others, a requirement that fosters foundations may be begun much of the American landscape cooperative efforts on the part of immediately. are testimony to the systems many subcontractors. The modular concept is approach. More sophisticated Construction systems are employed in the construction of designs and technology now erected quickly, enabling inside the popular fieldhouse/arena enable facilities to be built in this work to proceed uninterrupted by activities center with the hyperbolic fashion while escaping sameness unfavorable weather. Site paraboloid architectural style. Any of appearance. construction depends on a number of modules are developed, The prolonged construction time builder's ability to apply the and the activities spaces are of many projects renders buildings modular systems to a particular placed inside the building. obsolete the day they are type of structure. The full value in Additional modules can be added completed. A viable school systems construction depends on as needed at a future date. building program, therefore, the builder's performance in fitting (Figures 5-3; 3A) depends in large measure on the pieces together. effecting economies in both time One advantage of systems Geodesic Dome and money. Systems construction building is "fast track scheduling." A geodesic dome offers another has managed to control the length This technique saves time and option in encapsulation. Basically, of building time and subsequently thereby reduces constructiln a geodesic dome is a "framework the cost of construction. money. The system permits to enclose space." In this context Ideally, systems building several construction steps that it is encapsulating space. In comprises four stages: normally follow one another to technical language a geodesic 1. Study of user requirements. proceed simultaneously, resulting dome is the result of a series of 2. Establishment of performance in significant time savings. The physical and complex standards for the building theory behind fast tracking holds mathematical properties that subsystems or tt..3 entire system. that any phase of a pr can be create a lightweight, strong,

Figure 5-a 3A A hyperbolicparaboloid design for the Lifesport Center at Albright College in Reading, Pennsylvania.

114 Encapsulated Spaces and Stadiums transportable and economical A fabric roof is about 1/30 the fabric's translucency structure that can be used in a the weight of a which may eliminate the multitude of ways. It is made by conventional steel truss need for artificial daytime precisely interlocking triangles roof. This reduced weight lighting. The energy costs which appear as a series of means that the walls, required for air hexagons on a completed building. footings, and foundations conditioning to overcome Enormous spans and heights can are not required to be the heat generated by the be achieved, including a complete nearly so strong as in a artificial lights also are sphere, without the need of inside conventional building. reduced. support walls. The familiar Less Construction Time Less Maintenance The half-sphere shape has given way The amount of non-stick characteristics of to many complicated shapes as construction time is directly Teflon allows the fabric to engineering knowledge and related to the initial cost of be washed clean each confidence has progressed. the structure. The total time it rains. time necessary to build a Full Utilization of Space Fabric Structures fabric roof is usually less Depending on the fabric A fairly recent development in than for a conventional structure's configuration the area of physical education, roof. and support, the area that recreation, and athletic facilities is Natural Lighting Since can be encapsulated is the concept of fabric structures. the fiberglass fabric almost limitless. The fabric used most commonly is material which is used is There are two basic types of a Teflon coated fiberglass translucent, it results in a fabric structures being utilized material. The fiberglass yarn is high quality of interior today. These two types are tension pound for pound stronger than natural lighting. Without structures and air-supported steel and is less expensive. It can using artificial lights during structures. Tension structures are withstand temperatures of 1300 to the day, the light intensity made by stretching the fabric 1500 degrees Fahrenheit and is inside can vary anywhere across between rigid supports. Air not affected by cold cr the from 100 to 1000 structures are sealed buildings ultraviolet rays of the sun. Fabric footcandles, depending on which maintain a positive internal structures offer a number of weather conditions. The air pressure for support. They are advantages over other types of interior light is considered actually inflated like a balloon and construction: of high quality because it must maintain the positive air Lower Initial Cost Initial is non-glare and pressure to remain inflated. costs are usually less than shadow-free. Tension Structures with conventional Lower Energy Costs In construction. Several some climates or regions, Some projects lend themselves factors contribute to this, energy costs may be more naturally to tension the main one being weight. substantially reduced by structures than to air-supported

''sral

I I 0

_ 4_ .

Figure 5-4, 4A Interior and exterior views of LaVerne College Student Center and DramaCenter.

115 Encapsulated Spaces and Stadiums 12i structures. Some of the conditions the drama center. Completed in structures the internal columns, in which a tension structuremay 1973. walls, and foundations must be preferable are as follows: Hanover Park This support a roof weight of from 10 to Free and open access city-owned community and 40 pounds per square foot. On the from the sides is desirable recreation center is located in other hand, in air-supported or required. Hanover Park, Illinois. The center structures, a roof weight of about A unique design or houses six tennis courts and a one pound per square foot is aesthetics are of gymnasium. Completed in 1976. transmitted directly to the ground importance. Lindsay Park The Lindsay by columns of air. This increased The facility will be largely Park Sports Centre in Calgary, air pressure of about 4 or 5 unattended or not Alberta, Canada, houses a pounds per square foot greater monitored. 50-meter pool, diving pool, a fully than ambient pressure is usually Possible deflation of an equipped 30,000 square foot unnoticed by the building's air-supported structure gymnasium, and a 200-meter occupants. Some of the instances would constitute a severe running track. It incorporates an when an air structure may be operational or safety insulation with the fabric roof preferable to a tension structure problem. which gives it an R-value of 16 are: A retrofit to an existing compared with the R-value of 2 When column-free spans conventional building common in most fabric roofs. of greater than 150 feet structure such as a Despite the great improvement in are desired. swimming pool or an insulating qualities, the fabric roof When large, column-free outdoor stadium is desired. is still transparent enough to allow spans are desired at a for an interior illumination of 200 cost which is greatly Examples footcandles. Completed in 1983. reduced compared to La Verne College La Verne conventional structures. In College in La Verne, California, Airs-Supported Structures fact, cost-per-unit area contains the first permanent There are two basic types of usually decreases as the enclosed fiberglass structure in the air-supported structures. These are size of the span increases. United States. The tent-like the large permanent air structures When a low silhouette is structure covers 1.4 acres with the and smaller, more portable, air desired. fabric roof having been erected in structures. This section will just three days. Called the discuss the large air structures. Examples Campus Center, it contains a gym Air-supported fabric structures The U.S. Pavilion The first seating 900 people. Men's and are supported by a positive air large air-supported fabric structure women's locker rooms, offices, the pressure within a totally enclosed in the world was the U.S. Pavilion campus bookstore, and a lecture structure. This positive air at Expo '70 in Osaka, Japan. This area are also located inside. A pressure is produced by a group pioneering low-profile, smaller separate structure houses of large fans. In conventional cable-restrained, air-supported roof

,w11, 11 1 eeeeee 11 I 11.11 11;11111111

Figure 5-5, 5A University of Northern Iowa Unit Dome has fiberglass membrane covering with Teflon coating. It hasa cable suspension system combined with an air support system.

116 Encapsulated Space's and Stadiums 12 Figure 5-6, 6.4 The Hubert H. Hum- phrey Metrodome has brought Maloof professional basebaN and football to fans in Minneapolis, Minne- trOta covered 100,000 square feet. Like square foot. Completed in 1978. the answer to an increasing need most fabric structures it was Carrier Dome The Carrier , for large activity areas at a designed to withstand 125 mph Dome in Syracuse, New York, is nominal cost. Cost savings are in winds and major earthquakes. the home of Syracuse University proportion to the size of the space Thomas E. Leavey Activities athletics. This stadium seats to be covered. Spaces over 300 Center This physical education 50,000 for football and 25,000 for square feet usually bring a cost and athletic complex is at the basketball. Also a great bargain, savings when compared to University of Santa Clara in Santa the-taal Construction cost was conventional roofing. Because of Clara, California. It contains a $27,715,000, which figures 'o heat gain, which seems to present 5,000 seat arena for basketball $554 per seat. This is ve a more severe problem than heat and volleyball along with inexpensive when compared to loss, the northern areas of the racquetball courts, wrestling, conventional covered stadiums. United States seem better suited gymnastics, weight training and Completed in 1980. for environmental covers. There conditioning areas, conference Others: are numerous playing fields rooms, staff offices, and a Uni-Dome University of around schools and colleges which 25-meter swimming pool. The pool Northern Iowa, 1975. lend themselves easily to air fabric is covered by a separate fabric Steve Lacy Field House - - encapsulation. roof which can be removed in the Milligan College, Milligan, Canadian Architecture listed the summertime, converting the Tennessee, 1974. following advantages and structure into an outdoor pool. Sun Dome University of disadvantages of air structure Completed in 1974. South Florida, Tampa, Florida, technology: Located at the Dakota Dome 1981. Advantages University of South Dakota in Sliverdome Pontiac, Vermillion, South Dakota, the Michigan, 1975. Low initial cost. Air shelters Dakota Dome contains five Metrodome Minneapolis, allow a client with a small capital basketball courts, volleyball courts, Minnesota, 1982. budget to acquire a facility that two tennis courts, an eight-lane B.C. Place Amphitheater could not be obtained if 200-meter track, four racquetball Vancouver, B.C., Canada, 1983. conventional construction courts, a six-lane 25-meter pool, Hoosier Dome Indianapolis, techniques were employed. locker rooms, athletic department Indiana, 1984. Speed of erection. The actual offices, and classrooms. The main erection of the envelope takes only floor is a synthetic surface which one or two days. However, is used for most court activities, Small Air- Structures additional time is required for the and has an artificial turf football This section will discuss the ground work, site services, field which can be rolled out on merits of the smaller and more foundation, anchorage, flooring, top for football, soccer, and other portable air structures. Air and installation of mechanical and field events. When the facility is structures work well as electrical equipment. Only minimal set up for football, there is seating environmental covers placed over field labor is needed. for 12,000 spectators. The entire existing recreational areas and, for Ease of deflation, inflation, facility was built for about $51 per many institutions, the "bubble" is and repair. Deflation and inflation

Encapsulated Spaces and Stadiums 117 of the fabric envelope does not of up to 25 years, with longer-life creative minds in the architecture, require skilled labor. Many existing materials being tested. All other engineering and physical structures come supplied with items such as the foundation, education professions, future repair kits. (The repair of a major flooring, and mechanical facilities for sports can reasonably fault requires skill and special equipment have the life span of a be expected to be technically equipment such as that needed for conventional building. sound, programmatically utilitarian electronic fabric welding.) Poor thermal insulation. The and aesthetically pleasing. Portability. When deflated and cost of heating is a significant packed, the fabric envelope can factor and should be evaluated New Ideas be stored in a small space or against that for a conventional easily transported elsewhere for building over time. During winter A recent development in the storage or use. Depending on the months when the heat is required construction of fabric structures is size of the envelope, deflation and to melt the snow or to cause it to the idea of combining both an packing usually requires one or slide off, a safe level of air-supported roof and a tension two days. temperature will have to be roof in the same building. An Adaptability for temporary maintained at all times at the example of this concept is the functions. For temporary use, the expense of heating costs. If the Stephen C. O'Connell Center. air-supported structure has definite bubble is not to be heated during This physical education, physical and financial advantages the inactive hours, it will have to recreation, and athletic complex is over a conventional building. A be supervised constantly for the located at the University of Florida number of manufacturers are now dangers of unexpected snowfall. In at Gainesville. This was the first preparing to lease their the summertime the heat gain of structure to combine both air-supported structures, which will the airsupported structure poses a air-supported and tension roofs in increase their attractiveness for cooling problem. one building. The center or main short-term use. arena is covered by a large Acoustic problem. The curved air-inflated dome while the outer Long-span and high-ceiling shape of the air-supported features. Clear and unobstructed areas of the building are the structure produces a peculiar spaces is an inherent feature of tension-covered spaces. The main acoustic environment. This poses the structure. Conventional arena has an indoor track and can limitations on its use for large seat 10,400 spectators for long-span and high-ceiling gatherings and open-plan structures are much more basketball. Located under the arrangements for different groups. expensive. When the intended tension-supported areas are a Pressure. Although the air function demands these structure gymnastics studio, dance studio, pressure in the structure is only weight room, locker rooms, offices, attributes, the air-supported one inch of water column, some structure may have a definite and a 3000-seat, 50-meter sensitive people feel a slight effect natatorium. Like most fabric economic advantage. on their eardrums, particularly at Integrated heating, ventilation, structures, this facility was a the moment of entering the bargain. The total construction and air-pressure system. The structure. integrated system is also an cost was $11,954,418 which Uncertain performance over a inherent principle. Lengthy duct comes out to about $49 per long-term period. Although the works and pipe works are not square foot. Completed in 1980. structure has undergone numerous Since the concept of fabric required. The warm-up time of the tests by recognized laboratories, space is a matter of minutes. structures is still quite new, not all many long-term predictions are Maximum use of daylight the problems have been resolved. extrapolated from short-time tests. However, each new fabric illumination. Translucency is Some regard this kind of structure appears to have fewer -1 characteristic of some kinds of "accelerated test" as of little use, envelope fabrics. Artificial lighting problems and to be an whereas others place great faith in is minimized during daytime use. improvement over those built it. Because of the short history of previously. this type of structure, it is not yet Disadvantages possible to demonstrate Limited portability in certain performance value over time. Wooden Domes applications. The degree of Restriction due to wind In Another recent development in portability depends on the type of winds of hurricane velocity, most the area of encapsulated spaces construction (concrete foundations codes require that the structure be are wooden domes. These and most conventional flooring), evacuated. spherical wooden structures have and site services such as gas and The true capabilities of several advantages over electricity are not portable. encapsulated space have barely conventional structures. Life span. The fabric envelope been uncovered. With today's Column-free spans of up to 800 in use today has a life expectancy advanced technology, and with feet are possible, and they are

118 1;31 Encapsulated Spaces and Stadiums generally easier to build. There are several wooden dome structures around the country ranging from high school gymnasiums to very large arenas.

Onsmples J. Lawrence Walkup Skydome This laminated wood dome is located at Northern Arizona University in Flagstaff, Arizona. Opened in 1977, the Skydorne is 502 feet across and covers 6.2 acres. It contains a full size, roll-up, synthetic football/soccer field, a professional sized ice hockey rink, a 1/5 mile running track, a portable wood basketball court, and has seating for more 011, 4. than 15,000 people. The total ! 4Nms. construction cost was $8.3 million, or about $620 per seat. Tacoma Dome The Tacoma Figure 5-7 Dome in Tacoma, Washington, Recently remodeled, the Munster High School Fiekihouse in Munster, Indiana incor- was opened in 1983. This $44 porates wooden arches million multi-purpose complex is F7eklhouse F7oors reabsorption of excess 53C feet across and is presently The floor of the fieldhouse condensation, the building should the largest wooden dome in the should be resistant to weather and be heated by the circulation of world. It can seat 20,722 for warm air in addition to radiant football, 25,138 for basketball, and heavy usage. Dirt floors are not recommended. Rubber asphalt, heat. Adequate means should be contains a permanent ice hockey urethane, and poly vinyl chloride provided to supply and exhaust rink. synthetics are most commonly air. The walls inside and outside used in multipurpose areas. Wood, should be impervious to vapor Conventional Design still a popular flooring, is pressure. Technical heating, ventilating, and lighting problems Although building to encompass sometimes used in combination with synthetics when basketball should be referred to a specialist. large areas in the fieldhouse In the typical fieldhouse, which concept will satisfy many of the and volleyball are located in the fieldhouse. includes a tunnel vault roof, there activities which meet the needs of should be no parapets. individuals, there is still the necessity to house other teaching Lighting, Heating and Ventilation Bleachers and Balconies areas in smaller sectors or isolated Windows should be located to teaching stations. Thus, the prevent the interference of sunlight Permanent seating facilities may conventional design still remains with player performance at any be provided in a balcony and on popular when program needs time during the day. Walls and the level of the playing floor. dictate. ceilings should be light in color. Because permanent seats restrict The architectural style is Catwalks are necessary for the use of a floor space, they generally designed to conform with servicing the ceiling tights, should not be used at the level of the municipal or campus spotlights and drop nets for The playing floor in such a facility. surroundings. Function, rather partitioning. The height of the last row of than appearance, should Condensation problems should seats is determined by the number determine the building style be given major consideration, of rows and the increased ultimately accepted. particularly where extreme elevation of each. The height of Many of the larger complexes temperatures require sprinkling of the seating surface of the first row have been built to incorporate the surface or dirt areas, or when should be 22 inches from the floor, fieldhouse as aisegment of the large crowds witness events in the and each successive row should total building. fieldhouse. To promote be 8.5 to 11.5 inches higher than

VA. Encapsulated Spaces and Stadiums 13k.' 119 the preceding one. the swinging area of a door. The corridors, and fire-alarm systems, The width of each seating space ramps should have at least a planners should consult local and should not be less than 18 inches. 6-foot clearance at the bottom and state laws and the local safety and The required space per person will level platforms at 30-foot intervals fire codes. vary from 2.7 to 3 square feet. on every turn. Sight lines should be considered The fieldhouse should be so in relation to the increase in designed that the normal flow of Accommodations for elevation between successive traffic will not encroach upon the Public Events rows. Spectators should have focal activity areas, to avoid interference Scoreboard and timing devices points of vision at the court with instruction and participation should be of sufficient number and boundary line nearest the seats. and to decrease maintenance so placed as to be readily seen by Focal points more than three feet costs. Permanent seating should players and all spectators. They above those boundary lines are be kept to a minimum in areas should be easy to operate and unsatisfactory. used primarily for instruction. readily accessible for maintenance When bleachers are extended, Roll-away bleachers are purposes. Provision should be the first row should be at least 10 preferable. made for installation of a public feet away from the court sidelines In areas designed primarily for address system. Acoustical and end lines. The depth of closed basketball, spectators should enter treatment of the building is bleachers varies from 3 feet for 10 and exit at a single level at desirable. rows to 4.5 to 7.5 feet for 23 rows. various points around the Accommodations for reporters, The elevated seating deck or circumference, from an exterior sports broadcasters, and talent platform can be used to perimeter walkway. Designers may scouts should be planned in the supplement the number of seats decide on the use of a continuous original design. Sound-proof provided at floor level. Removable cross aisle connected through the broadcasting and television booths bleachers for the deck should be exit tunnel to the concourse. In should be provided for these the same as those used at floor such a design, all seats above this services if the fteldhouse will be level. By adopting this design, cross aisle are accessible only by used for attractions of planners provide additional activity means of stairs at each exit considerable public interest. At space on the deck and in the area tunnel, while the lower seats can basketball games, however, the under it. The depth of the deck be reached from the vertical aisles working press prefers to be as depends upon the number of connecting the main cross aisle. close to the action as possible, bleacher rows. Temporary This system simplifies the flow of and space should be provided at bleachers should be thoroughly spectators to and from an event courtside. inspected before they are used, and allows for efficient When the fteldhouse is designed and their capacity should never be management and control at one to accommodate large crowds, taxed. level. A portion of the lower seats concession booths should be Balconies may be constructed to are attached to telescopic constructed. They should be provide seats to supplement platforms, which roll back into wall equipped with,electric or gas retractable bleachers at court level pockets when a larger arena floor stoves, sinks, running water, and and on the elevated deck. They is desired. sewer connections and should be can be either a continuation of To determine requirements for located where they do not interfere retractable bleachers or elevated ramps, stairs, exits, doors. with the normal flow of traffic. The above them and extended partially over the seating at a lower level. Balcony seats may have backs or be similar to those for stadiums. When permanent balconies are planned, they should be constructed without supporting pillars that would interfere in any way with the playing or visual area. They should be served by Figure 5-8 ramps connecting directly, or by The Welsh-Ryan ..8." 4 means of wide corridors with ArenaatNorth- convenient entrances and exits. western University ow" Ramps have a slope of at least utilizes long spinning one-foot rise in 12 feet. Minimum steel arches.- landings are 5 by 5 feet and extend at least one foot beyond

120 Encapsulated Spaces and Stadiums booths should be accessible from should be as wide as the deck be used regularly throughout the all seats. Approximately 100 aisles served. Stairs or ramps not year by intramural participants and square feet per 1,000 spectators opening directly into a street or intersoNegiate squads. It is should be allowed for permanent open space should have lanes at desirable to provide passageways concession Liooths. least 20 feet wide leading out of from dressing rooms directly to the the area. basketball floor to avoid crowd Entnineas and Exits interference. Entrances to the fieldhouse &mice end Atudikwy UM, Dressing rooms with adjoining should be located with reference If the fiekihouse is adjacent to shower and toilet facilities should to parking and traffic approaches. the main gymnasium building and be provided for male and female Provisions should be made for a the natatorium, the requirements staff members. These paved access roadway and at for lockers, shows, and toilets accommodations can also be used least one entrance large enough to can, in some instances, be by game officials. accommodate trucks. The main reduced. An underpass from the Separate toilet facilities in body should be of sufficient size to gymnasium to the fieldhousemay sufficient number for men and accommodate anticipated crowds be desirable to make the women spectators should be checking tickets and admission, gymnasium service units available provided close to the seating particularly in northern climates. to some participants in the areas. Toilets should be provided The lobby should be designed fieldhouse. If the fieldhouse is not new traffic lanes. Where large for ticket selling and collecting so adjacent to the gymnasium, crowds attend games, it is that the traffic wiN flow in a consideration should be given to advisable to place supplementary straight line, or nearly so, from the the erection of a small building or toilet facilities off the main lobby. entrances to the box office to the basement, simple in design, with The number of authorized building ticket collectors. ro avoid dressing, show and toilet users, the capacity of spectator congestion, approximately facilities, rather than use space for seating, and the local building two-thirds of the lobby should be such purposes that might be used codes will dictate the number of toilet facilities required. planned for accmmodating box more advantageously for sports offices and ticket purchasers. The activities. A room for first-aid treament remainder should be reserved for Convenient and accessible should be provided if the ticket holders, who should have dressing units (for men old fleidhouse program is planned to direct access to admission gates. women) equipped with chalk and attract spectators. This room may The seating capacity and the tack boards for the home and also serve the purpose of a number of seats in each section visiting teams should be provided. training room for emergency will determine the number of When the fieldhouse is to be used treatment of injuries. entrances and exits required. It is for interscholastic basketball Provision for a lounge room may important that spectators be tournaments and indoor track be advisable after consideration of dispersed speedily. It is highly meets, consideration should be such factors as available space desirable to have exit ramps given to providing separate locker and funds as well as the functions leading from stepped aisles. rooms with adjoining shower and of such a room for dubs, Ramps, stairs, and passageways toilet facilities. These units could members of athletic squads, letter

Al.*. -.OW '...1161.211

Figure 5.9, 9A Two Mterior views of Idaho State Mini D01170 shows flexibilityof dome design.

Encapsulated Spaces and Stadiums 134 121 men, officials and coaches, and and "seating s:ructure" include tennis is from behind the ends of visitors. An adjoining kitchenette is both permsitent and temporary the cowls. Seating facilities for desirable. outdoor seating facilities, while the other outdoor events should be word stadium refers only to adjacent to the activity area and Stomas Space permanent accommodations. as near as possible to the Many fieldhouses are Spectator structures provide probable center of action constructed with insufficient seating from which people can consistent with the rules governing storage space. It is essential to satisfactorily view athletic events the activity. have adequate and conveniently without inhibiting the activities of Track-and-field spectator seating placed storage space if the the participants. Seating structures is generally parallel to the facilities are to be fully usable. can be justified more readily if straightaway for the dashes. Some Space should be provided for they have multiple uses. In planners, however, have located equipment and supplies for the addition to serving athletic spectator seating so that the physical education, athletic, and contests, these facilities can be structure angles gradually toward recreational programs. Supply used for concerts, conventions, the straightaway end of the track. rooms should be large enough so patriotic observances, plays and The front end of the structure that supplies and equipment can pageants, lectures, nearest the starting line should be be cared for and issued from commencement exercises, and farther away frontthe track than them. Shelves in storage rooms other mass gatherings. the front end nearest the Mirth. should be slanted toward the wall. The space underneath a This arrangement faces the After a building is completed, it stadium may provide physical spectators toward the most is impossible to add storage space education and activity areas. common center of continuing unless that space is taken from These facilities should supplement action. areas designed for other uses. rather than duplicate existing The multiple use of a stadium Thoughtful planning of storage units. for softball, baseball, and football space should be done when often results from the desk, to setting forth total space needs. Seating Capacity use existing floodighting. In most Adequate maintenance and control cases, sufficient seating facilities over supplies and equipment is If possible, the seating capacity can be provided with a small possible only when proper storage of a stadium should be sufficient permanent structure or by space is available. to meet present needs, with plans relocating mobile bleachers used A major consideration in for expansion to satisfy predicted for football. connection with storage is the needs for a period of at least 20 The combination provision of adequate entrances to years. The number of seats baseball-football field should be storage areas. A loading dock and required will be influenced by the avoided if possible, and especially elevator may also be required, sports served: entolithent of the if planners do not intend to use depending on the type of supplies school or college; population and artificial turf. Superimposing an and equipment to be used. socioeconomic statusof the town, infield upon a portion of the city and region; and Named gridiron makes undesirable expansion of the program. The viewing and playing conditions for STADIUMS provision of an excessive number football and soccer. A baseball of seats should be avoided This consideration of stadiums is area that overlaps a track-and-field because construction and primarily concerned with the type site presents safety problems. of structure frequently needed for maintenance costs make it Competitors have had serious impractical to provide school and community use, with a collisions on such combined accommodations that we seldom facilities. capacity of 10,000 or less and with used. limited spectator accommodations. It should be obvious, however, that Site and Location the basic considerations for such Design A primary requisite for a structures will also apply to larger Rectangular spectator structures satisfactory site is adequacy of units. Those responsible for provide the most practical seating size. The site must be large planning stadiums should keep in accommodations for field games, enough to accommodate the play mind that their creation is an tennis, outdoor basketball, and safety areas for the sport or integral part of the physical volleyball, and other outdoor sports to be conducted, the education, recreational, and sports, and special events or proposed present and future athletic programs of the school demonstrations. For baseball, a seating, and service areas. The and community. structure can be located parallel to site should be flat or easily For the purposes of this section, either the first-base or third-base leveled. However, natural inclines the terms "spectator structure" lines. The most favorable view of of the topography can be used for

122 13o EncapsulatedSpaces and Stadiums support or partial support of a concrete. The design of deck vertical surfaces form the risers. structure. Surface drainage of a support should meet structural To minimize expense, treads and site and adjacent areas as well as strength requirements of state and risers should be as small as the subsurface soils and local building codes, and the possible but sufficient in size for geological formations should be supports should be so located that comfort and good view. The height considered. they provide unobstructed spaces of the first riser should be kept to Cities with two or more of the appropriate dimensions to a minimum because it affects the secondary schools should consider accommodate proposed uses of ultimate height of the entire the construction of one stadium for the underneath portion of the structure and, themfore, the cost. their combined use. Teams from stadium. The width of the treads is each school may practice on local Stress standards should be governed by factors of economy fields and,play their regular games considered at all times in stadium and comfort. A minimum depth of at the stadium. If possible, the construction. Regardless of the 24 inches is recommended for structure should be located on or materials used, aN spectator treads with backless seats. For adjacent to one of the schools' structures should be designed to structures without continuous sites for reasons of greater meet the following specifications: seating decks, this measurement accessibility, maximum use, and to support, in addition to their own should be taken between the front more efficient maintenance, weight, a uniform distributed line edges of the seating surface of operation, and supervision. load of not less than 100 pounds successive tiers. The minimum per square foot of gross horizontal depth for tread supporting seats Seating Decks and Supports projection; to resist a horizontal with backs is 30 inches. Tread The main considerations in wind load of 30 pounds per square widths remain constant except for planning spectator structures foot of all vertical projections; and the first tier, unless there is a involve seating decks, deck to withstand a seat load of 24 railing, low waft, or fence in front; supports, seats, and means of pounds per linear foot of seats in which case, additional space is ingress and egress. Several and a force of 10 pounds per required for spectator movement. factors should govern the selection linear foot applied in a direction Drainagemustalso be of materials used for seating decks perpendicular to the seats' length. considered in the design of treads and deck supports, including Seating standards require that all for solid decks. A formad slope of expected capacity, intended use of seats and footboards carry line one-half to one inch per tread will the structure, availability of funds, loads of not less than 120 pounds permit water to drain off rapidly, in climatic conditions, and desired per linear foot. addition to facilitating hosing the aesthetic qualities. Bent steel plates may be used deck for cleaning purposes. in the construction of steel decks Wood, stone, brick, steel, and Gutters and drains should be reinforced concrete are the (prefabricated sections of treads included for large structures. The materials most frequently used. and risers). This type of deck standards for the size of the drain The inclusion of service and other affords flexibility in expansion. A are based on the minimum ratio of facilities under the stadium makes facility of thit kind may be one square inch to each 300 mandatory a solid, continuous, and salvaged and moved to a new site, square feet of deck surface waterproof deck of either concrete and it is a sturdy, durable, and served. or metal. Wooden treads and watertight (if welded) structure. State and local budding codes risers may be used if the However, steel plates do tend to set standards for aisles, entrances, underneath area will not be deteriorate if not painted regularly. and portals for spectator developed. Appearance, tensile A structure with a seating structures. Planners should be stme loth. adaptability, capacity of less than 5,000 cognizant ofsuchcodes. Aisles exhaustability, durability, and cost persons might be constructed of may not be necessary in small of construction an maintenance wooden treads and risers mounted seating structures. For structures are items that should guide the on concrete, steel, or wooden with many rows and larger buyer in the selection of building substructures. The advantages of capacities, aisles are necessary. materials. this type of construction are lower, Sections between aisles should Concrete, structural s Of cost and portability. Deterioration contain tiers with 21-32 seats. of the wood and the almost wooden columns, and rural or The first aisles should be artificial embankment:: ft -ye as constant maintenance problems are disadvantages. located 11 to 16 seats from the supports for decks of spectator ends of the structure. Horizontal structures. Reinforce 1 concrete walks are iienerally undesirable columns are generally used to Treads and Risers because persons using them will support most wooden decks. The In the seating deck of a obstruct the sight lines of others. If supporting structure of the stadium spectator structure, the treads such walks are used, the next should rest upon foundations of form the horizontal surface while tread above should be high

Encapsulated Spaces and Stadiums 131 123 enough to permit the spectators to the nearest lane; for side seating specific spectator structure. If look Over those persons walking in tennis, four feet in toward the night games are to played, front of them. In addition, the first seats from the doubles boundary Illumination is necessary for all tier of seats should be high line; and for end seating for areas to be used by spectators. enough to allow its occupants an tennis, 10 feet behind the base The playing areas should receive unobstructed view. line. extra illumination in situations Aisles should have a minimum where the last row of seats is several hundred feet away from width of 36 inches, and if divided Seating Arrangements by a portal or obstruction, each the action on the field. Uniform side should be at least 21 inches Considerations involved in the Illumination is necessary for proper wide. Whenever the riser exceeds design of seating facilities include player judgment of the ball and its nine inches, an intermediate step the nature of the contest, the trajectory. Lighting must now be is necessary. comfort and convenience of provided in terms of footcandles The seating capacity and the spectators, proper balance of cost required for filming and television. number of seats in each section and comfort, stadium cleaning, Standards for the design and will determine the number of and maintenance expenses. location of lights are published by entrances and exits required. It is Back supports are generally the Illuminating Engineering important that spectators be unnecessary in stadiums because Society. dispersed in a minimum amount of of the nature of the activity and Manufacturers have a wide time. It is highly desirable to have the added cost of such supports. variety of lighting systems, direct exit ramps leading from stepped For planning purposes, an area of and indirect. Some of the most aisles. Ramps, stairs, and two by two feet, or four square popularly used systems are passageways should be as wide feet per seat, should be allowed mercury vapor, fluorescent, as the deck aisles served. Stairs for bench seats. The height of the incandescent, luminaries, or ramps not opening directly into seats above the foot-support quartz-flood, filament, Lucalox, and a street or open space should treads should be between 16 and multi-vapor. have lanes of at least 20 feet in 18 incht 1. Some designers make width leading out of the area. no allowance for seating other Communication Facilities than directly on the treads. A press box to accommodate Deck Walls and Railings However, elevated bench seats are more satisfactory. reporters, sports broadcasters, The ends, backs, and in some Douglas fir, redwood, and television and motion-picture instances the fronts of the seating southern cypress are the woods cameramen, and scouts should be structures should be bordered by most used for bench construction. planned in the original design. It walls or a railing. These walls or Such factors as decay resistance, should be sturdy, permanent railings should extend at least 12 bleeding, strength, silvering, and construction and should be high inches above the treads and be cross-section of grain warrant enough to permit the occupants to designed to prevent spectators consideration in selecting the kind see over the spectators standing from sitting on them. and quality of wood. Types of in the row immediately in front. It should be heated and enclosed, Sight Lines commercial covering that protect and aid in the maintenance of with a glass front. Seating facilities should be wooden seats should 14:-e In cold climates, consideration constructer4+o provide spectators investigated. Synthetic materials of should be given to providing an with a good view of the plaster, Fiberglass, and the like, area *or sports photographers at performance. Nearness and an molded into seating structures, are either end of the press box. A unobstructed sight line to the now past the experimental stage. protected and heated structure desired points affect the quality of Extruded aluminum, natural in providing overhead cover, with an the accommodations. A sight line color, is fabricated into seats and open area in front from which is a straight line from the eyes of may be found in many modem pictures could be taken, might be the seated spectator, over the stadiums. The natural type is constructed for a nominal sum. heads of others below, to a point neither hot nor cold, withstands Stairs and/or an elevator should on the field that represents the weather, defies insect destruction, prcvi.1.) access to the press box, spot nearest the structure that and drains and dries quickly and and the latter is recommended if should be in his field of vision. cleanly. the press-box floor is more than Recommended focal points for 30 feet above ground level. Public sight lines are as follows: for toilet facilities should be football, the nearest side boundary Lighting and Electrical Facilities immediately adjacent, with a lines; for baseball, several feet General lighting and electrical minimum of two water closets, or behind the catcher; for track, outlets should be planned to one for every 10 occupants. about knee-height of the runner in satisfy the requirements of the The football press box should be

124 1 3 / Encapsulated Spaces and Stadiums located opposite the 50-yard line, probable future facility needs, and be designed to use the same preferably on the west side of the a determination of which needs lights. Artificial turf can be used all stadium. Baseball press boxes canbestbe satisfied through day, everyday, by everyone. usually occupy some portion of the development of the space. Three Artificial grass is feasible since it stand behind home plate, and important questions should be causes no allergies, or baldheaded tennis matches can best be served answered in determining the fields, and It is good for all grass by a press box behind the end of feasibility of developing this sports football, baseball, the courts. A means of portion of the stadium. Is it soccer, golf, tennis and lawn communication between the press possible to construct the facilities bowling. There are other synthetic box and the field is necessary. in keeping with previously surfaces that service smooth determined requirements? Will surface sports such as basketball. DevelopingSpace these facilities permit the intended Beneath Stadium use? Is it economically practical? Additional Accommodations for The space underneath stadium If the space under the stadium is Public Events seating can serve a variety of to be developed, other important Scoreboards are essential for purposes. Planners should not factors that should be considered football, softball, and baseball consider service units in this are whether the structure is above fields. Time clocks are also section of the stadium if no more ground and/or of permanent desirable for football. than 15 rows of seats are construction; whether the seating It is advisable to have the contemplated. Under-stadium deck is watertight; the space scoreboard designed as an development is economically requirements of the various integral part of the structure, advisable only if the cost of facilities, which will indicate the especially in the case of larger construction of needed facilities is location and design of columns, stadiums. For activities attracting a less than it would be at other trusses, beams and other small number of spectators, available sites. Many colleges and supports; and whether the mechanical or movable universities may find it more substructure is designed to scoreboards may be practical. feasible to develop the area support the seating deck and, at One public telephone should be underneath the stadium than to the same time, provide a provided for every 1,000 have the various functions that framework for the construction spectators, with a minimum of two might be served there dispersed to under the stadium. for the stadium regardless of the more remote areas. Ramps, stairs, walks and other seating capacity. Booths should be A variety of uses can be made stadium service facilities should be enclosed to eliminate noise and of this space. The most common located to satisfy the intended should be placed in accessible facilities to be located in this area purpose, but also with locations. are public toilet rooms, storage consideration of facilities under the For suggestions on concession rooms, concession booths, and stadium. Common errors made in booths and dressing units for dressing rooms for competitors. the development of this area are participants and staff, see the Activity areas, a weight training the failure to provide a watertight discussions in the section of this room, classrooms, and offices seating deck with the necessary chapter on fieldhouses. might also be included in this inclusion of expansion joints The availability of electricity, area. In larger stadiums one or and insufficient windows and gas, water, and sewer connections more lounge rooms for pregame ventilation. significantly affects the use and meetings and/or luncheons with validity of a spectator structure. the press or other similar purposes Field Surface The concession center, press-box might be provided. Other Every consideration should be area, rest rooms, scoreboard possibilities include auditoriums given to the latest developments in operations, field illuminations and and band rooms, dormitories and surfacing. The basic functions to watering, and many other dining halls, instructional areas, a be served by the stadium in the functions depend on one or more rifle range, an archery range, particular institution will determine of these utilities. maintenance shops, housing for the final selection. With the Public toilet units should be the caretaker, basketball courts, exception of cost, there is no located in an area that is easily auxiliary gymnasiums, practice longer any reason to have dirt reached from the seating area. facilities for baseball and track, areas that become mud areas on Because the stadium structure is and squash and handball courts. playgrounds or fields. With ordinarily not heated, all plumbing Steps in planning the area artificial turf, the use of an outdoor should be constructed so that it under the stadium include a field can be increased 300 to 600 can be completely drained of determination of the capacity and percent in a normal year. Football water, and water lines should be type of the proposed structure, a stadiums can be designed to serve buried beneath the frost line of the study of other present and baseball and track. They may also locality. Toilets used by large

Encapsulated Spaces and Stadiums 13d 125 groups should have circulating (in Planners should first define the these requirements are defined. If and out) entrances and exits. objectives and purposes of the the project is financially feasible, Stadium cleaning can be skating facility: an architect can be selected and expedited by providing the To solve a community planning can begin. recommended deck slope and need? drains with hose bibbs located not To be revenue-producing? &Mktg SLr more than 100 feet apart. Paving Single-purpose or the surface under the stadium multi-purpose? The building size will depend on seats and installing drains and Spectator or the types of events to be hose bibbs designed to prevent non-spectator? accommodated. However, the freezing facilitates stadium Types of skating to be recommended size for the ice cleaning. accommodated? Public surface is 85 feet by 200 feet. The skating? Youth skating rink should also include at least 4 Provisions For Future Expansion programs? College and/or dressing rooms, refrigeration room, If there is a possibility that the high school hockey? ice resurfacer storage room, which size of the stadium will need to be Amateur hockey? Semi-pro is accessible to the ice surface. increased in the foreseeable hockey? Pro-hockey? The clear span portion of the future, the method of expansion Hockey tournaments? building need only cover the rink should be determined and the Figure skating? plus seating. necessary details incorporated in Instruction? Ice shows? The number of seats desired will the original footings and other depend on the planned programs, construction. Insofar as possible, From the above, you should be but remember that the width of the the requirements for future able to establish the requirements building will determine to a great expansion should be built into the of location and size, accessibility, extent the number of seats. It will initial structure. parking area, etc. cost more to increase the width of Spectator seating needed the structure than the length. The THE ICE ARENA Inside service areas minimum width needed for 1,000 required (skate sharpening seats plus ice width, dasher The ice rink is a highly and rental, pro-shop, boards, walkway in front of seats, specialized area and should be locker-rooms, etc.) players, seat width at 21/2 feet per planned with the help of Skater and public row, benches, penalty bench, experienced ice rink people. The entrances and exits scoring tables is approximately planning committee should visit as Estimated cost of land, 120 feet. many rinks in operation as building, rink equipment Length of the building will possible and talk to the owners and its installation depend on whether all facilities will and managers. Many worthwhile Length of year rink will be be included under one roof or if a construction and operation operable block building is added for pointers can be gathered from An estimate of the cost of the dressing rooms, refrigeration room, these experienced people. structure can be determined when offices, etc.

Refrigeration It is very important to choose the right type of refrigeration system along with a competent and reliable installation company. In selecting an ice rink installer, the following qualifications should be weighed: education and experience of company directors, age of the firm, qualifications of its personnel, list of rinks designed and volume of business during last four years. Before a final contractor is selected, the committee should visit numerous rinks constructed by each potential installer and talk Figure 5.10 to their owners, managers and An exterior view of the fiisldhouse and hockey rink at Massachusetts InstituNof Technology. engineers. Determine if there was

126 Encapsulated Spaces and Stadiums 1 3d satisfaction with the installation, sufficiently to accelerate mildly pressure the transfer tank training of personnel to run the deterioration not only of Its own which feeds "cold" liquid Freon system and foHow-up to problems components, but those of adjunct under low pressure to the rink that developed. Study the records equipment as weN. floor pipes. There are no of operation of the refrigeration Both systems use compressors restrictions in the rink floor system with respect to expense for and condensers. The compressor perimeter feed pipes. As the Freon energy and operating personnel is that part of the system that 22 flows through the rink floor Producing and maintaining a compresses gaseous refrigerant. piping, it draws heat from the good ice sheet is imperative to During the compression process water or ice causing the water to any rink operation. If there is a the gas becomes hot and is freeze or the Ice to freeze harder. breakdown in refrigeration and you pumped under high pressure by Skaters generate heat in the area lose your ice, your programs are the compressor to the condenser. where there is skating activity. Any lost for that time. In The condenser is a heat change in the Ice temperature at privately-ovmeo rinks, money is exchanger that liquifies any place in the rink causes an lost which will never be recovered. compressed refrigerant gas. immediate pressure equalization It should be noted that in The indirect system uses a brine throughout the entire rink field refrigeration there is no such thing pump and if the pump fails, the system. An in-ice thermostat is as "cold." Cold is the absence of system is inoperative. Two of used to signal changes in heat. With this in mind, it will be these centrifugal pumps should be temperature and works much easier to understand and built into the system to eliminate automatically. evaluate ice rink refrigerator this possibility. One would be used The direct expansion system systems. Heat is absorbed from a as a standby in case the other "DX" differs from the "DLR" in material when it comes in contact fails. the following manner: Freon 22 with a material having a lower The indirect brine system is a refrigerant is pumped under high temperature. In the case of two-step system. First a pressure from the refrigerants, this heat-absorbing refrigerant, either ammonia or compressor-condenser into a quality is increased by the ability Freon 22, is pumped through a holding tank which feeds the of the refrigerant to change to a series of pipes in a brine chiller, perimeter feeder pipes around the gas which produces a greater where the brine is chilled to a rink floor. The refrigerant is then cooling or freezing effect. temperature considerably below forced under high pressure Basically there are two types of the freezing temperature of water. through a series of expansion refrigeration systems: the indirect The chilled brine is then pumped orifices at the head of each run of brine system and the direct system from the brine chiller through the pipe in the rink floor. There are with two variations (Direct Liquid pipes in the rink floor which in turn approximately 255 runs of pipe in Refrigeration "DLR" and Direct absorbs heat from the water and Expansion "DX"). a rink floor, so it has 255 freezes the rink floor. Because the individual orifices. The indirect method is the refrigerant does not go through the Until a few years ago the oldest system used in ice rink piping in the rink floor, the system refrigeration unit was assembled refrigeration. Rapid progress in ice is called indirect. "Brine" is only on the job, but now installation rink refrigeration started in the used in this system and not in the time and costs have been reduced 1930's and 1940's when Dupont direct system. by the development of the developed Freon refrigerants. In the direct system, refrigerant "packaged" ready-for-hookup Before that time, because of high is used throughout the entire refrigeration unit. It is shipped to installation, maintenance and network. It is supplied directly the job site ready to hook up to operating costs, only wealthy through the rink floor pipes. Freon the rink floor. The unit has been municipalities could afford ice 22 is both the refrigerant and pre-assembled, pre-wired, rinks. Also ethylene- glycol was chilling agent. It is highly pre-insulated and pre-tested for developed as a possible dependable, stable and has immediate use at the new arena. replacement for calcium chloride excellent safety features. With this The planning committee should (salt) for use with water as the method the brine chiller and ask representatives of each type brine in indirect systems. Ethylene pumps are eliminated. There are of system to give a presentation. glycol is non-corrosive and made two variations of this system. The One system will not satisfy every possible substantial reductions in direct liquid refrigeration "DLR" need. However, in choosing the refrigeration equipment size. The and the direct expansion "DX." rink installer it is recommended calcium chloride unit must be The "DLR" system is pumpless that the company chosen assume monitored regularly to prevent with no moving parts; only float total responsibility for all the chemical imbalance which can valves which open and close equipment, installation and produce unwanted scale within the automatically. Discharge pressure satisfactory operation of the rink, distribution network or acidify from the compressor is used to along with training rink personnel.

Encapsulated Spaces and Stadiums 127 Insist that the installer of the ice Hardness under the rink, one or all three of refrigerator system be responsible All ice for skating is not the the following things can be done: for the entire rink portion of the same. The best temperature for (1) a drainage system in the facility. In this way, only one each type of ice activity is as sub-soil, (2) removal of the company need be consulted. follows: moisture-holding soil and Hockey: 150-17°F (Hard Ice) replacement with a non-wicking Energy Conservation Pleasure Skating: 17°-20°F type fill and/or (3) installation of Conservation of energy is a (Softer than for hockey) sub-soil heating. Sub-soil heating critical consideration and promises Figure Skating: 20°-22°F is inexpensive to operate because to become more important. Three (Reasonably fast ice, but skates waste heat from the condenser is things determine the energy cut into ice) used to heat the antifreeze which requirement for an ice rink system: Curling: (Soft ice without flows through the pipes embedded 1. Horsepower needed to melting) in the sub-soil. This weak solution operate the refrigeration of glycol is maintained at a equipment, compressors, temperature of 40°F by a condenser, pumps etc. The size Rink Floor thermostat. This means that during and number of the ooerating After selection of the the operation of the rink, the components of the refrigeration refrigeration unit, the next key temperature of the sub-soil never system determines the horsepower portion of the project is drops below 40°F and never needed to operate the unit. The construction of the rink floor. The freezes. higher the horsepower the more in rink floor can be constructed in Most rinks built today are cost per month for operation. different ways steel pipes in insulated by using two layers of 2. The more efficiency that is concrete, steel pipes in sand, 2-inch thick polystyrene foam designed and built into this unit, plastic pipes over a hard surface directly under the rink floor. This the less the refrigeration covered with sand. Steel pipes in insulation prevents the transfer of equipment will need to be running. concrete is preferred. This is the heat from the sub-soil to the rink 3. Rate of efficiency loss of the most expensive, but over the long floor. A vapor barrier of refrigeration unit and system over haul will prove to be the most polyethylene film separates the a long period of time. Causes of practical. insulation from the concrete or efficiency loss are corrosion, If the rink is to be a single sand floor. mineral deposits and oil purpose rink for skating only, a In a full-size 85' x 200' rink accumulation in the entire rink sand floor will give satisfactory there are approximately 51,000 network. service and is lower in initial cost. running feet of pipe. This pipe The direct refrigeration unit uses However, a sand floor is more covers the total rink floor and is less power to operate than the costly to operate because sand is spaced 4" on center. The concrete indirect. The direct unit uses inferior to concrete for heat floor must be poured in one smaller compressors, no brine conduction. continuous pour at a depth of 5-6 chiller, and does not need two The use of plastic pipe is not inches and be separated from the brine circulating pumps. In the recommended except for use in surrounding concrete floor of the brine system, the refrigerant has small portable rinks. The efficiency building. The grid piping is only to be chilled to a temperature of of the refrigeration, using plastic one inch below the surface of the 10°F to 15°F colder than the brine tubing, is less than using steel rink floor to assure dependable temperature. pipes. Plastic tubing does not and efficient freezing of the ice With direct liquid refrigeration conduct heat as well as steel surface. the refrigerant in the rink field pipes. The only advantage to There are approximately 2805 need only to be cooled to the plastic piping is lower initial cost. pipe connections in the standard temperature of the rink floor. This Also, plastic pipes cannot be used size rink. This means that leaks in means that the indirect system with the direct system. the rink floor are a possibility must be in operation longer and at Before the rink floor can be unless a professional job of a less efficient, lower compressor poured, the sub-soil must be coupling or welding is pressure. It stands to reason that tested to establish the water table. accomplished at each connection. if a system operates longer at a The presence of water in the Welding is the best choice if there less efficient manner, the cost sub-soil within four feet of the rink is good quality control. One recent rises. It has been learned by floor can cause heaving of the development is the use of steel comparison of the two systems floor due to freezing and tubing which has no welded operating at peak efficiency that expansion of the soil under the connections from one end of the there is a savings in electrical rink. rink to the other. Using this tubing power of approximately 30% with If there is a possibility of water the possibility of leaks in the rink direct refrigeration. at a depth of less than four feet floor is minimal.

128 Encapsulated Spaces and Stadiums Double' Rinks There is a trend in some metropolitan areas to construct a double rink. The typical double rink has a full-sized rink for hockey and public skating and a smaller rink (at bast 5000 sq. ft.) for Instructional and figure skating. Dehumidaration Dehumidification in ice rinks is a low cost way of removing fog and condensation problems that occur In a rink area during the hot humid months of the summer. Air conditioning the rink area is seldom necessary. However, in 3 southern climates it may be (7.12cfn) (7 62c in) desirable to air condition other parts of the rink, especially the 11 (15 Mon) spectator area, locker-rooms, Feat-Off SpotsEnd Zones 2' (0 Cm) Ma. offices, etc. Remember that Gator Rol dehumidification just removes moisture from the air and is by no means a substitute for ventilation. ractf-ON SlobMortral Zone (o.oim)Oro Heating Extensions of 41r (16.24cm) Long It is recommended that the r(5.00cni Wide building be maintained at around Color Rod 50°55°F at all times. If a crowd is expected, a lower temperature Face-OR SootConfer ice 1r (3o sem) Ora should be maintained because Efdonsoons of 115.24cni Long body heat from the crowd will 2" (5 0.ern) We* Coke Be u Figure5-1 1, H A Official NCAA approved Ice Hockey layout

(Ulm) (12bte) I V

Illostrom 17 PAIN) onlmissin.

Encapsulated Spaces and Stadiums ) 129 raise the building temperature The frame for the dasher boards locker-room. Thievery is a problem 10°-15°F. Office space along with and protective screen should be in any locker-room and special locker-rooms and showers should solidly built to withstand the attention should be given to be maintained at around 65°-70°F. constant impact from the hockey security measures. The heating fixtures should never pucks and the shock of body circulate warm air directly over the checks. The dasher boards should ice surface, because of the added also have entrance and exit doors Floor Coveting load this puts on the ice making for player benches, doors for equipment. penalty boxes and public skating In all areas of the rink where Since all types of heating sessions, and a 10-foot-wide door individuals will be walking with methods are used, a heating and for the ice resurfacer to enter and skates, it's imperative to havea ventilation contractor should be exit. Doors should never swing floor covering which will not be consulted for the best system. One towards the skating surface. injurious to the skater or skate recently developed heating factor The protective screening around blades. Indoor-outdoor carpeting, is using the waste heat from the the rink can be made of plastic rubberized matting, or compressors to help supplement netting, wire mesh or of clear poured-in-place synthetic materials other heating apparatus in the acrylic glass. The height must be are available. Carpeting is the building. at least 4 feet and preferably a least expensive but createsa few feet higher. Plastic netting is cleaning problem, and skaterscan !Usher Hoards and easily torn; wire mesh can be cut the surface. Rubberized Protective Screening dangerous because of sharp interlocking skate tile can be edges. Acrylic glass is more purchased at an intermediate price Every ice rink which is built for a expensive, but easier to see and is easily cleaned, andcomes full schedule of ice activities needs through for spectators. in many colors. The dasher boards and protective poured-in-place synthetic isvery screening. Dasher boards can be good quality but quite expensive made of marine plywood or the Locker-Rooms when compared to the other two newer high density polyethelene At least four locker-rooms are a coverings. material. Plywood is serviceable, "must" in any arena which plans but almost impossible to remove to have hockey as a money the black puck marks on the white maker. The rooms should be at Scoreboard boards and must be painted often. least 12 by 20 feet to For competitive play, a The synthetic polyethelene accommodate the normal team. scoreboard should be installed. It dashers are about the same in Four locker-rooms are suggested gives the arena a professional price, clean up well and give the so two teams may be on the ice appearance and the spectators rink an attractive appearance. A and two teams dressing or and players can easily follow the 6-inch to 8-inch kick board around undressing at the same time. game. Many arenas sell the bottom of the dasher should Showers with the proper number advertising on the scoreboard to be made of the same synthetic of shower heads should be in offset the expense of the and in a contrasting color. close proxiiiSty to each purchase. ,.

Figure 5-1Z 12A Exterior and interior views ofthe Ice Arena at Bowling Green State University,

130 Encapsulated Spaces and Stadiums 1 4j Combined Skate Shop and First Aid room and training 18. Provide waterproof- Pro Shop room insulation for the ceiling. The skate shop and pro shop, if Public phones 19. Place pipelines an run efficiently, can help defray COR0991110.1areas adequate distance from the cost of ice arena maintenance. Workshop floor. The moms do not have to be Adequate parking around 20. Provide sufficient especially large, but the skate arena shower and locker facilities. 0 shop should have enou0 space If arena is used for 21. Install an adequate for skate rentals and a skate collegiate or professional public-address system. sharpening operation. Proper hockey, provisions for 22. Include adequate ventilation must be provided for radio and television, press facilities for cleaning and the skate sharpener, so that the box, and ticket booths maintenance. residue wits be eliminated from the need to be provided. The 23. Include sufficient water air. The pm shop would retail most recent edition of the outlets. skates, hockey sticks, pucks, NCAA lcHockey Guide 24. Provide for expansion or friction tape, skate laces, and also should be consulted. change. other paraphernalia that will be 25. Provide for portable used for arena programs. facilities. Check List for Encapsulated 28. Plan for accommodation SWOPS of spectators in areas where Lighting and Sound Systein 1. Provide ample space for needed. Knowledgeable lighting and the activities desired. 27. Provide well-designed acoustical engineers should be 2. Include adequate spectator exits. consulted about the systems to be administrative, recreational, 28. Include an adequate installed in the arena. and service facilities. lobby and vestibule. Incandescent, fluorescent and 3. Design for future needs. 29. Provide a sufficient high-intensity discharge lights may 4. Provide number of electrical outlets, be used separately or in accommodations for men and and place them for easy combination. Banks of lights women. access, fl should be wired to separate 5. Provide drainage around 30. Select good paint colors switches, since there are times the exterior of the building. for the interior of the bundling. when a minimum of light is 6. Provide adequate 31. Place windows away necessary and desired. When storage space. [A from goals and goal lines. 0 planning other electrical outlets, 7. Install proper lighting. 32. Provide filters in the proper wiring for scoreboard and 8. Provide for maintenance air-circulation system. goal lights needs to be provided. of light fixtures. 33. Include movable and Sound systems are, important in 9. Provide adequate wiring folding partitions, every arena because public with provision for high-voltage power-operated and controlled skating requires taped or recuded current. by key switches. music. Also regular day-to-day 10. Provide windows and 34. Include wall plates activities and hockey games will skylights with minimum glare located where needed and require announcements. Acoustics intensity. firmly attached. over ice presents special 11. Install sufficient and 35. Include hooks and rings problems, so experienced well-placed heating vents. for nets placed (and recessed personnel should install the sound 12. Provide for sufficient in walls) according to court system and speakers. natural ventilation. locations and net heights. The following items should also 13. Include adequate be remembered when planning exhauc fans and vents. your ice arena: 14. Provide well-placed SELECTED REFERENCES Ice resurfacer storage ticket-sale and ticket- taking room, with pit and drain for facilities. "A Dome Amidst the Hexagone." American dumping ice shavings 15. Provide for telephone, School and University 48 (August 1976), Hot water outlet adjacent television, radio, and telegraph 33-34. to ice resurfacer facilities in the press area. 8f0Zall, Robert T. New Concepts In Planning Adequate public rest 16. Provide an adequate and Funding Athletic, Physical WWI- rooms and drinking sound system. Om and Recreation FadNties. St. Paul: The Phoenix intermedia,Inc1974. fountains 17. Provide an entrance Cleary, William J., ed. 1994 NCAA Men's Ice Offices large enough for the delivery Hockey Rules and Interpretations. Rental lockers of equipment. Shawnee Mission, Kansas: NCAA, 1904.

Encapsulated Spaces and Stadiums 131 144 Davis, William E. "A Stadium For All House." Scholastic Coach 44 (January Schmidt, Lawrence W. "'New Athletic Pro- Seasons." College Management 7 1975): 22. grams RH Three Domes." Athletic Pte. (February 1972): 21-24. "Multi-Purpose Mammoth." C011ege Manage- and Facilities 1 (April-May 1977): "Domes over Canada." Athletic lusinses 8 ment 5 (August 1970): 18-21. 42chasing-48. (April 1984), 2840. "Notre Dame's Twin Domed Wonderland." "Special Report Soon Surfaces." Athletic "Domes Provides Beauty and Low Cost Scholastic Coach 39 (January 1970): 20. Purchasing and Facilities. 6 (November Space." Atomism School and Unhmorsity Penman, Kenneth. Planning Physical Educe- 1982). 44-81. 48 (January 1976), 60. don and Athletic Facilities In Schools. "Sports Dome Offers Something for Every- "Energy Savings Expected from Fabric New York: Wiley and Sons, 1977. body." American School and University Dome." Athletic Purchasing and Peters," Alex. Gadd, for Planning The Field- 49 (December 1976): 30-31. Faciiities. 5 (November 1981), 90. a S "A Spreading Idea: Domed Stadiums." U.S. Ezersky, Eugene M. cold Thieben, Richard P. EhoduusceatiaonFacility.NoerwYho CPohluymsicba News and World Report (September Fad**, in Sports and Physical Educa- University, 1969. 1975), 45. tion. St. Louis: The C.V. Mosby Company, Physical Recreational Facilities. New York: "Superdome's Seating." Architectural 1976. Educational Facilities Laboratory, Inc., Record 159 (April 1976), 143-144. "Lightweight Column-Free Membranous Field 1973.

132 Encapsulated Spaces and Stadiums CHAPTER VI Service Areas

The recommendations in this When the swimming pool adjoins chapter are predicated on the THE DRESSING the locker room, participants, for provision of equal opportunities for LOCKER ROOM hygienic reasons, should be men and women. Space to provide required to pass from the dressing equal opportunities for men and Location area through the shower to the women has created a significant Accessibility is the most pool. In some designs, it is increase in the size of service important aspect. The locker room desirable that a second dressing facilities to support new and should be located to serve the room be located at the pool area. changing programs particularly indoor and outdoor teaching This is particularly true if a pool is competitive athletics. Planners stations and other service facilities used extensively by community need to project service facility requiring dressing space. The and after-hour groups. (Figure 6-1) requirements carefully for both dressing room should be men's and women's sport teams. immediately accessible from Failure to include space needs for corridors. Planning for several immediate as well as future corridors leading to these areas Locker Roan She expansion can be very costly will reduce overcrowding during The size of the dressing/locker because of the unique problems class changes. room usually is based on the and the great expense associated Whenever possible, the dressing number of individuals using the with locker area construction. room should be on the same floor area. If there is an overlap of Planning can includu joint use as the gymnasium and the classes or simultaneous use by by men and women when swimming pod when a common athletics, physical education, and possible. Storage rooms, level is used for both stations. This intramurals, the room must be equipment issue, conditioning and will alleviate traffic congestion and large enough to accommodate this athletic training rooms, and possible injuries resulting from traffic flow without confusion. The laundry facilities should be movement up and down stairways. locker system and the method of planned for such use. However, architectural problems distributing towels, uniforms, and Understanding the various may make this location equipment affect size demands. A service areas in activity centers is impractical. general rule of thumb recommends vital to the efficient use of the The dressing room should have a minimum of 70 square feet per building. The location of the direct access to outdoor person. A preliminary scaled plan respective facilities should result in recreational areas and indoor drawn to include the locker easy, direct traffic patterns for teaching stations without requiring placement, visual barriers, and participants, instructors, and individuals to cross main corridors. accessories is the ideal way to custodial employees. Ideal space As students return from outside provide sufficient space allocation. utilization and operational systems activities they should have access Additional space should be can result in efficient to an area equipped with special allowed if faculty, graduate administration at minimal expense. drains for cleaning purposes. assistants, and intramural and

Service Areas 133 146 sports groups also will use this materials, including synthetics, However, in well supervised areas, facility. which are durable and easy to the carpeted locker room offers Placement of doors for dressing clean. unique advantages. One rooms should facilitate a logical Floors shduld be of non-skid, disadvantage of carpeting is that traffic flow. In locker rooms that impervious materials with a moisture remains in the carpet and have many participants arriving carborundum impregnated surface odors may persist. Keeping carpet and departing simultaneously, it is such as ceramic or quarry tile. away from wet areas will alleviate wise to provide an entrance and a Concrete floors with non-skid this problem. Other synthetics may separate exit to a common surfaces should be treated with a also be used for the same reasons passageway to eliminate a hardener to prevent penetration of that carpet may be desired. hazardous condition. All doors moisture and odors. Terrazzo can Locker bases, 8 inches to 16 should be of heavy-duty be slippery for the average locker inches high, should be of the moisture-resistant material and, room; the same holds true for vinyl same material as the floor and when open, form a natural sight Of asphalt tile. Floors should slope coved at the base. barrier. Doors should be in such a toward drains. Recessed bibbs position as to offer protection to provide for easy cleaning. individuals who move through a Synthetic carpeting, laid directly Ce llhigs and Lights main adjoining corridor. Locker over concrete, is becoming very Ceilings of a light color should rooms' outside doors should be popular for locker room use. It is be acoustically treated with a equipped with panic bars of aesthetically pleasing, affords material impervious to moisture. non-corrosive metal. excellent footing, and reduces The lights should have vapor proof Wall materials should be noise to a minimum. Other fixtures and be centered directly moisture-resistant, easy to advantages are that the floor need over the locker aisles for maximum maintain, and finished in a not slope since it is not hosed efficiency. Electric outlets pleasing, light color. All corners in down for cleaning and repairs can (including 3-prong units) should be rooms should be rounded, and the be made easily. The maintenance approximately 3 feet above floor junction of the wall locker door cost for carpeting is greater since level. Emergency lighting should should be coved for ease of regular vacuuming and periodic be available at all times. cleaning. There are many shampooing are required. Sidewall windows, if desired, Men's Act Ivittes

Figure 8-1 Spatial relationships in locker area.

cx her

L;:clipn,er

r (

f 7

111,)r. L , .0i,f

134 1 4 1 Service Areas should be strategically located and uttireakable materials reduce user from traffic movement. provide maximum privacy. The vandalism and provide increased Hair-drying facilities are laver portion of the waifs should safety in the locker rooms. They encouraged. Wall blowers be used for other services or for can be purchased in a variety of preferably with separate hoods, an additional bank of lockers. If finishes, thicknesses and colors. mounted at varying heights, and windows are designed for opening Vented sky domes serve as an spaced at three to fax foot and closing, they should be effective source of natural light. intervals are recommended. If controlled easily from the floor. In the dressing room services are most instances, the ventilation used by swimmers, one dryer for system should eliminate the Acc0000rio, four or five men is sufficient. A necessity of opening and closing Mirrors should be placed at ratio of 1 to 3 is recommended for windows. Windows of frosted, strategic locations in the dressing women. translucent material should be room and vanity areas. Full length used to allow natural lighting to mirrors should be placed at least Color pass down locker aisles rather 12 inches from the floor and be Attention should be given to than against a bank of lockers. available for individuals as they planning a total color scheme for Placement and size of windows leave the room. They also can be the dressing facility. Locker rooms should be planned in conjunction placed over the sink area and in no longer need to be planned with with the entire locker arrangement other locations as well. an antiseptic appearance. A and should not dictate or limit Refrigerated drinking fountains variety of locker colors, locker placement. It is of stainless steel or non-corrosive coorthnated with decorated walls recommended that glass not be material should be located near and carpeting, create a pleasing used but rather one of the newer traffic flow. They should be environment. Renovation or new acrylic synthetics. These new, recessed or placed to protect the construction should plan for the use of color to improve locker room aesthetics. Sounas/Sloam Ammo In many colleges and universities, as well as in private membership clubs, saunas and/or steam rooms have become common amenities. Whereas saunas can often be purchased as pre-assembled units, steam rooms require more careful consideration. Both areas should be contiguous to shower rooms or drying areas. it is important to publicize instructions/precautions in the use of saunas and steam rooms; to centrally regulate temperature controls (locked box); to include inside lights and timers; and to make certain regular, thorough cleaning occurs to curtail bacterial growth and transference. Redwood is most often used for the dry heat saunas while tile is recommended for steam room finishes due to the constant moisture and high temperatures. A see-through portion of the door is recommended for safety. Utility and/or electrical requirements to support these Figure 62 functions will need to be added if Sauna provides relaxation opportunities for users of the George Halos Jr. Sports Center they will be a part of a new at Loyola University of Chicago. Window In door is for safety. facility. (Figure 6-2)

Service Areas 14d 135 FACILITIES FOR LOCKERS AND SHOWERS Supervision Supervision is of constant concern! Strategic placement of offices or service areas can facilitate administrative control. In a public school, the teaching personnel office is best located adjacent to the locker room. Direct access from the office permits efficient performance of routine chores and consistent surveillance. A glass partition, or side window facing the locker room, provides for supervision. The office floor *Id be elevated to improve sight lines. Supervision can also be provided by placing the equipment issue room adjacent to the locker rooms. Lockers should be placed perpendicular to the supervisory staff spaces for ease in observing locker aisles. Towel distribution areas within the locker rooms for use during peak periods can assist with security. Security is important and must be considered in planning. Double Figure 6-4 security systems on main storage Location of locker and showets. areas can aid in preventing vandalism. Electrical systems monitored in a central security office could be used at large NTITT11711 facilities. (Figure 6-3) StanShowers Showor Rooms ...LOWELL Location SHOWER ROOM TOWELING ROOM ROOM Shower rooms should be centrally located in relation to the Med leach dressing rooms. When possible, provide a shower room that can service more than one area, sized to accommodate peak loads in all areas. The nature of the groups using the facility is an important consideration. For example, if a swimming pool will be used extensively by community groups, it may be advisable to build separate service facilities for the pool. Such excluded facilities offer Storage Locker greater flexibility of programs Dressing Locker along with improved supervision Storage Baskets or Lockers and security. In general, lavatory, toilet, and

136 Service Areas 149 shower facilities should be selection made according to the exposed systems are utilized. grouped in close proximity. Cost of advantages of a particular system Mow areas for special alcoves installation is reduced since the for the situation at the Individual designed for handcapped use, amount of piping will be institution. The center post system including ramps, grab bars, considerably lessened. (Figure 6-4) provides for a grouping of shower possible hand shower and seat. heads on a single pole. This Overhead showering (the Size arrangement allows tor the use of progressWe walkthrough) The size of the shower room is splash barriers rather than solid installations are adequate for I determined by the type of shower walls around the room and thus showering before swimming. 1 arrangement and the number of affords easy supervision. In this However, longer hair styles makes people served at a peak time. -system all hardware and piping this system unpopular except for Since time for showering is usually attached to the post should be of swimming pools. Without close a non-corrosive material. (Figure limited, a sufficient number of supervision it doesn't ensure shower heads must be planned. 6-6A) proper demising. Installations along the outside Ten shower heads are recommended for the first 30 walls are the most economical in Shower Heads terms of space, since at least people and an additional shower three full walls can be used for The head should be self-cleaning, water-conserving, head is recommended for every shower heads. It is absolutely additional four persons. (Figure and adjusted for fine spray. It is necessary that provision be made recommended that the angle of 6-5) to repair plumbing defects by spray should not be adjustable. Installation putting plumbing in pipe spaces Spacing between heads should be NI types of shower installations and proves access from the two and one half feet for colleges; back of the shower wall, unless should be studied and the the height should allow the spray to be directed at shoulder height, making it possible to keep the hair relatively dry if desired. Most shower rooms are used by varying age groups and community programs, and thus it may be desirable to vary the height of a few of the shower heads. A master temperature control should prevent excessive water temperatures. Each shower head should haVe an individual control consisting of one hand control rather than separate Physical Education hot and cold water controls. Handicapped may require A ATHLETICS (use both showers dor- aPHYSICAL. EDUCATION CLASSES ina games). (uses both showers during day).

Athletic Practice

Intramural SDOrtS Physical Education

C. AFTERSCHOOL(athletic practice D. ATHLETIC PRACTICE (can use and intramurals each use one shower)! physical education showers after Figure 654 school). Figure 65 Indvidual lockets and showing at Methuen (Mass.) Nigh School. Various arrangements far flexible showers .

Service Areas 137 hand-held shower heads on armored hose. Gang showers are most economical, though some booth showers should be provided for privacy. At least 10 percent of the shower heads for women should be of individual booths. (Figure 6-6) A liquid soap dispensing system, if used, should be designedso that all piping is behind the shower room walls. This system should allow the custodial staff to refill the reservoir at a source away from the wet area. These systems, however, require extensive maintenance to remain operative. (Figure 6-7) Recessed soap dishes are still required since many individuals prefer to use a Figure 0-8 particular bar soap or shampoo. Example of center post showersystem. Consideration must be given to the dangers of bar soap on wet floors and the use of any glass bottles much as possible. A sloped consist of a smooth and for shampoo, etc. (Figure 6.8;8A) surface may separate the shower impervious material thatcan be and dressing room, depending cleaned easily. Structural glazed Doors upon the locker room drainage tile, ceramic tile, or glazed system. A curb should not be Access to the shower room concrete block may all be used. employed since this creates a Certain Epoxy coatingsmay be should be as wide as possible to safety hazard. allow freedom of movement and painted on masonry foran facilitate supervision, with half Walls economical finish. Allcorners should be rounded. walls or splash barriers usedas The shower room walls should

Figure 6-7 Shower head types and arrangements.

AI Figures 6-8, 8A Shower room at the University of Windsor, Ontario, with tiled floor and walk perimeter gutter, recessed single control spigots and moveable shower heads.

:..tps,41-16,4114

138 Sorvire Areas Ceilings Provisions should be made for pattern. Strategic placement of drainage. A bull-nosed, non-skid toilet and lavatory areas facilitates Ceilings should be traffic pattern controls. All moisture-resistant, hard finished, curb should separate the drying room from the locker room to restrooms should have forced painted, and a minimum of nine exhaust systems at a rate of 30 feet in height. All lights must be protect against flooding. Non - corrosive towel racks should changes per hour or as required vapor-proof, with switches located by local code. Water closets, in dry areas. Acoustical materials be attached securely to the walls. The towel-issue room, if used, lavatories and urinals should be may be used in locker areas of wall mounted to facilitate cleaning. moisture and abuse-resistant should be adjacent to, or near, the drying room. For sanitary and Special consideration must be types- safety reasons, benches should given to the handicapped. not be installed in the toweling Individual stalls should be securely area. anchored to floors, ceilings, and Floors walls. In locations of heavy use, it Non-skid, ceramic tile or equal Toilet and Lavatory may be more economical to use material should be used as the Rest room facilities must be glazed brick or tile partitions. floor surface. The floor should be located in alt,locker rooms, sized When soap dispensers are pitched away from the dressing to the expected usage. Locate in a provided above lavatories they room area and toward su sed area near the exit should be mounted in such ways adequately-sized drains. The most desirable drainage system for shower rooms consists of tiled perimeter gutters directly beneath the shower heads leading to appropriately spaced drains. However, correctly designed floor drains may be used for economy reasons. Post showers usually contain drainage connections within the unit. All edges and floor and wall joints should be coved. II Hose bibbs, for cleaning purposes, should be located outside the shower room for safety.

Ventilation A ventilation system is required Ulf to eliminate condensation and odors. This should be ducted to the exterior. Whole room exhaust is preferred over locker bank systems. Tempered air should be introduced into all areas, directed to prevent drafts. t. Toweling Room In general, the drying or toweling room should be comparable in size to the shower room in order to encourage complete drying in this area rather than in the locker area. This is particularly important when carpeting is planned for the dressing room. (Figure 6-9) The walls, floor, and ceiling should be of the same material Figure 6-9 ' and quality as the shower room. Drying areas with tile floor and walls, and wall mounted hair dryer at University of Arkansas.

Service Areas 152 139 Figure 6-10, 10A 1:=11111114,127 Shower and la vatory facilities for thehandicapped at the Univer- ? sity, of Illinois, Urbana, IlL

I.,f,,,.-ttailli-.1111-111411--iiiiiiillnli11-1111111-111-0. fir ." ..a4nallinallEr .1I r:44.5001001a h

that soap will not fall on the floor Lockers for the locker room. It is or on chromed fixtures. Paper The administrative and teaching recommended that the number of towel dispensers are provided lockers should be equal to the most frequently for hand drying personnel should be active participants in the selection of the jr,lk load plus 10 to 15 percent and require disposal cans, though with adequate allowance for electric hand dryers are effective locker system. since theyare familiar with the problems of overlapping classes, variations in and more economical than paper. class size, scheduling and Dispensers and electric hand locker room administration. Locker and locker units are anticipated use by intramural, dryers should be located away recreation and athletic participants. from the lavatories to improve available in many sizes and Projected enrollment must be traffic flow. Back-up towel combinations. They should be considered. (Figure 6-11) dispensers should be provided chosen after careful consideration of the needTypical combined even when electric dryers are Bask Locker Room Systems installed. (Figures 6-10; 10A) storage-dressing room locker arrangements are usually selected The basic locker room system. Mirrors should also be located according to the number of concerns the physical layout, away from the lavatories. A good instructional periods available ina placement of the dressing and location for mirrors in the locker day. Frequent variations in lengths storage lockers, and their relation room is at the ends of locker of periods, and therefore changes to the various service facilities. In banks. Tilted mirrors will be in the number of periodsper day, selecting the desired size of required for handicapped users, A will upset a carefully planned specific lockers and determining shelf should be installed in school locker system. Modular the most appropriate locker restrooms, outside the locker area, scheduling, split sessions, and system, a number of questions where students' books may be independent course study also need to be considered: placed. In toilet areas for women, tend to disrupt the operation ofa What equipment must the dispensers and disposers should well-planned system. user store in storage be built in. Wall mounted electric The locker system and locker lockers? dryers can be provided for hair dimensions must be established What athletic equipment is drying near the locker area. For prior to the determination of the provided and stored by the the required number and type of room size. These, coupled with school? plumbing fixtures, planners must plans for future expansion, should Are other lockers available review state standards, be the criteria in determininga to store needed regulations, and building codes. functional layout and overall size equipment?

140 Se'vic' e Areas . AtemMISPftme.m..w.min

UNIT PERIODS STUDENTS UNIT UNIT TOTAL UNITS PER PER ARRANGEMENT LOCKER CONTENTS 141*" HT & LINEAR FT. REO'D DAY DA Y W/8 BASE - * _

.., t 6 STORAGE 9" x 12" x 24" 40 UNITS 240 56" 6 1 DRESSING 130 LIN. FT. III 12" x 12" x 48"

6 STORAGE 9" x 12" x 20"/24" 40 UNITS 6 240 I' 68"/80" 1 DRESSING 100 LIN. FT. 11 12" Pc 12" x 60"/72"

1 A

IIIII 6 STORAGE li 12" x 12" x 12" 40 UNITS I! 68. 240 1 DRESSING 80 LIN. FT. III 12" x 12" x 48" MIN

4 4.- 4 4 'Alp FINI 12 STORAGE 12" x 12" x 12" 20 UNITS 90" , 6 240 -1311 2 DRESSING 60 LIN. FT. altil 12" x 12x 36" Sirlie MIME

I -41 V

8 STORAGE inr,1 9" x 12" x 24" 40 UNITS 7-8 320 56" ril, 1 DRESSING 160 LIN. FT. 1-,$ 12" x 12" x 4 8" 1111111.111III i

NM 8 STORAGE riIFI 12" x 12" x 12" 40UNITS 7-8 320 BIB! 56" 1 DREGSSIN 120UN. FT. BM 12" x 12"x4 8 " MOM

.41.1.1M.

Figure 6-11 Various combined storage-dressing locker arrangements.

..5ervice Areas 141 Does the program require Figure 6-12 sweat suits and jackets for Dressing locker and box storage arrangement separating the clothingstorage and ckesskig outside participation in areas. cool seasons? Will the same locker be used for physical education and for an athletic team? Who provides the gym suit? Who provides the towel? Is a laundry system available or planned? Will other groups such as community recreation be using the same locker facility? DRESSING LOCKER ROOM Are personnel available to administer a basket system? What is the financial feasibility? There are several locker systems, and selection should be made after carefully considering STORAGE LOCKER ROOM the following requirements: Security of street clothing and physical education equipment Efficient use of space and facil;ties Figure 6-13 Control of odors Dressing locker and box storage equipment combining the clothingstorage and dress- Efficient administration for ing areas. student Administrative feasibility, including supervision and maintenance Economy of operation Flexibility for use by different groups (Figure 6-12; 6-13) individual Dressing Lockers Individual dressing lockers best fit all needs. Cost in terms of the space required usually makes it impossible to provide this convenience for all users. Usually, such lockers are installed for athletes, coaches, teachers, game officials, and/or professional major students. In schools where all equipment is carried by the student, this system has also been used. The individual locker should be large enough to handle the equipment for the sport requiring the maximum space; for example, football. If an equipment drying Illimulimmensmimenniannimummiummimummoi

142 Service Areas room is available in which bulky equipment can be stored -.111111._ conveniently, the size of the lockers can be reduced. Lockers with mesh sides and doors offer the best visual "1-_ inspection and maximum control of odors. The locker should contain an upper shelf for such items as books, a low shelf for shoes, and adequate hangers.

Dressing Locker and Box Storage System A dressing locker and box storage system is the most common for institutional use. Figures 6-14 and 14A show various arrangements. A series of smaller lockers to hold equipment is located near a large dressing locker. Therefore, during any given Figure 6-14 class, each member has the use Single ties lockers at Washington State University. of one large dressing locker. In some cases, storage lockers are located in a separate area. This system is more cumbersome, although it does allow for special ventilation of the storage area. If the latter system is used, the uniform and towel issue rooms should be located between the two areas for convenience. Maximum security requires that the padlock of the box locker be transported to the dressing locker when in use and all contents of the box locker be placed in the dressing locker. Adequate 6.. supervision and operating instructions must accompany this system. Permanent combination locks on box lockers are not recommended. (Figures 6-15A, B, C) Color coding of lockers is a popular means of assigning .It not only affords easy ion but assists in overall Figure 6-14A rvision and makes the locker Rectangular box lockers at West High School in Aurora, Illinois. fin attractive. The size of the box locker is than height, has been found to provide adequate storage space important. Do not purchase lockers provide more efficient storage in somewhere in the building. in sizes too small for efficient use. lockers. However, the program Similarly, programmers offering Order box lockers in sizes to dictates the need. If raquets for outside instruction in cool weathe- coordinate with the dressing tennis, squash, or racquetball are should reasonably bxpect to offs lockers. not furnished, for example, the facilities that properly care for Increased shelf space rather institution has an obligation to additional clothing.

Service? Arods 143 156 Box Locker System Tote Basket System locker room itself. A student is For institutions that offer The tote basket system has issued a padlock and has ready laundering of uniforms, the box been used most frequently in access to his equipment. This plan locker plan, which can be serviced elementary school or municipal often results in pilfering, since it is from the issue room by an swimming pool areas. It is very difficult to construct baskets attendant, has distinct advantages. administered in several different and supporting racks that This plan saves student time ways. In some operations, the withstand deliberate damage because uniforms can be basket is stored inside a storage attempts. When overnight storage laundered and replaced room and issued through windows. is needed in the locker room, systematically by the staff. The The basket is then carried to the storage lockers are preferred over system also utilizes space more locker room area. This system baskets. economically. Daily changes of requires attendants and breaks Another system allows for the uniform reduce odors in the down when a large number of storage of baskets on wheeled building. However, the operational users arrive and depart dollies for 3ach class in a special costs of this system are high simultaneously. security area. When the class because of labor costs for In another arrangement, baskets arrives, the attendant rolls out the attendants. are stored on special racks in the dolly and returns the baskets from

Figure 6-15, 154 158, 15C In its new HPER facility, the University of Nebraska at Omaha has four different styles (and colors) of lockers to accommodate different users. The benches allow for easy maintenance and maximum space utilization.

11,

144 Service Areas 152 the previous class to the secured A second consideration in locker into the aisle allow for easier area. In many situations, it is not selection is ventilation. Lockers passage. necessary to put locks on with expanded mesh construction When lockers are placed back individual lockers as long as assure adequate circulation of air to back, a 3"-4" forced air space adequate supervisory controls can and speed drying, and reduce the should be left between the rear be maintained. growth of bacteria by the panels for adequate ventilation. The main advantages of the tote admission of light. A total room The bottom of the locker should basket system are: ventilation system is preferred to a be attached to an 8"-16" base. A need for fewer standing system internally installed in This permits floor hosing and lockers (wall hooks around lockers. A third consideration is eliminates corrosion. (Figure 6-16) the locker room perimeter the need for visual inspection. This Benches should be secured to may offer sufficient space is an item of local concern, but it the floor with non-corrosive for street clothes) can be an important function of equipment. A fiberglass, plastic, or Relatively good ventilation administration. hard wood seat 8 inches wide, The economy of space Sloping tops have the with rounded edges and smooth The disadvantages of this advantages in that dust cannot surface, would be 16 inches from system are: accumulate and that they can be the floor. Space between lockers Fragility of baskets cleaned easily. Ventilation systems and benches should be planned Possibility of misplacing may be affected by the additional for traffic control and dressing baskets height necessary for sloping tops, comfort. The recommended Need for greater and this factor should be allowances are 30 inches from

supervision investigated before reaching a . locker to bench with an allowance decision. On the other hand, when of 8 inches for bench width. Locker Construction flat, locker tops are low enough to Benches should extend the full The proper selection of lockers allow frequent dusting, a flat length of each locker bank, with is imperative. Equipment of this surface does provide a convenient breaks at intervals of 12 feet. kind should be chosen according place for books while the locker is A second arrangement is also to the nature of the program and being opened. The latching device very effective. A solid pedestal the usage it will receive. Failure to for lockers should provide slab is placed over the locker base install sturdy materials can be three-point latching at the top, and extended out to form a bench costly. Lockers usually receive bottom, and door handle. Rod on either side of the lockers. The extensive use and must serve for guides at the top and bottom give aisles are unobstructed, cleaning many years. Specifications should proper security. Lockers that is simplified, safety is improved, be followed after a thorough study provide a recess at the door lock and the floor area is conserved. of locker construction. to keep the lock from projecting An alternative to this plan requires Heavy gauge metals should be used. Steel sheets are A manufactured in thicknesses varying from .1196 to .0239 inches. Normally, the doors are of greater thickness than the sides and back. Special materials are used as needed at ends or exposed areas. Heavy duty latches should be furnished, which are removable for future repair or replacement. In most cases, it is advantageous to purchase all-welded factory assembled units, which are more sturdy than units delivered ready for assembling at the site with nuts and bolts. Although initial costs and charges are higher for a pre-assembled unit, savings are frequently realized by avoiding assembly costs and errors at the Figure 6-16 construction site. Use of moveable benches in locker room at Student Rec. Center at Texas Tech University.

.';or vio. A ro, 1; 15s 145 only one bench per aisle. Seldom lockers serve a dual use for does a locker room needmore. after-school activities. Providing The pedestal slab is used facilities of this nature enable alternately between rows of school personnel to develop and lockers so that only one pedestal plan a comprehensive program for bench is available in each aisle. the future. This represents a saving ofone The locker-shower complex foot in each locker bank spacing. should contain sufficient individual (Figure 6.17) lockers to encourage faculty to The pedestal locker system, assist with the school student however, has its drawbacks. Since activities and to be active to their the bench slab should be 16 own recreation. inches high, the lockers will Adult education and community extend 8 inches higher than with groups should have lockers and the traditional 8-inch base. It is space available for night classes. inconvenient for elementary school It is recommended that at least youngsters or short students to 600 square feet be designed to operate lock combinations on the accommodate adult use. Serious top row of storage lockers. A consideration should be given to 60-inch locker arrangement is an area that can be used by recommended rather than 72 athletic teams. inches. If 72-inch lockers are The height, size, and amount of selected, the effects of lighting '1111$ Figure 6-17 Dressing bench arrangements. service facilities as showers, dispersion and room ventilation urinals, and drinking fountains should be analyzed. adequate. Another acceptable should reflect the system is a series of shelves of SPECIAL FEATURES box lockers secured by padlock school-community philosophy and provide suitable units for allage OF ELEMENTARY doors. The teacher neei only groups. LOCKER ROOMS open several locker doors for each class, and the pupils have no Extended community use of need to operate locks. (Figures 18; THE ATHLETIC TEAM elementary schools requires 18A) LOCKER ROOM planning of locker facilities. In For the upper elementary The development of diverse these buildings, lockers should students, wire mesh lockers of athletic teams and the tremendous allow pupils to change uniforms sufficient size to hold personal growth in numbers of participants and shower. In these grades, equipment should be available. If mandate special attention for team teachers should control security. these lockers are purchased as a locker rooms. For example, as a Baskets on dollies that can be part of the system to include school increases its population, a moved to secure areas are individual lockers, the large varsity tooth :fi program may

$. IMO

tr.

Figures 6-18, 18A Combination of locker system withcontrasting colors used in the HPER Building at the University of Arkansas.

146 Service Areas expand to include separate junior of the locker rooms. includes the installation of metal varsity and freshman teams. At the The development of a total fire doors. same time, the fall sports program complex for the team should Several kinds of storage areas may be broadened to include include offices for coaches and must be developed. Although in soccer, cross-country, and other dressing; and locker, dressing, many cases it is possible to teams. The development of and toilet facilities for players, combine these areas, they are women's teams and intramurals visiting teams, offtcials, and considered individually in the may also contribute to this coaches. A training room, following sections. increase. equipment issue room, meeting or A well-developed master plan lecture room, storage facilities, St*" ly Issue fk,om will permit orderly expansion. The and adequate ventilation system Central to the locker-dressing following recommendations should for drying clothes are other needs room area, there should be a be considered: (1) Locker rooms for these team locker areas. storage room for issuing physical should be planned so at least one Locker doors should be of open education clothing and wall is an outside wan of the construction to encourage air flow instructional equipment. It can also building, alloWing for convenient for drying. All team lockers should serve for towel issue and retrieval. addition in the future; and (2) The be from 60 to 72 inches in height It should be fitted with shelving physical education locker and at least 12 inches in width. If and a hanging system. A dutch arrangement can include team football equipment is stored in door can facilitate the dispensing lockers interspersed throughout lockers, the lockers should be 18 of equipment. This room shot old be the room without undue inches in width. Serious secured with a sturdy lock. (Figure interference. consideration should be given to 6-19; 19A) There are advantages to eliminating clothes lockers and Out-of-Season Storage providing separate outside athletic providing proper hanging space and Repair locker rooms for sports such as and a small security locker for football, soccer, baseball, track, valuables in the football area. An equipment storage space for and lacrosse. The space under Ventilation, controlled extra supplies and out of season bleachers or in a separate building automatically, involves the total equipment is best located allows for excellent facilities. area and assures proper drying. immediately adjacent to the issue Planners should consider the Provisions should be made to room but separated by a solid wall following points: separate the dressing areas of the with a door. A small area should various teams for security be provided for equipment repair. Cleaning costs are purposes. To ensure flexibility, This room should be organized for reduced because players partitions can be constructed of easy inventory and effective do not go through the heavy mesh screening. administration. Tilted shelves or school building with soiled The lecture room should be noncorrosive bars are convenient uniforms. large enough to seat the members for ball storage and other items. Cleaning can be of a squad informally. It should Installing these devices about an accomplished by hosing include a bulletin board and inch from the wall facilitates down. chalkboard and be equipped for cleaning. Level shelves are Construction does not such audiovisual equipment as needed to store most other items. need to be as elegant as films, overhead projector, and Bins are convenient for the school building. videotape review. gymnasium equipment, hockey The cost of utilities can be sticks, and baseball bats. Proper shared by the public Storage Rooms ventilation and humidity control are facilities and the locker absolutely necessary for this room room facilities. Over a period of years, a to prevent deterioration of Participants in after-school suitable storage system has supplies. programs can continue to significant economic advantages use school facilities because of increased security and Gymnasium Storage Room without interference. because of the proper care and This room should be located on Outside facilities such as maintenance of supplies and the gymnasium level and be public toilets, ticket booths, equipment. Adequate storage immediately adjacent to the and refreshment stands space is imperative. teaching station. When can easily be made a part Planners of any kind of storage partitions are used to divide the of the total complex. area must be familiar with fire gymnasium into several stations, The locker room is easily laws. For example, certain state each station should have either a accessible from the playing fire laws do not permit storage separate storage room or a site. under stairways unless the total separate opening to one large Visiting teams can use one construction is concrete and storage area.

.L;ervicv Art 147 -V-

Figures 6.1aWA Service center makes towel distribution easy at University of Arkansas' new HPER Double doors with flush sills and Some school systems transport readily operational. sufficient height will facilitate gymnastics equipment from school There also is need for one movement of apparatus and to school to save duplication of audio-visual equipment storage equipment such as pingpong purchases. As a result, a school room accessible from the tables and tumbling mats. retains the apparatus only while it administrative areas. This can be Invariably, these rooms are made is being used, and only one school used as a master storage area for smaller than necessary. Although of the group requires space for audio-visual equipment and a minimum area needed for gymnastics equipment storage. auxiliary supplies. storage of large equipment is recommended at 250 to 300 Community Recreation Storage Outside Field Storage square feet, the specific needs of the school's program should be The community recreational If the main building is used for evaluated. The following procedure program requires storage space. storage of outdoor equipment, the is recommended: The sharing of equipment and the storage room should be located misuse of equipment are frequent near the field exits. Such Make a list of all sources of contention between equipment would include archery equipment, including school and community groups. It is targets, linemarkers, bases, planned purchases, that recommended that designated football, charging sleds, tools, and need to be stored. storage spaces be provided for the the like'. On graph paper, draw to community program and adequate It is Preferable to store these scale the storage space security measures be taken for materials away from the main needs for each item and both school and community building and near the play areas to cut out templates. equipment. prevent dirt from being tracked Arrange templates on into the school and to allow easy scaled graph paper to Audio-Visual Equipment Storage access to the equipment. A indicate space needs. building designed as a separate Present data to Videotape and instant replay athletic team locker room affords administrative personnel as equipment are invaluable as an excellent space. Small outside verification of space teaching aids. To assure their sheds are frequently used, but needs. effective use, they should be kept they are subject to vandalism at he instruction site. Effective unless they are well-constructed In facilities that contain a use of audio-visual equipment and have a good locking device. separate gymnastics and tumbling mandates that accessible, room, apparatus can remain in well-protected, and secure areas that room when not used thus be located at the instruction site. Athletic Team Storage Room eliminating storage needs. In order to reduce damage due to Team equipment and uniforms Selected activities that do not mishandling, a small secure area will be stored, repaired, issued, require a full teaching station can should be available to store the inventoried and retrieved in this use that room when gymnastics equipment on a movable cart. The room. For purposes of control and classes are not conducted. equipment can then be made accountability, storage rooms for

148 Service Areas athletic teams should be floor in each building. There cleanliness are all potential independent of other storage should be at least one 6 foot by 8 benefits of a laundry. areas. They should be adjacent to foot custodial room for each The decision to institute a the team locker room for orderly 10,000 square feet of floor space, laundry involves - complete issue of equipment. Shelving that and there should be at least one feasibility study to '-itemiine if it is allows easy categorizing of sizes on each floor. Each room should more satisfactory than relying on should be provided. Open-end have a service sink with a pop-up students to launder items at home cubicles facilitate the storage of drain and a mixer type faucet. and more economical than bulky items and provide for free Shelves and hanging boards contracting with commercial circulation of air. should be constructed in Ascii companies. Renovation or Cedar-lined closets safeguard room for storage of supplies and conversion of existing space in old woolen goods. Tables are needed tools. A small room about 6 feet buildings for the installation of to fold clothes prior to distribution. by 8 feet should be provided near laundry equipment is often costly A work area for the repair of the service entrance of each due to extensive work related to equipment should be nearby. building for storage of tools and gas and/or electric utilities, Controlled ventilation, temperature, supplies used in building venting, waste drainage, and and humidity are necessary to maintenance within the building. environmental control equipment, prevent deterioration of clothing, to name a few factors. A cost leather and rubber goods. Each LAUNDRY analysis should include such items as personnel, equipment, building team should have its own A healthful school environment maintenance and use, utilities, securable s6ction of shelving. may benefit by the operation of supplies, and deliveries. Storage space must have laundry facilities for physical maximum security. education and athletic programs. Reduction of illnesses and skin Location Custodial Areas infections, minimizing of odors, The laundry room, should relate Custodial storage rooms should improved appearance of uniforms, directly to a corridor, preferably be located conveniently on each and a general attitude toward near the locker room area. Plumbing installation costs can be minimized if the laundry is situated near the shower and toilet facilities. The room should have direct access to a service roadway for transporting laundry to and from areas located away from the main site (if necessary). Ramps should be installed if laundry dollies are to be transported from different floor levels. Often times it is cost effective in terms of space utilization and supervisory personnel to include the laundry facility as part of the total equipment issue room. Towels can be laundered at the site where they are distributed to students. (Figure 6-20)

Seize The total size of a laundry room is dependent primarily upon the quantity of laundry to be handled and the number and kind of machines to be installed. Other factors include storage shelves for clothes and supplies, space for laundry dollies, tables for folding and ironing, and a work space for Figure8.20 issuing clothing and for general. Suggested laundry room layout. organizational purposes. Sufficient

Service Areas 1t2 149 space should be lift around the the machines from disturbing water temperature for various machines to facilitate nearby school activities. In fabrics. maintenance. addition, some of the walls should Provisions must be made for be clear of obstacles or windows both no and 110 volt outlets. Equi Mont to allow for well-organized shelving Manufacturers' specifications Selection of equipment should spaces. Space should be provided should be followed to prevent precede architectural planning. for storage of laundry room overloading. Sufficient outlets for Decisions relating to equipment supplies as well as for systematic auxiliary use should be spaced purchase merit careful storage of clothing or uniforms by throughout the room. deliberation. Literature from the sizes. Control of heat and humidity is various manufacturers describes Doorways must be sized to always a problem unless adequate special features and should be permit replacement of machinery. provision has been made to compared closely. Swinging doors with protective control climate. A location in the The size of the machines guards attached at the bottom are building that allows for good depends upon the size of peak recommended. Flush sills allow exhaust ventilation is an loads. It is often preferable to laundry trucks to move in and out economical asset. purchase several machines of freely. different sizes instead of one large machine to wash all items. Ceilings and Lights TRAINING ROOMS Delicate fabrics can usually be Ceilings should be There is a growing demand in handled in the smaller machines, moisture-resistant because of the our nation's schools for more and at least one of the machines high humidity. Acoustic treatment thoroughly prepared and equipped would be available to handle all of will reduce noise transmission to athletic trainers. This demand the work in the event that repairs upper floors. Beams should be of should be recognized in planning must be made on others. sufficient strength to assist the facilities which contribute so An investigation should be made movement of machinery with much to the health and safety of concerning the purchase of the pulleys. Lights should furnish 50 young athletes. combination washer/extractor or footcandles of lumination The training room will be used separate machines. The throughout the room. for the storage and distribution of combination has advantages for medical supplies and for the institutional use since it allows Floors administration of physical therapy. greater loads to be handled in a Its size will depend upon such given period of time. It also Floors should be sloped to factors as the number of requires less spjace, less employee drains. They should have a individuals it must serve, time, and less capital outlay. moisture-proof, non-skid surface availability of assistant trainers, For most institutions, a series of that is resistant to detergents and and the treatment areas dryers is preferable over one large bleaching materials. The floor contemplated. dryer. Preference for gas, electric, should be durable enough to Some universities with large or steam must be decided on a withstand considerable vibration athletic departments have training local basis according to the cost of and weight. Most machine rooms in as many as five or six equipment, energy medium, and manufacturers specify the buildings. A central training area personnel time. The same is true construction of elevated, concrete will have offices for the sports of the special features offered by bases for the installation of medicine staff during the morning various companies. machines. In some instances hours, and later, during athletic There should be at least a shock-absorbing armatures are practice times, the staff is minimum ironing service available. built into the machines which assigned to auxiliary training Modern fabrics have eliminated eliminate the need for bases. rooms in the other buildings. Many the need to iron athletic uniforms, secondary schools have a but on special occasions some Utilities designated athletic trainer, and ironing service will be necessary. The heavy demands of laundry this individual is on duty at A sink should be installed for equipment require close conformity practice sessions and all items requiring special care for to manufacturers' scheduled athletic events. stain removal or special rinsing. recommendations on utilities. Laundry equipment should be Location Physical Features selected prior to pipe installations. Training rooms should be Institutional machines use large accessible to both men and Walls amounts of hot and cold water. women and located adjacent to The side walls should be Steam may also be necessary. their respective locker and shower soundproof toprevent the noiseof Machines must allow regulation of rooms. There should be easy

150 Service Areas access to the area for ambulance acoustictileirwitsequivalent. This area, 3) electrotherapy area, 4) services. In some universities and height will athletes to stand rehabilitation area, 5) athletic colleges the sports medicine staff on a table kir strapping. trainer's office, 6) a good-sized also supervises rehabilitation of Lighting consist of at storage room. injured athletes and usually the least 50 at a height of Traffic control is important for rehabilitation area is adjacent to 4 feet. wall plugs of Oth efficient use of these spaces. The the main training facility and 110 and 220 volts should be frequently used areas should be offices. In this way, constant at appropriate areas located close to the entrance and supervision of this area can be le=theroom, not more than 2 placed as follows: First, the taping maintained. feet from the floor. Make sure that tables, second, the electrotherapy all and terminals are section, and third, the Physical Faaturas grounded. Ground fault hydrotherapy section. The The floor of training rooms int (GFI) must be used on rehabilitation area may have should be constructed of concrete all in hydrotherapy areas. another entrance. (Figures 6-21; and covered with vinyl tile or one ventilation is of 6-22) of the suitable synthetic materials. portance to any area of a EquiPment These coverings facilitate easy ilding but of particular The equipment needed for each cleaning. The training facility will portance to the training room. area of the training room will be subjected to moisture, and eam and moisture from depend on the availability of therefore the floor construction /hydrotherapy areas and heat from space, the number of trainers should be of a non-slip type of / other apparatus can make this employed, and the size of the surfacing. / room very wrcornfortable without athletic program. In the taping The first five feet of wall space /woll-planned ventilation. The room area of a large central training should be constructed of easily / should have its own thermostat room, at least 6-8 taping tables cleaned building material such as / because of the minimal clothing approximately 42 inches high are tile, vinyl coated wallboard, or worn by the athletes. needed. They should have foam epoxy painted concrete block. The / padding and be covered with a remaining wall space can be Layout tough vinyl-coated fabric. A small painted with a moisture-proof Most modern main training shelf can be constructed at one paint. rooms are organized with six end of each table to accommodate The ceiling should be at least 10 areas in mind: 1) general first aid storage of tape, gauze, etc. Ankle feet high and constructed of and taping area, 2) hydrotherapy wrap rolls should be accessible to each table. Also, a freezer should be located in this section. A new trend for saving space allows for one long taping table that should

Figure 6-21 Figure 6-22 Suggested layout for primary athletic training room. Auxiliary training room layout.

Service Areas 164 151 accommodate 8 to 10 athletes at accommodate supplies that will be staff members be grouped as one time. used during the year. The area working units according to their The hydrotherapy section should should have climate control and a function but retain a close be enclosed by a curb so that heavy locking door. proximity to other departmental water which occasionally overflows personnel. Normally, the following from the equipment can be units might comprise efficient contained. The floor should be FACILITIES FOR working units: Athletics, constru 'cid of a non-skid tile and FACULTY AND STAFF Intramurals, Professional should slope toward the drain. Administrative Units Preparation, Basic Instructional Whirlpools which use both hot and Program, Recreation/Leisure cold water and the ice-making Properly programmed and Studies. machines are kept in this effectively designed office suites The trend is for basic enclosure. The proper electrical and work rooms facilitate an instructional programs for men and otolots and plumbing hook-ups efficient working relationship women to merge into a single among the various divisions and administrative unit. New and better The electrotherapy section enhance the success of the coeducational programs are should have treatment tables of program. Staff members develop encouraged when the responsible similar construction to the taping increased morale and motivation, individuals can discuss problems table but with a minimum length of which foster increased frequently. The location of facilities 6 feet to allow an individual to lie productivity, when office spaces and congestion caused by large out full length. Electrical outlets and service areas provide a numbers of participating students should be planned for each table pleasant environment and a bears heavily on the location of of sufficient voltage to functional setting in which to work. this area. Basic instructional accommodate electrotherapy Planners can generalize about programs involve the greatest equipment. Outlets should be 2 the relationship of the various number of staff and students and feet off the floor so that arms, spaces, but the unique problems should be so located as not to legs, and backs will not of individual schools make it interfere with other facets of accidentally corns into contact with difficult to establish hard rules. administration. receptacles. Planners should consider the The rehabilitation section should following guidelines in relation to Essential Administrative have a synthetic floor because of the special needs of the individual Facilities the constant use of weights for institution. Essential facilities related to conditioning. The type of Centralization of faculty offices eou:pri-nt needed will depend on normally improves communication administration include administrative and faculty offices, 0.ze of the school's program among the various departments. secretarial and clerical offices and and the academic training of the Working as a unifying group trainers. develops a valuable esprit de workrooms, conference rooms, corps among faculty members. In reception and waiting rooms, Trainer Offices and the larger institutions, the trend has athletic offices (depending on size Physical Examining Room been for athletic coaches and of institution), storage rooms, and administration to locate apart from faculty/staff shower and rest The trainer offices should have physical education faculty. Since MOMS. partial glass walls for a view of the the athletic program is expensive, treatment areas. Other equipment the separation allows for efficient Administrative Offices would include a desk and chair, a athletic administration independent Administrative offices should be bookcase, filing cabinets, and a of physical education. However, centrally located with easy access bulletin board. Each office should over a period of time, with from main entrances. A reception have a phone. separate of personnel and area, controlled by secretarial The physician's examining room subsequent changes in staff, a assistants, should be available for should Le completely enclosed communication gap can develop guests and for scheduled and include an adjustable and little interaction may take appointments. examining table, secure medicine place between the two segments. The administrator's office should cabinet, and a small desk with Planning committees need to have a minimum of 200 square chair. An adjustable surgical lamp weigh carefully the factors feet. A large facility may contain a may prove useful. affecting administration prior to suite of offices for several decentralizing a staff. At the same administrators. These offices Storage Section time, there are divisions that can should be located close to the A storage area adjacent to the function more efficiently if the staff secretarial area and should be training room is needed. This is housed as a unit in a favorable provided with a private rest room room should be large enough to location. It is recommended that area.

152 Sorv:ce Areas The decor should produce Answer written need to be reassessed in terms of pleasant working conditions and correspondence. space and support equipment. present a favorable impression Schedule appointments The telephone system should be upon visitors and guests. and keep track of faculty. convenient for all. The main Consideration should be given to Operate a variety of office telephone, containing all acoustics, including the machines, such as extensions and intercoms, should transmission of sound through the duplication, mimeograph be at the receptionist's desk. walls and the sounds resulting machines, ditto machines, Easily accessible individual from heating and cooling units. and computers. mailboxes should be located in the Carpeting and drapes are assets File department papers, office. It important that in these offices for improved correspondence, forms, messages be readily seen and acoustics, aesthetics, and morale. and other materials. formal security be established for Perform such business the mail. Faculty Of operations as bookkeeping A work room for carrying out Faculty offices should allow the and accounting. routine clerical duties must be staff to work comfortably. Prepare copies of class available. It should contain Particularly at the college level, tests and other teaching .copying machines with ample many staff hours are spent in the materials as needed in counter space to work efficiently. office on tasks associated with courses. Metal shelving for paper and teaching. Writing, planning, Dispense tickets for mimeograph supplies is required. counseling, and routine spectator events. Equipment for running and filing administrative work are important In small schools requiring one or stencils should also be placed in facets of the job. two secretaries, a single office this room. If woric.space for Office spaces should be large usually suffices for all the tasks. At calculators and other office enough to accommodate the universities conducting extensive machines is not available in the following items: large work desk programs in physical education, main office, the work room should with lock, comfortable desk chair, recreation, ana athletics, it is be used for this purpose. Rather filing cabinet, bookshelves, side preferred that secretaries be than duplicate the purchase of chair, and compact storage dispersed to various areas costly machines, secretaries from cabinet. according to their functions. various units, even though not This private oft xr is Secretaries should be located in located together, might use the recommended and should be a accessible areas, but in such a same work room. The room minimum of 100 square feet. If position that individuals do not should, therefore, be so located as rooms are larger, a common pass in the immediate vicinity of to be accessible to the secretarial practice is for a second person to the area unless business is to be staff of a number of units. be assigned to the office when conducted. Socializing with additional staff is hired. students must be discouraged. Audio-Visual Storage Air conditioning is recommended If the reception room/office Audio-visual equipment if a summer program is conducted. arrangement is used, the reception represents a large capital outlay, responsibilities often make it and thus proper security of these Secretarial and Clerical Offices impossible to carry out important items is essential. Videotape with Planning for secretarial and tasks. Under this arrangement, if instant playback, movie projectors, clerical offices should include a more than a single secretary is strip films, record players, and lob analysis for each position. located in the office, it is best to cameras are common equipment Normally, secretaries are expected use a system whereby a visual items. Additional supplies such as to perform, in varying degrees, the barrier will isolate those films, tapes, spare parts, and following duties: secretaries serving as cords must be properly stored and Act as receptionists for receptionists. inventoried. students, faculty, visitors, For each secretary, an operating It is recommended that secure salespersons, press space of at least 120 square feet storage areas be planned at the representatives, and should be planned exclusive of the respective teaching stations for others. reception and storage areas. Filing equipment normally used at the Take and transcribe cabinets, desks, storage cabinets, site. Such an arrangement dictation, and perform a typewriter space, and a work encourages use of the teaching variety of typing chores. counter are the requisites for the aids and reduces preparation time. Receive and redirect secretary. However, in addition to these telephone calls. With the advent of electronic satellite areas, it is necessary to Receive and distribute mail mail and computer work stations, have a main audio-visual storage and other communications. the secretarial work station will room with a good inventory and

Servic, Areas 153 1.6 issue system and with one person films and should be consulted A large table with adequate responsible for security. concerning needs. seating situated in a Schools expecting to use well-ventilated, attractive room is videotape and replay equipment Conference Room recommended. A closet area is need to establish several small A conference room should be convenient for visitors and guests. areas in which staff and students included in the plans for a modem Usually, a small table for may view and evaluate tapes or physical education plant to serve refreshments is provided. review tapes for preparation athletics, physical education, and Consideration should be given to a purposes. If normal classrooms recreation. There is frequent need kitchenette. Depending upon the are riot available, a special room for inter-departmental needs of the particular school, the should allow several students to administrative and staff meetings. room can serve such other view tapes Simultaneously. Student oral examinations and purposes as staff lounge, reading Methods teachers, student-teacher small group discussions are best room, film viewing area, and so supervisors, and skill instructors carried out in a room designated on. have the most need for viewing for these purposes.

SELECTED REFERENCES

Arnherm, D.D. and C.E. Wats. Modem Prin- Athletics, and Recreation. Council on Frost, Reuben G. and Marshall, Stanley J. Ad- ciples of Athletic Training. Fourth edition, Facilities Equipment and Supplies. ministration of Physical Education and St. Louis: The C.V. Mosby Company, 1977. American Association for Health, Physical Athletics: Concepts and Practices. Dubu- Bronzan, Robert T. New Concepts in Plan- Education. and Recreation, 1972. que, Iowa; Wm. C. Brown Company, 1977. ning and Funding Athletic, Physical Ezecsky, Eugene and Theibert, Richard P. Penman, Kenneth A. Planning Physical Education and Recreation Facilities. St. Facilities in Sports and Physical Edu- Education and AthleticFacilities in Paul, Minnesota: Phoenix Intermedia Inc., cation. St. Louis: The C.V. Mosby Com- Schools. New York: John Wiley & Sons, 1974. pany, 1976, 1977. Dressing Rooms and Related Service Facili- Flynn, Richard B. and Gonsoulin, Ski. "Pre- (See other chapter references for related ties for Physical Education, Athletics, ventive Measures Can Combat Van- materials.) and Recreation. Washington, D.C.: Coun- dalism." Athletic Purchasing and cil on Facilities for Physical Education, Facilities (June 1981): 12-26.

154 Service Areas CHAPTER VII Facilities For Recreation, Parks and Open Spaces

44,

FIMIVININPPPWIINIOIINIMINNONNOINNINENO

THE PLANNING PROCESS recognized and accepted as a clearly be designed to significant factor in the accommodate the dramatic FOR PARKS AND maintenance of health. Physical changes of the 1980's. The RECREATION and psycho-social benefits of planning process will continue to Recreation and leisure are recreation are regarded as need the involvement of the varied experiencing aultitude of factors essential elements within the publics to be served. and trends whi h are impacting human lifestyle. Recreation is much more than just a weekend of the planning andelivery by A Master Plan Concept leisure service ystems. Planning activity. Recreation and leisure princi a ar at typically subject lifestyles have incorporated leisure (Figure 7-1) The planning ange, but inputs to the activity as a part of the daily process, regardless of the size of process are undergoing substantial American routine. Recreation is the community involved, typically change. now viewed as a means to an occurs at three levels. First, there The 1980's are characterized by end, and its place along with the must be a master plan a variety of trends: work ethic is firmly established. conceptualized at the Changing attitudes toward Facilities and open spaces must policy-making level. Second, there recreation and leisure Changes in employment and in the workplace A changing population and household composition Marked advances in medical care Dramatic innovations in leisure equipment technology Changing housing patterns Usage of electronic games, cable TV, and computers Changes in world energy Changes in regional economies Unstable political environments Increased and continuing emphasis on doing more Figure 7-1 with less Raven Oaks Recreation Center is a neighborhood project located in an established area Recreation is increasingly of suburban Northwest Omaha Shown here is the master plan development.

Facilities for Recreation, Parks and Open Spaces 155 163 is a concept plan which concerns documented and analyzed. The One is the public meeting. physical matters in that iis overall inventory process may be Although time-consuming, a series site-specific and in -'rates achieved in many ways. It may be of well-organized public meetings factors associat with as simple as using pen and paper is an effective means of presenting landscaping, laut, facility mix, tabulations or as complex as proposed plans. and construction. Third is the computer simulation and/or remote A survey of leisure behavior and planning stage which has a focus sensing. Whatever the method, it attitudes can be useful in on operation and maintenance for should be appropriate to the needs determining the needs and desires facilities, parks, and open spaces. and circumstances. of the people within a planning All three levels are critical to Contributions to the area. Many users are found in the sound planning; however, the development of the master plan community at large, outside school master plan level is the most should come from a pool of populations. Thus, inter-agency important since it is at the professional disciplines and be agreements for shared use of policy-making level where critical representative of all persons within facilities is on the increase. Also, initial decisions-are made which the group/community. cooperation between community guide and control all future Professionals who can be most agencies and organized groups decisions at the second and third helpful would include, to cite a facilitates planning, promotes levels of planning. few, leisure specialists, facility financial considerations, and Through the use of standards specialists, urban planners, assures community involvement. established for parks, recreation, landscape architects, lawyers, The field of industrial recreation open space, facilities, engineers, market analysts, is developing as a major area of management, finance, etc., goals ecologists, psychologists, progress in the recreation field. and objectives can be translated economists, sociologists, bankers, Management and employees are into specific achievements. The university educators, and discovering the benefits of effective use of policies and specialists from the media. industrial fitness programs. standards readily facilitates the During the 1970's and Industries throughout the nation acquisition, development, and continuing to the present, planning are expanding current facilities or operation of park, recreation, and in America has shifted away from establishing new recreational and open space resources. being primarily physical in nature fitness complexes. Programs such A master plan is the key to the and has become much more as these range from multi-million facilitation of an orderly provision policy-oriented and socially dollar facilities with special for goal and objective attainment responsive. Needs and demands equipment and a medical and whether it be for programs or for for participatory planning/ professional staff to programs facilities and areas. The plan must involvement, management of offered in conjunction with local be recognized, accepted, and growth, and neighborhood/ Y's or school systems. approved by the group responsible community preservation, along Again, because industrial for overall decision making with the growth of new leisure recreation/fitness programs (committee, board, council, patterns, have resulted in a shift encompass such a wide range of commission, PTA, etc.). Regular from traditional, project-oriented opportunities, public and private review and updating of the master planning to planning with a variety interests must cooperate to plan is a must. It is the one of interactive modes involving far provide the best facilities and document that represents a more consideration of local citizen programs possible. continuous planning process and goals and policy issues. records the orderly evolution only Planning Considerations for for a specific unit of time. Community Involvement Urban Areas The content of a master plan In developing plans for new As a result of population shifts will be comprehensive and will recreation, park, and open spaces, to urban centers, open space is at reflect the expressed and and in proposing improvements to a premium within the confines of established goals and objectives of existing facilities and areas, all the urban areas, and there has the group/community concerned. It planning, as suggested within the been a general decline in the will define the role.of each of the master plan concept, must reflect environmental quality of these providers including public the wants and needs of the areas. This has led to a growing agencies, private membership community. Public cooperation and public concern about recreational organizations, and commercial involvement inothe initial planning facilities and services. Therefore, business enterprises. There will be stages will serve to strengthen the following factors must be an inventory of expressed and community interest both actively considered when planning documented needs and interests. and financially. recreational facilities within Potential and available resources There are many ways to involve congested urban areas: (human, physical, financial) will be the public in the planning process. Lack of open space and

156 Facilities for Recreation, Parks and Open Spaces J often lack of economic much of the year. Changing Use of Planning Units resources make it recreational preferences requires Population units form the basis mandatory that all that indoor and outdoor areas not for planning programs and government and public be restricted with permanent activities. agencies cooperate in spatial and architectural fixtures The park and recreation agency, planning facilities for designed for specific activities in a in order to plan and manage its maximum use. set period of time. There must be services properly, establishes its Recreational use of public a flexibility built into indoor and activities and facilities on the housing facilities, social outdoor facilities comparable to demands of a known population and health care programs the open classroom in the field of with given economic and ethnic in recreational centers, education. characteristics. The larger the and swimming pools The character and location of planning and managing agency, adjacent to or part of fire the population are constantly the broader the population group stations are jun a few changing. The ethnic, with which it will be concerned. An examples of ways in which socio-economic, and demographic undefined population unit results the public can maximize features such as age and family only in arbitrary allocations of facility use. size can vary within services and provides no Additional or secondary neighborhoods. With today's accountability or relevancy. Every uses of all facilities, both mobile population, a community effort should be made to provide public and private, must facility that is planned on the basis for recreational programs and be considered. For of a static population soon has areas in the most effective and example, the parking lot of many obsolete features. efficient manner. a large industrial plant can be used for recreational Eliminating Architectural purposes on weekends Barriers with little or no additional General Recreational Buildings It is essential that all cost if properly planned. Recreational buildings should be recreational facilities be designed The mobility of people in planned to meet the needs and dense urban areas is often to serve the handicapped. interests of all people in the Therapeutic recreation services restricted. Therefore, neighborhood or community, must involve the special members facilities must be easily regardless of age, sex or ability. of the population in the planning accessible to the people. They should provide a safe, process to ensure that activities Plans should be revised healthful, and attractive and facilities will serve their needs. for maximum use of atmosphere in which every person Guidelines for the elimination of existing facilities. in the community or neighborhood architectural barriers are detailed Twenty-four hour use may enjoy his leisure by should be considered as a in Chapter 8. participating in activities of a possibility in some areas. social, inspirational, cultural, or INDOOR COMMUNITY physical nature. Multiple Use Recreational buildings may :'Planning facilities for multiple AREAS AND FACILITIES range from the simple picnic use is a major consideration in the RelFed aspects of the various shelter to the complex community establishment of playgrounds and types of planning units recreational building with its other recreational properties. (neighborhood, community, city or variety of special service facilities. Multiple use facilities raquire school district, and county or They may vary in design from the space that can accommodate region) were discussed in rustic to the contemporary. varied activities for all age groups Chapters 1 and 3. Relations Unlike many of the early during various times of the day, among planning units, however, structures, present-day buildings week, month, season, or year. are often changed by provide for adaptability and Most activities are associated with physiographic or demographic multiple user. This change from specific times and/or seasons. changes occurring in the planning the simple to the complex has Basketball and hockey are entity. A new neighborhood might stimulated the development of a considered winter activities, be formed by a significant change variety of recreational buildings. baseball is played in the spring in housing or in nationality, or a These are classified by function and the summer, and football is a community might be divided into and then categorized by size. The sport for autumn. Thus, a facility two neighborhoods by a new size of recreational buildings is that is planned to accommodate a expressway. These factors are usually based on the population to single use becomes an expensive taken into consideration when be served and the program to be investment if allowed to stand idle defining units. conducted.

Fil( T li,,reation, Parks and Open Spaces 157 0 The Neighborhood Center Rooms for programs in the mechanical ventilating system with The facility which is, perhaps, arts (art, dance, music, air-conditioning considered where closest to the grass-roots service drama) climate dictates. It is preferable to level is the neighborhood center. A Game room have no windows in the neighborhood recreation center is Kitchen gymnasium. However, if desired, designed to service an area of Restrooms windows should be placed at right approximately 8,000 people. Lounge and lobby angles to the sun at a height of 12 Such a building encloses 15,000 Office feet or more, and they should be to 25,000 square feet. The size Large storage areas equipped with protective guards. will depend also on whether the Clubs or classrooms The wainscotting, or tile, in the building is a separate entity or part Possible specialized areas gymnasium should provide clear, of a park-school complex where as program dictates unobstructed wall space from the facilities are available in the (racquet courts, floor to a height of 12 feet. school. gymnastics, weight and Floors with synthetic surfaces The neighborhood center usually exercise room, have become predominant in includes the following facilities: photography workshop, recreational gymnasiums. Maple Multi-purpose room or and so on). flooring continues to be selected MOM as an alternative to a synthetic Gymnasium (if not Multi-Purpose Room surface. If maple flooring is used, available in neighborhood the cork spring clip or other type school) The multi-purpose room should of expansion joint should be Shower and locker rooms, be designed to accommodate such installed on all four sides. If when a gymnasium is activities as general meetings, suspended apparatus requiring provided social recreation, active table wall attachments is used in the Arts and crafts room games, dancing, dramatics, music, gymnasium, these attachments Game room concerts, banquets, and the like. should be at least seven feet Kitchen The area of this room should be above flocr love'. Restrooms approximately 2,000 to 3,000 Recessod drinking fountains Lounge and lobby square feet. It should be should be located where they will Office rectangular in shape, with a cause a minimum of interference. Large storage areas. minimum width of 40 feet The Fountains should be hand- or minimum ceiling height should be hand-and-foot operated, with The Community Center 16 feet. up-front spouts and controls. The community recreation center Vinyl-asbestos flooring is Protective floor covering or functions beyond the primary recommended. The floor should drainage at the base of the purpose of serving a have a nonskid surface to preven' fountain should be considered to neighborhood. It is designed to many common accidents. It is avoid floor damage. More detailed meet the complete recreational recommended that the floor also information concerning gymnasium needs of all the people in the be level to permit multiple use for construction is found in Chapter 3. community. meetings, dancing, dramatic The size of the building depends presentations, and so on. Locker and Shower Rooms on (a) the number of people to be The entrance should contain double doors and should be at the Locker and shower rooms must served, (b) the projected program be provided for physical activities,. plan, and (c) whether it is a part of end opposite the stage. Each door should have a minimum athletics, faculty, and the like. For a park-school site or a separate further details concerning locker building. This building usually unobstructed opening of at least 32 inches, with a removable rooms and facilities refer to contains 20,000 to 40,000 square Chapter 8. feet of space. and is usually mullion. located in a major recreational area such as a park-school site or Gymnasium Stage and Auditorium community park. The structure should be at least A stage and related facilities The community center usually 90 by 100 feet, with a minimum may be built in conjunction with includes the following facilities: height of 24 feet. This size will the gymnasium or multi-purpose Multi-purpose rooms permit a basketball court of 50 by room. If space and funds allow, a Gymnasium 84 feet, with additional room for separate unit is preferred. Shower and locker rooms telescopic bleachers seating The stage proper should be Stage and auditorium approximately 325 spectators on about 20 feet in depth and the (sometimes combined with one side of the gymnasium. proscenium opening should be at gymnasium) Provision should be made for a least two-thirds the width of the

156 Failitles for 1-?t...reation, Parks and C.)pen Spaces 1 7/1 room. The approach to the stage crafts is desirable. However, if this conforms to local health from the floor of the main room is not possible, at least one club regulations and has a free floor should be by inclined ramp with a room should be equipped for space at least 54 inches wide. nonskid surface to facilitate the crafts, with provision for gas, The kitchen should be located physically disabled and aging and compressed air, and a modem near the club rooms and. the to accommodate movement of sink with hot and cold water. The gymnasium so it can be used for equipment. sink Ihould have a clay trap. small gatherings in the club rooms The room should be equipped Am, .'le storage cabinets, closets, and for large banquets in the with a modern public address or lockers should be included for 7'-0" system, permanently installed with the safe storage of craft materials, r- -1r matched speakers and outlets for unfinished projects, and exhibit ADJACENT I I additional microphones and materials. Base and wall plugs TABLES ---,,NL._ _ ..... J phonographic equipment. should be provided in all club I 1D-0r 9'.0' Consideration should be given to a rooms for the operation of electric NET master control from the office of irons, sewing machines, power the building. All stage lighting tools, movie projectors, and other J Ji should be modern and should be equipment. If a kiln is used, it L11-_B:1 31 controlled from a dimmer-control should be equipped with a cabinet equipped with a rheostat. heavy-duty 220-volt electrical RTGZEITIONTABLE The base and wall of the room outlet. Bulletin boards and exhibit should be equipped with electrical TABLES 2'45' HIGH cases may be used to display NET 6^ HIGH outlets to accommodate floor and completed projects. HEADROOM T-D 5%0- I table lamps, motion picture MIN equipment, floodlights, and other Gems Room ADJACENT r i": TABLES --too 8,4y, ; i electrical apparatus. A The game room, approximately heavy-voltage line may be . 11) 30 by 64 feet in size, is designed 1 NET necessary. Provision should also for a variety of games, including Zij, be made for installing television pool and table tennis. In planning program equipment. this room, sufficient storage space The entrance should contain should be provided for the various SMALL TABLE 40- ZNJ double doors. Stage doors should items of game equipment and Figure 7-2 be of sufficient width and height to supplies. (Figures 7-2; 7-3) Table Tennis facilitate the movement of scenery. This room should be close to It is desirable to have a door at office supervision and should be the rear of the stage area to I ADJ acoustically treated. The choice of -TABLE _ permit the handling of stage floor material should be carefully properties and scenery. Adequate considered because of the heavy exit doors should be provided and traffic anticipated in this room. should be equipped with panic Windows should be placed high in hardware. Door frames and the walls to reduce glass thresholds should be flush. breakage. A chair rail or Space should be provided for wainscotting to prevent the ADJ the storage of chairs, tables, and marring of walls should be TABLE portable staging. This space can installed to a height of three feet be under the stage or in an above the floor. Whenever adjacent storage room provided possible, noncontact (nonmarring) with dollies having swivel furniture should be used. 5 0 MIN TAH4 F SIZE 6 MIN4 ballbearing fiber or rubber-covered The game room should include casters. tables for billiards, table tennis, DIMENSIONS f OR BILLIARDS & PLICKE Acoustics are an important and other popular table top BILLIARDS factor in an auditorium and should games. PLAYING FFARt I SURF ALE SIZE be kept in mind in the selection of TYPEOfTABLE materials for walls and ceilings. Kitchen 'I:91-1172 Rigid acoustic materials for STANDARD PtioC-OR BILL5 010 05 9;0 9 A kitchen is desirable for most §TANT)Aii 15 POOL OR BILL .4 6 9 0 t 5 3 9' 9 ceilings are more economical and STANDAfiD POOL OR 134.1 4 0 8' 0 1.4 9 89 community and neighborhood JUNIOR POOL. discourage vandalism better than _ 3 70 43 19 suspended acoustical tile. recreation buildings. If large JUNI 00 POOL 3 0 16 0 i 3 9 69 dinners or banquets are to be t:IF101:1T 2 6 Arts and Crafts Room served, provision should be made Figure 7-3 A separate room for arts and for a Poll -size kitchen that Billiards and Pocket Billiards (Pool).

Facilities for Recreation, Parks and Open Spaces 159 172 gymnasium. The ,kitchen is often supervision. However, provision junction of the floor and wall placed between two dub rooms must be made to ensure privacy should be coved. and made available to both rooms when dealing with disciplinary A supply closet equipped with a by the use of aluminum roll-up problems, small meetings, and the slop sink and space for mops, doors. like. Secretarial and program pails, brooms, and cleaning Adequate storage space, cabinet offices should be adjacent to the supplies should be centrally space, and electrical outlets for director's office. located on each floor level. such appliances as the An adjoining shower/dressing refrigerator, range, dishwasher, unit with a floor surface area of Club or Classmoms and can openers should be not less than 100 square feet is Experience irdicates the provided. Exhaust fans should also recommended. A storage closet desirability of providing a minimum be installed. with burglar-resistant door for of 500 square feet of floor space storing valuable supplies and per club room. For community Lounge and Lobby equipment should adjoin the recreation buildings, at least three The lobby is located just inside administrative offices. to five club rooms should be the entrance of the recreation provided for multiple use. At least one large club room should be . building. The lounge should open Storage Areas off the .lobby and, if possible, One of the most common errors located adjoining the kitchen. should be close to the central in planning recreation buildings is When windowa in club rooms office and to the multi-purpose lack of sufficient storage space for and lounges are placed high in a room and/or gymnasium. The equipment, maintenance, and wall, they eye not broken as often lounge and lobby are often custodial purposes. as low w'; endows and they also combined into one room. An area adjacent to the allow more space for furniture, This facility should be gymnasium should be provided for bulletin boards, pegboards, attractively lighted and should such storage. It should have a chalkboards, and exhibits. Since contain a wall-mounted, recessed six-foot-wide opening with flush, broken window glass +s a major 07inking fountain, a lighted trophy louvered doors and a flush problem, a nonbreakable type of case, and a bulletin board. threshold to permit passage of the pane is preferred. Windows may Provision should be made for most bulky equipment. be omitted and sky domes and public telephones, and at least The minimum size of the vent domes used, thus eliminating one telephone should be installed storage room should be the need for draperies, Venetian to accommodate a person in a approximately 250 square feet. blinds, and curtains all items wheelchair. Adequate space, Provision should be made for subject to vandalism. preferably recessed, and electrical storage of inflated balls, bats, A chair rail or wainscotting to and water connections for softballs, and other supplies, either prevent the marring of walls automatic vending machines in separate cabinets or a special should be installed to a height of should be included. closet. Appropriate bins, shelves, three feet above the floor. Lobby entrance doors present a and racks are suggested. In Whenever possible, noncontact problem from the standpoints of addition, a recessed alcove for the (nonmarring) furniture should be aesthetics, safety, security, and storage of a piano is desirable. used. Floor-level radiant heat in vandalism. Solid-glass panels The maintenance storage room rooms where programs for small froM ceiling to floor and varies in size, depending ori,the children will be conducted should solid-glass doors are quite popular adjacent outr_foto space and the be considered. and attractive, but can be easily size of the building. The room is broken. Good aluminum doors with ordinarily located on the ground a minimum of glass are preferable. level, adjacent to the outdoor Photography Room Carpet floor covering is areas. An outside entrance should A special room can be equipped desirable for the lounge and lobby be provided by means of a as a darkroom. Ventilation should area. However, terrazzo, quarry burglar-resistant door large enough be provided through light-proof tile, and patio tile are preferred to permit the passage of motorized ventilators. Hot and cold running when cigarette damage is a maintenance equipment. Recessed water, special light plugs,(both possibility. wall shelving and cabinet storage wall and base), and photographic should be provided for tools, sinks for developing and washing Office supplies, and equipment. This prints should also be provided. A The office area, containing space should contain hot and cold mixer is desirable to control the approximately 120 square feet, water, a slop sink, a lavatory, a water temperatures accurately. A should be located near the main water closet, and a clothes closet. filter should also be provided if the entrance with adequate window The floor should be concrete and water quality is not good. Doors space to provide maximum pitched to a central drain. The must be light-proof.

160 Facilities for Recreation, Parks .ind /.7 Spaces I ;',1 Music Room Specialized Recreation Buildings the arts, areas for discussion, and

. The size of the music room Many cities and communities rooms for passive games than for should be determined by the provide recreation programs that large-scale physical activities. potential number in the choral or require specialized facilities. While While a gymnasium is seldom instrumental group using this the construction of these facilities found in a senior citizen area, a facility at any given time. A guide can be justified in the majority of large multi-purpose room is commonly used is to allow 20 cases, care must be taken to needed for square dance, square feet for each participant. provide for maximum year-round shuffleboard, and similar activities. Provision should be made for the use. The specialized centers The senior citizen center should storage of music, instruments, should be centrally located to be a single-floor building, and band uniforms, and supplies. serve all the public. special care should be taken to Shelves are commonly used for eliminate all hazards such as steps and protrusions on walls. storage of music equipment. Art Center' Auxiliary Gymnasium In recent years many cities have Swimming Pool (Natatorium) constructed a community art The auxiliary gymnasium is for Many neighborhoods and center to satisfy the public such activities as wrestling, communities have a considerable demand for programs in the arts. interest in swimming and demand weight-lifting, tumbling, fencing, The size of the facility will be and apparatus work. Acoustic that a swimming pool be included determined by the number of as part of the recreation building. treatment for this room is people to be served and type of desirable. For maximum year-round use, the art programs to be conducted. The size of the room and height indoor-outdoor pool is Generally, art centers will include of the ceiling will depend on the recommended. The construction work areas for ceramics, sculpture, cost of this type of pool is greater, various activities for which this painting, and sketching. facility will be used. The floor but the value of having a Depending on the interests in the year-round rather than a seasonal should be treated with material community, a center may also that will withstand the use of such activity is more important to the include facilities for woodworking, community or neighborhood. (See equipment as heavy weights. lapidary, stonecutting, and other At least one well-ventilated Chapter 4 for complete information arts and crafts. Some art centers on swimming pools.) storage room will be needed for include facilities for dance, music, equipment and supplies used in and dramatic classes and the auxiliary gymnasium. If the programs as well. Teen Centers apparatus is to be cleared from this room, an additional apparatus While teen centers have been storage room should be provided. Pre-School Center very popular and continue to be built, the trend today is to Pre-school centers for day care, Thtructor's Office construct multi-use centers that Head Start, and iursery school will provide opportunities for teen If the recreation program is of programs are being built in some programs along with other considerable size, there should be communities with the aid of grants activities. For example, a teen an office for instructors and or federal funds. These buildings office and lounge are provided in leaders. It should be approximately are smaller than neighborhood many community recreation 120 square feet in size and should center buildings, and the design centers. be adjacent to the gymnasium. scale is geared to pre-school When a separate teen center is A dressing room opening into children. Generally the centers desired it should include: this office should be provided for include a large multi-purpose multi-purpose meeting the activity leaders. This facility room, small rooms for small-group rooms should contain a :bower, water activities, an office, possibly a gymnasium closet, lavatory, and clothes closet. kitchen and eating facilities, and shower and ocker rooms Proper ventilation should be ample storage space. Special care rooms for programs in the provided for all rooms. should be taken to ensure good arts acoustic treatment in the center. restrooms Checkroom game room The size of the checkroom will lounge and lobby depend on the magnitude of the Senior Citivm Centers office program. This room should open Senior citizen centers are similar into the lobby and be equipped in design to neighborhood Other Specialized Facilities with a Dutch door, shelves, and recreation centers. However, more The planning of any specialized portable hanger racks. emphasis is placed on facilities for recreation building demands a

Facilities for Recreation, Parks and Open Spaces 174 161 precise and logical approach. OUTDOOR FACILITIES Since a recreation building reflects 4. Does the floor plan the unique needs and interests of permit convenient access to, AND OPEN SPACE a neighborhood or community, the and facilitate circulation within Growth projections for the next specific design will vary, but the the building? L.] decade provide evidence that few, preliminary considerations of 5. Does the floor plan if any, metropolitan areas in the planning objectives will be the provide for ease of supervision United States have sufficient open same. (Figure 7-4) and administration of the space to meet the demands of the The successful incorporation of building? 0 future. Based on these projections, accepted planning objectives will 6. Have individual rooms it is imperative that planning ensure maximum use of the been located to encourage boards and commissions on all building. The initial multiple use within safety levels of government review functional/spatial specification and limits? previous planning philosophies the continuous reevaluation of the 7. Has the building been with the intent of revision or, when architectural specifications of the designed to ensure opportunity necessary, the development of building prior to its construction for its use by all members of new master plans. should be considered in terms of the community, including the As open space becomes less the following: aging and the disabled? C] and less available, greater 8. Does the design consideration must be given to A Check List for Indoor encompass accepted aesthetic multiple use of these lands and Recreation Facilities qualities that relate every measure taken to use them harmoniously to the most efficiently. Municipal and 1. Has the most effective surroundings? Ci use of the entire structure school authorities should acquire, 9. Is the building designed plan, and develop areas for joint been determined? CJ to ensure cooperative use with 2. Does the preliminary use. This process calls for other public or private professional guidance in the fields sketch include all the essential agencies? facilities necessary to fulfill the of planning, designing, and 10. Is the building designed engineering, and for the advice program objectives? O to permit economy in and counsel of professionals in the 3. Does the layout provide construction and subsequent 'for flexibility in use and for fields of education and recreation. maintenance? The most efficient and future expansion? successful planning is accomplished when everyone in the organization, particularly those who will be identified with the finished product, have an opportunity to participate in the planning. Those who are to be served also should have a voice in the planning through community meetings.

Standards R A variety of standards for the size, location, and number of educational and recreational areas and facilities have been proposed over the years by persons with a great deal of experience in the operation of such areas and facilities. These standards are sound when formulated to make possible a program to serve the basic needs of people for physical education and recreation. However, they are not valid in prescribing specific activities or Figure 7-4 facilities for every neighborhood. The Tenneco Employee Center has a training and health facility fOr use by at employees. While they are a useful guide in

162 Facilities for Recreation, Parks and open Spaces 17 the acquisition and construction of behavior patterns verify that studies to ascertain the leisure a property, standards can seldom, people tend to form neighborhood needs of and probable use by if ever, be applied completely or recreational groups with others of their clientele. Public agencies without modification because a similar social backgrounds. The must conduct comparable studies typical or common situation is resulting patterns might follow or to analyze demand, If the seldom found. Standards are be divided by arteries, depending municipality can ascertain the formulated to indicate a basis for on whether transportation is probable use, turnover, capacity, the intelligent development of local provided. and low/peak load for each plans. Therefore, the standards for Previous number standards activity, it can compute the areas and facilities should be related to the number of tennis number of activity stations and reviewed and appraised for each courts or swimming pools per facilities for each activity group. planning unit and modified thousands of people and so forth. This analysis is comparable to whenever changing conditions Such numbers do not take into processes used to determine the warrant their revision. consideration the land or people indoor and outdoor space Standards for areas and and the climatic and geographic requirements for a school. The facilities developed by private locale of the planning entity. The recreational acreage is then planning firms, public agencies, specification and allocation of computed for actual facilities, for and service organizations at the facilities per thousand are circulating paths and roads, for local, state, and national levels arbitrary. They neither reflect the landscaping, and for other have been widely endorsed requirements of the community or features. (Figure 710 throughout the United States and neighborhood nor are universally have provided the basis for applicable. A planning process of recommendations in scores of interaction and participation by the Par* and Recreation Areas long-range plans for school, park, public should determine the The types of outdoor recreation and recreation systems. The number of facilities from one end areas described here represent a proposal that at least one acre of of town to the other. variety of service units which may recreation and park space be set Recreational acreage should be be used in programs of athletics, aside by urban areas for every 100 based on usage. Guidelines for sports, physical education and of the present and estimated acreage allocations for different recreation. Local conditions will future population has been more park types are only illustrative. dictate to a large extent which widely accepted than any other Every activity has a public types are to be used in any given space standard. However, this demand. The demand for some locality. Hence, different standard does not relate to the activities is often met by the combinations of areas and demographic or physiographic private or voluntary sector. Ski facilities will emerge as the character of particular locales and lodges, tennis centers, and other solution to the problem of meeting is becoming obsolete. Professional corporations all conduct market the needs and interests of a and governmental authorities, NOTES: including the National Recreation APmeasurements for court markings are to the and Park Association and the outside of lines except for those involving the National Park Service, have center service line, which is equally divided pointed out the desirability of between right and left service court. providing an even higher ratio of All court markings to be 2" wide. land to population in :owns and Fencing required 12'0" high with 16-gauge small cities. holicagonal. galvanized 1" flat wire mesh fabric. For net post details see manufacturers' Modification of this general literature. e r standard has been suggested for Net height to be 3'1** at posts and 2'10" at all planning entities based upon center MUM a3 4, local requirements for populated cities. Some municipal planning officials believe the development of large outlying properties owned by the municipality will help meet the recognized deficiency in the inner municipality. However, this . proposal should be considered as /V.1 a practicable substitute indicative SNOW GATES :"t.t.. not just of necessity but also of UNDER CARRIAGE SUPERSTRUCTURE feasibility. TENSION FENCING Figure 7-5 Actual studies of recreational iSOMETICC lNOWIt4O FENCE inibit:AL WOOD CLNSTRIP:TtOWI Platform tennis layout,

Facilities for Recreation, Parks and Open Spaces 163 1 7 r; ..i01410104:4004,* -; displays, do not have to be sacrified because they are termed g V passive or active. Abandoned industrial sites, such g as strip mines, waste disposal areas, and sand and gravel pits, offer tremendous possibilities for /1 Aft phi*, 0.4 AY park and recreation development. 1 MAY 014011 In many cases, recreational use is .,O MAN -- "I"4" 4 not only the most beneficial, but the most economic use of such Figure 7-6 / sites. The recreational planner Layout of a Bocce cour must not overlook the possibility of obtaining these sites for public particular locality. (Figures 7-6; 6A) protectimof the health, use. If possible, cooperative There is some controversy over well-being, and safety of all. planning should be started while parkland aesthetics as measured If *community is split over use the site is still being used by by the terms active and passive of a cost-benefit industry so landscape features can recreatior. Many individuals with should be made to be developed to make it more inherent interest in recreational or n the feasibility and costs appealing for recreational use. leisure pursuits associated with rade-offs. There is no sense in nature denounce the intrusion into L L ng a swamp that was parklands by tennis buffs or ball ted artificially and lacks any Playlotaftni.Parks players. Obviously, these two 10.11 value, but a natural Location, Size, and Features groups have different attitudes /swamp might be found elsewhere about the character of parklands. and preserved to meet specific A playlot/mini-park is a small Parklands can be designed for recreational area designed for the needs and interests. There are safe play of pre-school children. active or passive use, or both, /alternatives in every planning without destroying the aesthetic process, and they should be As an independent unit, the values. The use of parklands considered. The aesthetic values playlot/mini-park is most frequently should reflect the greatest good of a parkland, whether oriented developed in large housing for the greatest number and the projects or in other densely toward play apparatus or floral populated urban areas with high concentration of pre-school children. More often, it is '* 7...°_ 20 2 4' I --, -' I_ ....4 - 110C 6570P -4 1 1 incorporated as a feature of a ... 2-4W larger recreation area. If a , ...... _...... ___J :.' MU 0111.0 MA 1 004001 .,4 community is able to operate a 7 f RAISED fOU1L tAME - 7 I neighborhood playground within a one-quarter mile zone of every

1108 911. 140 W11 hf GOMM' home, playlots should be located pOrrt. S 011RtW CLAY NOTES at the playground sites. A location 7 V .2, 45 - - so* 4170111140 Advserl Wolf 111114 P. n0 C1060, Wit. A 04,44.4.M1M sot 111 OASpLAXIL SLATE near a playground entrance, close 11140, 10" 0" Ofon, MA, to au*. 4C14crVM0 PtJ1Tf S cssfve1G w40 15'N gm ..roef LW, 01 of CtAr forcvotlefe Suelet,"0Larlf Sff Strf.1 AO* PIA TE MTN 115 NA 140L1 to restrooms and away from active 0415 411. ANO ATIACN VW H 41AL SONYA 14C11011 ficooe game areas, is best. AS *Mod MIMMM0 to b pfsLoe IlleCT1041 A -- A Verge *AO ponfa010o4 Dome Di TAM .- 41404,4 PLAft The playlot/mini-park should be w rimpviKAI -.4 enclosed with a low fence or solid 90.1141,01 filS11110 L/4511A04. k 0 III 11141.4 (fASAS 00 14A1. Si 14. planting to assist mothers or

- 9S101Uvc ogYt .2 (La guardians in safeguarding their Leif children. Thought should be given 1,14.1 OW: c 4. ... II A I WA' . ¶ ' :;'7.1'71''1.4;t176 k: f .114; UV) 4..% 1 to placement of benches, with and /r ..'''..71 AT LC/AMA'S 440 = . .i 0II': .:4'..0..2441:00% REAR 1:D1'.00 , 1 I .r'4'ti,I; ' MI tt...... 12.1 Val*/ V EU without shade, for ease of I. -1 NA (MOIL. 010\44 CON. Mt% WA & AMA V 01 -4. --...... - 1 supervision and comfort for R4, - nu- ,40.G 0,LAIF ()AM parents and guardians. A drinking 0 DI 0 4 0 fountain with step for tots will M 2 0.1 W 0, 101,,L504154 serve both children and adults. Play equipment geared to the pre-school child should combine Figure 7-64 attractive traditional play apparatus Horseshoe pitching layout. with creative, imaginative

164 Facilities for Recreation, Parks and Open Spaces (4.* equipment. Such proven favorites support as well as different kinds interest of individuals. Other as chair, bucket, and glider of, level, direction, and range of pieces should appear swings; six-foot slide; and a small movement on different pieces of unpredictable in the nature of/ merry-go-round can be used equipment. No one piece provides responses available. safety. Hours of imaginative play adequate variety for an children, Equipment chosen for outdoor will be enjoyed with such features so a variety of equipment is areas should be consisten with as a simulated train, boat, or necessary. materials used indoors to Ilustrate airplane; a playhouse; and Affective needs may be met by a coordinated curricular ilosophy fiberglass or concrete animals. A varying the shapes of pieces such of recreation interests.quipment small climbing structure and as squares, circles, and should be usable in p, ical facilities for sand play should be rectangles. Varying spaces education classes as I as at included. increases a variety of responses recess. (Figure 7-7) some should be narrow, wide, Play equipmentust be Play Structures and Areas large, small, high, and low. Some durable, safe, and itary. Some pieces should be thick (planks) pieces should be esilient. All The design of playground while others should be thin (bars). pieces requiring footings equipment and play areas can Sculptured animals and natural should be cover by dirt or a significantly.affect children's objects such as tree trunks are softer ground r. Footings psychomotor, affective and widely used. Textures should vary should be enough to cognitive development. In order to from loose, soft, and smooth such maintain lity. Metal pieces meet psychomotor needs, as sand, bark, and wood chips to may need to keep them equipment should stimulate hard, shiny, dull, and rough such cool. Paint equipment prevents locomotor, non- locomotor, and as metal, wood, plastic, fiberglass, rust and es the piece manipulative actions which and concrete. cleanable Moving parts should be stimulate the development of large Colors impregnated in plastic oiled lady. Nuts and bolts muscles. Equipment should elicit and cement prevent frequent should tightened frequently. repetitive responses as well as painting. The color of the Equipment requiring low increasingly new complex equipment should be in contrast to maintante is advisable. responses. Some equipment the ground covering in order for a surface treatment under should be permanent and stable in child to see the suppo. onwhich appaiatus equipment is very order to stimulate the child to to place a foot. In contrast to important. Various types of move, but children should be able adults, cotor does not affect materials that have been used are to move some pieces from place children's choices of equipment sand, wood chips, tanbark, to place. The equipment should be significantly. asphalt, and a variety of synthetic child-sized, some designed Some equipment should surfaces. The use of asphalt specifically for younger children encourage socialization. Others covered with a synthetic material and some for older children. should provide for quiet has been gaining in popularity Modularized wooden structures are contemplation. Some play because of the safety and ideal for providing variable apparatus should sustain the aesthetic aspects even though the environments and arrangements and are readily modifiable by professional personnel. Many play equipment manufacturers carry a full line of modular equipment, Issa.1111Mor.. both wood and metal. Younger children need opportunities to create, build, and manipulate the environment. Older children need play settings which stimulate multiple responses more than one way to move from one piece of equipment to another. AV Cognitive needs of children may be met by providing equipment which is multi-purpose in design. Equipment should whet children's curiosity, stimulate exploration, and elicit a variety of responses. Figure 7-7 Chil-'ren use a variety of bases of A typiOal elementary school playground.

Facilities for Recreation, Parks and Open Spaces 165 173 initial cost is higher. A level educational consultants ,:,nd/or designed to stimulate multiple surface is always maintained with commercial planners. Pisces of responses and some elements of this treatment, which is safer for equipment should not only be unpredictability. the children at play. Water puddles placed by age groups, but, more do not appear under swings, and importantly, they should also Adult. Currently commercialand less maintenance is required for stimulate movement from one educational planners are this surface. piece to another. Moving parts experimenNg with equipment Enclosing the area may be require spaces for a range of designed for adults. The designs appropriat6 to prevent nuisance movements. Equipment needs to are adult in size and in challenge. legal problems. If equipment be placed for ease of supervision Adventure. Play areas originally cannot be played on safely without and safe traffic patterns. conceived in Europe. Childrenare adult supervision, a fence with a Modularized wooded structures involved in the planning, creating, lok is a necessity. and free-standing equipment and building of an area. A play Although home-made equipment should be changed frequently to leader will facilitate play and may be durable and cost less provide children with new construction. Some parts are fixed initially, legal concerns may opportunities to explore the while others are movable. Parts warrant the purchase of environment. Play areas can be changed frequently (daily) commercial equipment. throughout the community should or periodically (at the end of a Comparative shopping may reduce reflect variety. Funds should be season). the cost of commercially made allocated to change locations of pieces by as much as 50 percent. Creative. Play areas which pieces of apparatus on each stimulate children to elicit The whole play area should be playground and between a variety of responses rather thana single 'ned with the aid of playgrounds. response. Loose materials as well

S 0 as fixed objects are part of the Small Games Courts setting. 6 The riylot/mini-park may also include courts and areas for such Junk. Constructed, usually by -I' 0' activities as hopscotch, marbles, adults, from discarded materials. A variety of materials enhances the and circle games. The entire choices iwailable and stimulates small-games area can be used as multiple sensory responses. multi-purpose space. i nese areas are located primarily in Examples include tires, telephone cablespools, railroad ties, sand, neighborhood and community wood, turf, rope. park-schools and may be used for both class instruction and Thematic. Usually built around recreation programs. a central idea. Some examples are The small-games area should be pioneer, Treasure Island, Indian, a minimum of 25 by 25 feet, seafaring, and circus traffic or adjacent to the crafts-and-apparatus transportation which may feature a area. It should be well-drained and combination of planes, cars, or surrounded by a fence or boats. Variety is important in the shrubbery barrier for maximum settings as is the appropriateness safety and control. The surface with the local environment and should be of sandy loam, asphalt, safety of the objects. Glass and or concrete. locks should be removed. Hopscotch is popular with Traditional Play Areas. children. A special court may be Generally feature metal equipment marked off in one section of the including swings, slides, see-saws, small-games area. (Figure 7-8) merry-go-rounds. They are single purpose in design and tend to move children rather than Kinds of Play Areas stimulate children to move. One-Time User. Usually a Vestpocket Playgrounds. commercial play area designed to Originally created by Paul sustain interest for a snort time Friedberg in New York for high span. school students, they are within Returning Client Play Area. one lot between buildings, Figure 7-8 Usually a school or public designed on an adult scale to be Hopscotch Court layout. recreation area. Should be compact and indestructible.

166 Facilities for Recreation, Parks and C.)pen Spaces 17j Playgrounds and Play Areas ACRES optional features should be added The neighborhood playground is Turf area for softball, touch to the standards listed above: the primary area in planning for football, soccer, speedball, recreation. It is established and other field games 2-3 ACRES primarily to serve children under Hardsurface area for court Recreation building 0.2 14 but should have additional games, such as netball, Landscape areas (if there features to interest teen-agers and basketball, volleyball, is no neighborhood park) 2.0 adults. The trend in recent years is and handball 0.50 Swimming pool 0.5 for the neighborhood playground Open space for informal Tennis courts 0.4 to become the center of activity for Play 0.50 TOTAL 3.1 a wide variety of needs and Corner for senior interests expressed by all citizens 0.30-0.50 The addition of optional features residents. The more diversified Space for quiet games, may require provisions for pursuits of today's recreation story-telling and crafts 0.20 off-street parking. consumer challenge the facility Playlot 0.20-0.50 planner to provide for a broader Children's outdoor theater 0.15 The Neighborhood Park program, with more attention Apparatus area for elementary The neighborhood park is land devoted to multiple use by age children 0.25-0.50 set aside primarily for both active different age groups. Service building for restrooms, and passive recreation. Ideally, it The neighborhood playground storage, and equipment issue gives the impression of being serves the recreational needs and or a small clubhouse with rural, sylvan, or national in its interests of the same population some indoor activity character. It emphasizes served by neighborhood space 015 horticultural features, with elementary school. Its major Circulation, landscaping, spacious turf areas bordered by service zone will seldom exceed and buffer zones 1-2 trees, shrubs, and sometimes one-half mile, with most of the Undesignated space 0.75 floral arrangements. It is essential attendance originating within a TOTAL 5.10 in densely populated areas but not quarter-mile distance. It should be required where there is ample yard centrally located in the area to be Depending upon the relationship space at individual home sites. served and away from heavily of the property to schools and to A neighborhood park should be traveled streets and other barriers other recreational facilities in the provided for each neighborhood. In to easy and safe access. neighborhood, Such optional many neighborhoods, it will be The neighborhood playground features as a recreation building, incorporated in the park-school normally requires a minimum of tennis courts, or swimming pool site or neighborhood playground. five acres. The particular facilities might be located at the A separate location is required if required will depend on the nature neighborhood playground. If this combination is not feasible. of the neighborhood, with space climatic conditions warrant, a A separately located being allocated according to spray Or wading pool may be neighborhood park normally priorities, as follows: provided. The following space for requires three to five acres. As a

- I 41.04 Figure 7-9, 9A Synthetic grid surface adds new life and color to old concrete play areas.

Facilmes forRocreattont Parks and Open Spaces 167 1St measure of expediency, however, should serve a population of from An alternative program,,might be an isolated area as small as one 50,000 to 100,000 with a wide considered. This program would or two acres may be used. variety of activities. develop bicycle touring routes in Sometimes the functions of a The ideal location for this area and across the country, using rural neighborhood park can be is in combination with a high and low volume vehicular routes. satisfactorily included in a school as a park-school complex. The only expenses involved in the community or city-wide park. Where this is not feasible, creation of this system are for The neighborhood park plays an consideration should be given to initial system planning, printing important role in setting stanaards placing the park as close as bikeway maps, and marking for community aesthetics. possible to the center of the intersections. County and city Therefore, it should include open population to be served. The land governments together with schools lawn areas, plantings, and walks. available will be a determining and universities have implemented Sculpture forms, pools, and factor in site selection. While the touring systems. fountains should also be service zone will vary according to considered for ornamentation. population density, a normal use The steps in the development of Creative planning will employ zone is two to four mites. The size bicycling facilities are: contouring, contrasting surfaces, may range from 50 to 100 acres. Appoint a committee from masonry, and other modern Depending on available acreage, interested groups of techniques to provide both eye topography, and natural features, individuals, including appeal and utility. (Figures 7-9; 9A) the city-wide or district park will representatives of the contain a large number of different schcol or university and Community Parks and Playtields components. These would include, the recreation department. Make a survey of county This type of recreational area is but not be limited to, the following: Field for baseball, football, road maps and mark a required in a community where it conceptual bicycle system is not feasible or possible to soccer, and softball Tennis center on a work map. One of the acquire and develop a community objectives is to create a park-school. The community park Winter sports facilities Day-camp center roughly circular route. and playfield, like the "Spoke" routes would neighborhood playground, is Picnic areas (group and family) radiate from the campus to designed primarily to provide the peripheral route. Select facilities for a variety of types of Cycling paths or tracKs Swimming pool the safest possible routes. organized recreation activities, but High volume roads and it should also have the Water sports lake Pitch-and-putt golf course intersections should be characteristics of a landscaped avoided. After the road park. It usually serves as the Recreation building Nature trails map is finished, the playground for the children living con-.mittee should find that in the immediate neighborhood, Skating rinks (ice and roller) it has the framework for an but its primary service is to a adequate bicycling touring much wider age group. Thus, it Playlot and apparatus Parking areas system. supplies a greater variety of The next step involves facilities and more extensive Outdoor theater The above facilities should be field reconnaissance of the service than can be justified at the roads marked on the neighborhood playground. The separated by large turf and landscaped areas. Natural areas working map. Alternate school chid, teen-ager, young routes may be selected if adult, hobbyist, senior citizen, and and perimeter buffers should be provided. the original roads are not family group all find attractiv. appropriate for bicycling. facilities at the well-developtu Special-Use Areas and Facilities Actual travel by bicycle is community park and playfield. recommended for the Because there is no school Bicycle Facilities and Pathways reconnaissance. building at this area, some type of Most of the recommended Following the completion indoor facility is needed. In many bicycle programs and facilities will of the field cases, a multi-purpose recreation require considerable investments reconnaissance, the next building is provided to meet this of time and money to bring them step is the drafting of the need. to fruition. The development of final bikeway map. Titles bicycle paths through urban, and safety information are City-Wide or District Parks residential, and outdoor recreation alsr, °laced on the map. The city-wide or district park areas will require costly Th r..k of the map may serves a district of a large city or a investments that are not always be with a vz. iety of total community of a small city.It available from public budgets information. The bikeway

168 h. 1;:iciHios tor Revrcdtion, Oper; .`-'paces should be marked, all age groups but is generally on steep gradients. No special especially the abrupt turns. restricted to the larger park areas surfacing is required except that a Marking may be done by because of space requirements. gravel base may be needed in wet painting distinctive symbols Riding trails are usually a or boggy areas that cannot be and arrows on the minimum of 10 feet wide to permit avoided. Tanbark, cinders, and pavement of the road. riders going in opposite directions other materials are also used Standard highway marking to pass in safety. Except on very frequently on heavily used trails paint may be used, and steep terrain, very little is required and in areas of concentrated use stencils for the symbols in the way of construction. around hitching racks and in riding may be cut from heavy Clearing, a small amount of rings. gauge linoleum. leveling, removal of large rocks Stables and adjoining facilities, Figure 10 offers a schematic of and boulders, and trimming or such as feed racks, holding the bicycle facility planning removal of low-hanging tree limbs corrals, riding rings, and hitching process. constitute the major items. Most racks, should be located at least small streams can be forded, but 500 feet from the nearest Bridle Paths and Rings an occasional bridge may be public-use area because of the fly Horseback riding is popular with required as well as cross drainage and odor problem. The size of

Figure 7-10 Bicycle facility planning process.

fit'fINIt AL DATA AND ugthRIA ANALYSIS ANDEVAI UATION PUBLIC AND POLICY

1J.,111,1 1.1.4"1011. Ilk! I If", 11. C a 'kerd. 441..1 41}1,41./0olft.

1.1.cno. Haar I r.t.a. P,a. r11.

4 11 it 1.kkl, .pf.,114 11111..f1.,11i1W. 4110 .,1 .1.i.l

..,111.444 I v . 11,1 f 4.1 ,A..i dole )%tr 11.111

1 . Jul ..Lop.al .141.41.1 % 4.41. 1141 I 14..ktklem 1.1.141m.nf A 'Argrt.k.441.4 .1

t. ..r..14. 1/0.11cd

I 1'.u.ol N14414,

L.Ihqk 14{1$1,1 111,1 i tiow ap. t IrIM 4111. 111,1a

110.

. .1. 1,,,Vkl7k ',di,. 4/ Neyuirrrtfertil ..nflk. I

4 14.-Iirg ark1 Ark. r 11.,14.

Facilities tor Recreation, Parks and Open Spaces 169 ..32 these facilities will depend on the holding corral or paddock, into Exercise Trail number of horses. However, the which the horses can be turned at The physical fitness boom of the stable will ordinarily contain a the end of the day, is required. A limited number of horse stalls, a surfaced riding ring, sometimes 1970's and 1980's has inspired a feed-storage room, a tack room, a encircled with a rail fence, is unique total body conditioning program exercise trails. small office, and toilet facilities for frequently provided for training men and women. A fenced novices in the fundamentals of Marketed commercially under a enclosure, commonly called a riding. variety of names including Fitness Trail, Fit-Trail, LifecoL. se, and Parcourse, the trail combines cardiovascular development, agility, flexibility, strength, and endurance. The exercise trail consists of a number of exercise stations located at various lengths along a jogging course. A typical trail could have a 1.5 mile distance with 13 exercise stations. The running intervals and exercises are designed for flexibility, agility, strength, all the while developing the participant's cardiovascular system. (Figure 7-11)

Orienteering Outdoor enthusiasts use compass directions to guide them in exploring new terrain. One of the ultimate uses for compass directions is in the fast-growing sport of competitive orienteering. The sport of competitive orienteering involves finding one's way with a map and compass along an unknown stretch of ground to one's pre-selected destination. For whatever the reason sport exercise, nature study, or just to enjoy the quiet beauty of the wilderness orienteering provides the means by which one qr can navigate...... A Alpine Slide The Alpine Slide is one answer to the ski area operator's biggest problem summer. The Alpine Slide is popular and successful in both the United a- States and Canada. The slide provides an ideal means of using m )untain areas, especially ski resorts with all their existing Figure 7-11 facilities, in a way that is designed PARCOURSE outdoor exercise trail (courtesy PAF?CC :1RSE Ltd.) to be compatible witi. the 11,11, environment. (Figure 7-12)

170 :11fICS 11( 'CrOd t1(t1),1, irk:INI (1pC:i .5,14 4

A Figure 7-12 The big thrill * riding the Alpine Slide at Bromley, Vt. Riders can control theirspeeds as they travel the 4060 -foot downhill run on plastic sleds through dual cement flumes.

F1,.:1;t1(.:: f, Recre,itJen, Parks and Open Spuces 171 kJ.

9 jr

IMMELS...-.- .#4;7;.*0

111111110 11.1011L.A19.,_ arop,

Figure 7-13 Baylor University Marina is used for instructionduring the day and is open for recreationaluse in the afternoon and evening. Golf Courses The planning should provide recreational interest will The design, construction, also for an administrative precipitate. (Figure 7-13) operation, and maintenance of golf clubhouse, a pre .tice putting The launching, mooring, and courses is too vast a subject to be green, and a practice driving storage of yachts and rowboats covered in detail in this range. are the function of a marina that publication. For general will serve the needs of the information and guidance, write Marinas recreational-boat owner. the National Golf Foundation at ft is suggested that 200 Castlewood Drive, North Palm America abounds in vdaterways. knowledgeable and experienced Beach, FL 33408. The m triad of inland lakes,the personnel be engaged to stuciy the Assuming the land is suitable for rivers and streams, the vast Great number, types, and sizes of construction of a golf course, the Lakes, and the thousands of miles existing boats in the area; the following space requirements must of coastline serve to invite number and size of existing be taken into consideration: America's citizens to take berthing facilities, and the advantage of this naturalresource. condition of such existing facilities. For a standard 18-hole Today, boating commandsmore of The survey should also include the course 120 to 160 acres the recreational dollar than potential population growth in the For a standard 9-hole baseball, fishing, golf, or any other community and surrounding area course 70 to 90 acres single activity, There is a need for to determine the future boat For a 9-hole par three efficient, realistic, and functional ownership. An accurate and course (including a couple planning for facilities to comprehensive evaluation of such of par four holes) 45 to accommodate the present needs a study is the first step in planning 60 acres arid the future growth that this a marina.

172 -11Thi '141,: The study will determine the 20- to 60-day average season to a leagues, it is played with next important consideration in 140-day season and, depending hand-propelled 42.5 pound stones, laying out a marina: choosing the on climatic conditions, to as much referred to as rocks. There are correct number of slips of each as 240 days. four members on a team, each size that will be required. Based While natural ice rinks have not shooting two rocks. The object is on the needs of the community to gone out of style, artificial rinks to slide one team's rocks nearest be served, planners will determine are replacing them as central or the center of a circle, called the the necessary number of slips to regional facilities. Natural ice rinks house, at the far end of the rink. accommodate boats of various are continuing to serve as a The advent of artificial ice has sizes. suppleMental neighborhood facility broadened the popularity of curling Because marinas vary so greatly in many communities. A and extended its geographical in their aesign, function, location, considerable number of skaters still interest zone. and capacity, it is virtually prefer the rugged pleasure of an impossible to arrive at standard old-fashioned skating experience. conclusions,and judgments concerning a model marina. Each Ice Hockey planner will be able to apply the Ice rinks may have a sport general principles to his unique function as well as providing a circumstances. From that point, recreational service. If ice pocket' however, he must adapt his is to be part of the rink's activity marina to the peculiar needs and schedule, goals will be needed, characteristics of his community. and a four-foot Mgh solid fence, called the dasher, will have to be Roller Skating installed to enclose an area as Roller skating may be permitted near 85 by 185 feet as possible. on a multi-purpose area or on Dasher boards are heavily sidewalks and streets under reinforced to stand the shock of proper safety controls. If a rink is players being pushed against them built, it is suggested that the area and are lined on the rink side with either wood or plastic. There is be 100 by 200 feet. A track for m normally a chain link or clear speed skating can encircle the plastic barrier another tour to six figure or leisure skating area. The track should be banked at the feet on top of the dashers to enable spectators to view games curves, and the interior should be slightly pitched for drainage. safely. the dasher board Boundaries of the track should be enclosure should have round Figure 7-14 defined with flags, wooden blocks, corners, because square corners Curling or pylons. Mark each turn with present a hazard. A kick board, six to eight inches high, is fastened at pylons, and indicate the starting Performing Arts Areas and finishing lines. The rinks the base of the dasher boards and is replaced as often as necessary. should be oriented so that skaters In the past few years f:iere has travel in a north-and-south Because dasher boards reflect been increased demand for direction. sunlight and cause melting of the suitable indoor and outdoor ice, they should be painted a dark The surface should be smooth facilities for operas, plays, band wood (wide) or concrete sprinkled color. However, it is difficult to and orchestral concerts, pageants, with rosin or a similar substance. follow the puck if the dasher festivals, holiday programs, and If the areas for skating are speed boards are too dark, so a shade of civic celebrations. When rinks or multi-purpose areas, they grey is recommended. If the performed outdoors, such activities should be fenced for safety and hockey rink is indoors, the dasher usually require a stage or band boards can be painted a light color control. shell with adjoining amphitheater without causing a melting problem. capable of _accommodating large Information describing the numbers of spectators. Ice Skating complete ice arena is included in Selection of the proper site for Ice-skating facilities are feeling Chapter 5. an outdoor theater is of primary the impact of modern technology importance. It should have good in more and more communities Curling acoustic properties and be located each year. With the advent of Curling is an ice sport popular in in a quiet place away from the mechanical freezing, the skating Canada and the northern United noise of traffic or of groups at season has been extended from a States. Sponsored by clubs and play. A natural bowl or depression

Fdcilities for 1-?vcreation, Parks and Open Space 173 _ on a hillside with a slope of 10 to puppet theater, or platform for walkway behind the targets to 20 degrees, preferably bordered other performing arts, these provide access for extracting by slopes or densely wooded mobile units can bring productions arrows. Such walks reduce areas, provides a fine location. to audiences never exposed to interference from inclement At some theaters, people sit on such activities. Excellent units can weather, increase the use of the the slope of the amphitheater. At be obtained at a cost less than range, and reduce maintenance others, permanent seats are that required for a permanent costs. installed. Terraces with a turf band shell. Field arche-p is a simulation of surface are not recommended actual shooting conditions in the because they are too difficult to Archery Range (Recreational) field. Up to 28 targets are used on maintain. Sufficient level space the field course. The site selected should be provided at the rear of This sport appeals to a Silable for such a course should be group in most communities. the seating area for the circulation heavily wooded and have ro'ling of spectators, and aisles should be Sufficient space is needed to terrain. It should be fairly well wide enough to facilitate the ensure the safety and enjoyment isolated or in an area that can be of the participants. seating of large numbers in a controlled so the general public short period of time. Public The range should provide will not intrude. comfort stations and refreshment shooting distances of 100, 80, 60, Targets should be mounted onk facilities are usually provided near 50, 40, and 30 yards. For junior built-up banks or on the side of a' use, target ranges can be from 10 the entrance to the amphitheater. hill. Each target has various pins to 50 yards. Targets are 48 inches Provision for the nearby parking of positions). The farthest wide and should be at least 15 automobiles is essential, but target i80 yards and the nearest parking areas must be located feet apart. Generally, the target is 30. T e target should simulate where noises and car lights do not line is fixed and varying shooting either animals or concentric disturb the stage action. lines are used. The side circles. The size is dependent The dimensions of the stage are boundaries should extend 10 yards upon the distance from the target. determined by the proposed uses, beyond each end of the range. The scoring is similar to that for but rarely should a stage be less In the interest of safety, golf the score is totaled for than 50 feet in width or 30 feet in additional space should be each target, the grand total giving depth. The rear of the stage may provided beyond the target, free the score for the complete round. be a wall or high hedge, or even a from stones and other substances planting of trees, and the wings that might cause the breakage of Clout shooting requires a may be formed by natural plant arrows falling wide of their mark. variation in target size and materials. The band or music This space may be protected by arrangement. The target face is shell, however, L more satisfactory an earth bunker or bales of hay marked on the ground with white for projecting voices and sound and straw piled up to the `op of lines. The size of the target is free from echoes and interference. the target. enlarged so that one inch on a A vertical rear wall with inclined An archery range should be regular 48-inch target would equal ceiling is not only the simplest and fairly level. Orientation should be 12 inches on the ground. The most economical to construct but north and south so the archers will center of the bull's-eye must be affords excellent acoustic qualities. not be facing the sun. A fence indicated by a single-color flag. The band shell usually contains enclosure is desirable, but not The range for men is 180 yards; dressing rooms, toilets, storage essential. The public should be for women and juniors, 120 yards. space, and control centers for controlled in some manner, The field dimensions for flight amplifying and lighting equipment, however, so they do not walk shooting are approximately 200 by although sometimes these facilities through the range. 600 yards. The field should be are provided in separate structures Storage sheds for butts and roped off on all sides except that near the back of the stage. An other' equipment are sometimes a from which the archers shoot. A orchestra pit is generally located part of the archery range. Sorne distance of not less than 10 yards between the auditorium and the storage rooms have been placed behind the shootinglineis stage. within the earth bunker behind the reserved for the flight shooting targets. space. Officially, the flight must be Mobile storage units with So the facility may be used by from a leries of colored or self-contained sighting ano acoustic the disabled, it is desirable to numbe' ad pegs set in the ground,. systems are becoming very design a four-foot wide, usually about six feet apart. popular because they can be used ground-level, hard-surface walk for Figure 15 depicts a sample in many parks instead of wheelchair use along the shooting outdoor archery range lay-out and restricting programs to one lines. Another walk could extend target details. Additional permanent location. Equipped to to the target line (preferably down information regarding archery is serve as a band shell, stage, the center) and perhaps another included in Chapters 2 and 3.

174 Ftit'llItIt's JOT' .117(71(-)17e.n Spoc-f NOTES: Q- 1/4) TOir Space behind and to either side of the range 5'.0- MAX. to be clear and free from hard objects.

Background behind targets to be preferably HIT dense trees, natural or manmade hills or protective shields. ARGET CENTER LINE SUPPORT Range to be sited on fairly level land, free from :rifo POST OR TRIPOD obstructions, preferably sheltered from high ft3 4 0, winds and oriented to north 45°.

Standard rounds for adults, 30- 100 yards. STRAW OR SIMILAR MATERIAL Standard rounds for juniors, 20- 50 yards.

Target may be mounted on a round butt of TARGET NUMBER TARGET LINE spirally sewn straw or rush supported by a 3 portable soft wood target stand. Colors may be painted on an oilcloth cover. rI I TARGET DETAILS

ROPED CLEAR SPACE BEHIND TARGETS

1 90'0" MIN. Owl (45' 0" WITH BUNKER I BEHIND TARGETS)

0 -4 I 15' 0" DESIRABLE 8 110'-0 MINIMUM 26 cc CO 04 I 0 w -J TARGETS--- U- < U &a Q.

I ROPED CLEAR SPACE EACH SIDE OF Figure 7-15 3 YDS. RANGE. Archery range layout. 111.1N1.40 01011.1P 3 YDS.

1b 1S9 Snow Sports The following criteria are standing in long lines at the lifts. recommended for the selection of Ski Courses Ski touring deserves a place in facilities for beginners' classes: physical education and recreation Skiing has become very popular. Flat-top hill area, 50 programs. One of the attractive If climatic conditions are suitable square feet per skier, 25 features of ski touring is thata and desirable topographic features skiers per class successful program can be are available, a school or a park Slope about 75 feet to 100 developed with limited facilities. and recreation department might feet long, drop in grade of Unlike downhill skiing, it is not look into the possibility of 15 feet, or 4:1 ratio vital to have hilly terrainor several developing the facilities needed to Starting line at top of inches of snow base. Suchareas foster this sport. A variety of slope, 100 feet wide as athletic fields, golf courses, artificial surfaces simulating real Run-out at bottom of slope parks, and nearby vacant land snow has brought skiing either flat or uphill serve as ideal training courses. instructional opportunities to all Slope facing east or Specially designed skis with sections of the country northeast rollers mounted on the bottom independent of climate. Instructional area free of have made grass skiing possible The provision of skiing ina stones, woods, and other and this activity is gaining in school or public recreation system impediments popularity as a summer activity in should be approached from an Protective cover, such as parts of Europe. instructional standpoint, the theory trees or brush, around the being to give participants some area Coasting, Sleighing, basic instruction so they can enjoy The following criteriaare Tobogganing it as a leisure-time activity in the suggested for advanced classes: Top of hill about thesame Often a community has a hidor resort areas that have more ideal hills suitable for coasting, which facilities. If the park system as for beginners Slope is most important: become meccas after every contains ideal skiing hills with snowfall for children with sleds, plenty of room, regular ski ratio about 3:1 and length courses toboggans, and other coasting may be developed. Some of the 100 to 150 feet Width of hill or slope, devices. In the absence of a basic facilities required for skiing natural coasting hill, some park instruction include proper minimum of 150 feet because of speed and and public works departments topographical features; a have built such a facility. These headquarters building for rental of space required for turning movements. hills are usually located ina park equipment, a refractory, and safely guarded from the hazards of similar purposes; a ski tow; and The following criteriaare recommended for the selection of street traffic. various slopes for instructional In developing local sledding purposes. facilities for expert classes: Either the same hill as (coasting) areas, care should be Normally, the series of classes taken to incorporate adequate is broken into three units advanced classes or, preferably, a longer and safety features. Plenty ofroom beginners. advanced, and expert. should be provided between sled It is the opinion of ski instructors steeper hill Enough downhill length to runs, and up traffic should be that the beginners' ski class is by isolated from the down traffic. The far the most important for permit a minimum of three turning movements for area should be as free as possible recreational skiing. from hazards, such as nearby Basic instruction in skiing may example, 250 feet on a 3:1 slope trees, grills, benches, or other be conducted in classes not park paraphernalia. exceeding 25 to 30 beginners. For Greater width than that of this group, a gentle and short slope for advanced Communities with an extensive slope with a relatively large flat classes. response to sledding or skiing may run-out area is desirable because want to counter adverse weather it permits a beginner to have Cross-Country Skiing with the use of artificial-snow complete control of himself and equipment or improve the activity The cross-country skiing revival with a ski lift. allows him to gain confidence in came in the mid-60's, and its the use of his skis. In the Sleighing is a recreational popularity has increased activity that uses sleighs drawnby advanced group, classes are much dramatically. The rebirth of smaller and in the expert group, horses or oxen. It can take place cross-country skiing, which has on roads, trails, or paths. instruction becomes almost become known as ski touring, has individual. For each successive Tobogganing is a thrilling sport attracted many people whocannot requiring designed space. group, hills become longer and a afford to keep up with "alpine"or little steeper. Occasionally, natural slopesare "downhill" skiing price tags,or used if they are free from

176 I I Facilltivs for Rercanon, Parks and Upon 5pacos obstructions and have a long that refers to learning activities in more distant places, can be used. bottom runoff. The common and for the outdoors. Such An outdoor-education complex on practice is to choose a hillside activities can be provided in the one piece of land or on several with a reasonable steep and even curriculums of schools, colleges, plots in close proximity has many grade. A chute is constructed and universities as well as in the advantages in the areas of using a wooden trough. It can be programs of recreational, camping, administration, leaciership, permanent or built in sections. and community agencies. Outdoor equipment, and transportation. education has been broadly Such a site lends itself to wide Snowmobiling described as follows: community use, with According to a recent survey, Outdoor education means responsibilities for leadership and snowmobiling ranks as one of the learning In and for the outdoors. It finances shared by several fastest-growing sports in the is a means of curriculum extension agencies. Obviously, the size and United States. Assuming and enrichment through outdoor physical characteristics of an snowmobiling will continue to be experiences. It is not a separate outdoor-education complex will popular, the predictions have it discipline with prescribed depend on the geographic location that approximately 10 million objectives, like science and and the topography of the land. people will take to the sport by mathematics; it is simply a Some of the facilities and types 1985. As with cross-country skiing, learning climate offering of site treatment for a complex areas such as athletic fields, golf opportunities for direct laboratory that would accommodate a broad courses, parks, and vacant land experiences in identifying and program of outdoor education and can serve as ideal training courses resolving real-lite problems, for outdoor recreation, and which for snowmobilers. acquiring skills with which to enjoy would constitute an outdoor Many lake and park areas in the a lifetime of creative living, for laboratory or field campus, are northern United States used building concepts and developing briefly described. It is assumed previously during summer months concern about man and his natural that there will be many areas and have now proven to be a haven environment, and for getting us facilities, public and private, that for snowmobile enthusiasts. back in touch with those aspects can also be used in a of living where our roots were comprehensive program. (Figures once firm and deep. 7-17; 7-18; 7-19; 7-20) AREAS FOR OUTDOOR Outdoor education and outdoor EDUCATION/RECREATION recreation encompass a great Considerations in Selecting and Future historians will surely note variety of activities, many of which Developing Sites can be conducted on a single, the decades following World War II Size as a time MI'. 1 outdoors came large tract of land. With careful into prominei.-, E, significant planning, facilities, some in or The type of program planned place for both euucation and near an urban area and others in should determine the size of the recreation. The unprecedented db growth of all types of outdoor activities necessitating land areas and facilities can be expected to continue. A growing awareness on the part of educational and recreational leaders that the present generation and those to come are far removed from the land and the rural life of their forebears has caused much interest and concern in the development of outdoor education programs. Because school-age children and many adults know little about the outdoors, programs and facilities must be designed to educate them in, about, and for the outdoors. An ecological approach to outdoor education has both recreational and educational implications. (Figure 7-16) Figure 7-18 Outdoor education is a term Halfcourt tennis is being played in limited back yard space.

Facilities for Recreation, Parks and Open Spaces 191 177 F O ZONE DANGER SHOTFALL layout field Skeet 7-17 Figure HOUSE LOW HOUSE HIGH J MOW MOW MOO t L

RADIUS YD. 100 AREA, CLEAED MINIMUM I ZONE. ,f DANGER' SHOTFALL RADIUS YARD 300

, POLE LIGHT 4'43" HEIGHT - FENCE GUARD . .

W HEIGHT MIN. FENCE PROTECTION

STATIONS BETWEEN CHORD 3/8

4.43" 44'

0 HOUSE HOUSE HIGH STANDARD LOW STANDARD

STAKE BOUNDARY

l=am SOET

MARKER...". DISTANCE TARGET

SU) I 76T 61r. '11 13; :

....

ai: MN111 I's HOUSE 5... TRAP GET .11-410TP9 -... , ., 2 i ....., , .....-... 0

-0 STANDARD LOW HOUSE cb STANDARD NIGH HOUSE

.1.- SKEET STATION ... SKEET STATION N SKEET STATION .

TRAP STATION g TRAP STATION

4,.; T ti

SKEET STATION

SKEET 4- SKEET TATION STATIC)

GUARD FENCE,

400 YARDS MINIMUM HEIGHT 4'-C" .

( ) .i. /'... .. / .. . \ / 74/ i ... tIl .4,.....r_MINIIKIM\ iNt CLEARED / A40410 .3 1...... ,,_jj--, ,:-..../..1 AREA ` Figure 7-18 Combination Trap and Skeet field layout. SHOTFALL DANGER ZONE 194 195 X 4-

100 YD. TARGETS 1100 EACH/

a 100 TARGETS Al 6' C TO C OF TARGETS OPPOSITE OF FIRING POSITIONS WALKS

IMBED OVER MFFLES INTO SIDE BERM 300' ,Cr II 11BAFFIMBEDLES HVT°VE0SIDE A! SIDE BERM 13'0.-44 HIGH (MIN / ERHEAD BAFFLES

I 1111111111 111111111 1111 1 1 011 II 111 11.11 USW Ili III

FIRING LINE4111111141....0.04mumpiatimmuwonimplimmumemumarnm=3:11..kih. SIDE BERM 1-0- 100 RIFLE. POSITIONS AT 6 -0-C TO C HIGH (MIN I

52 TRUSSES AT 12 0 C TO C 612 0 Figure 7-19 X k Small bore rifle and carbine ranee.

STANDARD TRAP NOoSt

Figure 7-20 Trap Field layout

6 0" CHORD BETWEEN TRAP STATIONS AT 16 YARDS. SHOOTING POST

400 YARDS

ift 4._ \ ti 300 YARD RADIUS SHOTEALL DANGER ZONE

MOST OfSIRADLE TRAP ANGLE - AM

MINIMUM MAXIMUM TRAP ANGLE ALLOWED- CLEARED AREA 100 YARD RADIUS TARGET Ft IGTTT DISTANCE SO YARDS 2 YARDS

16 VD LINE TRAP HOUSE 27 YD LINE

SHOTFALLDANGER ZONE

180 19, Facilities for Recreation, Parks and Open Spaces .site. Size alone does not maintained with good demonstrate principles of necessarily mean much except management plant growth, serve as a that it does affect the numbers of A pond, stream, seashore, resource for ecological certain species of wildlife that or large body of water studies, and give practice might live in the area."A large area Demonstration areas for in forest management. A does not necessarily have a conservation practices school forest offers many diversity of physical features. It Woods for practicing popular activities. may just be level land, harboring outdoor skills and use of A vegetable garden or a only a few species of trees, with native materials bog garden. no partictSarty outstanding Sanitary fates, including Soil-erosion demonstration features. Nevertheless, such an good drainage and good areas. Such an area area could be made interesting drinking water should be rich in front an educational point of view, Simple shelters in the vegetation, feature good provided good leadership is event of inclement weather conservation practices, be available. Proximity to adequate situated on inclined terrain, Many schools, recreation medical and hospital and be located-next to a departments, and community services piece of land denuded of agencies ;greedy have school its vegetation and also sites, parks, and recreational Special Features located on an incline. areas that could be developed for Many kinds of developments. are Comparisons can then be outdoor programs. Schools, as found in various types of outdoor made over a period of time well as other agencies, in some education areas. Some of these to determine what happens sections of the country also have are appropriate for camps, some to the quantity and quality forest lands that could be for outdoor laboratories or nature of soil in both areas. developed and used in a broad centers, and some for outdoor Snake pit. A variety of educational and recreational recreation and sport centers. An reptiles found in the local Program. outdoor education and outdoor area could be kept in a recreation complex would include circular pit about 20 feet in Site Characteristics many site plans and facilities not diameter and constructed The characteristics of the site possible in more limited areas. of concrete and stone. are also determined by the type of The adaptability of the area to the Concave wails and a program planned. If plans call for proposed program, the cost of water-Med moat a resident camp, many more construction, maintenance surrounding an island will requirements must be met than if problems, aesthetic considerations, prevent the snakes from the site will be used only on a and available leadership are all esoaPing. daily basis. If the land and factors in determining what Wildlife sanctuary. Provide facilities are to contribute to all facilities might be developed in a mixed plantings and aspects of the educational particular land area or duster of construct birdhouses, curriculum, or if there is to be acreages. feeders, and bird baths to special emphasis on soenCe, Listed below are some of the attract a variety of birds. 'conservation, and outdoor skills, special developments that might Weather station. This is for many characteristics will need to be included in appropriate sites. the study of meteorology Some of the features listed are and should be located in be considered, such as the an area that can be fenced following: discussed elsewhere in this text A location to give some and are merely mentioned here. off and locked. privacy and solitude Others, not mentioned in other Council ring. This facility Year-round accessibility by places, are discussed in more provides a place for road detail. campfires, for conducting A minimum of natural and. Grass, shrubs, and trees. orientations before field man-made hazards They provide shade, trips, and for other special Interesting geologic prevent soil erosion, programs. The council ring features, such as rock provide food and cover for should be located in a outcroppings, open field, wit life, serve as wooded area to ensure a flat terrain, and a variety of windbreaks, mark the feeling of isolation. Use soil types boundary of the properly, logs for seats. A variety of native act as a buffer zone to Nature trails. Develop, if vegetation, including ensure privacy against an space permits, a variety of woods adjacent (presently or trails, each serving a Wildlife that can be potentially) populated area, different purpose. One

. Facilities for Recreation, Parks and Open Spaces 181 .197 may be a geology trail, protection and would amphitheater would be winding its way through an provide a spot for the important. It could be used area rich in geologic lion of ecological for lockage, drama, music, *atm& Another trail may aspects. and a variety of emphasize the study of Orienteering courses. The demonstrations. melon, while still another development of several Astronomy area. A special may lead to an historic courses for map and area for astronomy may be sPol- compass use would devefoped on a large open Pioneer living area. Social stimulate educational and area, waterfront, dock, or studies lessons are vividly recreational use of the even a loot Seating illustrated in such an area. area. facilities are desirable, and Dramatize the. fife of the Greenhouse. A place for sometimes a telescope Is pioneer, Including such the propagation of plants, permanently mounted to activities as making dyes some of which may be facilitate observations. from plants, cooking used for area Bird feeding station. outdoors, constructing improvement, is important. Historical markers. Sites of shelters, learning to A greenhouse would make old farms, early settlers' identify edible plants, and possible an acquaintance homes, Indian trails and learning other survival with plants and would be a village sites, and pioneer practices. means of providing roads are Illustrations of Observation platform. This projects for study during the kinds of historical sites platform can be used for the off season. that might be used for observing birds and for Winter-sports area. Places student projects. studying astronomy. It for skating, skiing, and Shelters. Adirondack or should be located on the coasting would be picnic shelters can serve highest point of the desirable in those parts of day-camp and day-use Property. the country that have groups during inclement Outdoor zoo. Animals sufficient snow and cold weather. indigenous to the local weather to make these Tree stump. Locate a fairly area are featured. Be sports feasible. well-preserved tree stump. certain that arrangements Natural play area. An area Make a sloping cut, can be made to care set aside for children, smooth the top by properly for the animals containing such elements sanding, and treat it with caught. as climbing logs, ropes for clear waterproofing Miniature gardens. Each swinging across low areas, material, such as garden features a sandbanks, and fiberglas resin. Much can particular grouping of hide-and-seek areas, can be learned about tree native plants found in the provide play opportunities growth from carefully typical setting in which different from those found studying a tree stump. they normally grow. in the city. Herb garden. This garden Plant grafting. A Turtle pit. An attractive pit demonstration area that features food seasoning with water and plantings and medicinal plants and provides interesting studies would make possible the in genetics. serves as a useful study and observation of teaching aid for a home Animal-baiting area. Put a turtles and other economics class. salt lick and some meat in amphibians. Photographic blind. a cleared area. Spread Rifle and skeet ranges. Construct a blind near a loose dirt around the Such an area will provide bird-feeding station for baited spot, press it down opportunities for instruction taking pictures of wild with the feet, and smooth in gun safety as well as for birds. it out. Animals attracted to participation in rifle and Evergreen tree nursery. the area will leave their skeet shooting. Trees can later be footprints, which can then Casting and angling area. transplanted to desired be observed and studied. Developments for casting areas. Natural preserve. An area and angling would serve Field archery. Targets are could be set aside in both instructional and set up in wooded areas or which no developments recreational uses. fields, simulating actual would be made. It would Amphitheater. For hunting conditions. be given complete large-group programs, an Natural areas. Such areas

182 Facilities for Recreation, Parks and Cpen Spaces 193 are left relatively plants, and animals constitute its The lkindlng undisturbed, and major functions. The building should be designed man-made modifications Developments may range from so as to permit expansion as the should be avoided as nothing more than a few trails, program grows and as more funds much as possible. These with the area left natural, to nature beconiavailable. In its initial places serve as excellent trails, class and museum stage, the building should contain resources for scientific buDdings, horticultural plots, a minimum space of 2,600 square studies of natural developed ponds, forest feet, which is large enough to phenomena. plantations, gardens, and contain one class adequately. The Picnic site. It is desirable small-farm operations. The building should be designed to locate the picnic site on creativity of the teacher or outdoor according to the needs set by the the periphery of the education specialist, the potential program. The following general Progeny, of the available site, and funds facilities are recommended: available may b4 the only limiting Seashore areas. Office for staff Communities adjacent to factors in the development of Toilet facilities. Access seashores may have areas program facilities. should be provided to the set aside for study and If a laboratory is heavily used, outside at well as to the water and toilet facilities might be interior of the building. observation. Developments essential. A storage building for might include ramps or Large meeting room. The tools :zn,1 supplies might also be walks to facilitate wall space can be utilized desirabee. observation. Walkways for exhibits. Low cabinets through tidelands may be along the walls should be developed as nature trails. provided for storage of One of the national parks Nature Centers educational aids. A long counter providing work and has an underwater nature The term nature center is used trail. display space sold be to designate a particular type of constructed on top of the development that will facilitate cabinets. Outdoor Laboratories learning in the outdoors and the Classrooms. Two growth of recreational interests. The term outdoor laboratory is classrooms should be The establishment of nature provided so that a class may used for a piece of land (including centers is being promoted wetlands, lakes, and seashores) be broken up into smaller extensively by several science and groups if necessary. set aside by a school for learning nature related organizations. experiences directly related to land Workroom. This room Several hundred such centers would be used for and its resources. It may be have been developed in the United located close to an individual constructing displays and States in recent years. Children's for arts and crafts. school, or it may serve a group of museums may be considered a schools. It may be a part of the Science laboratory. A room part of this development, although should be equipped with school grounds or a section of a some of these museums lack park-school development. It may microscopes, soil- and adjacent lands for outdoor consist of only a few acres nearby mineral-testing equipment, education. and other materials or of several hundred acres, Nature centers have been necessary for scientific nearby or many miles away. It developed principally by three studies. may serve individual elementary types of financing and Library. The large meeting schools, high schools or management: schools, private universities, or all of them jointly. associations, and public park and room can contain the library, which would Because outdoor laboratories are recreation departments. extremely varied in their site occupy one section of the possibilities and their purposes, no room. The library should rigid format for their development contain reference material, The Site is possible. field guides, magazines, The term land for learning has Some of the suggestions for the and novels concerned with been applied to the school school outdoor-education the outdoors. laboratory. It implies the laboratory are applicable here. Storage room. Adequate opportunity of school groups to Nature trails, ponds, bogs, space should be provided study, explore, and experiment gardens, forest plantings, and the for storage of the many with land and its resources. like may provide the variety pieces of instructional and Outdoor study, field trips, and essential for a rich outdoor janitorial equipment that experiments with water, soil, education program. will accumulate over the

Facilities for Recreation, Parks and Open Spaces 193 183 years. Meeting rooms for plant (such as roses), of various It should be emphasized again lectures, slides, or movies types of assorted plant materials, that it is not essential for one Lavatories and toilets or of a series of individual gardens center to have most of the A counter for the sale of comprised of single types of plant facilities described here. Dynamic books and the distribution units. Features such as a water leadership is, to a large degree, of pamphlets fountain and statuary can be more important, and not even the An outdoor amphitheater Incorporated into the design. ultimate in good facilities can ever or campfire area for Informal gardens should have satisfactorily replace the need for lectures and movies long, sweeping lawn areas to 'effective leadership. Trails to points of interest MVO as a setting for plants and (often self- guiding nature flower beds. Plants may include intorprotivo Contort trails) large specimen trees, flowering Although the name Interpretive Parapets or other special trees, shrubs, and vines. The centers might well be applied to observation points, often flower borders can be of varied the outdoor laboratories and the including mounted plants. nature centers mentioned earlier, it telescopes and pointers All the plants should be of has a specific use in describing indicating places of interest to the average homeowner certain facilities of public parks interest and should be useful in helping offered as a service to the general Interpretive devices at him select plaits for his own yard. public and in some cases, to points of interest, including Attempts should be made to keep school groups. The National Park bulletin boards, maps, abreast of the latest introductions Service has the most extensive diagrams, and displays and to display those types of development of such centers, Parking areas plants that are hardy to the although state and metropolitan School groups often visit particular region in which the parks have, in recent years, been interpretive centers, usually by garden is located. This aspect of expanding the number of their school bus on a one-day basis. In planting for the homeowner should interpretive centers. The U.S. some cases, picnic areas are be stressed in both formal and Forest Service is beginning to provided for such groups. Work informal gardens, and develop information centers that space, where children can work on demonstrations of plant cultural are essentially interpretive centers. projects at the center, is often a practice should be provided. The primary purpose of desirable feature. Naturalistic and native, or interpretive centers is to help wildflower, gardens are established visitors understand and appreciate School and Community &MOM in a wilderness location, where the the natural, historical, or Farms, and Forests plants native to the region can be archeological features of the areas Gardens, farms, and forests assembled in one area so they are in which the centers are located. provide direct experiences with easily accessible to the citizens. Inasmuch as the problems of growing plants and, in some Developers will probably need an interpretation of each area are cases, with domestic animals. area of varied topography different, facility developments are Schools, park and recreation lowlands, highlands, and prairies likewise varied. agencies, and a few private and an area with varied soil Interpretive centers frequently agencies have been responsible conditions from alkaline to acid contain a trailside museum or for the development of facilities. to accommodate the various interpretive-center building. This Even when facilities are developed types of plants. may vary in size from 10 by 20 and operated by park and feet to a large, multi-roomed recreation departments or private Tract Gardens structure. The size depends on the agencies, some direct relationship In a tract garden, which is the groups to be accommodated, the with schools is often provided most common type of school or interpretive materials available, through an instructional program community garden, a piece of and the types of programs to be in which the school children are property ranging in size from one presented. A large building may enrolled. to ten acres is divided into small contain some or all of the tracts for the use of individuals. A following: typical plot size may be 10 by 20 Display rooms with habitat Display Gardens feet, but adults and families can cases and other exhibits Gardens of various kinds should use larger gardens. A garden Office space for staff be developed to provide for visual, program with 25 plots can be set members cultural, and educational up on one-fourth acre of land, A laboratory for research equipment. although more spaceis desirable. and the preparation of A formal garden may be Four acres of land can hold 100 display materials composed entirely of one type of 'gardeners with plots of varied size

184 Facilities for Recreation, Parks and Open Spaces and community crape. This size are located some distance from activities, natural history, science, 'Novi, space for a service building homes, and transportation is left and other outdoor recreation. and activity area. It should be on up to the individuals concerned. There may be a large farmhouse rich, well-drained soil with water converted to a program building available. Farms and farm buildings converted to Garden programs may involve Community or school farms are cabins. Facilities needed are a instruction, environmental projects, becoming increasingly important, idtchsn, dining anti, siseping field trips, and science activities. especially near metropolitan quarters, restrooms, large activity Conmiunity projects may include centers, and offer opportunities for room, and any* storage space. novelty crops such as a pumpkin a rich and varied program. Farm Additionally, barns, farm patch, gourds, Indian corn, and a programs include animal care and equipmenLand other facilities will Chtistmas tree farm. Gardening training and traditional rural be needed. These facilities and appeals to ail ages and is an activities such as hay rides, animals win be required dependent excellent program for families. picnics, and nature activities. on program direction. Some of the necessary or Model farms are heavily used by &meal*e features of the tract families who just want to walk Forests garden are the following: through to see and pet the Numerous school and Garden budding either a animals. community forests can be found small building for the Simple barns and pens contain throughout the United States. storage of tools and horses, cows, pigs, chickens, Many of these were acquired from equipment or a building sheep, and other domestic tax-deikrquent land, through gifts, large enough for class animals, which childrervan help or through protection programs for meetings and indoor care for and feed. In rut-urban community watersheds. Their use activities during bad setting it is essential !hat the has followed diverse patterns. weather facility be attractive and Some schooll have carried on Toilet facilities adequate to well - maintained. There must be fkOd trips, forest improvement care for the maximum water, feed storage, and adequate projects, and other outdoor number of participants exercise space for the animals. An education activities. In general, expected on the garden office, restrooms, drinking however, schools have not made plot at one time fountain, indoor and outdoor the maximumuseof such areas. Greenhouse for plant activity areas, and storage space Many of these forests could be ProPagation are needed for the people. developed as outdoor education Ready access to water, In addition to the buildings that laboratories. Some might be with spigots and hoses are generally found on a suitable sites for nature centers, available for limited diversified farm, there are meeting day camps, or even resident irrigation places and exhibits that make it camps. Fencing for protection of possible to carry on indoor School and community forests the garden instruction. Picnic areas, farm may serve valuable purposes even Pathways and walkways to ponds, day-camp facilities, without extensive development. provide easy access to all campfire circles, and hiking trails Water, trails, and toilets may be all Plots are often developed also. the developments need to provide A demonstration home Working farms are sometimes useful educational facilities. Such yard, with grass, flowers, adapted for recreational purposes. areas mayservetheir best and shrubs This type of facility actually functions as places in which to Good landscaping produces while city residents visit study the ecological changes Preferably, the tract garden should to learn, observe, take part in, and taking place over a period of be located within walking distance enjoy farming activities. Groups years. of the homes of the participants. may use the farm on a day basis, In many cases, gardens are and overnight accommodations tOutdoor Skills and Sports Arms developed on or adjacent to can be provided. In either case, a Outdoor skillsorsports areas school grounds. large room and open outdoor should be included in the outdoor Tract gardens for adults and space are needed for activity and education-recreation complex,but families have been established in instruction. it may be necessary to acquire some communities. They are Farm camps offer opportunities special sites, depending on the usually intended for people living for a farm-oriented camping topography of the land. These in crowded urban centers or experience. The farm camp is a areas should provide opportunities apartments who would not farm not worked for production, to learn and practice skills, but otherwise be able to garden. In but set up for resident programs in they may also be used as outdoor some communities, these gardens environmental education, farm laboratories.

185 Facilities for Recreation, Parks and Open Spaces 201 The following are soma of the study of the natural features are voluntary youth-serving spectated program facilities that encouraged, and uses that detract organizations. The rapidly might be Included in the outdoor from the natural features are Increasing participation of children sidlls and sports area: discouraged. and adults in camping Casting and angling Schools, parks, and camps are necessitates careful consideration platforms and open, level often the agencies that develop, of desirable areas and facilities. spaces maintain, and protect natural Outdoor shooting range areas. Such areas are valuable Although most organized Archery range target assets in environmental education. camping takes place on field course, archery golf, agency-owned or private property, and other games Other Outdoor Areas publiciand is becoming increasingly involved. Public land Camperaft skills area Information pertinent to other Overnight camping area is one of the major resources for outdoor facilities is available in school outdoor education Outpost camping Chapter 2. Adirondack shelters programs, and many resident centers have been constructed on Facilities for water sports, Campsand Camiaing including swimming, public property or by public funds. canoeing, boating, sailing, Historically, the word calving Schools use the facilities during skin diving, and water signified simple living outdoors the school year, and park and skiing and engaging in activities related recreation agencies use them Area for crafts with native prilnarily to the outdoors. Today during the summer. The purposes materials carving, the term has broadened of outdoor education, whether lapidary, weaving, and tremendously and encompasses a sponsored by park and recreation ceramics with a simple wide spectrum of developments for departments or by schools, are structure to provide shelter families and children. Resident similar in many respects, and in inclement weather and center, day camps, group cooperative planning is not only to house equipment camps, family coups, and necessary in order to get the most Water sports ski slopes wilderness camps are the from the community dollar but and tow, ski shelter, common designations used for the imperative if suitable lands and tobogganing, and various types of camps. sites are to be obtained. If ice-skating rinks Camps have been developed by adequate facilities are to be public agencies at all levels of provided to meet the needs of Natural Areas government and by many both organized camping groups Natural areas are generally thought of as representative of the Figure 7-21 original, undisturbed plants and

animals of a locale. They may A encompass a variety of habitats, ., such as woodlands, deserts, swamps, bogs, shorelines, or sand dunes. It is almost impossible today, even in the wilderness, to find undisturbed areas. Most places categorized as natural areas are protected lands that indicate the r.... least disturbance and that, through QUM " protection, planting, and development, approximate the I ,1AAA1111 original characteristics. ..*.1'1 *h. It is characteristic of natural areas that they are protected from Mem somOR nonharmonious developments and (.44' activities. Simple access trails, ...Mil,iNd '1AlA protective fencing, and simple r A '.dWIA1110115 A%l I %IPA, fA4+1.(Ao ,Att interpretive developments such as r entrance bulletin boards are r usually acceptable. In designated natural areas, the enjoyment and Floor plan of large overnight camp unit.

186 r I i Facilities for Recreation, Parks and Open Spaces and schools, the facilities must be Others can be added as the ranging from S to 20 campers. designedfor year-round use. program expands. Targets for use Most day camps provide simple on the water are also 30 inches in facifities for each unit, including a Program Facilities What diameter and are made of hollow fireplace for cooking, *wage to Expect metal tubing. They float and can cabinets, and tabies. Some day Following are some of the be easily anchored. camps serve a daily meal in a McNees used for various camp Other program facilities include central dining hall, reducing or programs. Specifications and campfire circles and council rings, eliminating the need for unit construction details for Most are for which most camps develop cooking facilities. found elsewhere in this book. centers for meetings and evening Storage is needed for Water-related activitisa are programs, end craft centers, which equipment, food, and program among the most popular in can range from canvas-covered supplies. Some day camps use summer camps. During the fall areas with provisions for storing trailers or trucks for storage, and spring, school groups and tools to extensive and hauling them back and forth each other groups may use visit-equipped craft shops. day. Also, a well-equipped first-aid developments for fishing, station and a rest-area facility are canoeing, and boating. Day Camps necessary. Lakes, ponds, streams, bays, A day camp lean itrea and and inlets offer many recreational facility intended to provide a Group Comps opportunities. All should be program similar to clef of the Many public agencies today studied in detail with regard to resident camp except that provide special campsites for small currents, eddies, depth, slope, campers sleep at home. Many of groups, such as scouts, church shoreline, debris, and other the considerations of planning for groups, and school classes. These factors. resident camps apply to day sites generally accommodate from Canoeing, boating, and sailing camps. However, facility problems 10 to 40 persons. In most cases, are activities that may be . are simpler because day tampers the groups stay from on, to five conducted on a lake, pond, river, sleep at home and usually eat two days. Small units in deg! ntralized reservoir, bay, or other body of of the day's meals at home. resident camps sometimes have water. The water area should have Provisions, however simple, must facilities that can be used for accessory facilities such as floats, nonetheless be made for water, group camping. Simple fireplaces docks, markers, or buoys. Various toilets, rainy-day shelters, eating for cooking, picnic shelters for use sizes of water bodies are required and cooking, refrigeration, first-aid in bad weather, toilets, and safe for different activities and events. and health, and program supplies. drinking water are necessities. For instance, canoe-racing courses The focus of this section is that of The great increase in winter are 100, 200, 440, and 880 yards selecting an appropriate day camp camping by small groups often as well as one mile. Sailing facility. necessitates special developments. requires a wider body of water Abundant land for programs is Some winter campers live because the boats usually finish to extremely desirable, particularly completely outdoors in the cold, windward. The different classes of when the emphasis is on even in snow. Usually, however, sailboats, such as Sunfish and. outdoor-related activities. winterized buildings are used for Sailfish, require different courses. Reasonable isolation and a varied cooking, sleeping, and evening Casting is simulated rod-and-reel topography with outdoor program activities. fishing. Practice casting on a possibilities are essential. Natural playing field or in a gymnasium parks, park-school areas, and Family Camps possible the year round. If a pond community forests often lend At one time "family camping" or lake is nearby, a beach or dock themselves to use as day-camp meant the activity of families affords an excellent facility for the sites. Some communities have pitching tents in natural areas, casting program. developed special day-camp areas; living and cooking simply, and In order to teach all phases of others make appropriate picnic finding their own interests the activity, an area 300 by 100 areas available for this special outdoors. Today the term may feet is desirable. A football, use. include sleeping in tents or living soccer, hockey, or lacrosse field is Buses are often used to in expensive motor homes, ideal for class instruction. transport campers to the day stopping overnight or vacationing Casting targets, which are 30 camp. If more than half an hour is in completely equipped resorts inches in diameter, are easily consumed in daily travel each with varieties of entertainment. constructed and can be an way, the effectiveness of the Overnight or transient camps excellent project for any woodshop program is reduced. are usually strategically located for program. It is recommended that Day-camp group are divided travelers passing by or for those at least 10 targets be made. into units or counselor groups wishing to visit nearby points of

Facilities for Recreation, Parks and Open Spaces 187 203 interest. These camps need to quarters may be adapted to complete vac ationlands in offer very little, chiefly cleanliness families. themselves, offering, frequently and comfort for short stays. They Most of the campgrounds In under leadership, a recrewion generally do not provide natural state or federal areas are program and facilities including areas and recreational facilities. destination camps. Campers swimming pools, recreation Family resident camps offer generally stay more than one night buildings, children's playgrounds, complete meal and living and often for several weeks. special game courts, marinas, accommodations for families or In recent years a great many horseback riding trails, and the just adults. The facilities may be resort camps have sprung up. like. similar to those of resident camps These resorts, generally privately except that some of the sleeping developed, are more or less

SELECTED REFERENCES A Model Playground for the Multiply handi- Fink, Ira and Body, David. "Developing a Revised Edition. New Yost: Macmillan. capped. Urbana/Champaign: Univensity of Sports and Recreation Masser Plan." Plan- 1904. Illinois, William W. Fox Developmental ning for Higher Education 11 (Spring Kramer, Bruce M. and Manes, James D. "The Center, Office of Recreation and Park 1963), 1-17. Pros and Cons of Mandatory Dedication." Resources, 1982. Fknese Systems by Landscape fibuctures, Orton Land 38 (April 1979), 3-12. American Affiance for Health, Pflyslcal Educa- incorporate* Neafthbeet, Wheel Come, Lancaster, Roger A., ed. Recreation, Park, tion. Recreation and Dance. "Adventure Vita Cowie, More. Delano, Minnesota: and Open Space Standards and Guide- Programming Resource File." JOPERD Landscape Structures, Inc.. 1984. lines.Alexandria, Virginia: National Journal 49 (April 1978): 5455. Fitzgerald, Sharon E. "WI; II-A-War Georgia's Recreation and Park Association, 1983. Barnmel. Gene and Burnes-Hammel, Lei Lane. Unique Facility for the Handicapped." Lehew, Edward and Lehew, Shirley. "White Leisure and Human Behavior.. Dubuque, CE FP Journal 21 (Jarkiary/February 1983), Oak Village Offers Wide Variety of Recrea- Iciva: William C. Brown. 1982. 8-9. tional Facilities for the Handicapped." Bowers, Louis. "Tomorrow's Play." JOPERD Flynn, Richard B., ed. "Focus on Facilities for CEFP Journal 21 (January/February 1903), Jaime,' 54 (February 1983): 40, 41. Community Recreation." JOPERD Journal 9-11. Br'. ,.a, Lewrence Q. "Playing the American 48 (November/December 1977): 45. 46. Levy, Joseph. Play Behavior. New York: John rp eat, i." JOPERD Journal 54 (February "Maximizing Use of Wiley & Sons, 1978. 38. Facilities." JOPER0 Jowled 49 (October Lopez, Stephen. "Preserving Open Space Via Buchanan, Edsel. "Playground Safety for the 1978): 25-33. Community Stewardship." Perlis and Handicapped." Washington, D.C.: ERIC Funling Recreation and Open Space Re- Recreation 17 (January 1983), 6689. Reports, 1979. quirements in Water Quality Manage- Maguire, Meg. "An Open Letter to Part and "Views From the Bridge: ment Planning. Washington, D.C.: Recreation Advocates." Padre and From Where We Are to What Play Is and Heritage Conseivation and Recreation Ser- Recreation 17 (November 1982), 44-52. Could Become." JOPERD Journal 54 vice, 1980. McAvoy, Leo. "Outdoor Leadership Training." (February 1983): 37. Glickman. Carl D.'Problem: Declining JOPERD Journal 49 (April 1978): 42, 43. Buchanan, Edsel and Crawford, Michael. Achievement Scads; Solution: Let Them Meier, Joel F. "Is the Risk Worth Taking?" "Playground Programming for Develop- Ray." Kopper' 60 (February 1979): 454, JOPERO Journal 49 (4111 1978): 31-33. mentally Retarded Adults." TANPERO 455. Mitchell, A. Viola and MOW, Joel F. Camp Journal, Texas Association for Health, Godbey, Geoffrey. Leisure in Your Life: An Cornell g: Leadership and Program- Physical Education, Recreation, and Dance Exploration. Philadelphia: W.B. Saunders, ming for the Organized Camp. Sixth Edi- 50 (February 1982): 18-19, 55. 1980. tion. Philadelphia: W.B. Saunders, 1983. Camp Site. and Facilities. Boy Scouts of Gold, Seymour M. "Recreation Planning for National Urban Recreation Study: Technical America, 1980. Energy Conservation." Parts and Recrea- Reports. Washington, D.C.: Heritage Con- Camping Stan Ards. Martinsville, Indiana: tion 12 (September 1977): 61.63, 83-89. servation and Recreation Service, 1978. American Camping Association, revised Hoofing, Franklin C. "Recreation and Park Nationwide Recreation Savoy (1982-83). periodicaffy Program Safety." Urban Data Service WashiVon, D.C.: Bureau of the Census, Coppa and Avery Consultants. "Adaptation Reports 12 (March 1980), 1-11. Government Printing Office. 1964. and Design of Parks and Recreational Hasegaqa, Sandra and Elliott, Steve. "Public Nelson, Charles M. and Leroy, Lawrence. Facilities for the Handicapped." Vance Spaces by Private Enterprise." Urban "County Parks - State of theAnToday." Bibliographies (November 1980). Land 42 (May 1983), 12-15. Parks and Recreation 17 (January 1983), Dickey, Howard L. "Outdoor Adventure Train- Harald Analysis of Injuries Relating to Play- 84-86. ing." JOPERD Journal 49 (April 1978): ground Equipment. Washington, D.C.: Off, James. "Urban Parks and Open Space." 34-35. U.S. Educational Resources Information Vance Bibliographies (December 1978). Dose, Charles E. and Thardzik, Louis F. Eke- Center, ERIC Document ED. 120102, 1975. Recreation Innovations - Abroad. merits of Part and Recreation Adminis- Hogan, Paul. "Working for Play." DOPE Washington. D.C.: Heritage Conservation tration. 4th edition. Minneapolis: Burgess, Journal 54 (February 1983): 39. and Recreation Service, Technical Notes, 1979. Jena, Temple R. "Bikeways Design - Con- 1980. Dustin, Daniel. "Shady Trails: A Therapeutic struction - Programs." Arlington, Virginia: Safety Requirements for Home Playground Camp for Communicatively Handicapped National Recreation and Park Association, Equipment. PS 86-75. Washington, D.C.: Youth." Ann Arbor: University innovator, 1974. National Bureau of Standards, July 1976. School of Education, University of Jensen, Clayne R. Outdoor Recreation in Sandman, Peter M. "Green Acres in the 80's." Michigan, 1980. America. 3rd edition. Minneapolis: NOW Jersey County and Municipal Govern- M.J. Why People Pisiy. Englewood Cliffs, Burgess, 1977. ment Study Commission, June 1983. New Jersey: Prentice-Hall, 1973. Knudson, Douglas M. Outdoor Recreation. Shea, Thomas. Camping for Special

188 Facilities for Recreation, Parks and Open Spaces Children. St. Louis: C.V. Mosby, 19n. U.S. Consumer Product Safety Commission. U.S. Department of tiw Interior HCRS. Privets Shedieck, Robert E. "Water-Pay Parks on "Injuries Associated with Public Pfay- Sealer Involvement Windhoek. Second ,Public Land: A Revenue Source and a ground Equipment." 1979. Edition, October 1979. Public Benefit." Pena and Recreadon 17 U.S. Department of Agriculture National U.S. Department of the Interior: HCRS. Foun- (March 1943), 38-40. Technical Information Service. "Open dations . A Handbook, October 1976. Salto, Donald F. "Children's Play Area." Space Reservation: Federal Tax Policies U.S. Department of the Interior HCRS. Journal of Physical Education and Encouraging Donation of Conservation Volunteer Handbook, &Flutter 1978. Recreation 45 (November- December Easements," 1978. U.S. Department of the Interior HMS. (khan 1977): 39. U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Parks and Reorealleit: A TrendWAtudysis Sutton-Smith, Brian. A llistory of Children's Development. Meals and Volunleer Sec- Report, August 1980. Play, New almond, 19401950. Phil* tor kwolvearent.ln Man Recastion: An Watkins, William. "Administrative Guidelines dealt*: University of Pennsylvania Press, infonnadmi Bulletin of the Commundy for Community Use of Physics' Education 1981. and deenends Devetopesent Task Feme and Recreation Facilities." Journal of U.S. Conamar Product Safety CoMmission. of the Urban Consortium, 1980. Physical Education and Recreation 40

A Handbook for Public Playground U.S. Department of Housing and Urban (October 1978): 32. . Safety: General Guidelines for New and Development. A Playground for NI Weiskopf, Donaki. Recreation and Leisure: ExistingPlaygrounds:Technical Children/City of New York, 1978. Improving the Quality of Lite. Second Guideline* for Eadportent and ilmfacIng, U.S. Department of the Interior. Clltion's Ao- Edition. Rocideigh, New Jersey Allyn and 1978. don Manual: A Guide b Recycling Va- Bacon, 1982. U.S. Consumer Product Safety Commission. cant Property in Your Neighborhood, Wolfram, Gary. "The Sale of Development A Look at the Playground Wady Educe- February 1979. Rights and Zoning in the Preservation Of don Materials: "Play Happy, Play U.S. Department of the Interior. Fees and Open Space." Land Economics 57 Safety," 1978. Charges Handbook: Guidelines for (August 1981). 398-413. U.S. Consumer Product Safety Commission. Recreation & Heritage Conservation Zito, Anthony J. "Part Board Members: What COMPINEWDeputy Fins' Report on Agana* March 1979. Do They Want To Know?" Parks and Playground Surfaces, 1900. U.S. Department of the Interior. MRS. Land Reeler 18 (July 1983), 54-55, 88. U.S. Consumer Product Safety Commission. Conservation and Preservstion Tech- Playground Equipment, Ana 1979. niques, March, 1979.

Facilities for Recreation, Parks and Open Spaces 189 2°5 cHAPTER vill Planning For The Handicapped

"Our society has an obligation must be eliminated. To convey a Accessibility, therefore, deals with to provide the handicapped with positive attitude toward problems architectural barriers that are fairly means to enjoy their basic civil of access for all, the term straightforward. A doorway either rights: the right to vote, the right accessibility rather than is, or is not measured easily. Also, to equal educational opportunities, architectural barriers is the presence of raised or recessed and freedom of movement" recommended. lettering either exists or does not William O. Douglas, United States The importance of actively exist. Both are clear examples of Supreme Court Justice. involving the handicapped persons measurable accessibility (The themselves in all aspects of HMOs Dept. of Conservation, Recent federal, state, and local planning and evaluating *Allies 1977). legislation, along with the cannot be overemphasized. While many facilities m104 development of new advocacy Unique need of individuals with satisfy requirements for groups, have mandated providing different handicapping conditions architectural accessibility, many services to individuals with can provide valuable input which factors in environmental design disabilities. Responsibilities for may not be avaiiable from others are not presently taken into providing these services have involved in planning processes. account in accessibility standards. shifted to include both special This same consumer involvement For example, accessibility without service organizations and needs to be incorporated in usability exists when a restroom community recreation agencies. planning for programs which are to doorway meets the minimal Increasingly, personnel in exist in given facilities. requirement of the 36-kch width, community recreation programs but the modesty wall which are being required to make Accessibiffly and Attitudes prevents passers-by from seeing facilities and activities more Architectural barriers deny many the restroom occupants is built accessible to all persons in our members of society convenient directly in front of the restroom society, including individuals with access to indoor and outdoor door, thereby providing too sharp various disabilities. facilities. Architectural accessibility and small an area for the Despite civil rights and laws is complex and requires a great wheelchair user to get beyond the about architectural accessibility, deal of thought and cooperation doorway. This is accessibility architectural barriers still deny among those involved. without usability, in that it satisfies millions of citizens with handicaps Accessibility implies meeting the minimum legal requirements, of their rights to enjoy and participate minimum standards of an architectural standard, yet does ;n many activities which most of us architectural design such as not allow a wheelchair user to take for granted. providing legally required curb-cuts utilize the facility. By building the Removal of these barriers in to allow wheelchair users to travel modesty screen further back from facilities used for athletics, from sidewalks into streets; or the doorway, the scalled physical education, and recreation providing recessed or raised "accessible" doorway also must be accomplished. Yet, lettering on elevator buttons so becomes usable. attitudinal barriers between leaders that blind individuals can Many such examples exist, and and participants, planners and independently oaten** the although public agencies by to users, therapists and patients also correct button? to push. include all aspects in their

190 Planning For The Handicapped 206 standards, there are too many By obtaining input from National Congress of variables in architectural design to consumers and providers of Organizations of the Physically cover them all. Therefore, it is vita! services, facilities can be made Handicapped that accessibility planning stresses functional for programs, activities, 6106 N. 30th Street the usability factor to better Populations, and leaders who are Arlington, Virginia 22207 accomplish the goal of providing going to direct and guide activities opportunities for all citizens to in these facilities. Some of the National Paraplegia Foundation engage in physical education, most practical, functional, and 333 N. Michigan Avenue recreation, and sport activities inexpensive recreational facilities Chicago, Illinois 80601 (The Woes Department of developed for the impaired, (state and local chapters) Conservation, 1977): disabled, and handicapped have Architectural barriers not only been planned by these people Paralyzed Veterans of America affect individuals with permanent themselves. 4330 East West Highway, or obvious physical conditions but HEW regulations for Section 504 Suite 300 persons with temporary or hidden require that handicapped Washington, D.C. 20014 condition as well. Individuals with individuals be consulted in (state and area chapters) baby strollers,' persons who must developing accessibility plans. One temporarily use crutches, those useful approach is to include wearing leg braces, or individuals ,andicapped people on the Additional assistance may come with heart conditions are just a few planning teem. Handicapped from your state Governor's affected by architectural barriers to clients and employees are likely Committee on Employment of the accessibility and whose needs are candidates for a consumer panel. Handicapped or your state often overlooked. Only 17% of Local organizations of Department of Rehabilitation as physically impaired persons are handicapped people are also well as from local affiliates of born with such conditions. The recommended as a source of national voluntary health other 83% acquire disabilities knowledgeable assistance. A organizations such as: through disease, accident, war, or number of national consumer old age. Most people, at one time organizations have local chapters Arthritis Foundation or another, are personally affected that may be able to provide 1212 Avenue of the Amerir.as by architectural barriers. Even if assistance. Among them are: New York, New York 10036 an individual is not so affected, the need for all facilities to be American Coalition of Citizens Ass ition for the Aid of Crippled accessible to everyone is with Disabilities iildren imperative as basic human and 1346 Connecticut Avenue NW, 345 East 46th Street civil rights. Room 817 New York, New York 10017 Despite federal, state, and local Washington, D.C. 20036 legislation requiring that all (chapters in states) International Society for facilities be accessible, many Rehabilitation of the Disabled communities and states continue American Council of the Blind 219 East 44th Street to isolate special populations in 1211 Connecticut Avenue NW, New York, New York 10017 segregated facilities or in special Suite 506 classes in regular schools. Washington, D.C. 20036 Muscular Dystrophy Association Able-bodied persons still impose (state and local chapters) of America their wishes on special populations 1790 Broadway whether these approaches and Disabled American Veterans New York, New York 10019 procedures are appropriate or 3725 Alexandria Pike desired by those for whom such Cold Spring, Kentucky 41076 National Foundation for services are designed. Special (state and local units) Neuromuscular Diseases projects, task force groups, 250 West 57th Street advisory panels, planning National Association of the Deaf New York, New York 10019 committees, and countless other 814 Thayer Avenue groups explore problems of Silver Spring, Maryland 20910 National Multiple Sclerosis Society facilities and equipment for special (local chapters) 257 Park Avenue South groups. Unfortunately, few of these New York, New York 10010 planning groups ever invite input National Association of the from those most directly involved Physically Handicapped National Easter Seal Society for the impaired, disabled, and 76 Elm Street Crippled Children and Adults handicapped consumers and their London, Ohio 43140 2023 West Ogden Avenue families. (local chapters) Chicago, Illinois 60612

Planning For The Handicapped 207 191 United Cerebral Palsy Association, locker rows, poorly designed eveluatirg building and renovation Inc. backstops, and improperly hung processes should be familiar are: 66 East 34th Street doors. Those and the many .other The Ardiltectural Barrier Act New York, New York 10016 examples of faulty design must be (Pubroc Law 90-480), the anticipated and eliminated by the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (Public Litigation and Legal Liategty planner. Law 93-112), and The Education As in every other area of civil Security is a planning function, for All Handicapped Children Act rights, litigation has played, and usually considered in two phases (Public Law 94-142) (Table 1) will continue to play, an important design construction and Among the major points of P.L. role in exploring, defining, implementation safety. The 94-142 are (1) physical education demanding, and ensuring the planning phase will include has been included as a required fullest realization of equal consideration of: a comprehensive program under the law and (2) opportunity in recreation and maaterlsubmaster key system; recreation is included es a physical education services for the traffic patterns; monitoring control "related service." Related services handicapped. Test cases have points; number of emergency are to be implemented as resulted in two major areas for -exits; location of enbences: the necessary to assist a handicapped designers and planners to be building's communication system; child to benefit from special concerned: supervision and sectioning the building for specific education. This is the first time the security. use functions; type of lockers, fire term "recreation" appears in print Both supervision arid security doors, and windows; and outdoor in educational le&lation. relate to legal liability and should building lighting and landscaping. One of the essential points of be considered during the planning Building safety includes: proper Section 504 of the Rehabilitation phase. The design of buildings distance between court markings Act of 1973 is that no recipient of should focus on central inspection and wafts, padding of wafts and or applicant for federal financial points where traffic can be posts, provision of hand and/or assistance is permitted to controlled with a minimum of guard rails where necessary, discriminate against qualified personnel. Examples include accessibility to rescue and life handicapped persons. What entrances and exits, concession support equipment, proper NOON, constitutes a qualified areas, equipment check-out points, non-slip floor surfaces, traffic handicapped person? and int.rnal activity areas such as passageways free of obstructions, In the Section 504 regulation, handball courts and rifle and and proper drainage in mower HEW identifies a handicapped archery ranges. The planner, areas and pool decks. person as anyone with a physical familiar with the programs which Security measures and safety or mental disability that the building will accommodate, procedures should be designed for substantially limits one or more of must identify these points of simplicity of operation. The more such major life activities as effective supervisico. complicated and time-consuming it walking, seeing, hearing, Negligence, that 'aspect of is to secure a facility and its speaking, working, or learning. A liability which is interpreted as an equipment, the less likely that it history of such disability or the improper action or a lack of action will be done property. There is belief by others that a person has on the part of a reasonably little doubt that within areas of such a disability, whether accurate prudent person, is closely related physical activity it is impossible to or not, is also recognized as a to the supervision function. It is eliminate every situation which handicap by the regtilation. the primary allegation in most could lead to an accidental injury. Handicapping conditions include, litigation brought against the However, planners must make but are not limited to: professional. While litigation every effort to design a facility that Alcohol* involves a supervisory authority, will minimize the potential for Cancer the faulty design and/or unauthorized use, injury, and Cerebral palsy maintenance of a facility often is vandalism. Deafness or hearing impairment the unseen contributory cause of Diabetes the incident that precipitated the Lagialstiva Foundation Drug addiction legal action. Examples of faulty A brief review of the significant EPiloPsY facility design might include: federal legislative activity pertinent Heart disease narrow stairwells, locker rooms to the delivery of physical Mental or emotional illness and swimming pools on two education, recreation, and sport Mental retardation separate levels requiring use of a activities is provided in Table One. Multiple sclerosis stairway, obstacles blocking sight Among these mandates, three key Muscular dystrophy lines on playing fields, improper laws with which everyone Orthopedic, speech, or visual lighting in gymnasiums and responsible for and involved in impairment swimming pools, misalignment of planning, implementing, and Perceptual handicaps such as

192 2 3 Planning For The Handicapped dyslexia, minimrl brain Figure 1: Legislation Affecting dysfunction, or Recreation for Handicapped individuals developmental aphasia Considerations for Construction *The U.S. Attorney General has of New Aquatic Facilities ruled that alcoholism and drug LAW IsIPACT addiction are physical or mental A. Vocational Rehabilitation Training and Research funds for recreation for the impairments that are handicapping Act, 1963 ill and handicapped. The first recognition by a conditions if they limit one or more federal agency of the importance of recreation of life's major activities. services. Recipients are forbidden from (directly or indirectly) providing any B. PL 90-480 Architectural Bar- Simply states "Any building or facility, constructed aid, benefit, or service which is not riers Act, 1968 in whole or part by federal funds, must be accessi- equal to that afforded ble to and usable by the physically handicapped." nonhandicapped persons or is not as effective as that afforded such C. PL. 88-29, Nationwide Out- Directed the formulation and maintenance of a persons. The concept of providing door Recreation Plan, 1963 comprehensive nationwide outdoor recreation plan. The plan was ompleted in 1973 and included em- separate but equal services is phasis on compliance with Pt. 90-480. Concerns for specifically rejected, except as a the handicapped have been listed as a priority measure of last resort. In other area. words, services must be provided in the most integrated setting D. Rehabilitation Act of 1973, A comprehensive revision of the 1963 Vocational appropriate to the handicapped PL 93112 Rehabilitation Act which included an emphasis on person's need. Separate services the "total" rehabilitation of the individual. Special are not permitted unless such provisions included: 1) personnel training. 2) action is necessary to provide Special protects and demonstrations for making qualified handicapped persons recreational facilities accessible, 3) Powers to en- with aid, benefits, or services that sure accessibility compliance for parks and parklands, 4) States must develop a comprehensive are as effective as those provided plan which ensures that they comply under section to others. 504 that individuals shall not be discriminated 3egarding program accessibility, against solely by reason of their handicap. the law reads that any facility or part of a facility constructed after E. Public Law 93-516 Authorized the planning and implementation of the the effective date of the Rehabilitation Act Amendment White House Conference on Handicapped Ir. regulations must be readily of 1974 dividuals which was conceived in 1977. Recreation accessible to handicapped was cited as one of sixteen areas of concern. persons. In addition, any new F. Public Law 90-170 Education Established the Unit of Physical Education and construction which is performed on for Handicapped Children Act. Recreation for Handicapped Children within the an existing facility or part of a 1967 Bureau of Education for the Handicapped. Became facility which could affect the the largest federal program for training, research, usability of the facility by the and special protects. handicapped must, to the maximum extent feasible, be G. Public Law 94-142 Educa- Requires a free and appropriate education tar all altered in such a way as to make tion of Ali Handicapped handicapped children. Physical Education is listed the facility accessible to Children Act, 1975 as a direct service and recreation as a related handicapped persons. service. Each of the fifty states has H. PL 91.517 Developmental Developmentally Disabled persons are specifically adopted corresponding laws Disabilities Services and defined and recreation is listed as a specific ser- regarding the intentions of federal Facilities Construction Act, 1971 vice to be included as a fundable service. legislation P.L. 90-480, P.L. 93-112, and P.L. 94-142. Such I. The Social Security Act A compilation of law, including numerous amend- state legislative information needs ments over the last several years related specifical- to be part of planning processes ly to the elderly and disabled, including provisions since state requirements must for physical education and recreation through: 1) meet federal requirements and in formal procedures for review of Professional ser- some instances are more stringent vices, 2) establishing funds to states for self- than federal laws. support services for individuals. 3) grants to states for providing community based care. Design Guidelines At the present time a variety of

Planning For The Handicapped 193 24Y3 resources deal with adapting mirrors, telephones, ,Curb-cuts. facilities to make them free of lavatories, faucets, elevator Special and extra large architectural barriers. The buttons, and switch parking spaces for vans American National Standards controls should consider with sufficient space Institute (ANSI) Standards for their locations as well as between cars when doors Making Buildings and Facilities populations being served. are open. Accessible to and Usable by Ramp gradients and turns Braille markers on Individuals with Handicapping need to consider all forms elevators and in other key Conditions were issued in 1961 of wheelchairs e.g., informational locations. and reaffirmed in 1971. A project self-propelled, electric. Sound system for at the Syracuse University School Sufficiently large restrooms emergencies and other of Architecture to adapt and with grab bars and program uses. extend these standards was accessible sinks and Visual warning system for completed in 1977. mirrors. emergencies. Although- standards for Low public telephones. Pedestrian-operated traffic architectural accessibility may vary Low and easily operated signals with standardized to some extent according to water fountains. time-delay to allow deaf or specific conditions and unique lion-skid floors. blind persons enough time factors at state and local levels, Elevators, ramps, and/or to cross streets safely. most jurisdictions use directly or special lifting devices Meeting rooms designed modify slightly basic ANSI rather than steps. so deaf persons can standards. However, experience Proper lighting. clearly see interpreters, has shown that in some instances Doors at least 32 inches visual display areas, and facilities meet standards but are wide. others in the meeting. not really functional or usable. For Ramps with a slope not, See-through panels in example, a small porch or stoop greater than one foot rise doors, unless privacy is that is only three feet wide meets in twelve feet. necessary, to allow deaf the standard but is functional only Hand rails that are persons chances to see if the door opens outward. These smooth, extend one foot into rooms before entering. inconsistencies emphasize the beyond the top and Anti-static carpets to avoid need for input from the consumers bottom, and are placed on interference with hearing themselves. (Figure 8-1) at least one side of ramps aids. Although most standards pertain that are 32 inches high. Flashing light attachments to basic accessibility of buildings Door thresholds flush with on phones to indicate and related structures, such the floor. rings. barrier-free design features apply also to physical education and recreation area facilities. In.fact, basic accessibility and availability are far more important factors to consider in these areas than specialized facilities per se. Basic factors to consider for accessibility of all facilities are: Avoiding making old facilities accessible through addition of new facilities without carefully analyzing how old facilities can be made usable to persons with handicapping conditions. Avoiding designs which provide accessibility for part of a facility and create extreme internal barrier problems in other parts of Figure 13-1 the facility. Altfacilities shouil be planned deskred, and constructed so that they are accessible Minimum height factors for to everyone.

194 Planning For The Handicapped 2ALJ Fire alarm and smoke to individuals with mobility are synchronized with the detection systems attached difficulties while the needs of game clock and timer's to strobe lights to ensure those with sensory impairments horn to assist those with that deaf persons are are ignored. hearing problems. notified of dangers. Most necessary facility These kinds of planning Other emergency adaptations are included in recommendations from participants messages conveyed American National Standards are very important. Many of the graphically, e.g., a sign in Institute standards pitch of most practical, functional, and an elevator could flash that ramps, size of restrooms and realistic adaptations have been help is on the way should adaptations of stalls, heights of suggested by the consumers. the cab become stuck. drinking fountains and telephones, Although early legislation size and placement of parking focused on accessibility Modifications and Adaptations spaces, type and pitch of walks, requirements for new construction, Modification of any existing size of door jambs, placement of emphasis is now shifting toward building is predicated on the hardware and only need to be making existing buildings principle that needs of impaired, applied to athletic, physical barrier-free. Some state and disabled, and handicapped people education, and recreation facilities. municipal building codes, such as are exactly the same as those of Common sense application can be those in Massachusetts and able-bodied individuals. Where made to certain aspects of these Chicago, stipulate, with certain facilities are available to physically facilities, for example: exceptions, that any remodeling of able persons, they should be Extend pitch of ramps for public buildings must result in designed to be accessible to and nature trails, walks, and accessibility for everyone. North usable by physically impaired other areas requiring Carolina has made a two million persons. Conversely, all facilities locomotion. dollar fund available for should be planned, designed, and Make nature trails, walks, remodeling state facilities to make constructed so that they are swimming pool decks, and them accessible. Federal tax accessible to everyone, including similar passage areas a credits can be obtained by the most severely, profoundly, and minimum width for two companies as incentives to multiply impaired persons. wheelchairs to pass. remove architectural barriers. Many factors must be Lower basketball goals and Beyond the standard facility considered when establishing reduce apparatus size for adaptations needed for buildings, priorities for modifying facilities. elementary school age there are a number of specialized However, it is difficult to youngsters because of facilities that have been developed recommend a set of priorities their sizes, chronological in recent years which extend which apply to all building types. It ages, and functional levels, simple consideration of is necessary to consider not because they are in accessibility for the disabled to incividuals with different wheelchairs. active program design and handicapping conditions. So often Use lights behind creative custom construction the only considerations are given basketball backboards that techniques. Programming areas

ILO.J411

Figure 8-2 Figure 8-3 An adapted physical education laboratory designed to serve Wall-attached parallel walking bars are added to a gym for physical and orthopedic conditions. students with handicapping conditions to use.

Planning For The Handicapped 195 2!1 included in this process are: paved wheelchair and volleyball Playgrounds physical education ant! recreation courts. (Figures 8-3) facilities, playgrounds, outdoor Children with special problems education and fitness trails, camp Remotion Facilities need specially designed playgrounds, The environment in facilities, and swimming pools. A By law recreational facilities brief elaboration of each of these which they play must respond to must be accessible to all persons along with further resources will that part of them which is healthy provide a dearer understanding of if they are owned or leased by the and capable, with help, of growth the extent to which program U.S. Government or if theyare and development. For these accessibility in combination with financed in whole or part by the children the ordinary playground U.S. Government. Numerous architectural accessibility has been presents a series of dangerous pursued. facilities do not comply with Public and frightening conditions: bare Law 90-480. However, there is expanses of hard pavement, plenty of information available for Physical Education Facilities treacherous seesaws and swings, getting help in complying with it. and precariously high slides. Even Many schools, elementary as Additionally, there are numerous what appear to be relatively well as secondary, make examples of public recreation neutral materials, such as sand or provisions for adapted physical agencies that have assumed dirt, can be a source of education with special additions to primary responsibility for discomfort. Some disabled children existing facilities. Physical programming for handicapped cannot play in sand because they educators increasingly are asked individuals by developing wear prosthetic devices which can to design special facilities for specialized accessible recreation jam if sand gets into the joints. adapted physical education and to facilities. One example is: Sponge rubber and grass are two recommend equipment and surfaces which can be substituted supplies for outfitting these Recreation Center for the Handicapped for sand or dirt. (Figure 8-4) facilities. Therefore, physical Therapeutic playgrounds are educators should study and 207 Skyline Boulevard San Francisco, California 94132 designed to help users develop evaluate carefully the school specific skills, including physical, population to determine conditions Within this facility doors are color coded for easy identification. perceptual, emotional, social, and which are to be served through educational skills. Not all the adapted physical education In the daycare areas, floors are heated for small children. All handicapped children need a program so facilities, equipment, therapeutic, playground. Those who and devices best suited to meet rooms throughout the building have floor to ceiling windows. A engage in play behavior readily specific st.udents' needs can be with their peers and who have recommended. Not all special large pool is ramped for wheelchairs and gurneys. The pool accessible play facilities need no items of equipment and supplies intervention. However, children in have to be obtained at once, since design also includes a wading the needs of the current area and therapeutic water population should influence temperature of 90 degrees. JIM decisions regarding immediate The Joseph H. Cole Recreation priorities. Additional items can be Center added in subsequent years as 31st and G Streets, S.E. population needs change and Washington, D.C. 20019 different kinds of equipment and Steps have been eliminated supplies are required. (Figure 8-2) from the building design as well as An example custom facility is: all curbs inside and out. Other Sports Complex for the design modifications include Handicapped lowered sinks, electric switches, The 52 Association mirrors, drinking fountains, and Ossining, New York 10562 other wall-mounted items, wrist Some of the specially action handles on drinking constructed features include fountains, and oversized toilet wheelchair ramps leading down to stalls with grab bars. Al! public a lake which allow occupants to doors are color coded and enter and exit the water totally braille-identified. Automatic door unassisted; low built barbecue closers with delayed action timers pits, also for use by wheelchair are used to give wheelchair users Figure 0-4 occupants; a concrete tandem bike ample time to pass through. The An example of a playground desiraccom- path for the blind; paddle boats for swimming pool can be reached by modation so that individuals with various physicallorthopedic conditions can use the paraplegics and amputees; and ramp. facility fully.

196 Planning For The Handicapped rehabilitation hospitals or wno are There are several model city park utilizing equipment severely mentally, physically, or playgrounds across the nation that designed for the disabled from emotionally handicapped may have been developed to three separate commercial need the help of a special facility accommodate wheelchairbound manufacturers has been in learning to play. and multi-disabled children. One is developed. In this park, picnic Like any playground, the located at the William W. Fox tables, water boxes, and sand therapeutic playground must be Developmental Center in Dwight, boxes are at wheelchair level. equipped with stable and safe Illinois. Its approach to design Additionally, a wheelchair apparatus. Handholds, footholds, included the development and basketball court, bouncing bridge, and resting places are essential integration of several different play hand propelled swings, and a for the handicapped child, zones. The project included the special safety seat slide are providing support and allowing for construction of many unique featured. rest when needed. It is also equipment designs and Wheelchair users may also now important that equipment not accessibility features including: participate in the benefits of become a barrier to Wheelchair Whirl outdoor fitness or "vita" trails, communications between children. Wheelchair Maypole with stations and equipment Provisions for cooperative play are Wheelchair Swing designs now commercially a must, especially when children Special Inclines and Connecting manufactured to accommodate with communication disorders Arches their needs. Many manufacturers (visual, auditory, or speech) are Sand Tables offer marketing systems and using the facility. Ideally, the Touch and Smell Areas several custom-made courses are therapeutic playground will: Musical Bridge also in existence. Allow children freedom of Water Wall Outdoor tion Facilities movement within a space Water Wheel The vast majority of outdoor that takes into Water Bed consideration their physical Echo Chamber recreation facilities in the United States are usable only by people abilities and limitations; Busy Box and Chime Wall who do not have serious sensory, Allow space for both Vestibular Rockers mobility, or intelleCtual solitary and cooperative Obstacle Course impairments. A workbook providing Slide-on-a-Slope Play; general guidelines and common Consist of various textures One of the facility design sense design considerations is and shapes that stimulate by-products of the project is a available from the Heritage the child's fantasy life; checklist to aid others in the Conservation and Recreation Challenge the child creation of unique outdoor Service. Entitled A Guide to Physically and perceptually playscapes for the disabled. Designing Accessible Outdoor to enhance development. In Baton. Rouge, Louisiana, a Recreation Facilities, this manual has design characteristics for: picnic grounds campsites Ji pathways and trails amphitheaters beaches docks and piers (Figure 8-5) A particularly novel and helpful section within the manual is the section devoted to trails and trail surfaces. A model classification system is provided in which trails are rated Class 1 through 5 based on the criteria of width, slope, surface preparation, cross slope, and trail edge. Benefits to both MOM and providers of such a system include: (1) encouraging individual choice of a trail based on the degree of difficulty one can Figure 8-5 expect to encounter, (2) A wheelchair vita course station emphasiz'ng flexibifity and range of motion work eliminating stigmatizing labels,

Planning For The Handicapped 197 213 e g., senior citizens/handicapped modifications in design and greater a barrier to accessibility trail, and (3) providing an easy construction of outdoor recreation than a flight of steps. (Figure 8-7) framework for inventory of the total facilities for persons with Since only about ten percent of system of recreational trails handicapping conditions are blind people read braille, and offered. relatively minor and are also braille lettering is neither weather- Whenever possible a deliberate beneficial to all users. Many of nor vandal-resistant, information, effort should be made to create these changes are practical in the instructions, and other material recreational activities within administration of high-use about outdoor recreation existing parks which offer a range recreation areas as well. For programs, activities, and exhibits of accessibility. "Special parks" example, use of hard surface can best be presented to visually stigmatize the users and separate pathways and campsites helps impaired persons with them from the rest of society. By protect the site itself. Some audiocassettes. This is alsomore providing for a spectrum of able-bodied persons prefer more effective for sightedusers of the preferences and abilities, we challenging primitive wilderness facility. When the federal encourage people to participate in areas, while others want government first began to respond recreational challenges which campgrounds with all the comforts to mobility needs of persons with meet or exceed their needs. This of home. Some individuals with handicapping conditions and to "range.of accessibility" notion for handicapping conditions may want problems of architectural barriers, each type of outdoor recreation longer and more difficult trails than many recreational facilities were activity is fairly easy to implement others with similar handicapping designed and labeled as being in a cost-effective manner if overall conditions. Large numbers of special braille trails, trails for the accessibility problems are impaired, disabled, and blind, or areas for the identified early in the design handicapped persons are able to, handicapped. Now, planners and process. (Figure 8-6) and want to enjoy a wider range of park managers are learning that In designing outdoor recreation experiences than many planners the majority of persons with facilities that are accessible to and think they are capable of handling. handicapping conditions neither usable by all individuals, certain Low expectations of, and want nor need segregated important considerations should paternalistic attitudes toward such facilities. The U.S. Forest Service not be overlooked. Most individuals are often as great or now recommends using the

Figure 8-6 The design of cabins and other out facilities should include a ramp so individuals in wheelchairs and on crutches can use the facilities.

Figure 8-7 A camping area which permits wheelchair users to takean active part in programming.

4,- 1. .

4:44

198 Planning For The Handicapped 214 American National Standards Fireplaces raised eighteen essential. Other design Institute's Standards for Making inches to twenty-four adaptations included pedestal Buildings and Facilities Accessible incsa off the ground, fireplaces and 32" hydra-fountains to and Usable by the Physically are easier to use with a hard surface approach. In Handicapped for the development from a seated position restrooms mirrors that tilt of all park and recreational than are ground level downward were installed for facilities. fireplaces. wheelchair users. Additionally, the American Provision of some grills, At Indiana University, Camp Society of Landscape Architects because these are more Riley at Bradford Woods for park and camping facilities convenient than fireplace* represents a model camping recommends: for cooking food over facility for the physically disabled. Level ground around high charcoal. The camp features completely use areas shelters, An example of such a facility accessible cabins, pool, boat dock, lavatories, swimming within the National Park Service is: nature center, amphitheater, areas, food preparation Broken Bowl Picnic Ground lodge, and an arts and crafts areas. Willamette National Forest center. Additionally, the camp Picnic tablet resting on a USDA-Forest Service fealties are interconnected with hard surface at least three ,210 East 11th Avenue specialty designed, ramped, and to four inches wider on P.O. Box 1272 graded traitways, including a each side than the table. Eugene,Oregon 97401 multi- sensory leisure education So that a wheelchair can Safety considerations interpretive trail for the sensory slide under the table, a necessitated handrails along trails impaired. minimum of twenty-nine built on banks and bumper curbs There are several design inches of space should be around the trail ramp near standards manuals available for allowed between the streams. Maintaining less than five outdoor facilities, including one bottom edge of table and percent grade on traits proved very from the American Camping the ground. difficult but was considered Association and one from the Department of the Interior. Suggestions for Trail Construction The following suggestions have been gathered from a variety of sources: Make the trail surface firm; materials such as soil a cement, compacted trap rock dust, or asphalt are suitable for light or moderate traffic. Keep trail well manicured from poison ivy, fallen trees, low branches and other potential obstacles. Maintain vertical clearance of eight feet six inches from the pathway to tree canopy.(Figure 8-8) Be sure rest areas are adjacent to walkways with enough space for at least one wheelchair and one fence. Do not make nature trails too long one-half mile should be about maximum but consider that some Figure 8-8 user ;ant a longer, An example of a lowgrade, hardsurface bail providing accessibility to all users. ..glienging trail.

Planning For The Handicapped 215 199 Make the width of a trail It provides aquatic study Therapeutic P001. wide enough for two equipment for use at the pond. A wheelchairs to pass five built-in radio broadcast system Regarding the design and feet six inches minimum; enables visitors to hear taped construction of therapeutic pools, there are a number of design grades of less than five messages interpreting natural and percent are most social history of the area through types available including: accessible. receivers carried either by hand or A unique set-up used by the Make signs on the trail; for Veterans Administration Hospital in on a neckcord. A telesonic unit Miami. Florida blind hikers, a photoplated with a two-frequency broadcast The twenty-five by upraised eighteen-point potential makes it possible to forty foot pool has a ramp four feet wide and twenty-one feet long type print is preferable to simultaneously broadcast two sets sloping down at the shallow end. braille; tactile maps might of messages; thus a parent and also be used for helping to child can walk the trail together Handrails flank both sides of the ramp; a winch is mounted on a orient the blind better. and each hear an interpretive talk wall opposite the ramp and can be Recorded messages at addressed to his/her own level of hooked to a wheelchair, permitting stations are excellent but understanding. The system works expensive. Brochures by broadcasting from a continuous another person to lower or pull out should be available. An someone who is unable to walk. loop tape machine in the building The interpreter is the best into antenna wires buried under Longview, Washington, YMCA program makes use ofa source of information in the trail. , both communicating and monorail system in conjunction getting others involved in Aquatic Facilities with a truck hoist and special the outdoor setting. chair. This is used because pool Translate interpretive walks Swimming pools represent one decks are too narrow to permit for the deaf by use of sign of the most needed facilities for passage of a wheelchair along the language and the disabled and have also been edge of the pool from dressing fingerspelling. the subject of considerable design rooms to the desired point of entry study. There are two basic types into the water. The participant is Include in a trail program of pools to consider. One is a as much sensory placed in the special chair at the therapeutic pool, the other a dressing room door, secured with involvement as possible multi-purpose pool which must a safety belt, lifted approximately smell boxes, textures, accommodate wheelchair users. two inches above the floor by shapes, sounds of running water, birds, opportunities to taste water from natural spring, etc. Incorporate innovative fun and learning ideas into stations or fun areas along

a trail, motor and IMP perceptual. Motor C_. development for slow-learners and mentally retarded groups can be a ere part of Mation activities. MOW Physical fitness stations can also be set up. Pay attention to the fragility of the interpretive VP. resource replacement of plants and other items to be touched. A trail example is: The Widener Trail Schuylkill Valley Nature Center Hagyps Mill Road Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19128 This nature trail, built through a Figure 8.9 grant from a private foundation, is A therapeutic pool design used exclusively for preschool handicapped and retarded a hard surface, gradual-grade trail. children.

2; Planning For The Handicapped means of the hoist, and pushed individuals with various itseff. horizontally along the pool edge. handicapping conditions. When Generally, existing facilities can At the desired point, an attendant existing facilities are used, be made more usable and in the pool manipulates-the ropes instructional and recreational functional for special populations or chains on the hoist and lowers swirtiming programs and aquatic by adding or altering equipment the participant until the chair rests activities must be adapted to the and reorienting pool operation to on the bottom of the pool. The facility. Some problems most often provide the best possible teaching safety belt is then unfastened and mentioned when existing pools and swimming environments for the occupant assisted from the and aquatic facilities are used individuals with different chair. When leaving the pool, the include: handicapping conditions. sequence is reversed. Accessibility to the pool basin Another outstanding Difficulties in adequately increasing water for construction of new facilities swimming/aquatic facility is the represents a problem easily solved CAR (Convnunity Association for temperature. Difficulties in gaining if attention is given to standard Ow Retarded) Shim °enter in Palo wheelchair desim dimensions for Altb, California. This indoor access to pools at reasonable times on a hallways, doorways, showers, H-shaped pool is seventy-five feet bathrooms, etc. Modification of long, forty feet wide at each end, continuous basis due to already crowded schedule. existing facilities naturally poses and twenty feet in the center. Insufficient shallow water more unique and challenging Depth of the pool is three to nine areas for small group and problems. Solutions to accessibility feet with a wide bank of shallow problems for existing structures steps providing even greater 011040-011e instruction. Inability to use outdoor have included the use of exterior variations of depth. A wheelchair swimming pools because elevator towers, ramps, and ramp, set of steps in the shallow of extremely cold water physical renovation of doorways end, and ladders in the deep end and atmosphere. and corridors. are provided. Water temperature is Difficulty in getting How to facilitate a comfortable kept a constant eighty-six degrees. individuals in and out of and dignified entry and exit remains an issue of considerable Multi-Purpose Pools the water. Architectural barriers that debate among designers, Lack of a specially designed prevent use of locker architects, and disabled swimming pool area should not room, showers, and rest consumers. One solution is to keep a group or agency from rooms as well as getting in provide for a permanent concrete providing a swimming program for and out of the building ramp at the shallow end, not only facilitating ease of entry and exit for the wheelchair user but for the elderly and small children as well. Other solutions include the use of a number of equipment options including: Bring an individual into the pool on a litter and let him/her float off to greater independence; give only the amount of assistance necessary regardless of the type or severity of a condition. Use a wick) board so individuals can slide or gradually make their way down forward or backward into the pool where they are on their own to the degree each can handle. Take full advantage of wide steps; an individual can scoot his/her way into Figure 8-10 the pool. A multi-purpose pool is made accessible for the disabled by the addition ofa ramp. Use a conventional plastic

Planning For The Handicapped 217 201 tumbling mat as a slide for a pool. Another unique approach has entering a pool as well as Install a commercial lift or been installed at the University of for support once an hoist when absolutely New Mexico in Albuquerque. individual is already in a necessary. Hydraulically controlled walls make Pool. Use combinations of it possible to section off a portion Take a wheelchair directly suggested ways and of the regular pool for special down a ramp or wide steps improvise specific uses. The temperature of water in into the pool; the individual procedures and techniques this section can be raised moves or is helped out of according to need of independently of water in the rest the chair and into the individuals taking part in of the pool. In this way individuals water. the program. needing special water conditions Carry a small child Adequate shallow water areas can receive this attention without piggy-back into the pool. are important to the success of affecting the rest of the pod. Adapt various one-, two-, instructional swimming programs Walls retract through switch three, and four-person first for handicapped individuals, control so the entire pool can be aid carries so an individual especially the young, timid, and used for instructional, recreational, can be physically lifted and fearful. Some instructors have or competitive swimming. carried in and out of the advocated lowering water levels Additional considerations for Pool. for some programs to facilitate adapting and/or using existing Let an individual roll from beginning instrwtion. However, in swimming pools or aquatic the top of the ledge into many pools lowering water levels facilities for special populations the water and use as incapacitates the filtering system. include: much control as necessary The system can be shut down for Special chairs should be according to the short periods of time, but it is not light weight and capabilities of the considered a wise practice. corrosion-resistant. A chair, individual. Lowering the water level one foot particularly a folding type Build a temporary or in a large pool represents many with tubular aluminum or portable ramp according to thousands of gallons of water and magnesium tubing the types and severities of usually requires a shutdown of framework with rope or the conditions of the several hours to remove the water; fabric back and seat, is individuals. refilling usually takes longer. satisfactory. Build a platform near a Health authorities usually frown on Power associated with side or wall of the pool so lowering water levels in a pool. A devices to aid entry into an individual can bring a wading pool or some device to and exit from pools should wheelchair to it in such a raise the level of the bottom is be mechanical rather than way that he/she can move considered a more satisfactory and electrical because of the from the chair to the effective practice for those simplicity of operation and platform and then into the purposes. Some manufacturers the hazards associated water. have developed an aluminum wtih operating electrical Adapt starting blocks so platform that can be easily and equipment in water or they can be used to assist quickly assembled and highly humid air. individuals with entry into disassembled as a means of When a pool is used for and exit from pools. raising the bottom of a pool for programs including both Use gym scooters or individuals who need shallow able-bodied and disabled similar devices which an water. Portable, mobile, and populations, it is individial can move on plastic backyard pools of various imperative that all aids to from the deck into the sizes should not be overlooked for pool entry be capable of Pool these purposes. being dismantled and Dig a ramp on one side of Recently, a pool with a movable stored when rot being a pool; by going down to bottom was introduced and made used by impai; ed, the end of the ramp, the available in this country. With a disabled, or handicapped seat of a wheelchair is false or second pool bottom persons. This reduces the even with the pool side operated hydraulically, water attractive nuisance which makes for easier depths are controlled by the push features of the apparatus transfer. of a button so that they range to youngsters. Improvise sling seats with from a few inches to several feet. Exercise bars and extra towels, canvas, and other One of the first installations of this handrails are simple but materials to use in getting type in the United States was at effective additions to a an individual in and out of the YMCA in Olean, New York. pool to add to its

202 Planning For The Handicapped accessibility and functional consultants in the choice of the The concept of creating a use by individuals having recirculating system. Other barrier-free environment is more various degrees of modifications which have been readily accepted than the cost of ambulation. used for easy entry and exit are making facilities accessible. Lack ramps going down into the water of research into cost-benefits as *001111 fOr COirstruction or underwater steps with a well as actual costs of barrier-free of New Aquatic Facilities handrail for support also going into construction are two factors that the water. allow fear of exorbitant costs to Often common-sense, easily A widespread misconception continue. implemented, and inexpensive exists concerning water depth for approaches can be used in It is difficult to make a direct impaired swimmers whose needs building a swimming pool or comparison between original can supposedly be met in a aquatic facility for use by construction costs and costs for learning pool where depth may renovating a building years later. individuals with various handicapping conditions. Important range from two-and-a-half to Modifications to existing buildings to the health and safely of these three - and -a-half feet. Without the usually cost more than new participants and to the success of assistance of normal lower limbs, construction because often an impaired swimmer relies on the their programs is warm water and something must be removed or body's center of gravity being correspondingly warm air. Ideally, changed drastically before making below pool water level to maintain changes to ensure that the facility water should be 80-90 degrees buoyancy. To achieve this, an is barrier-free and accessible. with air temperature five degrees adult of average height requires a Despite possibilities of increased above water temperature. Often water depth of about three and when pools are used for costs, extsting facilities must be three quarters to four feet. Usually made accessible as soon as therapeutic purposes or for only water depths in general pools possible. The cost of removing individuals having severe physical limitations or multiple conditions, meet these needs. Certainly a barriers must be included in water temperature may be several small impaired child and those established maintenance budgets who are especially timid or fearful as well as those used for capital degrees higher than the generally of the water can find satisfactory improvements. recommended range. conditions in learning pools. Another argument dismissing Some popular shapes providing the cost myth is evidence that multi-purpose areas are L-shaped, such buildings have fewer hazards T-shaped, H-shaped, and Financial Considerations that result in accidents and liability Z-shaped pools. The multi-purpose claims. With safer conditions, rate pool should be designed so areas An often-used rationalization for reductions may be obtained on can be roped off for special not making existing facilities liability insurance. A study by the programs. Some pools have been barrier-free and accessible has been cost. Some preliminary American Mutual Insurance designed so that a movable Alliance noted the following bulkhead allows water temperature estimates for acceptable advantages of accessible facilities: in the bulkhead area to be raised renovation projects have been as independently of the rest of the high as forty to one hundred Fewer accidents in public pool. Specially designed units of percent of projected costs. buildings reduce losses this type are quite expensive. Removal of barriers has actually and rates under health Often the same purpose can be been acccmplished in many of insurance policies. realized by a separate pool or spa these same projects for as little as Since buildings with aids unit with return lines from the three or four percent above costs for individuals with heater. This arrangement can give of the renovations without the handicapping conditions better, more rapid control of water special considerations. When have fewer hazards that temperature at a lower cost. plans to make buildings result in accident and A variety of design treatments of barrier-free and accessible are liability claims, insurance deck level pools is available. included from the beginning, rate reductions may be Likewise, there are a number of increase in costs has been found obtained on public liability innovations in recessed gutter type to be in the range of one-tenth of policies when architectural pools. In both of these types, the one percent to one percent above barriers are removed. size, shape, and location of the total project costs without these Elimination of barriers also overflow is of great importance to factors being considered. Other reduces chances of the operation of the complete comparisons include one cent work-connected accidents recirculating system. Architects additional per souare foot to make so that employers benefit designing therm pools are urged to a building accessible and thirteen through reduction in consult with competent hydraulic cents per square foot to keep compensation insurance engineers or swimming pool floors in this same building clean! premiums.

Planning For The Handicapped 213 Guide linos for Community effort. This document buildings are accessible to Action could be developed by the and usable by all Communities must make sure standing committee individuals. that appropriate barrier-free previously mentioned or a Include representative provisions are incorporated into general advisory numbers of impaired, locally applicable building codes committee. It should disabled, and handicapped while at the same time ensuring include essential features persons in all aspects of compliance with federal and state such as: planning, implementing, laws already on the books. The a general philosophical and evaluating all such following are considerations for position on accessibility projects and activities, initiating community action: and usability by those especially at Ensure the best possible participating in the decision-making levels. results with respect to facility as well as by Develop an information removing and eliminating those employed or resource center containing architectural barriers by visiting the facility; essential information imposing on architects, a clarification of the relative to barrier-free engineers, and contractors meanings of terms such design and construction even more rigorous as impaired, disabled, and related laws and requirements than those handicapped, special legislation. Essential found in current building populations, individuals information identified in the codes and popular with special needs; guidelines position paper standards. a statement on could be communicated to Form an architectural provisions for architects, engineers, and barriers task fork, to appropriate access and contractors retained to inform decision-makers traffic elements, design the facility and to about problems of restrooms and those persons responsible architectural accessibility, equipment, building for finally approving any focusing on both practical equipment and facility design as it affects and social aspects of furnishings, persons with handicapping accessibility. environmental controls, conditions. Develop a standing gradients and textures, committee on architectural communication and barriers to encourage local orientation methods; interest in eliminating and barriers, serve as basis for a statement as to legal continuing community materials and other education, organize and resources which are to oversee such projects, be be used to ensure that an advocate for rights of the architectural design those with special needs. truly meets the needs of Approve ali architectural special populations. designs for new and Provide all architects reconstructed facilities, engaged in designing the and be involved in all facility with copies of the dimensions of the guidelines position paper decision-making process and legal resources relative to facility desicli as identified in the document. it affects accessibility and Conduct a survey to usability for individuals determine accessibility of with special needs. community buildings. Inform newspapers, Prepare a guide on television, radio, accessibility of community newsletters, and local facilities. periodicals of this Set up a watchdog important message. program for continuous Develop a guidelines contact and follow-up with Figure 8-11 position paper to use in building owners, architects, recruiting influential At IndianaUniversityCamp Bradford and builders to ensure that Woods, all users can take advantage of all individuals to join this new and renovated areas.

204 Planning For The Handicapped 2I; Questions and suggested Building Entrance areas accessible? standards for outdoor a. Is the doorway at least 30" c. If there are steps, does recreational facilities. wide? Cl each flight of stairs have a b. Are thresholds and door sturdy handrail in the Paridng saddles flush with floor or center or on either side? a. Is an offstreet parking area no higher than 1/2"? d. Is the width of the toilet available adjacent to the c. Is the door automatic? lj room entrance doorway at building? d. Are there steps or interior least 30" wide? b. Is the parking lot surface level changes? e. Are thresholds and door hard and smooth? e. If there are steps or saddles flush or no higher c. Are there parking spaces interior level changes, than 1/2" to the floor? wide enough to allow a car have ramps been provided f.Is there enough space door to be opened to full to eliminate these within the rest room to extension (approx. 12' barriers? allow a wheelchair to turn wide)? around (approx. a 5' d. Are there specifically Visually impaired diameter)? identified parking spaces a. Have braille markers or g. Is the width of the toilet for the handicapped? 0 relief graphics been used stall door opening at least e. Are there curbs, wheel to communicate important 30"? stops, or parking barriers information to the visually h. Are toilet stalls and urinals within the parking area? impaired? equipped with grab f. Has a curb-cut, ramp, or b. Have textured paint or a bars? passageway been provided change in surface texture i. Does the stall door open to eliminate these been used to alert the outward? barriers? visually impaired to j. Has the door been curb-cuts, sudden level replaced with a privacy Building Access changes, or other vital curtain to eliminate a. Are walkways at least five information important to doors? feet wide with smooth hard the independent use of the k. Are sinks and minors low surfaces (no sand or area by the visually enough for use by children gravel), free of deep impaired? or a person in a cracks, ruts or sudden c. Have any other wheelchair (bottom of changes in level? adaptations for the visually mirrors no higher than b. Is the most accessible impaired been provided? If 40")? entrance to the building so, please indicate. one which avoids unsafe Telephone traffic crossings from the Elevator or Lift a. Is the put,fic phone parking area to the a. Is the building mounted low e" ugh to be building entrance? [1 multi-story? used by cnikiren and c. Is the approach to the b. Is there a passenger person in .vhecLitair (the entrance door on ground elevator or lift? coin slot of rs...eiver arm level? c. Does the elevator or lift 50" o0 less from the d. Are there steps in the provide access to all floor)? approach to or at the essential areas? b. If located in phone booth, entrance door, and if so d. Are there any steps, or is the openinA into the how many are there? L7 interior level changes booth at least 30" wide? D e. If there are steps, is there between essential areas, c. Would one hi-we to go up 'a sturdy handrail in the which are not served by an or down steps to use the center or either side of the elevator? telephone? stairs?. e. Have ramps been provided d. If yes, have rampe been f.If there are steps, has a to eliminate these provided to make thy ramp been provided to barriers? LJ telephone area eliminate the barrier? accessible? g. Are the ramps constructed Rest Rooms in such a way that the a. Would one need to go up Wall Mounted Controls grade doles not exceed a or down steps to reach the a. Are all vital wall controls 1:12 ratio, that is, for every rest room? (light switches, door knobs, foot in length it gains no b. If yes, have ramps been elevator controls, etc.) more than 1" in height? provided to make these xl within reach of

Planning For The Handicapped 205 221 child or person in size, terrain, and circumstances cross slope. No steps. Vertical wheelchair approximately may make some variation changes no more than 1/2". 48" from the floor? acceptable. Minor measurement Signage. #Lighting. #4' benches in b. Are all emergency differences do not always make a unobstructed 4'x3' area. equipment (fire alarms, facility unusable. Or omission of a Fair/P: If find. six items above instruction panels, fire # standard may indicate "not not met. extinguishers, etc.) located needed here." For example, some within the reach of areas for day use only would Paths Trails Unpaved handicapped individuals never require night lighting. Good: Firm, stable surface. 48" and children (approx. 48" Ratings are also infitirinted by min. width; 1:20 max. slope. 1:50 or less from floor)? the stage of development of each cross slope. No steps. Vertical area, and components therein. An changes no more than 1/2". Water Fountains undeveloped site would probably $4-ighting #Signage, particularly a. Are water fountains low rate "Poor" in all categories. To direction's. enough to be used by avoid disappointment, the Fair/P: If any of above, not children and persons in prospective visitor is advised to specifically excepted, have not wheelchairs (bubblers select another destination. The been met. approx. 33" from floor)? user is urged to decide for himself b. Are there any barriers, what meets personal needs and Ramps (Same specifications for such as steps, around or interests. outdoor and indoor ramps) leading to the water Good: If needed and one ramp fountain? Public Transportation meets specifications. 1:12 max. c. If so, have ramps been "Yes" indicated bus stops at or slope. Stable, firm, non-slip provided to eliminate these near a specified recreation area. surface. Handrails (if more than barriers? For service information to Seattle 1:20 slope), 32"-36" high; oval and King County destinations 11/4"-2" diameter; 11/2" wall (route, proximity, frequency, and clearance; extend 18" beyond The Accessibility Survey type of bus), call Metro Transit ramp end. Level platform 6' Checklist was compiled by a (625-2583). bottom of ramp, 5' x 5' top of special HCRS Northwest Regional ramp, 30' Otervals or where ramp Office Accessibility Advisory Off-Street Parking turns. #Lighting. Committee on the Disabled, using Good: 12'6" wide, load, unload Fair/P: If slope and handrails do American National Institute area near primary entrance, no not meet specifications. Standards (ANSI) and Washington parking allowed. Access symbol Poor: If no ramps where needed State Rules and Regulations for and/or posted signage. 12'6" or specifications not met. Barrier Free Design as required by parking spaces, level, firm, Washington State Uniform Building non-slip. Level walking or curb-cut Rest rooms (Same specifications Code. (Laws of 1974, as amended ramps. #Lighting. #Travel route for outdoor and indoor areas) 1975.) directional signs. Good: 32" min. clear door Participating agencies in the Fair/P: If any of the above not opening. 5' diameter turnaround Seattle-Everott-Tacoma specifically excepted, do not meet floor area. Vestibule 3'6" wide, Metropolitan Area used these standards. 6'6" length. 1 stall each resiroom checklists to survey each of their Poor: No provision for access; for wheelchair with 32" min. public outdoor recreation areas parking too remote; surface not outswing door, clear opening. and related buildings. Checklist level or non-skid. Each stall min. 3' wide x 5' depth; returns were then recorded in a 2 grab bars, 32" above floor. computer data bank, and the Curb-cuts (not associated with Toilet seat, 16"-18" high. 1 each evaluative criteria applied from Parking) wall dispenser and towel rack, 40" which the "Good, Fair/Poor, Poor" Good: 1:12 max. center slope. high max. Lighted. #Toilet 18" formula was derived. 36" min. center width. Firm, from near wall. #19" max. urinal Accessibility categories used in stable, non-slip surface. rim. #29" lavatory clearance under the checklists are listed below, Fair/P: Slope more than rim. #Lavatory drains insulated and together with the ANSI standards maximum and width less than guarded. #40" high max. bottom _which the committee considered minimum. mirror or shelf. mandatory to access for persons Poor: If curb -cuts needed and Fair/P: If any one of the above with varied types of disabilities. In not provided. criteria, not specifically excepted, addition, those marked with a # have not been met. sign are recommended, but Walks Paved Poor: If restrooms do not have non-compliance did not detract Good: Firm, stable, non-slip. 48" one designated stall in each men's from the "Good" rating where min. width; 1:12 max. slope; 1:50 and women's facilities or if none of

206 222 Planning For The Handicapped the specifications, not specifically degree and type of disability of safety features needed by excepted, have been met. inifividual, but steps must meet everyone. most of above specifications. Water Fountains Poor Steps that lack handrails Rest rooms Good: Hand operated front must meet most of above Same specifications as listed for spout. If wall mounted, 34" high specifications. outdoor areas. max. with 48" x 32" accessible Water Fountains space. If floor fountain exceeds Floors Same as listed for outdoor areas. 34", a second lower fountain Good: Non-slippery surface. needed. Level, or properly ramped. Public Telephones Fair/P: Not hand-operated and Poor: Specifications above are Same as listed for outdoor areas. spout not in front, fails to meet height or 48" x 32" access space. Poor: If none of specifications SELECTED REFERENCES met. Section A demon & Roes, P.O. Box 669, 523 Sarah Public Telephones Resources Bibliography: Design Street. Stroudsburg, Pennsylvania 18360; Good: Coin slots 48" max. 1977. 278 pp, Michael J. Beirtaf, ed. height. Space 48" x 32". Acmes*. lity Modffications by Ronald L Banter Free Scheel Facilities for Handi- Mace, available from the Special Of for capped Student., Educational Resesich Fair/P: If phone available, but the Handicapped, North Cwofina State Service, 1800 N. Kent Skeet, Arlington, does not meet both specifications. Department of kwurance, P.O. Box 26387, Virginia 22200 (1977). Raleigh. North Carolina 27811. 1973. Bonier FreeShe Design, U.S. Department of Miscellaneous Items See Barrier Free Sibs Design', by the American Housing & Lisbon Development, Washing. Society of Landscape Architects Founda- ton, D.C. 20402, 1960. comments, right column each tion. Available from U.S. Government Print- Barderfree Mb .Design, American Society Pa 9e. ing Office. Washington, D.C. 20402 (Stock of Landscape Architects Foundation, Supt. No. 023-000-00291-4), 1979. of Documents, U.S. Govt. Printing Office, Design Crawl.: New Public Buildings Ac- Washington, D.C. (1974). RELATED BUILDINGS cessibility, Available from General Ser- Opening Doors: Handbook on Maidng vices Admktistration Business Service Facilities Accessible to Handicapped Entrances/Exits/Doors Center, 7th and D Streets. Washington. People, National Center fora Barrier-Free Good: If one entrance and exit D.C. 20407. 1978. Environment,7thStreet and Florida Erring, Walter F. "Guidelines for Designing Avenue, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20002, and/or door meets all Barrier -Free Facilities." Journal of 1978. 31 pp. specifications 32" wide, dear Physical Education and Recreation 48 Building Needs for the Handicapped, Bureau opening; 6'6" vestibule; 1/2" min. (October 1978): 65-67. of Elementary and Secondary Education threshold height change; 5' level Specifications for Making Buildings and (Dept of Health. Education and Welfare Facilities Accessible to, and Usable by, Office of Education, Washington, D.C.) 57 both sides opening with 12" wall the Physically Handicapped, available pp, 1975 (ED 140 535). clearance outgoing side. No from American National Standards In- illustrated Handbook of Handicapped Sec- elevators needed in most park stitute, Inc. (ANSI). 1430 Broadway. New tions of North Carolina State Building buildings, but if one exists, York. New York 11018. 1971. Code, available from North Carolina primary access should Several states have published excellent il- Department of Insurance. Special Office for lustrated guides to design requirements for ac- the Handicapped. P.O. Box 26387. accommodate disabled. ceesiblfity. Among them are: Raleigh, North Carolina 27611, 1979. Fair/P: None of the Accessibility Aesistance: A Directory of One out of Ten: School Planning fax the specifications met. Consultants on Environments for Handi- Handicapped,NationalFacilities capped People, 1978. from National Laboratories, 860 Third Avenue, New York, Corridors Center for a Barrier Free Environment, 1974, 27 pp (IRUC Order #1158). Seventh and Florida NE, Washington. D.C. Removing Architectural Barriers: An il- Good: 48" min. width. 20002. lustrated Handbook of the New Mexico Fair/P: Less than 48" width. Access for All: An illustrated Handbook of Uniform Building Code, Available from Barrier Free Design for Ohio available Division of Vocational Rehabilitation, New Ramps Indoor from the Govemor's Committee on Employ- Mexico Department of Education. P.O. Box ment of the Handicapped, 4658 Heaton 1830, Santa Fe. New Mexico 87503, 1978. Specifications same for indoor, Road, Columbus, Ohio 43229, 1978. Rules and Regulations of the Architectural outdoor. See previous statement. Barrier -Free Design: A Selected Bibliog- Sealers Board, Commonwealth of raphy. Paralyzed Veterans of America, klartesphueette Department of Public Stairs suite 301 W. 7315 Wisconsin Avenue Safely, available from the ArchiZectural N.W., Washington. D.C. 20014 (Peter L. Barriers Board, Room 1319. 1 Ashburton Good: 7" high risers. No abrupt Lassen), 1981. Place. Boston, Massachusetts 02106. nosings or risers; 11" min. tread Barrier-Free Environment Resources (Up- 1977. depth. Handrails both sides, date #20), American Affiance for Health, Urban Wheelchair Use: A Human Factors 11/4"-2" diameter, 18" extension Physical Education and Recreation (infor- Analysis (Wachter. L.orenc & Lai), Access top and bottom of steps, 11/2" wall mation end Research Utilization Comer. Chicago Rehabilitation Institute of Chicago, 1201 10th Street N.W., Washington, D.C. 345 East Superior Street, Chicago 80611 clearance. 20036), October, 1978. (1976). Fair/P: Accessibility depends on Bar ter -Free Environments, Dowden, Hut-

Planning For The Handicapped 207 223 Section B Swimming Facility." Therapeutic Recrea- Monograph 47. New York: Institute of tion Journal 10 (1978): 55-60. Rehabilitation Medicine, New York Univer- Resources Bibliography: Outdoor McKee, James I. "Wheelchair Transfer to sity Medical Center, n.d. Recreation Facilities Swimming Pool." Physical Therapy 54 Kidder, Worden. "A Rebuilt Playground." Access National Pats: A Guide for Handi- (December 1974): 1306. Journal of Physical Education and capped Visitors. Washington, D.C.: U.S. National Hearing on Recreation for Handi- Recreation 47 (September 1978): 18-18. Government Printing Office, 1979. capped Persons: Statement submitted by Morris, Robert. "Evaluation of a Play Environ- American Foundation for the Blind. Policy Craig Huber on behalf of ACPA Inc. to Ar- ment for Blind Children." Therapeutic Statement on Nature Trails, Waal. chitectural and Transportation Barriers Recreation Journal 8 (1974): 151-155. Footpaths, Fragrance Gardens, Compliance Board, 1976. 20 pp (IRUC Smiley, Charles W. "Playground for the Men- and Touch Museums for the Sand. New Order :445) American Affiance for Health, tally Retarded." American Journal of Oc- York: The Foundation, 1972. Physical Education and Recreation, 1201 cupational Therapy 28 (September 1974): Beectiel, Jacque. Interpretation for Handi- 16th St. N.W., Washington, D.C. 474-477. capped Persona: A Handbook for Out- "Pool for the Blind." Swimming Pool Review door Recreation Personnel. Seattle, (United Kingdom) 16 (September 1975): Section E Washington: National Park Service, Pacific 102. Available from the Natkinal DOCUM011- Resources Bibliography: Physical Northwest Region Cooperative Studies tation Center for Sport, Physical Education Education and Recreation Unit, College of Forest Resources. AR-10, and Recreation, The University of Bir- University of Washington (96195); July, mingham, Birmingham 815 2TT, England. Assorted Articles on Teaching Shooting 1975. Resources for Planning Accessible and Sports to the Handicapped. Washington. Bureau of Outdoor Recreation and National 811171111A1111 Recreation, Ray, Swimming D.C.: National Rifle Association, 1978. Recreation and Park Association. Outdoor and Related Facilities for Use by km Kenney. Alice P. "Museums from a Wheel- Recreation Planning for the Handi- paired and Disabled Persons. information chair." Museum News 53 (December capped. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Govern- & Research Utilization Center, American 1974): 1417. ment Printing Office, 1967. Alliance for Health, Physical Ed.scation and McAvaddy, Jim. Facility Consideration for Camp Facilities for the Physically Handi- Recreation, 1201 18th St. N.W., Washing- Handicapped intramural Participants. capped. North Brunswick, New Jersey: ton, O.C. 20038, 1979. Edison, New Jersey: Middlesex County Camping and Engineering Service, Pro- Sports Centers and Swimming Pools: A College, 1973. gram Services Division, Boy Scouts of Study of their Designs with Particular National Recreational Boating for the America (00902), 1976. Reference to the Needs of the Physical- Physically Handicapped, The U.S. Coast Carroll, Arthur J. "Efforts to Adapt National ly Disabled (Felix Wafter). Disabled Living Guard Office of Boating Safety and the Forest Recreation Areas for Use by the Foundation, 346 Kensington High St., Lon- Human Resources Center, 1978. Available Handicapped." Thempeutic Recreation don W. 14, England 1971. from Human Resources Censer, I.U. Mess Journal 7 (1973): 41-44. Sport for AN: Low-Coat Swimming Poole. Road, Albertson, New York, 11507. The Easier Seal Directory of Resident Cultural & Scientific Affairs, Council of Recreation and Handicapped People. Pro- Camps for Preens with Special Health Europe, Strasbourg, France 1970. ceo..ings of a National Forum on Meeting Needs. Chic-Iwo: National Easter Seal Stein, Julian. "Pool Facilities for Impaired and the Recreation and Park Needs of Handi- Society for Crippled Children and Adults, Disabled Persons." Paola A Guide to capped People, Aug 1st 1974. President's 1973. Their Planning. Design and Operation. Committee en Employment of the Handi- Knorr, John. A United States Guide to Nature Third edition. Edited by M. Alexander capped. (IRUC Order #108 for hardcover Centers and Trude for the Visually Handi- Garielsen. Fort Lauderdale, Florida: Hoff- Xerox copy.) capped. Mattson, Wisconsin: Center for man Publications, Inc., 1975. The Wheelebout Garden: An Easter Seal Environmental Communications and En- Society Exhibit. Chicago, Illinois: The Na- vironmental Studies, 1973. Section D tional Easter Seal Society for Crippled Masek, Marshall. "Trails, Playgrounds, and Resources Bibliography: Playground Children and Adults, 1977. Activities for the Handicapped," in Expend- Tole. Dove. "Should Museums Serve the ing Horizons in Therapeutic Recreation An Adaptive Mayground for Physically Visually Handicapped?" The New Outlook Disabled Children with Perceptual for the Blind 89 (December '1975): 48148. Ill. Edited by Gay Robb and Gerald Hitz- Deficits: The Magruder Environmental huzen. Columbia, Missouri: University of Waiter, Felix. Sports Centers and Swimming Missouri, 1975. Therapy Complex, Orlando,Florida: Pools: A Study of Their Design with Par- Orange County Board of Public Instruction, Nielson, Ruth M. "Forest Service Facilities for ticular Reference to the Needs of the Wheelchair and Nature Lovers." Para- Forest Park School, 1962. Physically Disabled. Thistle Foundation, An Instructional Playground for the 1971. Available from the Disabled Living plegia News 25 (July 1975): 8-9. Handicapped Using Tires as inexpensive Goodwin, Virginia and cloth, Ray. Outward Foundation, 346 Kensington High Street, Playground Equipment Activity Con- London, W. 14, England. Bound mid the Physically Disabled. etnection Manuel Albany, New York: The Wayzata, Minnesota: The Project Center, "A Zoo Made Accessible." Paraplegia News University of the State of New York, the 29 (November 1976): 11. Minnesota Outward Bound School, 1979. State Education Department, Division for Robb, Gary M. "Camping for the Physically Handicapped Children, Special Education Handicapped - A Rationale and Ap- Instructional Materials Center. n.d. proach:' Rehabilitation Literature 34 Austin, Richard L. Playgrounds and Play- (1973): 130-133, spaces for the Handicapped. Austin, Texas: Theraplan, Inc., 1974. Section C Etkes, Asher B. "Planning Playgrounds for the Resources Bibliography: Handicapped." Journal of Psychiatric Aquatic Facilities Nursing and Mental Health Services 6 (1968): 339443. Kaiser, Dave. "City Equips Swimming Pools Gordon, Ronnie. The Design of a Pre-School for Accessibility." Data and Reference An- Therapeutic Playground: An Outdoor nual, Fort Lauderdale, Florida: Hoffman Learning Leborstory: Rehabilitation Publications Inc., 1971. Lytt le, Robert M. "Integrating Families of Handicapped Individuals into the Public Photos provided as courtesy of the National Park Service.

224 Planning For The Handicapped CHAPTER IX Trends in Facility Design

The 1980's is an era of exercise 1970's, which came from the physical activity is no longer a and sports emphasis. The number "craze" of that sport has, in youth phenomenon. Fitness of joggers, bicyclers, and aerobic some cases, resulted in courts programs for the aging are being exercise participants has available for considerable periods recommended by medical increased by millions in the U.S. in of time because of the wane of the authorities and demanded by the past decade. Eighty it illion sport. Walleybaff and basketball senior citizens. Business and Americans now participate in backboard facilities are now being corporate employers, concerned sports and exercise and, from a installed in -,oine of those courts. for their employees' health, are health standpoint, this desirable Pickleball is adaptable to promoting fitness programs and trend continues to grow. badminton courts and has become providing facilities for these Americans of all ages are popular In schools and senior activities. The expansion potential participating from the infant in citizen centers. Numerous indoor of these fitness programs is "tots" swim to the senior citizen single purpose tennis facilities immense and must affect future in biking and social dancing. were forced to close down in the commercial building planning and Programs for the handicapped early 1980's due to a state of senior citizen centers. abound with children now over-building and/or to the desire mainstreamed into regular physical of the American public to belong Participants are demanding bducation classes in the schools to clubs offering a variety of facilities and, where these are not and post-coronary patients recreation opportunities. Some provided by the public sector, participating in cardiac indoor tennis centers have found it private sports clubs and private rehabilitation exercise prescription to be economically advantageous industry have constructed facilities programs. In summary, exercise is to convert a few courts to for participants wiling to pay a becoming a way of life for many multi-purpose fitness areas to fee. The number of fitness/sports Americans, and facilities are attract a urger membership. clubs, especially multi-purpose needed to accommodate this Others, especially in the North and (tennis, squash, jogging track, lifestyle. Midwest, have converted in part or racquetball, and swimming), is entirely to indoor soccer, taking increasing. Membership in private Providing facilities for the varied advantage of the growing multi-purpose clubs usually groups of sports and other popularity in soccer, the limitation includes aft ages with activities for. activities challenges both the of outdoor fields, and the problems the entire family. The demand is building designer and the financial associated with scheduling not only for additional court space provider. The ever-changing dependent on the weather. Facility and swimming; physical fitness interests, "crazes," and popularity planners and building designers aspirants and sports innovators of particular sports, as well as the must thus be alert to changing are asking for fitness trails, weight invention of new sports and interests and popularity. training and aerobics facilities, and equipment, also require that Multi-purpose design protects both softball parks. The demand at facilities be flexible enough to the planner and owner from the present outweighs the ability of meet the needs of those new embarrassment ana financial public agencies to provide these activities. For example, the great disaster associated with non-use. spaces, and a new industry in boom in the number of racquetball (Figure 9-1) sports and health facilities is courts constructed in the late Participation in sports and growing.

Trends in Facility Design 209 225 Financing and operation of use fees on an hourly basis to unwilling to spend enormous sports and fitness facilities have cover operation, maintenance, amounts to build a Superdome, a also changed considerably in the monstructIon, and profit. Judging Montreal Olympic stadium, or a past ten years from mostly from the growth in the number of palatial college sports complex. public recreation and educational private clubs and the substantial The practice of the recent past is agencies to private businesses membership fees, individuals are toward the moderate size and and employee/employer related willing to pay if they can be priced facility with the cost of programs. Facilities furnished by assured of a place to participate in construction and operation a the employer within the the sport of their choice. Planners primary consideration. Older corporation/company plant is a of these facilities may need to plan buildings and stadiums are being fast-growing trend. Private sports to accommodate rental groups remodeled with considerable and fitness clubs, weight training with additional space, service success in meeting the demands gymnasiums, aerobic dance and facilities, traffic patterns, and of new programs. exercise studios, and security provisions. (Figure 9-2) In schools, the trend business-related water slides and Economic factors again will be a having the most impact in recent swimming pools with wave making major factor in the treatment of years is the closing of many machines are springing up new and remodeled facilities. State schools and a reduction in new throughout the country. The and federal governments and even school construction due to a operation of a sport or fitness club private enterprise at present are decreasing student enrollment. is big business. "Pay for play" in public recreation is becoming Figures 9-1, 1A routine practice as the public Three indoor tennis courts were converted at Westroads Raguet Club Hi Omaha Nebraska demands more and varied to a nautilus area, a jogging track a delve floor, and a basketbalAvIleyball area resulting programs, and the use of school in a dramatic increase in new members. and playground facilities for such activities as aerobics, swimming, or league play is common. Cost recovery fees for increased 'yr maintenance and personnel require funds in addition to those taxes can support, because of the heavier uses and increased number of participants. .111+ Rental fees for the use of a facility are increasingly used to help defray the cost of construction, operation, and maintenance. Some public agencies operate facilities on a lease-back arrangement. A private party constructs the facility and the public agency operates it on a --.-.wros lease arrangement over a period of years. Or, the facility is constructed with public funds and operated by a private company. Rental of school or college facilities to non-school or off-campus groups, e.g., a college hockey rink being rented to a youth hockey league, enables the school to recover some of the costs of construction and operation, gives greater utilization of the facility, and usually gains community support because of the reduction in overall school costs. Private clubs and businesses charge membership fees and/or

210 Trends in Facility Design 226 However, demographics indicate a Figure 9.2, 2A greater birth rate in the late Available rooftop sp.sce can support activities such as tennis 1900's, which will result in increased enrollment in the elementary grades (Figure 9-3); as these enrollments grow so will the needs for new schools or remodeled older facilities. High school and college enrollments will probably remain level for a "1.001.1111140 number of years with the result dkkm_ that the trend will be towards the replacement or remodeling of older facilities. In many high schools and colleges the number of students involved in intramurais, sports clubs, varsity, and general recreational activities overcrowds existing facilities. The demand by o women for equal use of facilities 116. .=11111111 and equal programs, and by the handicapped to be involved in recreational programs challenges program directors to provide sufficient and suitable facilities for each program. Additional activities requested to be included as programs include rugby, soccer, lacrosse, team handball, and aerobics. Accommodations of enlarged programs may require that facilities be available from early morning to late evening and that outdoor facilities be usable in ol the evening and during inclement weather. An illustration of the demand for play space is the ice hockey community where some rinks are open around-the-clock to accommodate all the groups that want ice time. A health-related trend is the development of cardiac rehabilitation centers being set up either as part of a hospital or medical complex or as an individual unit with an agency such as a YMCA. Facilities for exercising and monitoring the AM- cardiac patient require activity areas and service facilities in addition to the usual medical facility. Sports medicine and exercise physiology are fast-growing professions that work with both the healthy athlete and the handicapped and require Figure 9-3 specific facilities and exercise East Orange (NJ.) Middle School makes effective use of roof

Trends in Facility Design 227 211 areas for training. Budding in AMerican education. The act assure that all handicapped designers should be aware of requires that educational these types of activities and their children have available to thema institutions receiving federal funds free appropriate public education related needs. take measures to equalize their Sports and athletics, while and that they are educatedto the programs and facilities. Institutions optimal degree possible with their always popular, have been given must provide equal intercollegiate, great impetus with the growth of non-handicapped peers in the did), recreational, instructional, least restrictive environments. the Olympic movement in theU.S. and intramural athletic Physical education is the only The Olympic Training Centerat opportunities to members of both Colorado Springs is butone curricular area included in the sexes. Among other criteria, equal definition of special education; example. Training centersare opportunity in athletics is assessed recreation is specified asone of being developed in different by determining whether the related services thatcan be locations for various sports to appropriate equipment and support research, training, and provided handicapped children. supplies are provided; games and Mainstreaming the handicapped sports medicine practices. The practice times are fairly scheduled; concentration of athletes and person may require adaptations of locker rooms, practice and facilities and equipment. Additional research in one sport atone site competitive facilities are equitable; portends changes in practices, information related to the and medical and training facilities handicapped is provided in needs, and facilities for thatsport. are equally provided. Separate For example, the Olympic Chapter 8. restrooms, change and locker The "Amateur Sports Act of sponsorship of bicycling in a rooms, showers, baths, and toilet velordome predictably will call for 1978" provided a one-time facilities, permitted by Title IXon supplemental appropriation for the construction of like facilities the basis of sex, must be throughout the United States. With amateur sports in the United comparable in convenience and States. The federal government's the U.S. serving as hostcountry quality. for the 1984 Summer Olympics, involvement in the amateur sport Although recent interpretation of movement will have long-term public interest to Olympic related Title IX rulings would suggestan sports has recently blossomed. effects on both athleticprograms easing of requirements, practical and facilities. The recent Legal Requirements and and moral responsibilities establishment of national training Educational Legislation associated with equal opportunities centers as mentioned earlier will Trends in facility construction should influence the planning, influence the design and type of and remodeling will be influenced remodeling, and/or building of future athletic, physical education, by the legal requirements of school facilities for athletics, and recreation facilities. Other several federal laws in addition to physical education, and recreation. countries throughout the worldare those safety codes and The Women's Educational well ahead of the United States in construction regulations already Equity Act of 1974 (WEEA)was providing national facilities for applicable. The Occupational enacted as Section 408 of the amateur sport. Safety and Health Act (OSHA), Educational Amendment Act of enacted in 1970, requires safety in 1974 (Public Law 93-380). The Curricular Trends and Activity construction, maintenance, and purpose of the law is to provide Another major factor which equipment. installation. An example educational equity forwomen. of the type of regulatory needs serious consideration in concern Among the provisions of thisact school facility planing is the rapid in this act relates to noise level. are the expansion and expansion of the physical Under the act, workers shall not improvement of educational education activity and scientific be exposed to as many as 90 programs and activities for women curricula. Classes in decibels for more than an 8-hour in vocational education, career recreation-oriented activities day. Many states and now education, physical education and include hiking, camping, canoeing, municipalities have similar safety educational administration. This sailing, rock climbing, survival act also has implications for and health ordinances as wellas activities, surfing, wind surfing, environmental pollution legislation administrators in planning, fishing, downhill skiing, that requires all construction to remodeling, or construction of cross-country skiing, self-dMense meet the safety and health physical education facilities for activities, ice hockey, ice skating, requirements of their codes. women's programs. and bicycling. These activities Facility planners must review the The regulations of the Education along with the traditional requirements of statutes to meet for All Handicapped ChildrenAct, individual, dual, and team sports, standards for a particular facility. Public Law 94-142 and Section aquatics, and dance-rhythmic Title IX of the Educational 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of activities, need special facilities, Amendment Act of 1972 is 1973 which became effectivein some on campus, others off designed to end sex discrimination October of 1977, are designedto campus.

212 Trends in Facility Design New buildings should also be design almost any type of aquifer can be likened to a rock designed for the student's structure, there are economic and sponge which retains water increased awareness and need for environmental factors that existing between non-porous rock physical fitness, and his increased influence the facilities built. The layers. There are enormous participation in dual and individual emphasis on environmental amounts of underground water sports. The trend in colleges is protection requires planners to available in the United States toward greater participation in consider the impact of construction which would be adequate for intramural sports with shared and design on the environment, aquifer cooling. facilities and integrated programs the site, the traffic created The concept for cooling with an for students, staff, and faculty. because of the new building, and Women's competitive sports aquifer system is relatively simple. changes the facility will bring to During cod winter weather, the continue to expand. New facilities the surrounding area. An impact need to be designed differently water In the aquifer is pumped up study is usually required prior to to a cooling tower where its than the traditional gymnasium construction and may result in temperature is reduced to a and field house. The scientific changes in the final plans. Energy curriculum in exercise physiology, desirable temperature and then costs affect building design and returned to the aquifer. During air health-related exercise programs, operation. Natural gas, oil, and conditioning months, the cool biomechanics, and motor learning electric power to provide heat and require the accommodation of water is pumped from the aquifer electricity will be costly and in and passed through an air special equipment in special short supply. The possible handling system. An air handling environments. The facilities should alternative sources of energy and system simply delivers the air support the new curriculum and heating and lighting equipment which 4 blown across cooling coils accommodate viable activities. need to be studied to take Containing the cool water and Buildings must also be ylanned for advantage of the new technologies new methods of teaching, the distributed as needed to cool and available, such as solar heat. air condition a facility. The water, greater use of newer and more now at a higher temperature after sophisticated audiovisual teaching Use of the *wife, aids, and the new technology for being used to cool a facility, is Pumped back into the aquifer to testing, scoring, and recording One of the most recent be stored and wooled again the activity data. (Figure 94) innovative trends in facilities heating and cooling is the use of next winter, completing the cycle. Environmental, Economic, and the aquifer. An aquifer is an Aquifer water temperature is Aesthetic Factors underground layer of sand or normally the same as the average While it is now possible to gravel which contains water. An annual ambient temperature. A number of wells tap the aquifer and the water is drawn up during

As. 44 ___Agakihaik4aa44. winter months and cooled to approximately 30-50 degrees depending on the existing winter temperature in that geographic area. The water is then filtered to I ri prevent contamination, piped into adjacent wells, and replaced in the aquifer, a distance away from the "warm" water. As more and more water is chilled and pumped back into the ground, it displaces the existing "warm" water, and a 4"t larger and larger area of the water in the aquifer becomes 30-50 degTfihot weather the cool

_ Wyk water from the aquifer is pumped elm", through the air handling system and is used for air conditioning. Figure 94 This system works just as if water The Kline Life/Sports Learning Center at Dickinson College in Carlisle, Pe. uses a hyper- were chilled in a conventional bolic paraboloid roof system with I X foot clear span interior. Waste energy reclamation system. After the cool water has and utilization are the key to a unique earth sink system which interferes with rooftop passed through the cooling coils solar collectors. once, it is returned to the aquifer

Trends in Fejcility Design 223 213 at approximately 50-60 degrees. saving at existingenergy cost The net results are that the specific geographic increases in levels. An aquifer system can kilowatt hour rates around the temperature of the water in the produce the same cooling and system is reduced with each country, the savings !should heating of a conventional system increase and the number of years annual cooling cycle and for approximately 50 percent consequently the system becomes for recovery of the aquifer cost reduction in cost. should be reduced significantly. more and more efficient. In addition, a conventional air Economic savings of an aquifer An aquifer system also can be conditioning system hasa life used to heat a facility utilizing the system are site specific and expectancy of approximately 10 theoretical. It does appear same basic approach as is used as years at which point a completely with the cooling operation. Water indicated by the present body of new system is required. Withan research that aquifer utilization for would be heated by utilizing the aquifer system, the replacement ambient air temperature which heating and coolingmay be costs are only in replacing well predicted to accrue a substantial exists in summer or by a variety of and chill tower pumps. Utilizing heating means. Solar collectors could be .one method whichmay Figure9-5, 5#4 be used to assist in raising the Oaktawn Elementary School kn Alonticek, Indianawas renovated in 1983 to incorporate water temperature to an solar technology in order to reduceenergy costa acceptable storage temperature. Once the water reachedan appropriate storage temperature, it could be injected back intoan aquifer to remain until needed in the colder months. Hot water during winter would then be drawn up, passed through an air 000111._ handling system, releasing heat to a facility's atmosphere. Other Natural Resources Many areas in the United States and abroad may be able to utilize APIII.111!NNISIMEw subsurface deposits of natural resources. Areas where geothermal activity may produce energy in the form of steam for hot water and heating may, and should, be considered for incorporating into existing or futur. building. r In addition, there are areas of the country which have coal,gas agr and oil available. Facilities doex cst which utilize methane gas to fire 1,1a°41.1 boilers for hot water as wellas L: heating. Geographic areas whici produce coal may be probable candidates for methane gas consideration. Also, facilities should utilize any waste heat produced either at the facility site or which is produced by adjacent facilities which could be used to supplement heating requirements. (Figure 9-5) Construction Trends and Variables for Conservation When possible, facilities should havea long axis east-west orientation. Such a simple ;dea

214 Trends in Facillty Design 2,:: as this allows for a greater period sensor determine the interior serve alternate activity areas such of time for the sun to pass over temperature of a facility and also as a stadium. and to the south of a facility than the exterior ambient temperature. The aesthetic quality, outside if the building had a north-south At any point in which the exterior and inside, of a sport, physical orientation. Such an alignment ambient temperature drops to education, and recreation facility allows for considerable use of approximately 60 degrees or less must be considered throughout the passive solar heat in winter and tone interior temperature of the planning stages. The vast size of months. facility demands cooling, the such structures requires that they Solar sensitive dual pane glass economizer becomes automatically blend with the surroundings. should be considered for windows operational. This system shuts Aesthetic appeal can be achieved having southern exposures. This down the facility's normal air inside the facility through the type of glass could be installed conditioning system and at this selection of appropriate colors, along the entire length of the point the fans of the economizer textures, and materials for floors, southern side of a facility with draw cool exterior air into the walls, and ceilings. The use of consideration given to avoid glare building, pass that air through color, murals, and design art can on activity areas. Solar sensitive existing air handlers, dehumidify it, enhance the aesthetics of indoor glass has the capacity to darken and cool the facility. areas and should be incorporated during bright summer light and It is dffficuft to accurately assess where appropriate. become lighter in color during less the economic impact of the trends sun-intensed days. The ability of and innovations discussed Technological Advances and sun sensor glass to change colors because all are site specific. It Equipment allows for reflection of bright should be noted that all of these summer sun, not needed in hot systems utilize existing and The assigns now possible in weather, and the entry of winter dependable technology and facility construction due to sun when passivs solar heat is materials which have the capacity improved technology seem needed in colder weather. to reduce energy cost. astounding and are presently being incorporated into new The construction of a large buildings. Some innovative eyebrow may be considered over Aesthetics and Flexibility concepts which may affect future the south side of a facility. The There has been a growing facility design in physical eyebrow would prevent the emphasis on innovative ideas education-athletic complexes summer sun's ray from shining which enhance the aesthetic include rotating permanent directly into windows and/or on design, flexibility, and function of seating; pool surfing; combing wall surfaces by providing shade. the building and provide needed walls; electric carpeting; paper The eyebrow, because of the areas less expensively. Costs of structures; air roofs and walls; use winter sun's low horizon conventional structures are of synthetics, fabrics, and orientation would not interfere with consistently rising. The challenge membranes; new lighting and the warming rays of the winter is to update existing facilities and acoustical treatments; and sun. Another trend for energy provide more usability of the electronic security and energy conservation is to simply place available space in an attractive, management systems. Examples rows of deciduous trees along the economical, and efficient manner. of these innovations are described southern side of a facility. In Reassigning space for future below. summer, such trees will provide programs by providing large areas Surfing is a popular sport which shade to the facility and that can be subdivided and/or previously could only be offered at consequently reduce air changed as needed can prove schools in close proximity to an conditioning costs. In winter the quite functional. The concept of ocean. Now, through use of leaves fall from the trees and providing portable indoor mechanization, surfing pools can allow the winter sun, now needed, recreational facilities might not be- be built. Electrical carpeting to shine unabated either into too far-fetched. Consider a mobile installation in classrooms and in windows or onto walls assisting in structure fitted with locker, shower, audio-visual centers and heating the facility. and changing facilities and laboratories makes conventional An economizer system may be attached by a breezeway to an sockets and extension cords considered to be cost effective in air-supported structure. This unnecessary. The total floor is an energy conservation. The self-contained locker and electric circuit. Beneath the floor Economizer is analogous to a showering facility, with an air covering is a grid of electricity. whole house attic fan. This form of structure, could be moved from The equipment cord can be cooling is a very old method of one part of the community to pushed into any spot on the floor energy saving now being another and from one community to obtain electricity. revitalized and pressed into to another as the need arose. The More and more demand for service. A simple thermostat and portable service areas could also usable space may bring about the

Trends in Facility Design 215 231 use of elevated platforms for may encounter problems that community centers. activity areas in high ceiling cannot be foreseen until the Facilities for learning gymnasiums. 'The *dome may concept takes its physical form. outdoor recreation skills be controlled by air pressure or The solution is usually found and could be incorporated in hydraulics and consist of whole the concept perfected for future urban facilities, i.e., teaching stations such as a planners. climbing walls in the gymnastic area or weight area. gymnasium or outer walls The platforms would be suspended of the school building. at varying heights and be Computers An ice arena not used in completely movable when high Computers are a fact of life in the summer could be ceilings are necessary. Wasted modem building maintenance and planned for multi-use, such space would not be a problem; the may be used to reduce operational as an exhibition hall, new problem may be how to costs. Computers are used to convention center, riding employ all available space. control and monitor building ring, or rodeo arena. New security systems are being temperatures, water supplies, Synthetic ice on the rink employed in high risk areas to lighting, ventilation3 and swimming could provide year-round protect equipment and facilities. pool circulation and filtration skating. The use of internal electronic systems. Controls can be Public recreation planners security systems can detect any extended to include building could consider including a 'attempt to enter a protected area security and other aspects of restaurant, bar, and/or and relay the break-in to a central operation to save work hours and babysitting facilities in control panel in the school's reduce energy costs. recreation centers. The security area. The exact area of practice is popular in entry is visible on a central control Ideasfor' Mantling Facilities Europe and private clubs board within a second after entry. Following are some ideas for and may help in cost Entire buildings can be totally re ,Ovating existing buildings or for recovery; equipped with this internal system. planning new construction that Mini physical fitness Electronics also may be take into account current trends in corners in classrooms and employed in energy control. education and technology: corridors could be planned Electronic computer systems limit School districts and in elementary schools so peak electric demands, control municipalities forced to activity is not confined to temperature, program motors, lock close elementary schools the gymnasium alone. doors, and operate llipts. The because of falling Creative, adventure, and/or system can control doors in case enrollment should consider junk playgrounds could be of fire to seal off the fire area. converting the buildings to installed for children's Other electronic usage can be sports and recreational playgrounds in addition to found in scoreboards, lasers, and daily computerized schedule Figure 9.6 Wards in locker rooms. Carpeted boors and walls are used in gymnasium at Geneva Elementary School in Bell- Many other new products are ingham, Washington. adaptable for physical edL...,..ion-athletic facilities and designers of future complexes should investigate their uses. Many times it is difficult to convince architects and planners to try out new concepts, but the physical education specialist should be persistent in urging the investigation. This is a major challenge above and beyond the challenge of facility design itself. Specialists should keep abreast of new trends and have resource materials available to convince planners of the validity of these innovative ideas. It must be understood, however, that any new facility concept which is adopted

216 Trends in Facility Design 2j2 the traditional playground snowless ski hills since 1961. The unlocks a private locker. A locker equipment. ski mat consists of brush-like key is retained by the individual School districts or strips of PVC filaments held during activity. After activity the municipalities might together by stainless steel wire key opens the lock, the disc is consider stacking facilities and braces. returned, and it must be inserted placing a complete 3. Climbing Wails Common into discoperated machine to sports facility in a few in Europe, climbing walls are now allow participant to exit facility. locations and minimal being incorporated into the design 8. Facility Entry with facilities in the remainder of new facilities. Indoor and Identification Card Doors can of the district to reduce outdoor climbing walls have been be unlocked through the use of an costs while providing all developed to simulate many of the identification card system facilities in the district. conditions encountered in rock containing metal chips. Card Adoption of the metric climbing. (Figure 9-8) reading sensors can be system should be 4. Air Roof Continuous jets programmed to change entry incorporated in any new, of air meet to form a ceiling/roof to codes at regular intervals in the remodeled, or converted keep out the elements. The need day to permit entry at only facility to accommodate for covered or domed stadia would specified times by specific user official game requirements. be greatly reduced. groups or staff. Carpets of the new 5. Turntable Seating 9. Elevated Platforms for long-wearing fabrics could Spectator seating can now be Specific Activities A series of be installed in all areas constructed on a turntable platform platforms can now be raised to where the rug surface is to be rotated to various directions provide activity space with various compatible with use. The for viewing a variety of different ceiling height requirements. This carpet is less expensive in activities. enables ceiling of large facility to overall cost than floor tile. 6. Swinging or Convertible be used more effectively. Carpet on both walls and Changing Facilities Locker 10. Convertible Facilities floors in an elementary rooms and team rooms are now Through modern technology gymnasium has become a being designed for facilities can now be converted reality. (Figure 9-6) interchangeable use by males and very quickly. Pool floors can now Listed below are 40 of the latest females. These same rooms can be raised out of the water and a developments expected to affect also be expanded into large dance activity can take place. facility planning recently cited by change areas by removing Most modem stadia or arenas can Flellemare: temporary wails. convert very quickly through 1. Synthetic Ice Many 7. Automated Facility Entry mechanical means without the companies are now producing In Europe a participant can necessity of employing large synthetic or "plastic" ice. It has enter a facility by inserting money numbers of workers. not been widely used in traditional into a vending type of machine; 11. Convertible Roofs In skating and hockey facilities. the revolving gate is unlocked to France a campaign was developed (Figure 9-7) allow one person to enter. The to create new pools throughout the 2. Snowless Ski Hills 4- participant receives a disc which country. Two award-winning Dendix Perma-Snow has produced becomes the implement that convertible pool designs became Figure 9-7 Figure 9-8 All-time hockey great Phil Esposito shares his expert stickman- Small games roam with a climbing wall ship with sane youngsters during a synthetic ice demonstration at Madison Square Garden. * ' +.1

sio t-

Trends in Facility Design 217 233 the prototype for pools throughout court can be operated Without staff Through use of an air compressor, the country. In all cases the facility employing "coin-operated vending air bubbles are released through roof was convertible to allow the machine" principle. the pool floor to create a form of indoor pool to become an outdoor 20. Complete Glees Racquet water-air cushion. Pool. Facilities Three- and four-sided 28. Changing Water Density 12. Portable, Removable glass racquet facilities are now Although the process has not been Floors Modem stadia and available on the market. The perfected scientists are altering arenas are now equipped with employment of multi-wall glass has water density to allow people to be removable wooden sport floors, greatly assisted squash and more buoyant in the water. rolls of synthetic grass, or racquetball to become popular 29. Hydraulic Diving Towers removable sport carpeting to spectator sports. Diving board heights can now increase flexibility of use of floor. 21. Tissue Paper Game Lines be changed through use of 13. Roof Top Facilities Ice arena lines can now be hydraulic diving towers. Since the first tennis court was created without the need for the 30. Movable Bulkheads One placed on a roof, great strides messy process of painting lines. or more movable bulkheads have have been made in the Tissue paper lines and other been constructed in pools to development of roof top sport and markings are fixed in place on the create a multi-pool concept in a recreation facilities. Parks and ice and coated With water. Line single tank. Bulkheads can be recreation spaces are now being colors are sharp and rich in stored against an end wall or lifted planned for the roof tops of appearance. out of the water by mechanical complete city blocks. 22. Jet Ice Great savings in means to create an official 14. Community Under the energy costs can now be made distance 50 meter racing pool. Bubble With the development through the use of a new process 31. Spectacular Water Slides of large clear span, air-Inflated titled "Jet Ice." Demineralized hot High; long and imaginative facilities, plans are now under way water is used to create ice in an slides have been developed to to cover complete communities, energy-efficient manner. create a total aquatic playground. including shopping centers, sports 23. Expandable Ice Surfaces In many areas the revenue facilities, and parking lots under Ice surfaces can now be potential has encouraged their one roof. expanded from the standard NHL development in new as well as 15. Mobile Locker Rooms size to international hockey existing centers. At various intervals locker space standards. In addition, it is not 32. Wave Pools The beach requirements can vary. By unusual to see double, triple and is now simulated in a pool. provi&ng mobile locker rooms the even quadruple ice surfaces under Outdoor and indoor wave pools need for additional changing areas one roof. have been perfected to allow can be met. 24. Quick Make and Break ice people hours of enjoyment in an 16. Movable Bleachers Moved A process to remove ice quickly imaginative aquatic setting. on Air Movable folding and to replace it in a shorter 33. Underwater Floor and bleachers which can double as period of time is now being used Ceiling Pacing Lights Pacing divider walls can now be easily in many major arenas. lights for competitive swimmers moved by one person. Through 25. ice Mats A system of are being used in training sessions the use of a machine attached flexible mats embedded with at the Sporthochschule in with an air-hose the bleachers are tubes, joined to a compressor, can Cologne, West Germany. lifted and moved on a film of ail create a portable or removable ice 34. Surface-Mounted Diving 17. Illuminated Game Lines surface. Size of the ice surface is Tanks Large European Leisure Selecting appropriate game lines determined by number of mats Centers are constructing diving in the maze of floor markings can employed. This system allows for tanks with viewing windows now easily be done. By flipping a temporary ice surfaces and is mounted on the deck of the pool. switch game lines are illuminated removable. This eliminates need for deep and activated to aid participants 26. Movable Pool Floors excavation and it creates a tiered and officials. Different people require water at effect in today's pools. 18. Folding Racquet Courts different depths in pools. Movable 35. Pool Covers In both Squash, handball, and racquetball pool floors have been developed outdoor and indoor pools, covers can now be played in a large open to create variable pool depths for are being employed to cut down gymnasium. The court walls can various user groups and for evaporation and heat loss. unfold to form a regulation court or different activities. 36. Changeable Tumboards they can be folded away against a 27. Bubble Machine Air The State University of New York wall. filled, bubbly water can now be at Binghamton now allows 19. Coln-Operated Racquet created to assist the novice diver swimmers the option of a visible Facilities A regulation size to land safely in the water. wall above water in the deck level

218 Trends in Facility Design pool. A movable tumboard panel been retrofitted with these more free standing gymnastics allows swimmer the option even in energy-efficient lights. equipment and surface mounted the middle of a relay. 39. Spa Equipment- Many badminton standards are some 37. Demand Control Systems sport facilities now incorporate examples of the trend towards the in Sport Facilities- An solariums, saunas, hot tubs, and flexible design of sport facilities. energy-saving device can now be swirl pools. These have been used Trends In planning facilities for installed to redirect energy extensively in hotels and health athletics, physical education, and requirements in a facility by clubs and are now being recreation are influenced by the turning off specific high energy incorporated into new municipal participants and programs, by equipment. This prevents all high and university sport facilities. legal requirements and legislation, energy items from coming on at 40. Movable, Coliapsibk, by technical innovations, and by the same time, thus reducing peak Equipment and Apparatus- social and economic factors within energy demand. With the advent of new the agency. Facility planners 38. Energy-Efficient Lighting air-inflatable facilities and other should carefully assess the current -- Incandescent and fluorescent large clear span structures, trends in order to provide lights are now. being replaced by equipment and apparatus have functional facilities for present as High Intensity Discharge lights. undergone many changes. well as future use. Many older facilities have now Hydraulic basketball backboards,

SELECTED REFERENCES

Betternare, H.K. "A Look at What's Ahead in Flynn,. Richard 8.. ed. "Maximizing Use of "Planning the Educational Environment," (Dr. Sports Facilities and Components." Facilities." JOPERO Journal 49 (October James Croackarers report on suggestions Athletic Purchasing and Faceless 7 (Oc- 1978): 25-33. for educational planners: "Seventeen Ways tober 1983): 20, 22-24. Flynn, Richard B., ed. "Planning Facilities." to Build in an Energy-Scarce Future." &wilds, R., Adnot, J., and Iris. P. "Solar JOPERU Journal 54 (June 1983): 19-38. Ctuidee, Bullock and Lawyer.) Nation's Heating and Seasonal Heat Storage in Flynn, Richard B., ed. "Timely Topics in Schools (July 1974). Aquifers." Premiering@ in the Subsurface Facility Planning." Journal of Physical Schaetzle, W.J., Brett, C.E., and Grubbs, D.M. Heat Storage - in Theory and Practice Education and Recreation 51 (June 1980): "Annual Thermal Energy Storage in Conference (June 1983): 730-738. 25-37. Groundwater Aquifers." Proceedings in Stockholm. Sweden: Spangbergs Flynn, Richard B., ed. "What's Happening In the Solar Energy Storage Options Con- Trychkerier AB. (ISBN 91-540-3907-X). Facilities," a series of articles in Journal femme (March 1979): 183-192. San An- Boycheff, Kooman. "Trends in Planning of of Physical Education and Recreation 49 tonio, TX: National Technical Information Rec-Sports Facilities." MRSA 1 (1977). (June 1978): 33-48. Service, U.S. Department of Commerce, Broom. Eric F. and Olenick, Norman F. A Hammitt, Sally A. and Hammitt. William E. Springfield, VA 22161 (CONF-790328-PI). Report - Study Tour of Sports and "Campus Recreation Users: Their Prefer- Si:haetzie, W.J., Brett, C.E., and Richey, L.H. Recreation Faceless in Europe. Victoria. ences and Administrative Priorities." Jour- "Experience with Two 'Free Cooling' 8.C.: K.M. McDonald, Queens Printer, nal of Physical Education and Recreation Systems Using Aquifer Thermal Energy August 1974, 51 (April 1980): 38-39. Storage." Proceedings In the Subsurface Crompton, John L. "Formulating New Direc- "Metal Building Systems Fit to be Tied," Na- Heat Storage - Theory and Practice tions with Strategic Marketing Planning." tion's Schools (July 1974). Conference (June 1983): 823-825. Parks and Recreation 18 (July 1983) Michelson. J.L. "Solar Heating and Nature Stockholm,Sweden:Spangbergs, 58-63. 66. Cooling of Residences." Proceedings In Trychkerier AB. (ISBN 91-540-3907-X). Davis, Bob A. "Partners in Progress: A the international Solar Energy Society Smith, G.C., Wiles, C.E., and Loscutoff. Responsible Approach." Council of (May 1979): 343. Newark, DE: American Numerical Analysis of Temper tore and Educational Facility Planners Journal 21 Section of the International Solar Energy now Effects in a Dry One-Dimensional (January-February 1983): 19-20. Society Publishing Office. Aquifer Used for Compressed Air Ebeling, L., Tostengard, S., ReddeD.L.. Har- Minor, J.E. "Seasonal Thermal Energy Storage. Richland, WA: U.S. Department ris, W.B.. and Davidson, R.R. "The Effects Storage Program." Transactions of the of Energy, Pacific Northwest Laboratory, (E of System Size on the Practicality of Aquifer American Mockler Society 34 (June 1980): 1.28: PNL-2546). Storage." Proceedings in the Interna- 13-16. tional Solar Energy Society (1979): 441. Morofsky, E., and Mirza, C. "Overview of Newark, DE: American Section of the In- Canadian Aquifer Thermal Energy Storage ternational Solar Energy Society Publishing Field Trials." Proceedings in the Subsur- Office. face Heal Storage - In Theory and Prac- Ezersity, Eugene M. and Theibert, P. Richard. tice Conference (June 1983): 221-230. Fealties in Sports and Physical Educe- Stockholm,Sweden:Spangbergs, edit St. Louis: The C.V. Mosby Co., 1976. Trychkerier AB. (ISBN 91-540-3907-X). Fitness Trails. Ottawa: The Minister of Na- Penman, Kenneth. Planning Physical Educe- tional Health and Welfare, Fitness and tion and Athletic Facilities in Schools. Amateur Sport Branch, 1975. New York: John Wiley and Sons. 1977. Flynn. Richard B.. ed. "Focus on Community- Pettine, Alvin M. and Nettleton, John D. "No Recreation Facilities," a series of articles Money for New Construction." Journal of in Journal of Physical Education and Physical Education and Recreation 51 Recreation 48 (October 1977): 33-46. (June 1980): 26-27.

Trends in Facility- Design 219 235 Appendix A State Requirements for School Construction1981

CONAIITTES SCHOOL ON ARCRITSCUIRI FUNDING SIZE & RATIO REQUIREMENTS FOR EDUCATION (per cent)REQ.'S

it SITE BULDING ROOM State ts REO.'S (1)AREA RE0.3 SITE REOUIREMENTS (3) «, Requirenwmts IC 0 E. Surve y 3 ze, . ..., _, 0

% ! I g4 !g C4 X 1E1 g .4 r§ 4 FOR/MEN 4 -e IN a0 u 4 F. 4(4 4 h. im III ; Piii;s; ;; CONSTRUCTION 0a rr4 IN 04aX 11,0 W IN O.. : FM X 5, A 0 40 it0 r) itii ell f OM ft X 6 I?) ALABAMA 47 12111111CIE::561:1111:1MIMS»91::211:22111 ALASKA CZIECIMCI:el=1111112121:1211 NMI ARIZONA 111 3©i ELM :111111111111111111111111 ARKANSAS lee 1:1131112CIE:: ft.we21111:1111111111111111111.1111111 CAUFMNIA 1111111111111:11:1:11111:111Tei131101E1111111.11111111111 COLORADO COMICCICCIC:=3121111:1111111111111111111111 CONNECTICUT :IIICIINICEICZEI:;?MEG15153: te4:SENO= DELAWARE 1111111MIX:nbc ICSCISalMI 11:111111:111111111111111111111 FLORIDA CI49 4 2 yes No Tis...pm ESEIEI:xI:ILIECIZEI GEORGIA II7' 11111:1111:11:111:1131:1211111 ' 730 6-1 1111211EFtE HAWAII re. °CMSEMI!I:/72: ECM !IN MS=ES11111113 IDAHO CCM131:1012:11:11:12 4.4$5°CCE11111111111111111 40 ;0 ILLINOIS 00 79 0 0V"1:11:11:11=1:12122:111111111111111111111 0 NDIANA lo o 0 No : To o GI i it

1 ISO 0 0 0 No 1 Vas , IOWA lac , 100 1104 904 , .....

KANSAS 90 01 0 10 No Not,.. t . ie.BE 15. 1s t KENTUCKY 20 9.50.sINS! 4" 5bI°.lob211111111111212111111122113111111111 LOUISIANA =°mum. immunionn MAINE 11.1111:115,111:13I"".v"4 14: : 'PIMa11111=MCECO111 MARYLAND 111111111111113131111501512139011111211NION1111MIMI MASSACHUSETTSNE T"Y"Tbbcocommas:Imummermanimm MICHIGAN :111111111211130"b1151761 127/: v"9116D 941° 91411154aElegE MIWES°TA 11111111011111111E111112111111111111111MITEMBE MISSISSIPPI N. "11:1311Ta° r"" iOEMMI1 I I 1IIS:11=1:11111111111111111: MISSOURI OM Na illERECI21111111E11111111111111111 AffiltlintMll LOC - LOCAL IllSorgNalIN ACRES (S) TOTAL114101190AREA DAMP WONIITUOINIT RIC -AEC AM a.Alamonontof au*TOONNOsale orscSOO COUNTx INX41111FUT ALUMANCEI AEO -NEONNED Ir.sb sowI s Ato AwNKR900shoesAls s. NorwooNNENNW-OMEN CANN0 momIVO sfammo VAN - VARIES C.- Noy*NWAN*softIWOMOM smIRIELEIRELimMIRIAMIREPAPOlosibueShoe PREPARED BY: Committee on Architecture for Education. DISTRIBUTED BY: Council on Educational Facility Planners, International

Appendix A 2 BUILDING DESIGN REOUMEMENTS CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS

Fve t.. -TEACHER SPECIAL TESTING - 1.- GOVERNING CODES SPECIAL. REQUIREMENTS RATIO REQUIREMENTS o ---a Z a. IN .0 1 a. ...0 I ..i -I I 110 0 dc Z 614 W la 6- IC i f 0 ,-0 ott000 a .04 1,- co- 10 0 0 1 - . 0 I & i0fr° 000 0 r-..r z ,.. ., Z ...; 0 a ' -' p- 0uo z 0 as 0 , 1 0., ta 0 a r... I.z OZ0 :40 aro 46, Z to ! r- Na ...t i., I- 0 x u 4 I° Z 411C 11C VI W IC F., rz w. 0100 zX31....IIIEF. wi x U0 404 1 V CC 60 M CO CC 64 1- 2 I <1OZ9Z.Y 0$1.04cr-C3*.. al as , 2 0 -I0 ,a i °if 2 ec c, 0 mi z2 IAA 4-0 w I 0 "-CI - , 0_- :20,p--40*...<22L.& t4 4 z iti Z 4 Xec z - i Z , , WO 3X 3etZ 0 2*-CY LYONL et W Hz ...3 0 1- .4 0 P- a su "s I X izi3036ZO0colago.11(,)-JZ 14! X 163 Ia. CO 5 Oa. 0COW 0 10 in 41, CO coCOLY

24 Yes 30 I No Yes 28. Yes 0 no Loc

No Yes 0 NO No , .. No Vey ___c__---.. LOC i i 1---t-- " Yes 15 p xi No Yes 0 000ye. 000 1 No I NO . Yes 25O Vey Y 0 VW0000 00Yes Vey _... 4 204. 140 160

:9 1 Yes 0 Ye.0000 Yds Yes 00 00 0 0Yet 6.. leer..peer..- ---..- 4 -I i -4--

1 ' none Vey Yes 01' V"0000 0 00 NO No s.----4 4-4 ---.1.---,---t .--t -4- v. 26 » isNo Yey 0 0VO01 000 0 0 1 Ilo nAlJ Yes

' es 30 30 30 No Yes No 0 0Ve 00 Veo 1 -4.- -4. ----- Yt1 24 25 25 No Yes 00 Ye* 0000 O YesYes1 00 Ye, 4 0 '1 0 0 0 yes 26 37 37 No Yes 0 00 Yes 0 No nal i Yes .4 i.....,....,_

Yes 15 25 1 25No ear 1 rI 0 000 Yes 0 0 I YesYes N., 0 I VC t t .4- _..47...... L...... 4...... i.

e 1 No Yes

,-- - ..4-,

23 1 .Yes S ; 15 40 Yes 0 Vey 0 1 00 Yes 30 IIIMINIEM11111 nvu No Yes O O 0res 0 ' 0 0 No - WCcriceeie----q---let 1 1...j- 4 .. . 4 t

25 1 Yes 28 30 35 No Yes 0 0 VW .0 0 00 Vey e--Pelrcodecrilte,1- ..... iSiS 4- I 4-- .4.-_4.--.1 -1.-..-.-.../...- i Nei tenet Yes I No be n,tn subject 0 0 0 1 none,

4 1 Yes No Yes S V 0 ' 0 0 Yet; 0100 OC C No i-Peif UK criteria.- - .. No 4-- Ver,e$ t ,-- Yes tft Subject No V" ' 0III0 V 0 0 ! 0 0 No none! YeS

Yes 21 Woesno Yet 0 Yes 0 I NO neon* No 10 1 ,

4-- . ti t . t -- No Yes 1 0 Yes 0 010 010.0101 NO navel --4 rectei red by AVE Ins 1 . -4----- N-- ..- Yes ...notflitefl-NO Yes 7,.4 0 vs% 0 1 0 Noes. SJ Yes 4- T .0.4 No Yes 00 0eg, 1 00 1 0 000 YesYes 0, No

No Yes I 0 O Vas 1 000 00.0.0 , i I1 t.. )l 1

(31ROOM ear NAM WON ALLOW/1 11LE Lailli (41 STATE CONSIALCTION DOCUMENTS REVIEW a rowan be/ ofogribac a abalone cart a. bafflers GSM'

milt Aro floarorfigwelord mIlimase and IWpN,sm. allow

Appendix A 221 237 BEST COPY AVAILABLE Nun' COPY%MURIA

COMMITTEE SCHOOLFLAEARLY ups ANCIIMICTVINE SIZE & RATIO REQUIREMENTS 9011 EDUCATION (per cent) REQ.'S

SITE 1it SULAM ROOM . State 0 SIZEREQ'S (1)AREARE0.3 SZE REQUIREMENTS (3) V Requirements i MO NI NA .4 ..i i X S 0 C4 0 Surve y .-- 1 i0 0 2 IX I i rg 1 n 4 4 4 4 g. ro au 4 .J .4 I- I&& Z X illt0a EC C FON NEN 4 RP 0 X x -0 III IC IX V. 4 II- iii tk, ggi-4a tj CONSTRUCTION r 1 I 1 z y3 9- 4 IN 8g2f 11 w 2 ,. It - 12 ../ 10 ta. 0 11 4 eu ili I1 a XI-V MONTANA 95 * 5 0No No TeoRoo Sa 10oRos 15a15a15ANN

NEBRASKA 100 0 0 0No No TooRoc 106te. _ .., , 4._ . too a 0 NEVADA 0N. No Nolac-1"161 Has.---.------I

N. N. 10 )1' 0 ° U.144 56106 1%10s Has100EN 30o500 100750500 1So1000 NEW HAMPSHIRE 7055 120

0020 0 0Tao 102100 NEW JERSEY TaoTeolac 106206100Esc 16; 125 155 111so219269 t,a sits".:17 1521250"1 160 NEW MEXICO y...No Teo1144 56206106 Toy NoPe r«90010.EN 15a To _ 20o NNW NEW YORK 0000 0 20104TooTaoNIS 16 106110Tao al710norfa Ins 001 UN170

Nam emouNA 7010 9 0 No No HasRoc 106106)00Nome

750HA450 los NORTH DAKOTA so 0 oN. Totbc 56 56 100 11.0 U.naI Elm no " 10.27a 500010900 15011.1600 120

OHIO 95 5 0 0HasTeaVas 15a 12.12. lee $06 156250Has 3To2% Tao21.VSPo 3111 I i 241. --JI&ANN OKLAHOMA 90 0 0 5No No Tab mama nom ....-----.- ..- OREGON 100 0 0 0No No No nom. nom. PENNSYLVANIA

i 25o25210 10. RHODE ISLAND 7010 0 0Tog Yes TooNot106206soo r« 60a%aW.MP ..._ aboMaIfs We TSNW60.40a t- _ --/- -, .....SOUTH CAROLINA...... 7019 2 0No No 11 Ilobnoiloovo SOUTH DAKOTA 100 0 o oNo Too TaoLip56 Tb 126Vas Yes150 .---

loo 0 0 0No No vasReg 46 40 TENNESSEE ftN. 25o22,,Has160760660 100, 24° 00 .._ MOO

TEXAS 99 0 1 0Ito Na Yes LK106NibI% -_- 115 140 UTAH em 12 1 0Too No toonoglobjobbobyog 125 166 -1 70)0 0 0Tos No TatNat100206 VERMONT 200Tr/ 200 No10130)0810.500 MsSO.50.Nsno Ta15a

100 0 0 TO VIRGINIA 0No No TeoNei46 100106 . sis6%610

2020 10 0Yes N. 56106106 WASHINGTON 9090 11. Too 10 120

1062,6406 4244 I6 0TooToo Tao Aix WEST VIRGINIA 156136S26

Na N0 T.. Roc106216Mb «WIIlk 208 .15a 506 100 160 WISCONSIN _---- Ns X*IfsI°. I* WYOMING 90 10 0 0No No Too 11C106ISO 256 aleetngee KM LOC - LOCAL (1) WE MI%*am IS/ TOTAL 101116014111AIWA1646110WONMOM NEC - 1EC04474260 a. Oa oat am fee soca 400.600440 ovaPO CIOUNT X 100144012IOWA11,0411211021 KO -REQUiPEO 06. two we No .026 NO0.4640 600 1111001011OOP- 06.0641onoa wowWIianaisaa VAN -vAI4E0 a. 000Iwo *ow No000 900alfoOmso as* Ow 100410alaussa .411061al616.4404asuraelp

222 2' Appendix A 0 0 0 0 0 MUM= 111r77 111 0 0 000MO001112 07 I 0 0 0MI OWICMC-- 0 0 II MEM= .1 0 000MEMO0 MO 00 0 00 :MS 2 0 0 000 . . . OM000 00 0 111":01111 0 0 0 00 00 its 20 25 25 00 0000 =NW 3 0 00 000 0MOM II0 0 M 0 0 0 00MICOMmilml 0 0 00 01110 0 0 11--MMOMM'IM 0 000 0 113: 1122 =COMM II yes 30 XI 0 111- IM- 0 MO'0 - mmummg=-137- Om omolei :MOO II MOM, 0.-ft-- MOM NAM* 7 --110:120 °I" M 1100111 M0021110we. ilm soomm 00 0.220.... MOM= IMMOMOM 1112:11 A BUILDING SERVICE CHECKLIST Appendix B Developed by David Griner Dept. of University Recreation and Intramural Sports, Ohio Stale University

Programmed custodial and mainNnance services are extremely im- behind furniture and dust walls portant to the oilcloth, economical, and efficient operation of a facility for Vacuum carpeted arms. Spot clean spills as soon as possible athletics, physical education, end recreation. The following list is a Clean reference point for developing your own plan. Items may be added or In pest upholstered furniture. Vacuum fabric on upholstered deleted where necessary. Each facility manager must select the frequency furniture services for his facility based on several factors such as size, type of Spot wash vinyl and shampoo fabric as needed activity, number of participants and spectators, surface materials, hours Damp mop vinyl furniture of operation, etc. Clean classroom chairs and tables Based on your needs, plan the frequency rate on the blank provided. Damp mop all classroom/lab floors Twice Daily Monthly Clean and polish office desks and wood furniture Daily Bi-Monthly A thorough and compl*,vertical and horizontal dusting of Three Times a Week Ckorterly the following areas: Two Times a Week Semi-Annually furniture, file cabinets, desks, ledges, and sills, railings, par- Weekly Annul* titions, picture frames. etc. Si-Weekly As Required Clean paneling Clean tables and chairs in conference rooms GYMNASIUMS, MULTI-PURPOSE AND CONDITIONING ROOMS Damp mop lobby and first floor corridors per request of Dry mop, sweep all gymnasiums and all activity areas and building coordinator their adjacent rooms, corridors, lobbies, stakways and courts Water and sponge clean all lab/classroom/conference room .... Apply bedar san type sealer to all wood floors after each mop- chalkboards and trays ping. Remove all scuffmarks Vacuum and clean erasers. Restock chalk trays with chalk Synthetic Gym nOOIS and erasers AN chalkboards with DO NOT ERASE leave until cleaning is Dust mop requested Wet mop Scrub Strip and re-coat (2 coats) GENERAL. Empty and damp wipe all ashtrays Wood Gym Floors and Handball Courts Custodial employees shall not admit anyone into the building Dust mop except property identified recreation or department of safety Damp mop personnel Strip and re-coat (2 coats) Check all entrances prior to leaving to see that building is secure. This includes closing and securing windows and in- Conditioning Rooms terior doors Alert University Poiice by telephone of illegal entry, flood, found Vacuum carpet items, or emergency Dust mop tile floor Immediately report all fires by telephone Damp mop tile floor Interior doors may be unlocked only in the areas of active work Strip and refinish tile floor perfomiance Clean bleacher areas completely, including washing seats, Do not unlock all interior doors at the beginning of a shift cleaning floors, sealing floors Empty waste and sanitary receptacles. Remove soft and hard Mats Damp mop and disinfect trash to assigned areas Custodial personnel willberesponsible for policing the area POOLS around the dumpster Clean and sanitize pool deck, showers, steam room, and cor- Plastic liners for waste receptacles willbereplaced as needed ridors between these areas Soap and water clean all waste receptacles in the building Report 3ny items requiring repair, i.e.. lights, latches, doors, Pool Decks windows, etc. Note safety items Scrub with tergiquat solution (2 oz. per gallon) Wash interior glass and sibs of exterior windows Pick up with wet/dry vacuum AM lights must be turned off except in the areas of active work Rinse with clear water perlomiance Pick up with wet/dry vacuum Do not turn on large areas of lights at the beginning of a shift Clean out drains or during a shift Turn off lights except night lights after completing services PoolBottom Spot wash waifs, interior doors and frames Sweep Dust mop/sweep concrete floors Damp mop concrete floors RESTROOMS, SHOWER ROOMS, LOCKER ROOMS Seal concrete floors Clean, sanitize, service and restock restrooms, using an ap- Duet coat racks, radiators, window ledges, doors, furniture, proved germicidal cleaner to disinfect lavatories, commodes, and lockers urinals, partitions, fixtures, mirrors, towel and soap dispensers Cleansupply and exhaust vents and grills Damp mop floors using clean, water and a germicidal Damp mop floor areas in all stairwells disii,fectant Wash all handrails and dust risers Dann. mop restroom floors Thoroughlycleanstairways (including dust mopping steps, Fill dram traps with water landings. dusting nib, risers, and removing spillage with damp Sanitize urinals mop) Sanitize r 3stroom partitions Dust mop non-athletic wood floors. Strip and rewax. Sanitize commodes Clean and sanitize water fountain. Polish stainless steel. Provide tissue paper as needed Exterminate (particularly pool filter) rooms, locker rooms. Sanitize sinks Clean all light fixtures, vents, grills (both supply and exhaust), Provide hand soap and paper towels ceilings, and walls. Clean and buff tile floors Dust mop resilient tile and terrazzo floor surfaces. Spray buff. Vacuum tracks and remove prints and smudges from doors OFFICES, CLASSROOMS, CONFERENCE ROOMS and wail areas in elevators. Durt mop and spot mop. Do general housecleaning, including cleaning under and Sweep and/or dust mop all unoccupied areas 224 Appendix B Appendix C Security and Safetti. Planning Checklist DwW

This topical checklist Is intended as a program planning aid for athletic administrators. It is a telescoping checklist for security/safety from day -today operation of athletic/recreation facilities up to major athletic events.

1. General Information 8. Emergency Medical Services Day First aid training Date First aid treatment Tins First aid stations Facility Coordination with area hospitals Anticipated number of spectators Medical evaksation Spectator profile Reporting procedures Associated events Evaluation of accidents Other scheduled events within same time frame P'reventions of accidents Event history Special accidents; situations

2. Traffic Patterns (Auto, Bus, Pedestrian) 9. Communication Geographic service area Command post Parking lot On -site coordination Wrecker lot intra-agency coordination Entry channeling Communication to key personnel Personnel notification/racial 3. Personnel Protection Media relations VIP's Written plan, "panic" file Athletes Game officials 10. Inclement Weather Teams/athletes from foreign countries Tornado warning or watch procedures Seating, routes, vehicle requirements Thunderstorm warning or watch procedures Winter storm warning or watch procedures 4. Crowd control Travelers' advisory procedures On field/court intrusion Altercations in spectator areas 11. Crime Resistance Intoxicated persons High visibility Emergency evacuation of spectator areas Adequate signage Demonstrators and pickets Violations of site, local, and state reguls'ions Sportsmanship programs Vandalism Personal property 5. Facility Security Facility property Access to facility Dressing/shower areas Facility integrity Women's areas Key control Training programs Unauthorized entry into facility Identification procedures 12. Special Security Closing security at end of event Hostage situations Gate /door (entra..ce/exit) security Terrorist group activity Seating assignments (Ohio's new Public Financial transactions Assembly Law) Liaison between agencies Power outages Videotape systems Perimeter versus interior security Concessions Ticket sales 6. Information Novelty sales Lost and found Ticket scalpers Facility information Illegal vendors Travelers' aid and information Response to specific threats PA announcements and procedures Lost persons 13. Facility Inspection Facility and equipment repair 7. Fire Safety Preventive maintenance requirements Reporting Potential accident situations Alarm systems Safety standards/regulations Liaison to servicing to fire agencies On-site equipment Mutual aid systems Prepared by David H. Griner, Department of University Recreation and Intramural Sports, Bomb threat searches and evacuation Ohio State University Hazardous material Smoking restrictions/enforcement Exit routes/signage From JOPERD June 1983 225 Appendix C 241 Appendix DWater Polo: Field of Play play on the side of the pool opposite the scoring table. Measurements for the two-yard (2.0m) fine and four-yard (4.0m) line are to be taken from the front edge of the goal, NI FT FT I line, including the marker. It is recommended that all raised Pawl 161 PM' 11 I markets be flush with the edge of the pool. As uniform colors, GOAL LINE the foliowing are recommended for these markings: goal lines and half distance line white; two-yard (2.0m) line red; four-yard (4.0m) line yellow; ejection area red. 2-YARD (2 Omj LINE Penafty Throw Zone (Sir*. Zone) SECTION 3. The boundaries of the penalty throw (strike) 4YARD (4 Omj LINE zone extend along the four-yard (4.0m) line a distance of 22 feet (6.6m),11 feet (3.3m) in each direction from b midpoint, and thence in a iliagonal line from each end of the 22-foot (6.6m) boundary to each goal post. There shall be penalty MAXIMUM WIDTH, 66 FT [MI throw zone markers six feet (1.6m) from each side of the pool MINIMUM WIDTH, 45 FT f13mj (22 feet [6.6mj apart) to denote the outside limits of the penalty throw zone at the four-yard (4.0m) line. (See Fig. 1-1.) It is recommended that yellow be used for these markers. HALFWAY LINE Space For Officials SECTION 4. Sufficient space must be provided to enable the referees to have free way from end to end of the field of play.

MINIMUM DEPTH OF WATER Space must also be provided at the goal lines for the goal FM CHAMPIONSHIPS, 6h FT (2 Omj judges. GOALS

4 -YARD j40m1 LAM Dimensions SECTION 5. The goal posts and crossbar shall have a flat

2YARD 12 Omj surface three inches (.075m) wide and be of rigid material, such as wood or metal, with the face of the goal frame IMPOsItAl 061ANC1 t GOIll Of painted traffic yellow, orange or white. The goal frame must toItAttt GOAL. Litt T T, 0110 Moll be fixed rigid and perpendicular to the surface of the water on the goal line, an even dostalce from each side of the field

6FT I LOFT 1 OFT! of play. 11 emi I 13 Oml 111 frol Itq The goal posts must be 10 feet (3.0m) apart, and the crossbar must be three feet (.90m) above the water when the water is five feet (1.5m) or more in depth. When the water Dimensions is less than five feet (1.5m) deep, the crossbar must be eight SECTION 1. The uniform distance between the goal linesfeet (2.4m) from the floor of the playing space, all must not exceed 100 feet (30m) nor be less than 75 feet measurements taken from the inside edges of the goal frame. (25m); the uniform width must not exceed 66 feet (20m)nor For floating goals, the goal lines should be attached one be less than 45 feet (13m). The minimum depth of thewaterball width from the front of the goal. shall be 61/2 feet (2.0m). While pools built prior to 1976 are exceptions to theArtificial Stancfing Place foregoing standards, championship events should becon- SECTION 6. Should any artificial standing or resting place ducted in only those facilities that meet the maximumexist (other than the floor of the pool) for the goalkeeper, it standards. must be removed, or the goal posts moved to prevent its use. It is the responsibility of the host institution to provide a field of play that meets as closely as possible the maximum Backing measurements for length and width and the minimum depth SECTION 7. Canvas backing must be loosely attached to given in the above standards. the goal fixtures to enclose the back and sides of the goal space in front of all supports. Floating posts shall have net Pool Markings hacking attached. SECTION 2. There mat be distinctive markerson both sides The goal space must be a minimum of 18 inches of hte field of play to denote the goal line, two-yard (2.0m) (45.72cm) deep without any obstruction. line, four-yard (4.0m) line, half distance betweksn thegoal lines and the ejection area on the goal lineor ends of the NCAA Approved Water Polo Layout field of play two yards (2.0m) from thecorner of the field of (from 1984 NCAA Water Polo Rules Book)

226 Appendix D Appendix E

Status of Athletic Related Facilities at NCAA Member Institutions

r 101142-434 Ma Om INI47-577 Ii1I IR 1-72-063 AntlIslas 11116-71-7Vlellaiseg 111111 12-713 bsalims IN142 lank! Niskr lirlw air NM* lesiW Noliper War limier Ilitielet 'Mr Wool tr 144Mpless 10441 Imaildinis Oft loOdisio 1101 Maim IA* koillkdisis 114014 CIPIEMOSIO Cavalraas

MOON

Archery Ranges 118 204 164 378 138 178 149 281 145 199 3 2 Basketball Courts 526 1.525 573 1.835 575 1.928 642 2.964 677 2.855 126 64 Bowling Lanes 209 1.358 232 1.723 218 1.595 201 1.564 212 1.670 Gott Driving Ranges 290 493 172 311 139 184 113 207 97 181 22 2 Gymnasiums-Field Houses 459 826 573 1.045 542 790 589 965 604 1.022 34 102 Handball Cowls 268 965 269 1.457 372 1,485 374 1,473 442 2,760 204 109 Ice Rinks 45 46 43 43 72 83 85 110 97 109 3 2 Rifle Ranges 216 259 209 232 185 218 153 193 187 192 2 2 Roller Rinks 5 5 12 12 5 5 12 12 16 14 2 Running Tracks 237 261 227 258 208 208_ 234 266 321 370 19 7 Swimming Pools 306 367 383 480 444 561 477 632 572 753 24 5 Tennis Courts 303 1,212 242 1.376 201 601 233 889 271 1.131 55 15 Wrestling Rooms 325 390 394 429 440 442 433 466 451 468 19 9

BROOM Archery Ranges 264 475 298 551 272 389 235 410 204 250 3 2 Baseball Diamonds 497 696 482 634 295 943 561 689 580 663 17 12 Basketball Courts 174 435 253 755 529 653 326 1.160 311 1,169 9 7 Camping Areas 59 71 80 104 68 73 79 122 57 93 Football Practice Fields 410 902 432 942 459 1.072 470 1.079 542 1,262 16 3

Football Stadiums 389 389 361 366 412 412 419 422 473 473 5 5 Gott Courses 118 130 102 116 117 120 121 128 131 150 Gott Driving Ranges 98 127 143 197 143 151 134 141 133 136 3 2 Golf Greens 1/4. 63 220 92 315 116 599 108 588 109 687 10 Ice Rinks 59 61 52 54 50 63 37 41 17 48

Lakes 82 98 100 186 86 100 99 167 97 145 Play Areas 434 1,271 247 782 208 690 233 741 250 960 2 7 Ski Slides 32 37 29 30 40 44 69 79 38 54 Soccer Fields 322 560 406 597 465 744 517 789 589 1.119 35 14 Softball Diamonds 451 1,849 452 1.912 428 1,867 471 2.001 523 1,824 19 21

Swimming Pools 87 122 139 214 118 142 133 224 164 250 2 Tennis Courts 510 4,845 508 4.682 583 5.737 640 7,799 677 7,974 83 88 Tracks 386 417 390 411 474 474 466 507 532 584 31 5 Trapshooting 4 4 16 16 19 19 30 30 19 26

FROM: The Sports & Recreational Programs of the Natioanl Universities & Colleges The National Collegiate Mitotic Association. Report No. Six 243 244 228 YMCA. Trade Police Junior Junior High Girls 4.H Boys Boys Boy Babble Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Women's Veterans Private Future Church Chantber Armed Amateur Alumni G Clubs American American Totals F E C A Government B Government School State Community Community State Clubs Scouts 0 Handicapped YWCA of Unions Businessmen's Forces Clubs Colleges Chamber Farmers Groups of Red Groups *miss Recreation Legion Athletic Foreign Associations Welfare Athletics Service Cross this Wars Clubs Employees of Children's Clubs Recreation Commerce Groups Union Programs Commerce Associations Clew 608 140 164 Yes Appendix FROM: Groups Programs 84 61 90 54 15 Associations WM* Permit The (Jaycees) ties The Sports latladr. 125 24 15 30 22 14 4 16 Ile Athletic F Use National & of Collegiate Recreational balm Related 801,728 80,766 44,732 90,194 103,210 66.590 6.210 410,026 Parlisionts of NCAA Athletic Programstheof Facilities Association. Typos Member National Track Tennis Softball Soccer Roller Rodeo Relays Gott Ice Ice Free Cross by Report Wrestling Volleyball Physical Lacrosse Football Dancing Clinics Baseball el 15 Swimming 2 Judo-Karate Skating Hockey Play Basketball Badminton No. Skating Fitness Country (all Activities Six Universities spans) Outside institution & Csadscled Colleges *MIL Groups AppendixF Appendix G

Valuation of Athletic Related Facilities atNCAA Member Institutions

The following valuation of facilities includes sports buildings,stadiums, tracks, fields, fixed equipment and the real estate upon whichfacilities have been constructed.

Woo Oabloor Total

Class A (187 institutions) $1.499.172,313 $1,205,113,625 $2.704,285.938 Class B ( 21 institutions) 72.824230 19.862,885 92,687.115 Class C ( 68 institutions) 202.129,900 65,695,876 267.825,776 Class 0 (114 institutions) 280,172,736 52,399.772 332.572.508 Class E (175 institutions) 550,763,162 115.955.739 666,718,901 Class F(78 institutions) 270,421.257 76.998,956 347.420,213 Class G (110 institutions) 234,635.319 53,976.829 288,612.148 $3.110,118.917 $1.590.003,682 $4,700,122.599

FROM: The Sports & RecreationalPrograms of the National Universities & Colleges The National Collegiate Athletic Association. ReportNo. Six

Appendix G 229 246 Appendix H

METRIC CONVERSIONTABLES

These tables are extracted from the Standard Editiorfof METRIC CONVERSION TABLES, cations Ltd., 325 Streatham High Rd., London, SW16 courtesy of Arena kbli- 3NS, England. For complete distanceconversion tables in darter -inch increments to a distance of 350 feet,please refer to the original publication. TAME V-- DISTANCE EQUIVALENTS. ~MAL - METRIC. TAILS 1V-TIME CONVERSIONS MS RUNNING EVENTS.

YARDS METRES MILES METRES 1011yds./100 Mts.220 yds./2N Mts. 440 yels.741111 Pits, WO yds./1110 Mts. Add 0-8 to 1.0 sec. Subtract 0.1 sec.Subtraa 03 to 0-4 secSubtract 07 to 1-0 s. S0 45.72 Imile (1,760) 1,409 34 5448 so 2,00yards 1,82880 The above additions and subtractions are those officially used by statisticalorganis- 55 50 29 I mile 421-23 UN ations in converting times.As for as 120 yards and 110 mares (hurdles) records 60 5486 I male 1,520-84 are concerned, metric times willalsoinclude a record at yards The table below 65tyl 60 2 miles (3,520) 3,218.69 shows approximate conversions o( middle *mance events. 6401 2 miles 854.45 IS 4,010 68.58 3 miles (5,21111) 4,828, 03 1Mile I 1,50012 Miles 3,110601 T 3 Miles i 5,011141 6 Milos I 111,110011 76.55 70 se 3 miles 18807 5,080 73-15 3 miles 1,281.68 3:47 3:3* SAO 7t2S izato 12:57 ' 26100 2646 87.49 6A111 4 miles MONO 40 304 04 V 35 OAR ' 10 90 6,43738 82 JO 4 miles 615.19 1,000 41-2 33 00 31 40 07 i 20 16 98.42 90 4 miles 1,708.91 50 32.7 10 34 12 I so 27 100 0,00 a 91 44 S inners (IWO) 8,046 12 514 34 IS 39 se 17 40 37 109.36 I 100 Smiles 1,042.52 9,114 52 34-6 16 40 55 23 S0 47 110 100 58 6 miles (10,340) 53.5 36 20 43 13:00 21 MOO SO 120 9,656.04 109 73 6 miles 376-13 10,010 54 36-4 25 40 IRS 33 le 31:011 1204o 100 55-7 JO 6 males 1,449.15 I LAO 27 50 II 30 ; 10 IS 150 137 16 7 miles (12,320) 11,263 41 56 3111-3 30 51 15 43 I 18 29 164.04 ISO 7 miles 803.36 51.9 41 35 57 20 41 I 40 '90 1200 164 60 1 miles (14,000) 12,814.75 SS 40.1 3$ SAO 25 54 50 200 49 182 88 8 miles 1-97 13,00 441 42 40 02 30 59 20110 29101 218 72 200 8 miles 1,230.59 14,000 02 43.9 45 07 JS 1444 II 10 20111 1 miles (IMMO) 02.2 41 49 II 40 09 20 130 14,464.10 21 218 60 9 miles 04 45-7 50 1r 40 14 30 301 15,000 31 174 32 9 miles 1,65141 04-3 46 55 16 SO 20 411 328.00 16,0N 41 10 miles (17,600) 116 474 59 20 U 25 so 330 16,093.44 52 3017S 10 miles 991.43 17,000 o6-5 4$ 141 21 1440 m zymo 30*2 350 320.04 1 miles 325.04 11,011 M 49-4 05 25 1 05 35 II 12 437-44 400 511 1 11 miles 1,41865 MOSII 004 II 30 1 10 40 20 23 448 (inlife) 401 34 1 miles 752.27 10 51.3 15 35 15 500 7A,0111 45 30 33 437 20 104 52 i 13 miles 83.88 21,100 la 31 20 51 1 40 43 346 81 500 13 miles 1,119.49 VAN/ 12 53.1 25 44 as 56 50 54 SSO 501 91 14 miles 513 11 23,110 13 54 30 49 30 1541 NM 31 404 548 64 14 miles 1,606-72 24,100 14 55 35 53 35 116 10 14 656.17 600 15 miles (26,400) 151 56 37 55 40 11 70 660 24,1449.16 IS 603.50 ISmites 94013 16 WO 41 SO 45 17 30 765,53 25,100 35 7011 18 miles 1,12040 17.3 SS 45 9053 50 22 40 770 311,114 414 704 09 20miles (34710) 32,186 88 115 441 50 V 55 27 50 56 874.89 11011 14 miles 1.504.53 40,088 20 44-5 55 12 I 15410 "32 3145 32116 NO (4 mile) &14 67 25 mffes (44,1114) 40,233 60 25 05-1 40 SS 05 37 II 17 98445 9011 30-3 10 SO Marathon 42,194 -99 1417 10 41 1 21 27 905.26 30 miles (S3,1110) 48,28032 35 144 1040 17 15 4$ 30 37 1,000 4714.40 41-1 31 miles I X.65 WAS 30 10 26 - 30 53 i 40 40 1.093 61 1,000 45 35 miles 61,600 13-6 20 35 1 25 511 I 50 SS 1,201.91 56,327-04 1,100 40 miles 514 311 311 44 16413 3240 3340 1,312.34 64,373-76 1,200 40 miles 72,420-40 SS 32.9 II 53 1: AO 10 1/ 1,320 (j mite) 1,20101 50 miles 507 40 50 1043 , 40 13 I 20 29 1,421 70 80,467 20 1,308 62 miles 241.33 42- I 11 410 12 I 1,331 06 100,0111 a a it ss PP 1,400 75 miles (132,000) 135 SO 111 21 i 50 24 40 1,640.4= 170,700 80 SO 100 miles (176,11011) 160.934 40 15 51 4 20 31 ; 55 29 50 1440 24-3 50 30 40 : 1644 16:34 33:4111 11

Note:figures shown in brackets after flutesin bold lettering, indicate the equivalent distance in yards; Continuation figures after milesin italics are yards, i.e. 1.41845 ofI I miles 1,418.65 yards. 11 miles Marathon: The distance Is mileage 26 miles SS yards.

230 2 1 / Appendix H Appendix 1

Supplementary Photographs and Figures

Photos Courtesy of: Mott Mobley, Mc Gowen & Griffin, P.A.; Architects IBC International Aquatic Consultants, Inc. The Eggers Group, P.C. FanninglHowey Assoc. Inc. Duragrid, Inc. Holabird & Root CSHOA, Architects/Planners Skidmore, Owings & Merrill Daniel F. Tully Assoc., Inc. Astro Ice, Skate USA

Appendix I 248 ...MOM

1401104

,,,0100.11111111.

ON/ /,

FLOOR Pl..A111

D 'ton ElementsSch 1 Dayton, Indiana

Square Footage: 39,305 (new) 17,937 (altered) Cost: $3,926,508 Primary Architect: Fanning/HoweyAssociates, Inc. Celina, Ohio Date of Completion: 1983

11 At. 3:74.:7- I 4.11i 4 '2 Appendix I YOST PHYSICAL DEVELOPMENT CENTER HESSTON COLLEGE 07=10 2U 30 40 so 2i SCHAEFER AND ASSOCIATES, P.A.ARCHITECTS north Yost Physical Development Center Hesston College .. Hesston, Kansas

Square Footage: 23,000 Cost: $1,000,000. Primary Architect: Schaeffer and Associates, P.A. Completion Date: 1982

25.E Appvn(iix I v

!_LAVER LEVEL PL AN LPPEN LEVEL PLAN

Cruikshank Athletic Center The Taft School Watertown, Connecticut

Square Footage: 32,000 (projectwas an addition to an existing structure which houses an ice hockey rink,a wrestling room, and locker & support facilities. Cost: $1.6 million Primary Architect: Herbert S. NewmanAssociates AlA P.C. New Haven, Connecticut Completion Date: 1981 Appendix I 2 5 .1 "..AP el Sprig a

-t

Appendix I 255 114.666116 111141411440

U. all maimlaB m maim II mai 11V., 11111111 HUM iuiniiuimrn 1111111111111111111111111 11111111 11111111 11111111111PV II NOW SNTOIVGown

TINA ROOM CAM

LONGITUDINAL SECTION A A

tOw,;ap.".*

- wow(11MNIRIIMDI t200 SIAM

PLAN AE GRAhOSTN4D LEVB. Put- I. COXE CAGE aViamreAMILAW PROJECT 2

2 1 111111110% IMMININ114.41M 4e. 11MM MIMS Mit 1111111111111111ISM 11111111111111111111111 1111111112WIWI& WW1 SWIM 'nensim Irma wirigramown, 4som 14,A,Wiro11114101 111114111110 0111.11 PR. 111111iimp IOW411111.111riirillimitarMira III SIMMini /sr, 1/4 SIM sem It .1if NI Aff L -1 r,* i!!Ii- 4 r:

vow 1111bm_

SAM

Indiana University School of Physical Education Natatorium Bldg. Indiana University-Purdue University at Indianapolis (IUPUI) Indianapolis, Indiana Square Fdotage: 220,000 Cost: $21.5 million Primary Architect: Browning, Day, Mullins, Dierdorf, Inc. Indianapolis, Indiana Completion Date: 1982 Appendix I 2 J 1111111-411

Jo. JIM --yr 3:1111.11

1t7" I vol10101..".

sod-.001,- P ..111Palt .11644`. 7 IF

J4 le" I od.

A.R. Kaufman Family Y.M.C.A. Kitchener, Ontario

Second Floor and Roof Plan

Square Footage: 48,000 Cost: $3.3 million Primary Architect: Horton & Ball (Architects) Walter, Fedy, McCargar, Hachborn (Engineers) Canadian Swimming Pool Design Assoc. Ltd. (Pool Engineers)

ppenx I ft ._

I 46 . -Cmii

Mkr;--.'

ZIP '

lft.°Ali

-AL

)1"47

St-; ,7 Appendix I 262 MN awewowwow.

George W. WoodruffPhysical Education Center Emory University, Atlanta,Georgia

Square Footage: 185,000 interior; Z;o,000 rooftennis Cost: $20,000,000. (construction $17,500,000.) Primary Architect: John Portman andAssociates Atlanta, Georgia Completion Date: 1984

Appendix I c110.AidIMEM

4.4

-2Z---.-17-11

Appendix I 264 t .5'

-r

.a.

r (FAL4 Southeast RegionalFacility University ofWisconsin Madison Madison, Wisconsin

Square Footage: 116,000 Cost: $7,500,000. Primary Architect: NailerHerbst Associates, Inc. Milwaukee, Wisconsin Completion Date: 1983 Apr I _mot

4c=1111111a

L. MOP NIP

,R...41:111101114

_.7111M11111._

as.

Appendix I 2s 6 '4) .--16-a111.--

Back Bay BaguetClub Boston, MassachusettsSquare Footage: 28,000(alterations area) Cost: $1.2 million Primary Architects: PayetteAssociates Inc. Graham/Meus Inc. Boston, Massachusetts Appendix I sv":

Mrf7.4...01

11111111.1111111111111111-

4. "Pa 4/11MMOIMMtf is .ice

!?..tw .. 1 0._ ,, A..

- 1-....

Appendix I 266

Alb 4-e WA 1;4 rI

iBoise State University 4 Multi-Purpose Pavilion Boise, Idaho

Square Footage: 270,970 Cost: $16,662,829. Primary Architect: CSHQAArchitects/Planners Boise, Idaho Completion Date: 1982

Ai 1,,x 271 Mg.

Southside Community Recreation Center & Educational Facility City School District of the City of Elmira, NY

Square Footage: 237,581 Building Cost: $12,821,998. Primary Architect: Kaminsky& Shifter, New York, N.Y. FanninglHowey Associates, Inc.,Celina, Ohio Completed: 1980 Appendix I

ea.

SISMARMILM Health, PhysicalEducation& RecreationBuilding University ofNebraska-Omaha, 11111 Omaha,Nebraska

Square Footage:155,000 Cost: $6.9 million(construction cost $5.75million) Primary ArchitectKirkham, Michael andAssociates Omaha, Nebraska Completion Date: 1980

irx 2 `7) 116EAKLEIANCAtib ROUNIMillaiLtlad -:- 1111III

-r7 :1-It 111

EVA TWO L3 OW 4

. ,mr

LEWL ROM 4,

Completed: 1984 Total Cost: (construction cost Health, Physical $12.5 million) Education, Square Footage: Primary chitect: Mott Mobley Recreation Facility McGowan & Griffin, P.A. University of Arkansas 1 Fort Smith, Ark. Fayetteville, Arkansas Appendix 1 / i e ell ga A 11...a11

a II tnow

It48i IVO ant...AA. A.h....* A

THE ATHLETIC INSTITUTE inky ti art,Whim e and AMERICAN ALLIANCE for HEALTH, PHYSICAL EDUCATION, RECREATION and DANCE ISBN* 0-87670-0954